小升初英语小初衔接英语高频常考核心语法讲解及专项练习含答案

这是一份小升初英语小初衔接英语高频常考核心语法讲解及专项练习含答案，文件包含e精卷系列原创广东省第四章投影与视图检测卷基础卷北师大版九年级上册原卷版docx、e精卷系列原创广东省第四章投影与视图检测卷基础卷北师大版九年级上册解析版docx等2份试卷配套教学资源，其中试卷共8页， 欢迎下载使用。

【小学冠词考点聚焦】
1.选词填空，无需填词处用“/”表示。
a an the /
(1)I have range. It's big range.
(2) Great Wall is lngest wall all ver the wrld. It's in China.
(3)This is ld bk. But it is useful bk.
(4)I like playing pian. But my brther likes playing ftball.
(5)I usually have dinner at 6: 30 p. m. Then I g fr walk with my
parents.
(6)What interesting stry it is!
(7) children are very happy n Children's Day.
1.(1)an, a(2)The, the,/(3)an, a(4)the,/(5)/,a(6)an (7)The,/
2.用适当的冠词补全短文，不需要用冠词的地方画“/”。
Welcme t my huse. This is my bedrm. There is (1) big bed in my(2) bedrm.(3)
table is near(4) bed.On(5) desk, there is(6) cmputer,(7)
bk and(8) eraser.There is(9) umbrella behind(10) dr.In(11)
frnt f(12) dr, there is (13) basketball. I ften play(14)
basketball n(15) weekend.
D yu like my bedrm? What's yur(16) bedrm like?
4.(1)a(2)/(3)The/A(4)the(5)the(6)a(7)a(8)an(9)an(10)the(11)/(12)the
(13)a(14)/(15)the(16)/
【初中冠词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 不定冠词a/an的用法
1.不定冠词a/an的基本用法
2.不定冠词a,an的区别
注意:①判断一个词前用a还是an,是根据其读音,而不是根据其字母。我们可以这样记忆:不见元音不加an,不看字母看发音。
②在26个字母中,前面用an的字母有:a,e,f,h,i,l,m,n,,r,s,x,其他用a。
③要注意区别以“u”开头的单词:当“u”发/ʌ/音时前用an,如:an umbrella,an unusual stry,an unhappy by;当“u”发/juː/音时前用a,如:a university,a useful bk。
3.含有a的常见固定词组:
a few/little/bit一点儿;have a swim/walk/talk/lk/dance/drink/rest游泳/散步/谈话/看一看/跳舞/喝点东西/休息;have a cld感冒;have a gd time玩得高兴;in a hurry匆忙;fr a while一会儿;keep a diary写日记;d sb.a favr帮助某人。
一．用冠词a或an填空
小学要求
1.不定冠词a与an
2.定冠词the
初中要求
1.不定冠词a与an的用法；
2.定冠词the的用法；
3.“零”冠词的用法。
用法
示例
在叙述时用于第一次提到的人或物前
This is a bk.
指人或事物的某一类别,以区别于其他种类
A plane is a machine that can fly.
泛指某人或某物
A yung man is waiting fr yu.
用在某些物质名词或抽象名词前,表示“一阵、一份、一类、一场”等
There’ll be a strng wind in Suth China.
用于可视为一个整体的两个名词前
a knife and frk
“a+序数词”表示“又一,再一”
The cake is delicius and I wuld like a secnd ne.
用于表示时间、速度、价格等意义的名词之前,有“每一”的意思,相当于every
five lessns a week
a用在以辅音音素开头的单词前
a teacher,a gd student
an用在以元音音素开头的单词前
an apple tree,an interesting stry
① hur
② Eurpean cuntry
③ “b”
④ “s”
⑤ range
⑥ unusual stry
⑦ island
⑧ new bike
⑨ e-mail
⑩ imprtant inventin
useful bk
NBA player
eight-year-ld girl
hnest persn
二．选择填空
1.As teacher, it?s imprtant t be gd rle mdel fr their students.
A.the;a B.a;the C.a;a D.the;the
2.Kitty smetimes eats range r sme grapes after lunch.
A.an B.a C.the D./
3.Paper is useful inventin. It was invented arund 2,000 years ag by Cai Lun.
A.a B.an C./ D.the
4.—Yuan Lngping was great scientist.
—S he was. He made great cntributins t human beings.
A.a B.an C.the
5.Leap is film n the Chinese wmen?s natinal vlleyball team. film is directed by Peter H-sun Chan.
A.a;A B.a;The C.the;The D.the;A
6.It’s pity that many wild animals are nw in danger. Please have pity n them since they are part f ur big family.
A.a;/ B.a;a C./;a D./;/
7.If yu want t take shrt ride in the city, chse shared bike.
A.a;/ B.the;the C.a;a D./;a
8.—I’m thirsty,Mm.
—Here is bttle f water fr yu.
A.a B.an C.the D./
9.They stpped in beautiful place fr camping, near farmhuse f the Smiths.
A.a;a B.the;a C.a;the D.the;the
考点二 定冠词the的用法
1.定冠词the的基本用法
口诀助记:特指双熟悉,上文已提及,世上独无二,序数最高级,普通专有名,习语及乐器。
2.定冠词可用于某些固定短语中,
用法
示例
表示双方都知道的人或事物
Give me the bk,please.
特指的或上文已提到过的人或事物
D yu knw the girl in red?
表示世界上独一无二的事物
The mn mves arund the earth.
用在序数词、形容词最高级前面以及对两个人或事物进行比较时的比较级前
The first lessn is very easy.
He is the yunger f the tw bys.
用在姓氏复数前表示一家人或夫妻俩
The Greens are watching TV nw.
用在单数可数名词前表一类人或事物
The range is range.
与某些形容词连用表一类人
We shuld help the ld.
用于江河、海洋、山脉、群岛、沙漠等专有名词前,或由普通名词构成的专有名词之前
the Great Wall,the Summer Palace
用在表示方位或西洋乐器名称的名词之前
I like playing the pian.
in the mrning/afternn/evening在早晨/下午/晚上;
in the daytime在白天;
in the end最后;
all the time一直;
at the same time同时;
by the way顺便说一下;
in the pen air在户外;
at the age f在……岁时;
at the beginning f在……开始时;
n the ther side f在……的另一边;
in the middle f在……中间;
at the mment现在
3.定冠词的位置
当定冠词与all,half,bth,duble等词连用修饰名词时,定冠词放在这些词之后。
Lk!All the bks are here.瞧!所有的书都在这儿。
Bth the bys are frm Class 1,Grade 2.这两个男孩都是二年级一班的。
They walked half the jurney.他们走了旅程的一半。
4.定冠词和不定冠词易混点
①单数名词前加定冠词、不定冠词,复数名词前不加冠词都可以表示“一类”
马是一种有用的动物。
A hrse is a useful animal.=The hrse is a useful animal.=Hrses are useful animals.
②序数词前用定冠词与不定冠词的区别
“the+序数词”表示“第几……”;“a+序数词(first除外)”表示“又一,再一”。
Give me a secnd chance,OK?再给我一次机会,好吗?
③a number f,the number f
a number f意思是“一些”;the number f意思是“……的数目,……的数量”,作主语时谓语动词用单数形式。
A number f students like playing cmputer games.一些学生喜欢玩电脑游戏。
The number f the students is abut 1,500 in ur schl.我们学校学生数目大约是1,500。
选择填空
1.As an ld saying ges, “He wh has never been t Great Wall is nt a true man.”
A.a B.an C.the D./
2.Everyne needs t knw imprtance f rubbish srting(分类).
A.an B.不填 C.the
3.This is stry f friendship. Let’s read stry tgether.
A.a;an B.an;theC.an;a D.a;the
4.—Amy, d yu knw Lang Lang and his wife?
—Of curse. They play pian well.
A.a B.an C./ D.the
5.In 2016, China set April 24 as cuntry’s Space Day.
A.a;the B.the;the C.the;/ D./;the
6.—Lk at by ver there. He lks excited.
—Yeah, he has wn first prize in the schl English Reading & Writing Cmpetitin.
A.a;the B.the;a C.the;the D.a;a
7.Hawking, ne f mst famus scientists, passed away in March.
A.a B.an C.the D./
8.Christine is selling her huse, but n ther hand she desn’t want t mve.
A.a B.an C.the D./
考点三 零冠词的用法
1.下列情况用零冠词
2.在某些固定词组和习惯用语中用零冠词。如:
不可数名词和复数名词表泛指时
Animals can’t live withut water.
Hrses are helpful animals.
某些专有名词(如人名、地名、国家名等)、物质名词和抽象名词表示泛指时
China is a great cuntry.
Mary lives in New Yrk.
Paper is made frm wd.
名词前已有指示代词、形容词性物主代词、不定代词或名词所有格等修饰时
Every student likes English in ur class.
在称呼语或表示头衔的名词前
This is Prfessr Li.
在三餐、球类运动及学科名词之前
I went t schl withut breakfast this mrning.
He ften plays ftball after schl.
由“专有名词+普通名词”构成的表示街名、路名、山名等的词前
Nanjing Rad
Hainan Island
与by连用的交通工具名称前
by car,by train
在节假日名称前
New Year’s Day,Wmen’s Day
day after day一天天地;
face t face面对面地;
side by side肩并肩地;
hand in hand手拉手;
frm beginning t end自始至终;
day and night日日夜夜;
sner r later迟早;
husband and wife夫妻;
at hme 在家;
by mistake 错误地;
at first起初;
at last最后;
at nce 立刻;
at nn 在中午;
at wrk在工作;
n time准时;
in surprise 惊奇地;
at night 在晚上;
n ft 步行;
n business因公出差;
n hliday 在度假;
in class 在课上;
g hme回家;
fr example 例如;
g shpping/swimming/bating/fishing 去买东西/游泳/划船/钓鱼
二．知识拓展
有定冠词和无定冠词的区别
(1)g t schl g t the schl
(2)at table at the table
(3)at schl at the schl
(4)in class in the class
(5)in frnt f in the frnt f
(6)by sea by the sea
(7)in prisn in the prisn
(8)by day by the day
选择填空
1.My family have breakfast tgether every day. This helps us start a day well.
A.不填 B.a C.an D.the
2.Tm likes playing ftball very much.
A./ B.an C.the D.a
3.T save time, many students have lunch at schl every day.
A.a B.an C./ D.the
4.Amng all traditinal Chinese arts, Nancy likes Beijing Opera best because it is great fun.
A./;a B./;/ C.the;a D.the;/
基础题组
1.—The Nbel Prize fr Literature 2012 was awarded t M Yan, famus Chinese writer. And he is first Chinese t win the prize.
—Oh, really? Hw great he is!
A.a;a B.a;theC.the;the D.the;a
2. prize fr the winner f the cmpetitin is a tw-week hliday in Paris, Eurpean city with many great attractins.
A.A;a B.The;aC.A;an D.The;an
3.There is ld pian in crner f the living rm.
A.an;the B.an;/C.a;a D.a;the
4.—Ben, mnitr f yur class, is such hnest by.
—That’s true and we all trust him.
A./;a B./;anC.the;a D.a;an
5.It’s reprted that mre and mre children learn t play badmintn at an early age.
A.a B.anC.the D./
6.As vlunteer at the Yangzhu Exp 2021, Wei Hua understands idea f green life better than befre.
A.a;an B.a;theC.the;an D.the;the
7.—What des yur uncle d?
—He teaches physics at university.
A./;a B.the;theC.the;/ D./;an
8.—T build a better cuntry, we shuld give helping hand t the disabled.
—Yes, we shuld have pity n them because they are part f ur big family.
A./;a B.a;aC./;/ D.a;/
9.The film is wrth seeing secnd time—it reminds me f happy ld days I spent in the cuntry.
A.the;/ B.a;theC.a;/ D.the;the
10.Huai’an is a beautiful place and place is wrth visit.
A.a;a B.a;theC.the;the D.the;a
提升题组
1.There is “N” letter n my T-shirt because this is the Year f Ox.
A.a;/ B.an;/C.a;the D.an;the
2.—Dn’t yu think Huawei cmpany is success?
—Yes, I d. Huawei smartphnes are ppular amng public in China.
A.the;a B.a;the C.a;a D./;a
3.—Fishermen are nt allwed t fish in Changjiang River.
—Yes, we all want t create mre beautiful wrld.
A.a;a B.the;theC.the;a D.a;the
4.—Anna, have yu watched film, Sister(《我的姐姐》)?
—Of curse I have. It tells a stry abut a 24-year-ld girl wh raises her little brther alne and it wins high praise.
A.a;a B.the;/C.a;/ D.the;a
5.—D yu knw anything abut Tan Dun, famus Chinese musician?
—Yes. And I have number f CDs f his wrks.
A.a;a B.a;theC.the;a D.the;the
6.I still remember meeting him fr first time in winter f last year, maybe n Sunday.
A.the;/;/ B.a;/;/C.the;the;a D.the;a;/
7.—What big surprise! Peter has passed final exam with all his effrts.
—Cngratulatins!
A.a;a B.a;theC./;a D./;the
8.Lk, fatter f the tw bys ver there is my new friend. He is university student.
A./;a B.the;anC./;an D.the;a
9.Linda, eleven-year-ld girl, is such hnest student that we all like her.
A.an;an B./;anC.a;an D.the;an
10.The visitrs here are greatly impressed by the fact that peple frm all walks f life (各行各业) are wrking hard fr new Jiangsu.
A./;a B./;theC.the;a D.the;the
Syria is a cuntry in the west f Asia. There is a small village with the name Jinwar in the nrtheast f this cuntry. What makes the village special? Only wmen and children can live there. It is a safe place fr them.
Wrkers built the village in 2018. It has 30 huses. It als has a schl. a hspital, and a bakery（面包店）.Nw there are 20 families. N men can live in Jinwar. but they can visit their families. Bys can live with their mthers until（直到）they get married.
Wmen in Jinwar live an easy life. They wrk during the day and sing and dance at night. They have their wn dreams. In the small village, wmen becme strnger and d nt just d husewrk at hme anymre.
1.Where is Syria?

2.Hw many huses are there in the village?

3.Hw is the life f the wmen in the village?

4. Is there man live in Jinwar?

5.What’s the best title f the passage?

衔接点02 名词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学名词考点聚焦】
一．将下列单词归类。
ink girl her cffee prk news city desk cup
sugar water z mney deer hair milk mnth
可数名词：
不可数名词：
二．写出下列单词的复数形式。
(1)class (2)muse (3)huse
(4)child (5)leaf (6)ft
(7)sheep (8)watch (9)ptat
(10)baby (11)man (12)pht
三．用所给词的正确形式填空。
(1)We cme frm different (cuntry).
(2)These (visit)will cme t ur schl tmrrw.
(3)There are many (tree)in my schl.
(4)Beijing is ne f the mst beautiful (city)in China.
(5)I have sme (beef)fr dinner.
(6)September 10th is (teacher)Day.
(7)There are lts f (wman teacher)in the classrm.
(8)Mike has much (hmewrk )t d tday.
(9)Jack is ill. Dctr Wang tells him t take sme (medicine).
(10)Jane's father is a (ck). He can make lts f delicius fd.
四.看图补全短文。
Ww! What a big(1) ! There are s many animals. Lk! The(2) are drinking(3) ver there. Under the(4) , there is a(5) . It's s cute. It's eating(6) .Sme(7) are flying in the(8) . There is a(9) and tw(10) ,t.
【初中名词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 名词辨析
一、名词的分类
名词即表示人、事物、地点或抽象概念名称的词,它分为专有名词和普通名词两大类。具体情况见下表:
二．常用近义词辨析
1.family,huse与hme
2.jb与wrk
3.prblem与questin
4.vice,nise与sund
5.cause,reasn与excuse
6.jurney,trip与travel
一．选择适当的词填空
1.Tm regards Nanjing as his secnd (family;huse;hme)because he has been here fr ver ten years.
2.Li Ling wants t be a singer.She thinks it’s an interesting (wrk;jb).
3.The was that he gave me n chance t answer his (questin;prblem).
4.At the ft f the hill,yu culd hear nthing but the (vice;nise;sund)f the running water.
二.单项选择
1.—We can always find smething gd in a bad if we lk fr it.
—It’s s true. Let’s make full use f what cmes.
A.situatin B.directinC.instructin D.cmpetitin
2.Yuan Lngping was a wrld-famus scientist. Because f his achievements, rice has been increased greatly.
A.ppulatin B.cntributinC.prductin D.intrductin
3.The landing f China’s rver(登陆车) Zhurng n Mars shws China has made great in space explratin.
A.prgress B.prjectC.prduct D.prtectin
4.Mr. Huang was brn in Nanjing, but Suqian has becme his secnd .
A.family B.huseC.village D.hmetwn
5.The by has been missing fr five days and his parents are wrried abut his .
A.attentin B.safetyC.actin D.grwth
三．词汇运用
1.S far, China has built nearly 600,000 cultural centers in . (村庄)
2.We need t increase ur (知识) f the histry f the Cmmunist Party f China.
3.Lulu’s best friend never gives up her (梦想)f being a teacher.
4.My daughter’s sweet (嗓音) always makes me relaxed.
5.I have made much mre (进步) in Physics this term.
考点二 名词的数和格
一、名词的数
(一)可数名词的复数形式
1.名词按其所表示的事物的性质分为可数名词(Cuntable Nuns)与不可数名词(Uncuntable Nuns),可数名词有单数和复数两种形式,名词复数形式构成的部分规则如下:
2.某国人变复数
(1)中国人Chinese→Chinese
(2)英国人Englishman→Englishmen
(3)阿拉伯人Arab→Arabs
可用口诀记忆这一点,即中日不变英法变,其余s加后面。
3.以-结尾的名词,有些在词尾加-es,它们是“黑人英雄爱吃西红柿土豆”。
Negr→ her→
tmat→ ptat→
而其他一般在词尾加-s。如:z→zs radi→radis
4.复合名词前面的名词是man或wman,变复数时,构成复合名词的两个名词全都要变成复数形式;如果是其他词,变复数时,只需把后面的名词变成复数形式。
man teacher→ by student
5.字母、数字、引语或缩略词语的复数形式是在其后加-’s或-s。
There are tw fs in the wrd“ffice”.单词ffice里有两个f。
Many VIPs are cming t ur city.许多重要人物将到我们市来。
6.有些以-f结尾的词直接加-s变成复数。
rf→rfs 屋顶 belief→beliefs 信仰prf→prfs 证据chief→chiefs 首领
一．用所给单词的正确形式填空
1.The dctr tld me t eat mre (fish)because it’s gd fr health.
2.Thse yu admire very much are called (her).
3.Hw many (wman dctr)are there in the hspital?
4.Mst f the turists n the cach are (German),and nly tw f them are (Japanese).
(二)不可数名词的数量表达
1.概述:不可数名词所表示的事物一般不能用数来计算,没有词形变化,这类词主要为抽象名词和物质名词。值得我们注意的是,英语名词的可数与不可数是一个语法概念,与实际生活中某件事物的可数与不可数并不完全一致。
2.表示方法:不可数名词需要计量时,用“数词或冠词+计量名词+f+不可数名词”这样的结构来表示,计量名词可以是单数也可以是复数,但f后的名词只用原形。如:
a piece f paper一张纸
a drp f water一滴水
tw cups f tea两杯茶
(三)注意
1.有些名词既是可数名词,又是不可数名词,但意义有所不同。
小学要求
1.名词的数
2.名词所有格
初中要求
1.可数名词的单复数；
2.不可数名词；
3.专有名词；
4.名词所有格；
5.名词的句法作用；
6.名词词义辧析。
类别
意义
例词
专有名词
表示人、地方、事物、机构、组织等名称的词
Lucy,China,the Great Wall,the Great Hall f the Peple
普
通
名
词
个体
名词
表示个体的人或事物的词
dictinary,pencil,chair,windw,table,bk,bike,ball,dg
集体
名词
表示一群人或一类事物的词
family,plice,class,grup,team
物质
名词
表示物质或不具备确定形状和大小个体的物质的词
rice,water,prridge,air,wl,wheat,steel
抽象
名词
表示状态、品质、行为、感情等抽象概念的词
knwledge,danger,health,life,interest,lve
单词
意义
例句
family
指“家,家庭”,可强调家庭中的全体成员,不指住房
My family are very friendly.
我的家人都很友好。
huse
huse有“住宅,家”之意,强调房屋和居住点
They lived in a small huse.
他们住在一个小房子里。
hme
作“家”讲时,指人们生活、居住的地方,强调居住的范围和环境
He left hme fr Beijing.
他离开家去北京了。
单词
意义
例句
jb
可数名词,指一项具体的工作,多指“零工”或“短工”
Selling newspapers is his part-time jb.卖报纸是他的兼职。
wrk
不可数名词,指“工作,劳动”
He has been ut f wrk.
他失业了。
单词
意义
例句
prblem
一般来说,prblem总是与“困难”相联系,它可以指社会问题、教学问题,这种“问题”是“有待解决的”,常与之搭配的动词是slve
They still have sme serius prblems t slve.他们仍有一些严重的问题需要解决。
questin
总是与“疑问,质问,询问”相联系,这种“问题”是“有待回答的”,常与动词ask,answer等连用
He asked me sme questins.
他问了我一些问题。
单词
意义
例句
vice
指人的嗓音
I recgnized her vice at nce.
我立刻听出了她的声音。
nise
吵闹声,不悦耳、不和谐的嘈杂声
Dn’t make s much nise.
别这么大声嚷嚷。
sund
指人所听到的自然界的任何声音
I heard a strange sund frm the empty rm.我听到空房间里传来奇怪的声音。
单词
意义
例句
cause
造成一种事实或现象的“原因、起因”,后接介词f
The plice are lking int the cause f the accident.
警方正在调查事故的原因。
reasn
说明一种看法或行为的“理由”,后接介词fr
Yu must tell him the reasn fr wanting t change yur jb.
你必须告诉他你想换工作的原因。
excuse
(尤指不完全真实的)借口,托词
Late again!What’s yur excuse fr it this time?
又迟到了!这次你的借口是什么?
单词
意义
例句
jurney
适用范围很广,可指海、陆、空的旅行,常指距离较远的旅行,强调往返性
It’s a lng jurney frm here t Hng Kng.从这儿到香港的旅程很远。
trip
指短时间、短距离的旅行,强调往返性,与jurney可互换使用
Hw was yur schl trip t the z last weekend?你们上周末去动物园的学校旅行玩得怎么样?
travel
泛指旅游,不侧重往返性,可以是单程旅行
Many peple are fnd f travel.
很多人喜欢旅游。
情况
构成方法
读音
例词
一般情况
加
在清辅音后读/s/
在浊辅音和元音后读/z/
在t后读/ts/
在d后读/dz/
cake—cakes
bag—bags
student—students
bed—beds
以-s,-x,-sh,-ch等结尾的词
加
读/ɪz/
bus—buses bx—bxes watch—watches
以辅音字母加-y结尾的词

读/z/
baby—babies
city—cities cuntry—cuntries
lady—ladies
以元音字母加-y结尾的词

读/z/
ty—tys mnkey—mnkeys
以f(fe)结尾的词

读/vz/
leaf—leaves wlf—wlves life—lives
以-ce,-se,-ze,-(d)ge等结尾的词

读/ɪz/
face—faces range—ranges
不规则变化
改变单数名词中的元音字母
读音改变
man—
wman—
ft—
tth—
单复数形式相同
读音不变
fish—fish sheep—sheep deer—deer
Chinese—Chinese Japanese—Japanese
其他形式
/maʊs/—/maɪs/
muse—mice
wrk(工作)—a wrk(一部著作)
glass(玻璃)—a glass(一个玻璃杯)
paper(纸)—a paper(一份报纸/文件/试卷)
tea(茶)—a tea(一杯茶)
wd(木头)—a wd(一片树林)
rm(空间)—a rm(一个房间)
2.有些名词虽以-s结尾,但它们不是复数。
physics物理,maths数学,plitics政治,news新闻
3.“数词+名词(+形容词)”构成的复合形容词,中间的名词不能用复数形式,必须用单数形式。
She is a five-year-ld girl.她是一个五岁的女孩。
(five-year-ld不能说成five-years-ld)
a five-pund nte 一张五英镑的纸币
a six-ft-deep hle 一个六英尺深的洞
a tw-inch-thick dictinary 一本两英寸厚的字典
a 100-meter race一场百米赛跑
二、名词所有格
1.名词所有格表示名词之间的所有关系。有两种表示形式:一种是’s所有格,另一种是f所有格。
Beijing is China’s capital.
Beijing is the capital f China.北京是中国的首都。
2.用and连接两个并列的单数名词表示共有关系,这时只在最后一个名词后加-’s。
This is Mary and her sister’s bedrm.这是玛丽和她姐姐的卧室。
Lily and Lucy’s mther is a nurse.莉莉和露西的妈妈是位护士。
用and连接两个并列名词,表示分别拥有各自的物品时,两个名词都在词尾加-’s表示所有关系。
These are Tm’s and Mary’s bags.这些是汤姆和玛丽的包。
Wei Hua’s and Jhn’s licenses are missing.魏华和约翰的许可证都丢了。
3.以-s结尾的名词,在s后加-’;不以-s结尾的词在词尾加-’s。
教师节 Teachers’ Day 儿童节Children’s Day
4.f所有格常用来表示无生命的东西。
the dr f the rm房间的门
5.双重所有格有两种形式:①f+名词所有格;②f+名词性物主代词。
He is a friend f my brther’s.他是我哥哥的一个朋友。
Is she a daughter f yurs?她是你的女儿吗?
注意 双重所有格和一般所有格的区别:a pht f Jhn’s(照片属于Jhn,但照片上的人不一定是Jhn);a pht f Jhn(照片上的人是Jhn本人)。
6.表示店铺、医院、诊所、住宅等名称时,常在名词后加上-’s代表全称。
at the dctr’s 在诊所
7.一些具有名词性质的复合不定代词,如smene,everybdy等和else连用时,-’s应加在else后。
smebdy else’s pencil别人的铅笔
8.表示时间、距离、国家、城市等无生命的东西的名词,也可以在词尾加-?s或-?来构成所有格。
(1)用于时间tw weeks’ time 两个星期的时间
(2)用于度量thirteen tns’ weight 13吨的重量 five hundred metres’ distance 五百米的距离
(3)用于价值a hundred yuan’s rder一百元的订货单 a millin punds’ nte一百万英镑的钞票
(4)用于天体the earth’s satellite地球卫星
(5)用于国家Belgium’s capital 比利时的首都
(6)用于城市Changchun’s agriculture 长春的农业
一．用所给单词的正确形式填空
①I’ve gt a tthache, s I need t g t the (dentist).
②It’s nt far frm here. It’s nly five (minute)walk.
③Yesterday I met a friend f my (father).
④ (mther)Day is n the secnd Sunday f May every year.
二.单项选择
1.There are many teachers in this primary schl.
A.wman B.wman’sC.wmen D.wmen’s
2.We see sme rising int the air at the pening f ur new library.
A.ballns B.balln C.ballnes
3.The pink hair band must belng t .
A.Linda’s B.Linda C.hers
4.Mr. Liu is a wise man, and he ften gives us a few .
A.suggestins B.adviceC.hbbies D.knwledge
5.On April 24, Xie Wenjun raced t gld in the 110-meter hurdles at the Asian Athletics Champinships in Qatar.
A.man B.menC.men’s D.mens’
三.词汇运用
1.The wallpaper with cartn patterns is ideal fr my rm. (sn)
2.Over the years, Gng Ba Chicken has becme ne f the mst ppular (dish) in Chinese restaurants thrughut the wrld.
3. (参观者) must shw their health QR cdes and check their temperature befre they g int the museum.
4.Scientists have fund that talk t each ther all the time. Their language is a kind f chemical. (plant)
5.Have yu read the reprt? Thse (英雄) stries really tuched me deeply.
6.Mther’s cking skills will nt nly satisfy ur (胃) but als ur spirit.
7.Thmas Edisn, ne f the greatest (invent) in the wrld, created ver 1,000 things.
8.—Is this yur umbrella?
—N, it’s anther (visit).
一．名词的构词法
1.—The Gvernment has taken actin t stp water and air (pllute).
—Yes. Clear waters and green hills are as gd as muntains f gld and silver.
2.Hw many f yu ever dreamed f becming an (invent)?
3.The little girl dreamt f becming a gd ballet (dance).
4.Chinese New Year is a marking the end f winter and the beginning f spring.(celebrate)
5.We are wh we are tday because f the (chse) we made yesterday.
6.Surprisingly, my 12-year-ld daughter is wrried abut her (weigh).
7.My neighbur is a famus (sing) and she ften des charity wrk.
8.Wu Jing is a well-knwn (direct). He is ppular amng film lvers.
9.The mther said gdbye with a smile, but her eyes culdn?t hide her (sad).
10.—I really hate myself fr what I said t Mm the ther day.
—I knw the (feel). It’s awful, isn’t it?
二、词汇运用
1.Five sldiers have devted themselves t prtecting ur mtherland and we will remember these (her) names.
2.It is surprising that the rain didn’t make much (different) t the game.
3.The girl’s sweet vice caught several well-knwn (音乐家) attentin.
4.—Whse handbags are these?
—They are thse managers’ (wife).
5.I saw sme (德国人) and Englishmen dancing in the street the day befre yesterday.
6.All the (lead) names and numbers are n the list. Yu can call them ne by ne.
These days a vide frm the Beijing Wildlife Z has been ging viral（走红).It shws a dg playing with lins and tigers fur t five times its size! Is the dg in danger? Of curse nt. 1 Animals make friends with members f a different species(物种）.
A zkeeper said that they raised the dg tgether with the lins and tigers when they were very yung. 2 If yu think this is t amazing, just remember that peple have made friends with animals fr a lng time. 3 Maybe yu have a pet yurself.
There are sme ther stries f crss-species friends. At an animal center, a cat named Marina and a pig named Laura became friends after they came t the center. 4 They grew up in the wild(野外)withut their mthers' care. They were clse t each ther and played happily tgether when they first met.
Why can different species be friends? In the wild, animals are busy hunting fr their fd. They have t wrk hard t keep themselves safe and prtect their families. 5 When they needn't d these things, animals will nt have much t d. S it's pssible fr them t make friends with members f ther species.
衔接点03 代词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学代词考点聚焦】
一.选出可代替画线部分的单词。
( )(1)We usually play ftball n Sundays.
A.Her B.Mr C.They D.His
( )(2)Help yurself t sme beef.
A.yur B.yu C.yurs D. yurselves
( )(3)Is that yur brther?
A.this B.thse C.these D.wh
( )(4)There are many students in the classrm.
much B.sme C.any D.little
二.用适当的代词填空。
(1)My pen is brken. May brrw ?
(2)-Hw much is the green dress?-
- is 60 yuan.
(3)- is that by?
- is my new friend. name is Mike.
(4)- are thse?
- are sheep. Lk at that little sheep. is s cute.
(5)I wash clthes by . And my sister washes clthes by .
【初中代词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 人称代词
1.人称代词主格、宾格列表如下:
2.人称代词的用法
(1)人称代词的主格在句中充当主语。如:She is a gd student.
(2)人称代词的宾格在句中充当动词、介词的宾语或表语。如:I dn’t knw her.
His mther is waiting fr him utside.
3.人称代词的顺序
几个人称代词并列充当主语时,它们的顺序是:
单数形式(二、三、一)yu,he/she and I
复数形式(一、二、三)we,yu and they
一．根据句意,用所给人称代词的正确形式填空
①My pencil is brken. Please pass (I) a new ne.
②We all like Mr. Green because (he)is really cl and fun.
③I like reading music magazines and I ften buy (they)in the bkshp near my huse.
④Ms. Read will give (we) a talk abut healthy life this afternn.
⑤ Lk at the girl ver there. (she) is my cusin Sue.
二．选择填空
1.Miss Li, a humrus teacher, taught maths last term.
A.us B.ur C.urs D.urselves
2.Mary’s birthday is cming. We’ve decided t make a cake fr .
A.him B.her C.yu D.them
3.—Where are Lily and Lucy frm?
— are frm the USA.
A.Ours B.We C.Theirs D.They
4.—Hell, are yu Mr. Mrrisn?
—Yes. That’s .
A.him B.me C.yu D.us
5.—Wh is the lady in red?
—Miss Ga. She teaches English.
A.we B.us C.ur D.urs
6.Mum, this is my best friend Amy. are in the same class.
A.Yu B.Ours C.We D.They
考点二 物主代词
1.物主代词分为形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词,列表如下:
2.形容词性物主代词在句中作定语修饰名词,一般不单独使用。如:His parents are bth ffice wrkers.
My name is Jack.
3.名词性物主代词相当于“形容词性物主代词+名词”。如:My idea is quite different frm hers.
4.名词性物主代词可与f连用作定语,相当于“f+名词所有格”,表示部分概念或带有一定的感情色彩。如:
He is a friend f mine.(我的一个朋友)
5.形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词的区别
形容词性物主代词之后要接名词,而名词性物主代词之后不需接名词。如:这张票是她的,不是我的。[误] This is hers ticket.It’s nt my. [正] This is her ticket.It’s nt mine.
一．用所给物主代词的正确形式填空
①He is a new student here. (his) name is Tny.
② (ur) micr blg is a windw fr freigners t understand China.
③—Whse bk is this?
—It’s Lucy’s. And the red pen is (her), t.
④—Tmrrw is Lingling’s birthday.
—S is (my).
⑤Our schl is bigger than (their).
二．选择填空
1.This isn’t my dictinary. is ver there, n the desk.
A.His B.Mine C.Hers D.Yurs
2.Mike’s aunt is English teacher. We all like .
A.ur;she B.ur;her C.we;she D.we;her
3.Last mnth the students in Changjiang Rad Primary Schl held the “Ten Years f Grwth Ceremny” t celebrate 10th birthday tgether.
A.they B.their C.them D.theirs
4.—I’m srry I tk yur schl unifrm by mistake. But where is ?
—Dn’t wrry. Let me help yu find it.
A.he B.his C.mine D.yurs
考点三 反身代词
1.反身代词的单复数形式,表格如下:
2.反身代词的用法
I hpe yu can enjy yurselves at the party.(作宾语)
The children made mdel planes themselves.(作同位语)
3.反身代词的常用词组
teach neself learn by neself
enjy neself help neself t
cme t neself hurt neself
by neself
1.As parents, we must ask :Are we listening? Are we patient enugh?
A.us B.urselves C.me D.myself
2.Hw delicius! Did the students make the fruit salad all by ?
A.they B.themC.their D.themselves
3.Mars Base 1 Camp was built in Jinchang, Gansu, t let yung peple experience fr .
A.it B.themC.itself D.themselves
考点四 不定代词、指示代词、疑问代词和it的用法
一、不定代词
1.普通不定代词
(1)普通不定代词
初中阶段常用的普通不定代词,列表如下:
(2)普通不定代词的用法
①sme与any
sme和any 均表示“一些”,既可指代或修饰可数名词,也可指代或修饰不可数名词;sme 一般用于肯定句中,any多用于疑问句、否定句中或if,whether后。但在疑问句中,当表示说话人希望得到肯定回答或表达请求、建议时应用sme。如:
There aren’t any students in the classrm.
—Wuld yu like sme cffee?—Yes,please.
②many 与 much
many 指代或修饰可数名词复数,还可以与表示程度的副词 s,t,hw连用。much 指代或修饰不可数名词,也可以与表示程度的副词s,t,hw连用。如:Hw many bttles f water d yu need?
He never eats s much breakfast.
③either与neither
④bth与all
bth 表示“两者都”,常与and连用;all指“三者或三者以上都”,常与f连用。如:
Bth she and I are students.
Jim,Lucy and Lily all agree t stay here.
注意 bth;all;either;any;neither;nne的区别
⑤each与every(限定词)
each 和 every 都表示“每一”。each 强调个体,当它作主语时,谓语动词用单数形式,当它作同位语时,不影响谓语动词的数;every强调整体情况,修饰名词时谓语动词也要用单数形式。另外,each指两个或两个以上的人或事物,而every指三个或三个以上的人或事物。如:
There are trees n each side f the rad.
Every student in Class 5 has passed the exam.
⑥little;a little;few;a few
如:Wuld yu please buy sme salt fr me,Tny?There is little left.
I recgnized a few f ther peple.
⑦ther;the ther;thers;the thers;anther
一．选择填空
1.—Which clur d yu like, red r blue?
— . I like green.
A.Either B.Bth C.Neither D.Nne
2.I dn’t like the style f this T-shirt. Please shw me ne.
A.either B.neitherC.anther D.ther
3.Sme peple are t shy t say a wrd in public. Hwever, aren’t.
A.anther B.the therC.thers D.the thers
4.—Which sprt d yu like better, skiing r skating?
—Bth. I think f them is interesting.
A.either B.nne C.neither D.all
5.—Hw are the tw cllege students getting n with their prject wrk?
—Pretty well. f them enjys wrking with the lcal students.
A.Bth B.AllC.Each D.Any
二.词汇运用
1.These tw sweaters are s expensive that I can affrd n f them.
2.Thirdly, check yur ntes after class. Yu can add sme details(细节)yurself first. If there is still smething missing, cmpare yur ntes with .
3.After that, we (两个都)went back t reading and enjying the beauty utside.
4.—Tickets fr tday?
—Srry, we’ve gt left, but we have a few fr tmrrw.
5.My grandma always tells me (没有什么) is mre imprtant than health.
2.复合不定代词
(1)初中阶段常用的复合不定代词列表如下:
如:D yu have anything special t tell me tday?
Listen t me,bys and girls.I have smething t tell yu.
(2)当形容词或 else修饰复合不定代词 smething,everything,everyne 等时,形容词或 else 必须放在这些词的后面。如:
Xiaming,he has smething imprtant t tell yu.
Can yu find anyne else?
(3)everyne的意思等同于everybdy,只能指人;every ne 既可指人也可指物,还可以和 f 连用。如:
I’d like everyne t be happy.
I have kept every ne f her letters.
一．根据句意,选择方框中恰当的不定代词填空
anything nbdy smething smebdy everything
①—Yur tea, please.
—There must be sweet in it. It tastes gd.
②—Is there new in tday’s newspaper?
—Yes. A famus singer will give a cncert in ur city.
③There is in the classrm. All the students are in the playgrund.
④ is ready. Please cme t have dinner.
⑤Mary, is waiting fr yu utside.
二．选择填空
1. is better wrth my respect than Yuan Lngping. He is the pride f China.
A.Smebdy B.AnybdyC.Nbdy D.Everybdy
2.—Why are yu laughing, Daniel?
—There is funny in the newspaper. Cme and see.
A.anything B.smething C.everything D.nthing
3. hpes fr a sweet hme as it prvides us with warmth and trust.
A.Nne B.EveryneC.Nbdy D.Smebdy
二、指示代词
1.指示代词,表格如下:
2.指示代词的用法
(1)this/these
①近指。如:This is my pen.These are my bks.
②指下文要提到的事。如:Please remember this:N pain,n gain.
that/thse
①远指。如:That’s her bike.
②指前面刚刚提到过的事。如:He was ill.That was why he didn’t g t schl.
(3)打电话时用this介绍自己,that询问对方。This is Mike speaking. Wh’s that speaking?
三、疑问代词
一．根据句意,用恰当的疑问代词填空
①— d yu usually d at the weekend? —I ften stay at hme and help with the husewrk.
②— is the by under the tree? —He is my brther Jhn.
③— d yu like better, running r swimming? —I like swimming better.
④— glves are these? —They’re Miss Li’s.
四、it的用法
1.指代前面提到过的事物。如:The bk n the desk is nt mine.It is Jim’s.
2.代替指示代词this或that。如:—What’s that?—It is a pencil.
3.指代婴儿或不明身份的人。如:Smene is kncking at the dr.Please g and see wh it is.
4.指代时间或季节。如:—What’s the time nw?—It’s ten ’clck.
5.指代天气。如:—What’s the weather like tday?—It’s sunny.
6.指代距离。如:Hw far is it frm yur schl t yur hme?
7.it的常用句型:
(1)It is+adj.+(fr sb.)t d sth. 如:It is imprtant fr us t wrk hard.
(2)It’s time t d/fr/that... 如:It’s time t get up/fr lunch/that we went hme.
(3)It seems that...好像…… 如:It seems that yu are right.
(4)It’s ne’s turn t d...轮到某人做…… 如:It’s yur turn t sing.
(5)It’s+adj.+that 从句 如:It’s natural that they shuld have different views.
8.作形式宾语。如:D yu think it necessary t learn t wait in line?
9.构成强调句型“It is/was+被强调部分+that/wh+其他成分”。如:It is he wh ges t schl by bike every day.
10. it,ne,that作代词时的区别
(1)it特指上文提到的同一对象,是同一事物。如:The bk is mine.It’s very interesting.
(2)ne 泛指上文提及的同类事物中的一个,同类而不同物。如:—Wh has a pen?—I have ne.
(3)that 常用于比较结构中,代替前面提到的名词,以避免重复。如:The weather in Beijing is clder than that in Guangzhu in winter.
一．选择填空
1.The gravity n Mars is nly abut three eighths f n the Earth.
A.that B.thse C.ne D.nes
2.—Excuse me, where is Xingguang Theatre?
—G alng this rad t the end, and yu’ll find n yur left.
A.it B.any C.ne
3.After the new high-speed railway line began peratins, the time n the trip frm Lianyungang t Qingda nw is much less than in the past.
A.ne B.this C.that D.it
4.By taking an nline spken English curse, I find much simpler t speak English.
A.this B.that C.it D.ne
5.—Excuse me,I want sme bks, but I can’t find a bkshp here.
—I knw n my way hme.Cme with me, please.
A.this B.ne C.it D.that
A组 基础题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.Believe in yurself. D this and n matter where yu are, yu will have t fear.
A.nthing B.smethingC.anything D.everything
2.—Hw many nminatins(提名) did the new film win?
— . It is nt wrth seeing.
A.N ne B.NbdyC.Nthing D.Nne
3.—Are yur parents angry with yu abut yur English?
—Oh, f them is angry. They just tld me t get better grades next time.
A.nne B.bthC.neither D.all
4.I knew Mavis wanted a blue scarf, s I bught fr her.
A.nes B.it C.ne D.that
5.BFSU is nt far frm Peking University, s yu can easily visit in a day.
A.bth B.allC.either D.neither
6.Alice is always full f ideas, but is useful t my knwledge.
A.nne B.nthingC.n ne D.neither
7.—Oh, I came in such a hurry that I left my textbk at hme.
—Dn’t wrry. I’ll share with yu.
A.my B.me C.myself D.mine
8.If smething is wrng, fix it if yu can. D nt wrry. Wrry never fixes .
A.smething B.everythingC.anything D.nthing
9.Miss Su gt hme and fund flat lked as gd as new.
A.her B.his C.ur D.yur
10.When times are difficult, tell that pain is part f grwing.
A.yu B.yurselfC.yur D.yurs
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.T have nline classes, I need yur QQ numbers and Lucy has given me (she) already.
2.The bys decided t keep the secret t (they) and wuldn?t tell anyne else.
3.Nw few peple take much mney with (they) because f electrnic payment.
4.Our schl is different frm (他们的) in style.
5.I enjy cking s much that I always make fd by (我自己).
6.Smetimes reading bks can make thers? experience becme (us).
B组 提升题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.—Amy, which f these hats d yu like best?
—I’ll take . They are either ut f fashin r t expensive.
A.bth B.either C.neither D.nne
2.—Ww! Jim plays the pian s well.
—Nt can play it like this. He wrks hard at it.
A.everybdy B.smebdyC.nbdy D.anybdy
3.—Have yu prepared fr the picnic tmrrw?
—N, except the drinks.
A.nthing B.anythingC.everything D.smething
4.—Tday’s Yangtze Evening, please.
—There is nly ne cpy left. Wuld yu like ?
A.they B.themC.ne D.it
5.The shp assistant in Xinhua Bkstre recmmended me the fur great classical Chinese nvels, but was t my taste.
A.all B.neitherC.nthing D.nne
6.Jeff dreams f becming a detective like Sherlck Hlmes. He thinks there is mre exciting than slving a mystery.
A.everything B.smethingC.anything D.nthing
7.—What kind f huse wuld yu like?
—I’d like with a garden in frnt f .
A.it;ne B.ne;neC.ne;it D.it;it
8.Recycling is ne way t prtect the envirnment; reusing is .
A.anther B.the therC.ne anther D.ne
9.—Father’s Day is cming. What will yu buy fr yur father, a shirt r a watch?
— . I will make a card fr him instead.
A.Either B.BthC.Neither D.Tw
10.Shanghai is a great city in China. It is larger than in Japan.
A.any ther city B.any ther citiesC.any city D.any cities
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.hang Guimei has devted t imprving pr girls’ educatin.
2.Lk, the little cats are enjying (they) milk. Hw relaxed they are!
4.Many peple learned t ck by instead f eating utside.
5.Many yung peple like psting phts f (they) n Facebk. It helps them get t knw each ther.
6.—Which curse wuld yu like t chse this term, DIY r STEM?
— . I prefer paper-cutting.
The “pupils are excited abut their cming lunch. Will they get a big bne(骨头)?Oh, this is a 1 schl. Sme dgs g t this schl when their wners(主人) are busy wrking.
The cute dgs" teacher” is Arat Mntya, a man frm Mexic. At first. his father wanted him t becme a baker(烘焙师)，but Arat had n 2 in baking. He tld his father, “Dad, I lve dgs.”
When Arat grew up, he 3 a jb at the Dg Club f West Linn, a dg care center. In2016, 4 the center clsed, Arat had an idea. He started his wn dg care center and 5 it Dggie Schl Bus Inc.
Every mrning, Arat drives the yellw“ Dggie Schl Bus" t peple's hmes t 6 dgs. The dgs lve Arat s much that they get 7 every time they see him. Many f them even run ut f their hmes 8 and straight nt the bus when they hear the bus cme. The dgs 9 mst f the day at the dg care center, playing and having fun with Arat and ther dgs. The schl day cmes t a(n) 10 at 2 pm. And Arat drives the dgs back t their hmes. Arat lves what he des. He calls himself the happiest man in the wrld.
衔接点04 数词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学数词考点聚焦】
1.按要求写词。
(1)three(序数词) (2)nine(序数词)
(3)eight(序数词) (4)103房间（汉译英）
(5)七十八元（汉译英）
(6)九点三十五分（汉译英）
2.单项选择。
( )(1)We can take the bus t the museum.
B.N.1 C. 1st N. D.1 N.
( )(2)Mike's sister is .
A. fur year ld B. furth years ld
C. fur years ld D. fur-years-ld
( )(3)There are peple in the park.
A. fur hundreds B. hundreds f
C. hundred f D. fur hundreds f
( )(4)There are mnths in a year. December is the mnth f a year.
A. twelve; twelve B. twelfth; twelve
C. twelfth; twelfth D. twelve; twelfth
( )(5) f students in ur class have lunch at schl.
A. Tw five B. Tw fifth C. Secnd fifths D. Tw fifths
2.翻译下列句子。(10分)
(1)现在是七点半。
It's .
(2)植树节在三月十二日。
Tree Planting Day is n .
(3)十六减五等于十一。
minus is .
(4)杰克是第一个到校的。
Jack is t get t schl.
(5)在第三个十字路口右转。
Turn right at crssing.
【初中数词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 基数词和序数词
一、基数词
表示数目的词称为基数词。其形式如下:
1.1—10
ne,tw,three,fur,five,six,seven,eight,nine,ten
2.11—19
eleven,twelve,thirteen,furteen,fifteen,sixteen,seventeen,eighteen,nineteen
这里除 eleven,twelve,thirteen,fifteen,eighteen为特殊形式外,furteen,sixteen,seventeen,nineteen都是由其个位数形式后添加后缀-teen构成。
3.20—99
整数几十中除twenty,thirty,frty,fifty,eighty为特殊形式外,sixty,seventy,ninety都是由其个位数形式后添加后缀-ty构成。表示几十几时,在十位和个位之间添加连字符“-”。如:
21 twenty-ne
76 seventy-six
4.百位数
1—9基数词形式加“hundred”,表示几百,不是整百时再在后面数字与hundred间加上and。如:
101 a hundred and ne
320 three hundred and twenty
648 six hundred and frty-eight
5.千位数以上
从数字的右端向左端数起,每三位数加一个逗号“,”。从右开始,第一个“,”前的数字后添加 thusand,第二个“,”前的数字后添加 millin,第三个“,”前的数字后添加 billin。然后一节一节分别表示,两个逗号之间最大的数为百位数形式。如:
2,648 tw thusand and six hundred and frty-eight
16,250,064 sixteen millin tw hundred and fifty thusand and sixty-fur
6.基数词的句法功能
基数词在句中可作主语、宾语、定语、表语、同位语。如:
The tw happily pened the bx.两个人高兴地打开了盒子。(作主语)
I need three altgether.我总共需要三个。(作宾语)
Fur students are playing vlleyball utside.四个学生在外面打排球。(作定语)
I’m sixteen.我十六岁了。(作表语)
They three tried t finish the task befre sunset.他们三个人尽力在日落前完成任务。(作同位语)
1.There are many ld peple wh are ver a h years ld in Hainan.
2.Wendy nce spent a year in Ls Angeles fr further study in her .(frty)
3.Karl Marx began t learn anther freign language in his (fifty).
4.Recently, there are abut 12 (千) pet hspitals in China, and many peple chse small animal treatment as a career.
5.—Hw much time d yu need t carry n with the prject?
—Anther (四) days.
6.If yu dn’t have a dream, yu’ve been ld, even at (二十).
7.Every year, bks are dnated t the children in pr areas.
A.millin B.millinsC.millins f D.millin f
二、序数词
表示顺序的词称为序数词。其形式如下:
1.从第一至第十九
2.从第二十至第九十九
整数第几十的形式由其对应的基数词改变结尾字母y为i,再加“-eth”构成。如:
twenty—twentieth,thirty—thirtieth
表示第几十几时,用几十的基数词形式加上连字符“-”和个位序数词形式一起表示。如:
thirty-first 第三十一 fifty-sixth 第五十六 seventy-third 第七十三 ninety-ninth 第九十九
3.第一百以上的多位序数词
由基数词的形式变结尾部分为序数词形式来表示。如:
ne hundred and twenty-first 第一百二十一
ne thusand,three hundred and twentieth 第一千三百二十
4.序数词的缩写形式
有时,序数词可以用缩写形式来表示。主要缩写形式有:
first—1st secnd—2nd third—3rdfurth—4th sixth—6th twentieth—20th twenty-third—23rd
5.序数词的句法功能
序数词在句中可作主语、宾语、定语和表语。如:
The secnd is what I really need.第二个是我真正需要的。(作主语)
He chse the secnd.他选了第二个。(作宾语)
We are t carry ut the first plan.我们将实施第一个计划。(作定语)
She is the secnd in ur class.在我们班她是第二名。(作表语)
另外,基数词也可以表示顺序。只需将基数词放在它所修饰的名词之后即可,不需要添加定冠词。如:
the first lessn—Lessn 1the fifth page—Page 5the twenty-first rm—Rm 21
1.Sme lanterns have riddles(谜语)n them, which encurage peple t try t be the f t find the answer.
2.I’m nt sure hw I feel abut that, with my birthday cming. (第十八)
3.The manager’s rm is right abve mine. It’s n the (three) flr.
4.He seems t have a (第六) sense fr knwing that his brther will win.
5.All the family members are busy getting ready fr my father’s (frty) birthday party.
6.Yancheng has the (tw) largest ppulatin f mre than 8 millin in Jiangsu Prvince.
7.Our Party was funded in 1921.We’ll celebrate her birthday n July 1st this year.
A.ne hundredB.ne hundredthC.the ne hundredth
8.Peng Ming finally became the winner f seasn f CCTV’s Chinese Petry Cnference.
A.five B.fifth C.the fifth D.fifths
三、数词和冠词的关系
1.一般情况下,序数词前要加定冠词the,但基数词前不加冠词。如:
Sunday is the first day f a week.星期天是一周的第一天。
2.“a/an+序数词”表示“又一、再一”。如:
Althugh I had failed twice,my father encuraged me t have a third try.虽然我失败了两次,但是爸爸还是鼓励我再试一次。
3.“f the+基数词”表示“范围”。如:
She is the mst beautiful girl f the three.她是这三个女孩中最漂亮的一个。
四、其他
1.基数词在表示确切的数字时,不能使用百、千、百万、十亿的复数形式;但是,当基数词表示不确切的数字,如成百、成千上万、三三两两时,基数词则以复数形式出现。如:
There are hundreds f peple in the hall.大厅里有数以百计的人。
Thusands and thusands f peple cme t visit the Museum f Qin Terra-Ctta Warrirs and Hrses every day.
每天有成千上万的人来参观秦陵兵马俑博物馆。
They went t the theatre in tws and threes.他们三三两两地去了剧院。
2.表示“人的不确切岁数或年代”用几十的复数形式。如:
He became a prfessr in his thirties.他三十多岁时成为教授。
She died f lung cancer in her frties.她四十多岁时死于肺癌。
It was in the 1960s.那是在20世纪60年代。
写出下列数字的序数词
①ne ②five ③seven ④eight
⑤furteen ⑥thirty ⑦twenty
⑧ninety-nine ⑨sixty-three
⑩ne hundred and eighty-tw
考点二 分数、百分数及其他用法
一、分数表示法
1.分数是由基数词和序数词一起来表示的。基数词作分子,序数词作分母,分子大于1时,序数词要用复数形式。如:
3/4 three furths或 three quarters
1/3 ne third或a third
24/25 twenty-fur twenty-fifths
314 three and ne furth或 three and ne quarter
1/2 a half
1/4 ne quarter或a quarter
112 ne and a half
2.当分数后面接名词时,如果分数表示的值大于1,名词用复数;小于1,名词用单数。如:
112 hurs 一个半小时(读作 ne and a half hurs)
234 meters 二又四分之三米(读作tw and three furths meters)
4/5 meter 五分之四米
5/6 inch 六分之五英寸
二、小数和百分数表示法
1.小数用基数词来表示,以小数点为界,小数点左边的数字为一个单位,表示整数,数字合起来读;小数点右边的数字为一个单位,表示小数,数字分开来读;小数点读作pint,0读作 zer或/əʊ/,整数部分为零时,可以省略不读。如:
0.4 zer pint fur或pint fur 零点四
10.23 ten pint tw three 十点二三
25.67 twenty-five pint six seven 二十五点六七
1.03 ne pint three 一点零三
2.当数字值大于1时,小数后面的名词用复数,数字值小于1时,小数后面的名词用单数。如:
1.03 meters 一点零三米 0.49 tn 零点四九吨
1.5 tns 一点五吨
3.百分数用“基数词+percent”表示。如:
50% fifty percent 百分之五十
3% three percent 百分之三
0.12% zer pint ne tw percent 百分之零点一二
这里的percent前半部分per表示“每一”,后半部分cent表示“百”,所以百分之几中percent不用复数形式。
三、时刻表示法
1.表示几点钟用基数词加’clck表示。如: 5:00 读作 five ’clck 或 five
2.表示几点过几分,在分钟后加past,再加小时。如:
five past seven 七点过五分
half past six 六点半
a quarter past eight 八点一刻
seven past eight 八点过七分
3.表示差几分几点,在分钟后面加t,再加小时。如:
ten t eight 差十分八点
a quarter t twelve 差一刻十二点
在日常生活中,常用下列简单方法表示时间。
以小时、分钟为单位分别读出数字。
6:31读作six thirty-ne
10:26读作ten twenty-six
注意:时刻表上的时间大多采用24小时表示法,这样就不需要用a.m.表示上午,p.m.表示下午。
1.The gravity n Mars is nly abut f that n the Earth.
A.three eights B.third eights
C.three eighths D.third eighths
2.—Mum, f my classmates glasses.
—Oh, my Gd. Yu need t prtect yur eyes well.
A.three-furths;wears B.three-furth;wear
C.three-furth;wears D.three-furths;wear
3.写作占据了我四分之三的假期,但我乐在其中。
Writing my hliday, but I enjyed myself.
四、世纪、年代和年月日表示法
1.世纪可以用定冠词加序数词加世纪century表示,也可以用定冠词加百位进数加’s表示。如:
the sixth/6th century公元6世纪 the eighteenth/18th century公元18世纪
the 1900s 20世纪 the 1600s 17世纪
2.年代由定冠词及基数词表示的世纪加十位整数的所有格或复数形式构成。如:
in the 1930s(in the thirties f the twentieth century或 in the nineteen thirties)在20世纪30年代
in the 1860s(in the sixties f the 19th century或 in the eighteen sixties)在19世纪60年代
In the 1870s when Marx was already in his fifties,he fund it imprtant t study the situatin in Russia,s he began t learn Russian.
在19世纪70年代,当时马克思已经50多岁,他发现研究俄国的形势很重要,于是便开始学习俄语。
3.表示某年代的早期、中期和晚期,可以在定冠词后、年代前添加 early,mid-,late。如:
in the early 1920s 在20世纪20年代早期
in the mid-1950s 在20世纪50年代中期
4.年月日表示法
(1)年份用基数词表示,一般写为阿拉伯数字,读时可以以hundred为单位,也可以以世纪、年代为单位分别来读。如:
1949 读作 nineteen hundred and frty-nine 或 nineteen frty-nine
1800 读作 eighteen hundred
253 读作 tw hundred and fifty-three或tw fifty-three
1902 读作 nineteen hundred and tw或 nineteen tw
表示在哪一年,一般在年份前加介词in,使用year时,year放在数词之前。如:
in the year tw fifty-three B.C.在公元前253年
但是,通常采用in加表示年份的阿拉伯数字。如:
in 300BC 在公元前300年
(2)在哪个月用介词in加月份词表示。如:in May在五月;in July在七月。为了简便起见,月份与日期连用时,月份常用缩写形式表示。如:
January—Jan.一月February—Feb.二月March—Mar.三月April—Apr.四月 June—Jun.六月
July—Jul.七月August—Aug.八月 September—Sept.九月Octber—Oct.十月Nvember—Nv.十一月
December—Dec.十二月
注:这里缩写形式后面加的点不能省略,因为它是表示缩写形式的符号。
(3)日期用定冠词the加序数词表示,the常被省略,但需读出来。在哪一天要添加介词n。如:
Natinal Day is n Oct.1st.国庆节是十月一日。(读作 Octber the first)
此句也可以表示为 Natinal Day is n the 1st f Octber.
May 5(th) 五月五日(读作May the fifth)
也可以表示为the fifth/5th f May
Mar.1(st)三月一日(读作March the first或 the first f March)
五、数量表示法
1.表示长、宽、高等,用“基数词+单位词(meter,ft,inch,kilgram等)+形容词(lng,wide,high等)”表示,或者用“基数词+单位词+in+名词(length,width,height,weight等)”表示。如:
tw meters lng或 tw meters in length 2米长
three feet high或 three feet in height 3英尺高
fur inches wide或 fur inches in width 4英寸宽
This bx is 2 kilgrams in weight.这个盒子有两千克重。
The city wall f Xi’an is 12 meters wide and 12 meters high.西安城墙有12米宽、12米高。
2.表示时间、距离时,使用数词加名词所有格形式作定语。如:
five minutes’ walk 步行五分钟(的路程)
It’s ne hur’s ride frm my hmetwn t ur university.从我的家乡到我们大学需要一个小时的车程。
It’s three kilmeters’ distance frm ur campus t the Bell Twer.从我们校园到钟楼有三千米远。
3.表示温度时,用belw zer表示零下温度,温度用“基数词+degree(s)+单位词(centigrade摄氏或Fahrenheit华氏)”表示。如:
thirty-six degrees centigrade或 36℃ 36摄氏度
fur degrees belw zer centigrade或-4℃ 零下4摄氏度
Water freezes at thirty-tw degrees Fahrenheit.水在32华氏度时结冰。这里的单位词在人们都很清楚是什么时,可以省略。如:
It’s seven degrees belw zer tday.今天是零下七度。(摄氏)
4.由数词和其他名词构成的复合形容词作定语时,其中的名词用单数形式,复合形容词中各部分间要用连字符“-”来连接。如:
It’s a five-minute walk frm the library t the playgrund.从图书馆到操场需要走五分钟。
She’s a sixteen-year-ld girl.她是个16岁的女孩。
5.表示“比……大几倍”的说法。如:
This rm is 3 times bigger than that ne.这个房间比那个(房间)大三倍。
The dictinary is fur times thicker than that bk.这本词典比那本书厚四倍。
二．知识拓展
anther,ther和mre修饰数词的用法
1.anther
anther表“另一个”时只跟可数名词单数,而表“另外的、额外的、附加的”之意时,可跟带有few或具体数字的复数名词,此时可把“数词+复数名词”看成一个整体。如:
—Have yu finished yur reprt yet?——你的报告完成了吗?
—N,I will finish it in anther 10 minutes.——没有,再过10分钟就会完成了。
There is rm fr anther few peple in the back f the bus.公共汽车后面还能容下几个人。
2.ther
ther表“另外的”时,后接复数名词,若与具体基数词连用,则置于基数词之后,但与定冠词the连用时,ther要放在基数词前。如:
Mr.Smith asked me t fetch three ther recrders.史密斯先生让我再去拿三台录音机来。
D yu knw where he fund the ther tw phts?你知道他是在哪里找到另外两张照片的吗?
3.mre
(1)mre一般位于数词之后名词之前,有时也可置于名词之后。如:
One mre step(或One step mre),and I’ll sht yu.再走一步,我就开枪打你了。
Where shall we be in ten mre years?
再过十年,我们会在什么地方呢?
(2)mre除跟数词外,还可与a little,a few,a lt,several等词或短语连用,而且名词也可以是不可数名词。如:
I’d like t buy a few mre cpies f China Daily.我想再买几份《中国日报》。
There are many mre dictinaries n the desk.课桌上有许多本词典。
A组 基础题组
一．汉译英
①十二 ②二十 ③十四 ④四十
⑤十五 ⑥五十 ⑦百 ⑧千
⑨百万 ⑩三百名学生
成百上千的 成千上万的
她出生在1999年12月5日。She was brn n December ,1999.
五分之二的书是我的。Tw f the bks are mine.
二.单项选择
1.The best time t plant a tree was ten years ag, and the best time is nw.
A.first B.secndC.last D.next
2. f the wrkers in the cmputer factry is abut tw thusand, and f them are wmen wrkers.
A.The number;secnd third B.A number;three quarters
C.A number;half secnd D.The number;tw thirds
3.Accrding t a survey, five ut f six wmen lk after their children at hme but nly f men wuld d it.
A.tw fifth B.tws fifthC.tw fifths D.tws fifths
4.—Did yu watch the speech Yung Wave given by the famus actr He Bing during the May Day hliday?
—Of curse, I did. It is reprted that peple watched this vide n bilibili.
A.millin B.millins fC.a millin f D.millins
三.词汇运用
1.The film is the (ne) wrk directed by cmedian-turned-filmmaker Jia Ling.
2.Three (四分之一) f the peple there make a living by catching fish.
3.Tw (nine) f the students in ur schl suffer frm stress.
4.Sandy’s mther still lks yung althugh she is already in her (sixty).
5.Tday is my mther’s (四十) birthday and we will have a party fr her.
B组 提升题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1. f his wrks were written in his .
A.One-thirds;fifties B.One-third;fifty
C.Three quarters;fifties D.Three quarters, fiftieth
2. , when Marx was already , he began t learn Russian.
A.In 1870s;in his fiftiesB.In 1870s;in fifties
C.In the 1870s;in his fiftiesD.In the 1870s;in fifties
3.Althugh yu failed fur times, I still hpe yu can have try.
A.the fifth B.a fifthC.the furth D.a furth
4.—Culd yu tell me when Max began t d business?
—Sure. He began t d business when he was and has earned 2.56 yuan s far.
A.in his thirties;billin B.in the thirties;billins f
C.ver thirty;billins f D.at the age f thirty;billin f
5.—Dad, f the apples gne bad.
—Well, we’d better eat up the rest as sn as pssible.
A.tw-third;have B.tw-thirds;have
C.tw-thirds;has D.tw-third;has
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.July 1st f this year is the ne (hundred) birthday f the Cmmunist Party f China.
2.Pay attentin t what I am saying because I wn’t explain it a (tw) time.
3.Surprisingly, the player withut arms finished (三) in the 1,500-metre race at last.
4.Thugh my grandpa is in his (nine), he is still in high spirit.
Hainan meterlgical department(气象局）predicts(预测）that typhn“ Olu” may enter the Suth China Sea frm the afternn t the night f September 25,2022. 1 But what did peple d in the past?
My grandfather was a farmer in the cuntryside. He died many years ag. 2 Fr example, in summer, he wuld ften take me t lk at anthills(蚁丘).He said, “ If the anthills are high in July, yu will knw there will be a snwy winter." 3 S I always believe him. 4 He wuld tell me: “If the caterpillar's belly(腹部) is thin, the weather in autumn will be bad.”
5 The lder peple can teach us many things t help us have a better life. s we shuld remember them all the time!
衔接点05 介词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学介词考点聚焦】
1.选择正确的介词填空。
(1)Mike was brn (n/in)2005. His birthday is (n/in)April 2nd.
(2)I usually get up (at/in)6: 40. Then I g t schl (with/by)bike.
(3)Lucy is wrried (with/abut) her English.
(4)We will play ftball (in/n)Sunday.
(5)My brther will sing an English sng (in/n)Children's Day.
2.选择正确的介词填空。（每词限用一次）
frm with f in after abve n behind at fr
(1) my way t schl, I met Jack.
(2)We always brrw bks the library.
(3)The by sme bks is cming.
(4)Mike's ftball is the dr.
(5)D yu see the kite the building?
(6)My cusin is gd playing ftball.
(7)There are three birds the tree.
(8)This lessn is t hard me.
(9)My mum is ill. I shuld lk her well.
(10)Ann is afraid that big dg.
3.用正确的介词填空。(10分)
Andy is (1) England. She lives(2) Lndn. She likes listening(3) music. She is gd (4) English. She is helpful(5) hme. She ften cleans the rm(6) the weekend.(7) dinner,she usually watches TV(8) her grandma.(9) the evening, she ges t bed(10) nine.
【初中介词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 表示时间的介词
1.at多用于具体钟点前,如:at seven,at a quarter t ne;也可用于固定搭配中,如:at nn,at night。
2.in表示一段时间,用于年、月、世纪、四季或泛指的一天的上午、下午、晚上等前。如:in the twenty-first century在21世纪,in autumn在秋天,in the mrning在早上;还可用于表示“从现在起,多长时间以后或多久之后”的短语中。
3.n主要用在星期几、具体某一天或具体某一天的早、中、晚或节日前。如:
n the Mid-Autumn Festival在中秋节
n June 1st 在6月1日
4.since,frm和fr
5.“by+时间点”表示“到……时为止”,如果by后跟一个过去的时间点,句子应用过去完成时。如:
We had learned 1,000 English wrds by the end f last term.到上个学期末,我们已经学了1,000个英语单词。
6.“during+时间段”与延续性动词连用表示某期间的动作。如:
He lives with us during these years.这些年他跟我们一起住。
7.until与否定词连用,意为“直到……才”,其前的谓语动词多用瞬间性动词;until用在肯定句中,意为“直到……为止”,其前的谓语动词需用延续性动词。如:
I didn’t leave until my mther came hme.直到我妈妈回家我才离开。
一．用适当的介词填空
①Mther’s Day is the secnd Sunday in May.
②We usually get t schl 7:40 in the mrning.
③Her birthday is winter, the mst beautiful seasn in a year.
④Uncle Wang has wrked in the factry twenty years.
⑤—Hw sn will he cme back?
— a mnth.
二．选择填空
1.China’s first Mars rver, Zhurng, tuched dwn n the Red Planet May 15, 2021.
A.n B.in C.at D.t
2.China successfully landed a spacecraft Mars in May, 2021.
A.in B.n C.at D.fr
3.—I hear yur brther will enter Tsinghua University this summer.
—Exactly, he was a brn genius. He was able t read and write the age f 4.
A.in B.n C.at D.f
4.Nanjing Zijinshan Insect Museum, which will be pen t the public sn, was frmed at the ft f Zhngshan April 2nd.
A.in B.n C.at D.frm
考点二 表示方位的介词
1.表示方位的in,n和t
in表示在某一地区之内(属于该范围);n表示与某地的毗邻关系;t表示在某一地区之外(不属于该范围)。如:
Fujian Prvince is in the suth-east f China.福建省位于中国的东南部。
China is t the west f Japan.中国在日本的西边。
2.ver,abve和 n的用法
(1)ver 有“正上方”“越过”“覆盖在上面”之意。
There is a bridge ver the river.这条河上有一座桥。
(2)abve 指在上方,不一定表示正上方。如:
Raise yur hands abve yur head.把你的手举过你的头。
(3)n 指在上面,表示两物体接触。如:
There is a cup n the table.桌子上有一个杯子。
图示记忆
3.at,in和n的用法
(1)at 与较小的地点连用。如:at the bus stp,at hme
(2)in 与较大的地点连用。如:in China,in the wrld
(3)n 表示在一个平面上。如:n the farm
4.in frnt f,in the frnt f和befre
(1)in frnt f 表示“在……的前面”(范围外)。如:There are sme trees in frnt f the classrm.教室前面有一些树。
(2)in the frnt f 表示“在……的前部”(范围内)。如:
Put the shrtest flwers in the frnt f the bunch.把最短的花放在花束的靠前位置。
(3)befre 所表示的位置关系和in frnt f相同,表示“在……前面”。如:He sits befre me.他坐在我前面。
5.belw,under
belw表示“在……下方或位置低于……”,不一定有垂直在下之意;under 表示“在……正下方”。如:
The cat reaches belw the knees.这件外套到了膝盖下面。
He hid under the bed.他藏在床底下。
一．用适当的介词填空
①Li Ming ges t schl his father‘’s car every day.
②Mr. Green is writing the blackbard.
③They held a large umbrella her.
④—Can a plane fly the Atlantic Ocean?
—Yes,but it needs t g the cluds fr hurs.
⑤Yu must be careful when yu swim the lake.
二．选择填空
1.The sun shne the windw and left a tiny rainbw n the wall.
A.beynd B.alng C.thrugh D.acrss
2.Yancheng is the nly city China t be named after salt.
A.at B.n C.in D.with
3.Let’s put the pian ver there, the wall.
A.abve B.against C.acrss D.arund
考点三 介词的固定搭配
介词在实际运用中常常和名词、动词、形容词等词类构成固定搭配,这些固定搭配在句子中经常出现。
一．选择填空
1.—Why d yu chse t use Beidu Navigatin(导航)Satellite System, Mr. Li?
—Because I think it has many advantages GPS(全球卫星定位系统).
A.n B.in C.ver D.f
2.Ftball fans are ften called the “12th man” because f their influence a team.
A.t B.frm C.n D.at
3.Little Simba went hunting alne. The Lin King walked arund, his safety.
A.with the help f B.in fear f
C.at the speed f D.n tp f
4.Our cuntry has made great prgress in the fight blue skies and clear waters.
A.in B.fr C.against D.between
5.It’s reprted that, , peple with cllege educatin can make mre mney than thse withut.
A.in general B.in publicC.in time D.in all
6.—Did yu g n the Silk Rad trip by train?
—Yes. The train was great, just like a htel wheels—it had all that I needed.
A.in B.at C.n D.by
7.When yu have jys, yu can share them yur friends.
A.fr B.in C.with D.n
8. the help f mdern technlgy, scientists gt a pht f a black hle.
A.At B.In C.On D.With
9.Scared by the lud nise, the rabbits ran ff all directins.
A.n B.at C.in D.by
10.—If smene is yur way, what will yu d?
—I will wait until he r she mves instead f pushing past.
A.in B.n C.by D.alng
二．知识拓展
其他用法
1.表示运动方向的介词
(1)int, inside, in 从外到内。如:
He went quickly int/inside/in the rm.他很快进入到房间里。
(2)n在……表面,nt到……上。如:
A bat is n the river.一条小船在河上。
He jumped nt a tree.他跳上一棵树。
(3)acrss穿过一平面,thrugh穿过一空间。如:
The by kicked the ball hard and it mved acrss the grass.这个男孩用力踢球,球飞过草地。
The train mved fast thrugh the tunnel.火车飞驶隧道。
2.n与abut的区别
3.between和amng的区别
between常指“在……(两者)之间”;amng用于指“在……(三者或三者以上的人或物)之间”。如果把三者或三者以上的人或事物分别看待,指每两者之间,也可用between。如:
Maria sits between Lucy and Lily.玛丽亚坐在露西和莉莉之间。
Miss Wang stands amng her students.王老师站在她的学生中间。
4.acrss,thrugh,ver和past的区别
acrss和thrugh都用于表示“穿过”。acrss着重指从一条直线或一物体表面的一边到另一边,表示游渡、乘船过海或过河时用acrss;thrugh含有“从……中间穿过”之意。如:
He can swim acrss the river.他能游过这条河。
She had t push her way thrugh the crwd t get t her sn.她必须挤过人群才能到她的儿子跟前。
ver多指在空间范围上“穿越”,而past指“经过”。如:
The plane flew ver a line f muntains in the suth-east.飞机从东南方的一座座山上飞过。
They walked past a tall tree.他们从一棵大树旁走过。
5.fr,t和twards 的区别
fr常用在leave,start后,表示运动的方向或目的。如:
They’ll leave fr Beijing t attend a meeting next mnth.他们下个月将出发去北京参加一个会议。
t 接在g,cme,return,mve等词之后,表示目的地。如:
When did yu return t Guangzhu after the hliday?假期后你何时回广州的?
twards意为“朝、向”,只说明运动的方向,没有“到达”的意思。如:
They are running twards the sea.他们跑向大海。
6.after与behind的区别
两个词都有“在……后”之意,behind常表示位置方面的“后”,而after表示时间、次序上的“后”。如:
behind the schl,after 5 ’clck,after yu
7.in,with和by表示“用”时的区别
in主要表示“用语言、声音等”;with表示“用具体有形的东西”;by表示“用……手段或方式”,后常接动名词。如:
Can yu sing this sng in English?你能用英语唱这首歌吗?
I d my hmewrk with a pen.我用钢笔写作业。
The girl made mney by selling flwers.这个女孩通过卖花赚钱。
8.but,besides和except的区别
but表示“除……之外”,常与含否定意义的词连用,当but前有动词d或其相关形式时,but后接动词原形;except表示“除……之外(不再有)”,指从整体中排除except所接的人或物,前面常有all,every,any,n或一些复合词;besides表示“除……之外(还有)”,其前常有ther,anther,any ther,a few等词。如:
We can d nthing but wait.除了等,我们什么也做不了。
All the students went t the z except Jim.除了吉姆,所有的学生都去动物园了。
I have a few gd friends besides yu.除了你之外,我还有几个好朋友。
9.in和after表示时间的区别
(1)in表示以此时此刻为起点的将来的一个时间段之后,常与将来时态的谓语动词连用;对时间状语“in+时间段”(表将来)提问可以用hw sn。
注意:in the past意为“在过去”,与过去时连用;in the past/last+时间段,意为“在过去的……中”,表示从现在算起的过去的一段时间,包括此时此刻在内,常与现在完成时连用。如:
In the past few years,great changes have taken place in ur schl.在过去的几年中,我们学校的变化很大。
(2)“after+时间段”常与过去时连用,“after+时间点”可与将来时连用。
10.in 和n的区别
n the tree表示枝、叶、果实等长“在树上”in the tree表示人或其他东西“在树上”
n the wall表示东西粘贴或挂“在墙上”in the wall表示门、窗等嵌“在墙上”
11.t和at用于行为对象时的区别
at与某些动词连用,表攻击的目标,含有某种程度的恶意;t只表示方向,无恶意。如:
Dn’t laugh at thers.It’s implite.不要嘲笑别人,那是不礼貌的。
She came t me and shk my hand warmly.她走到我面前,热情地和我握手。
12.f和in用于最高级结构中的区别
f后一般接数词或可数名词复数;in后一般是可数名词的单数形式。如:
Tm is the tallest by f the fur.汤姆是这四个男孩里最高的那一个。
Tm is the tallest by in the class.汤姆是这个班级中最高的男孩。
13.by,in和n表旅行方式的区别
by:①不涉及表示交通工具的名词时用by。如:by sea,by air;②涉及表示交通工具的名词,且该名词为单数形式,前面没有冠词或任何修饰语时用by。如:by ship,by plane。
n或in:当旅行方式涉及确定的、特指的交通工具时用n或in,交通工具前应有冠词、物主代词、指示代词等修饰语。在开放型或半开放型工具前用n,在封闭型工具前用in。如:n my bike,in a car。
14.f sb.与fr sb.的区别
f sb.用于It is+adj.+f sb.t d sth.句型中,形容词为clever,kind,nice等描述人物性格特征的词,f后的人物与形容词有主表关系。
fr sb.用于It is+adj.+fr sb.t d sth.句型中,形容词为easy,imprtant等描述真正的主语不定式特征的词,形容词表示的是主语对于fr后的人物来说的性质。如:
It is kind f yu t help me.你能帮助我真好。
It is imprtant fr us t learn English well.对我们来说学好英语很重要。
15.t既是介词,又是动词不定式符号。作动词不定式符号时,后面跟动词原形;作介词时,后面跟名词、代词或动名词。
下列含有t的词组中t都是介词,在使用时应特别注意,如果它们后面跟的是动词,则用动名词形式。
pay attentin t,make a cntributin t,accrding t,get used t,,lk frward t
一.根据汉语提示,完成句子
①They will finish the wrk in an hur. 一小时后他们将完成这项工作。
② n a warm spring afternn 在一个温暖的春天的下午
③He has studied English since 2000. 自从2000年他就开始学英语了。
④Our teacher usually stands in the frnt f the classrm. 我们的老师通常站在教室前面。
⑤Wine is made frm grapes.葡萄酒是用葡萄酿造的。
⑥Clthes are used fr keeping us warm. 衣服是用来为我们保暖的。
A组 基础题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.Ben was helping his mther when the rain began t beat heavily the windws.
A.belw B.acrss C.behind D.against
2.On sunny days, my grandma ften reads a nvel the windw.
A.fr B.by C.with D.frm
3.Vlunteering is a gd way t experience life the campus (校园). Take an active part in it, and yu will learn mre abut the wrld.
A.ver B.beyndC.against D.abve
4.Dn’t stay inside such a sunny day. Let’s g ut t enjy the sweet flwers.
A.in B.nC.by D.thrugh
5.I can hardly imagine what ur life will be like the Internet in the infrmatin age nwadays.
A.thrugh B.underC.withut D.against
6.In rder t get the difficult times, it is f great imprtance fr cuntries all ver the wrld t wrk clsely tgether.
A.beynd B.acrssC.thrugh D.against
7.When are yu arriving? I’ll pick yu up the statin.
A.at B.t C.n D.ff
8. Friday afternn, ur schl ends earlier than usual.
A.At B.OnC.T D.In
9.The blue planet is s far frm the earth that radi signals, traveling the speed f light, take 16 hurs t reach the spacecraft.
A.fr B.inC.n D.at
10.Arthur Cnan Dyle is cnsidered a master at slving crimes.
A.fr B.asC.with D.by
11.—Hw lng have yu been here?— the end f last year.
A.By B.AtC.Since D.In
12.Peter is clever enugh t read and write the age f 4.
A.between B.atC.t D.during
13.The simplest everyday activities can make a difference the envirnment.
A.fr B.in C.f D.t
14.T my pleasure, my family are always me, s I can fllw my dreams with great curage.
A.past B.abve C.upn D.behind
15.If yu want t be a gd teacher, yu shuld be patient students.
A.abut B.t C.with D.f
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.—Where is the city library?
—It’s (在……对面)the frnt gate f the Grand Htel.
2.It’s s nice t take a walk n the path which leads (穿过)the trees t the river.
3.The temperature in ur hmetwn usually drps (在……以下) zer in winter.
4.—Jim, I want t jin the army.
—Are yu jking? Peple (在……下) eighteen aren’t allwed t jin the army.
5.In spring, bees and butterflies play (在……中) the flwers.
B组 提升题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.When the accident happened the evening f last Saturday, it was blwing and raining.
A.at B.nC.in D./
2.—Hi, Mm directed by Jia Ling is a hit this year.
—It really is. It shws us the deep lve between a mther and a daughter.
A./ B.inC.n D.at
3.— the way, can yu ffer me sme advice n hw t imprve my English?
—Why nt buy an English dictinary? It can help yu many ways.
A.In;by B.On;inC.By;in D.By;with
4.—Lk! Many vlunteers are recrding birds’ types and changes their numbers.
—I think it’s meaningful them t wrk here in their spare time.
A.in;f B.in;fr C.n;fr D.n;f
5.Xinjiang cttn is praised the best cttn in ur cuntry its high quality.
A.fr;as B.fr;byC.as;fr D.by;fr
6.The Tm and Jerry series first appeared n screen 1940. And a new live-actin(真人版)Tm and Jerry came ut February 26 in the US this year.
A.in;in B.in;n C.n;n D.n;in
7.Since he had n tls, he had t put the picture the wall befre he culd put it up.
A.n B.inC.against D.ver
8.—I can’t think f any ther actress prettier than Audrey Hepburn.
—Exactly. Her beauty is wrds.
A.ver B.beyndC.abve D.withut
9.Mr. Black has gne t Shanghai n business. He will return three days.
A.in B.atC.fr D.n
10.—Hw did yu get the wnderful news?
— a Mr. Lrry, ne well-infrmed persn.
A.Acrss B.Including C.Thrugh D.By
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1. (在……期间) his stay in Yancheng, he made sme gd friends.
2. (没有) much wrk t deal with, David decided t have a drink t get relaxed.
3.—What yu said ges far my understanding, Miss Lee.
—Srry, I will explain it again with simple wrds.
4.As yu walk (穿过) a dr, lk t see if yu can hld it pen fr smene else.
5.Everyne handed in their wrk (除了) Li Hua because f his illness.
6.—Lk! The z is n the ther side f the river.
—Let’s g the bridge and see the giant pandas.
Jillian Magee, 30, is a third-grade teacher frm Washingtn D. C. She has becme very ppular fr her“ Tattle Bx(告状盒）”.
Jillian said she started t make the bx because she was getting tired f being interrupted（打断)during lessns." Kids tell yu every little thing that's ging n. I finally tld them t just write it dwn n paper and put it in the bx,” she said.
She reads the paper after schl. If there's anything that's very imprtant, she will talk t them abut it. “I think the bx is gd fr cmmunicatin(交流).It helps students slve cnflicts(矛盾）,”Jillian said.
The bx helps shy students find their vice. “If they have smething t tell me, but they're t afraid t say it themselves, they can write it dwn,” Jillian said. Students dn't have t write their names n it. Just put it in the bx, stp thinking abut it and they will feel better abut it.
1.What makes Jillian ppular?

2.Why did Jillian start t make the bx?

3.What will Jillian d if there is anything imprtant n the paper in the bx?

4.D students write their names n the paper?

5.Hw d yu like the “Tattle Bx”? Why?

衔接点06 连词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学连词考点聚焦】
1.选词填空。
and but r because s
(1)I'd like t g t yur party, I will see the dctr tmrrw.
(2)I must wear my sweater, it is very cld nw.
(3)Miss White likes singing dancing.
(4)Which seasn d yu like best, summer winter?
(5)I had a cld, I didn't g t schl.
2.单项选择。
( )(1)My little sister is shrt she can't pick apples.
A.t;t B.s;that C.as;as
( )(2)He can't ck Chinese fd, .
A.t B.either C.t
( )(3)Turn left at the bkstre then turn right at the cinema.
A.and B.but C.r
( )(4) my father mther are dctrs.
A. Either; r B. Neither; nr C. Bth; and
( )(5)I was very happy, my mther bught me a gift.
A.s B.and C.because
3.用适当的连词合并句子。
(1)He can speak Chinese. He can speak English, t.
He can speak Chinese English.
(2)Yu may stay. Yu may g.
Yu may stay g.
(3)I can't answer the questin. He can't answer the questin, either.
he I can answer the questin.
【初中连词考点聚焦】
考点清单
并列连词
1.常见的并列连词
2.不能同时出现在一个句子中的连词
(1)because(因为),s(所以)不能同时出现在一个句子里,只能用其一。如:
Because he was tired,he culdn’t walk there.
=He was tired,s he culdn’t walk there.因为他累了,所以他不能走到那儿。
(2)althugh/thugh(虽然),but(但是)不能同时出现在一个句子里,只能用其一。但althugh/thugh和yet/still可以同时出现在一个句子里。如:
Thugh he was tired,he still wrked hard.
=He was tired,but he still wrked hard.虽然他累了,但他仍然努力工作。
一．用and,but,r,s,while填空
①Many birds stay in the nature reserve f Zhalng all year rund sme nly g there fr a shrt stay.
②Keep trying, yu’ll succeed ne day.
③Which is easier t learn,Japanese French?
④It snwed heavily last night, the grund is cvered with snw nw.
⑤Tm is a very smart by, he never shws ff.
二．选择填空
1.Read the bk Cute Pets, yu will knw hw t take care f yur cat.
A.r B.s C.and D.but
2.The dctrs wrked fr ten hurs, nbdy tk a break.
A.s B.fr C.but D.r
3.Life is like a ne-way race, treasure every mment as time cannt be wn again.
A.s B.and C.r D.but
4.Lve frm parents is like the wind—yu can’t see it yu can feel it.
A.and B.rC.but D.s
5.I’ve wanted t read Peter Pan fr lng, tday I finally brrwed the bk frm the library.
A.r B.butC.and D.since
6.—D yu think David and Lisa can be gd accuntants?
—Accuntants shuld be careful enugh. David Lisa is suitable, I?m afraid.
A.Either;r B.Neither;nrC.Bth;and D.Nt nly;but als
7.“Put n yur cat, yu will catch a cld!” This is what my mum ften says t me.
A.and B.butC.r D.s
8.Hawking is n lnger with us, he will cntinue t inspire the wrld.
A.s B.ifC.but D.as
9.Give me a chance, I’ll prve it t yu.
A.and B.tillC.thugh D.while
从属连词
一．宾语从句属于名词性从句,其连接词及作用见下表:
一、填空题
1.Find ut thse things are, think hard abut wh yu want t be, and then shw yurself hnestly t the peple arund yu.
2.—D yu knw the Smiths left Shanghai?
—I’m nt sure abut the date. I nly remember it was a Sunday.
3.—It’s said that the new highway has been cmpleted.
—Yes,but we dn’t knw it’s t be pened t traffic sn.
二．状语从句由从属连词引导,与主句连接,位于句首时,常用逗号与主句分开,位于句末时,其前一般不用逗号。状语从句根据其用途可分为时间状语从句、条件状语从句、原因状语从句、目的状语从句、结果状语从句、让步状语从句、比较状语从句、地点状语从句等。
1.Check what yu have written yu hand in yur applicatin frm.
A.since B.befre C.after D.while
2.Max gt lst and was trapped in the frest fr 10 hurs a farmer nearby fund him.
A.if B.since C.until D.after
3.The manager f the htel was waiting at the gate the guests arrived.
A.while B.when C.unless D.after
4. he is my favrite singer, I didn’t buy his new CD.
A.If B.Ever sinceC.Even thugh D.Because
5.Millie’s research paper isn’t up t standard she has wrked at it fr tw weeks.
A.since B.unless C.if D.althugh
6.—The lcal fd may taste a bit strange.
—Well, we are here, why nt give it a try?
A.thugh B.unlessC.since D.because
1.He made a mistake, but then he tk actin t change the situatin it gt wrse.
A.until B.whenC.befre D.because
2. nicknames(绰号) are seen as a frm f shwing n respect fr thers, next time yu want t call smene by his nickname at schl, weigh it befre yu d.
A.Since B.AlthughC.Unless D.Befre
3.Yu will never grw yu try t d smething beynd yur abilities.
A.when B.sinceC.thugh D.unless
4.Lve yur parents they are alive. Dn’t wait until it is t late.
A.while B.thughC.because D.unless
5.)Jenny, remember t speak ludly at nce yu click n this icn.
A.until B.afterC.befre D.since
6.We have t say gdbye nw, ur friendship will last frever.
A.and B.butC.r D.s
7.—A sandstrm hit the nrth a few weeks ag. It was the strngest in ten years.
—The envirnment wn’t get better we take actin t prtect it.
A.if B.sinceC.thugh D.unless
8. birds use their feathers fr flight, sme f their feathers are fr ther purpses.
A.Because B.IfC.Althugh D.Once
9.Tigers usually wait it is dark, and then g ut t find their fd.
A.since B.asC.until D.because
10.—Why dn’t yu get used t the life in the big city?
— the crwded traffic the high living cst. The nly reasn is the terrible pllutin.
A.Nt nly;but alsB.Either;r
C.Bth;andD.Neither;nr
11.—Oh, my Gd! I’ve already wrked fr several hurs withut a rest.
—I think yu must stp wrking yu might turn int a machine.
A.s B.andC.r D.but
12.I was walking alng the street it began t rain.
A.when B.sinceC.while D.fr
答案 A 句意:我正沿着大街走,这时开始下雨了。根据was/were ding... when...正在……这时……,故选A。
In 2000, scientists in China fund a special egg near Ganzhu. It was a fssil(化石).A fssil is a thing that lks 1 a rck. It can be very ld and this egg is millins f 2 ld. Later, the scientists left it in a museum and 3 abut it.
They did nt think f the egg until peple did sme building wrk in the museum in 2021.Scientists believed that 4 was inside. S they decided t study it 5 . They fund an embry(胚胎）f an viraptrsaur. The viraptrsaur is a kind f dinsaur(恐龙).It has n 6 but it has feathers(羽毛)like birds. It 7 in tday's Asia and Nrth America 100 t 66 millin years ag.
The egg is 17 cm lng, and the inside embry is 27 cm lng. 8 head is n the belly(腹部) and feet are n either side. That is usual fr birds but it is very 9 infrmatin fr scientists. They think it shws that there is a link(联系) 10 dinsaurs and birds.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
衔接点07 形容词、副词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学形容词、副词考点聚焦】
一.写出下列形容词或副词的比较级和最高级。。
二．写出下列单词的相应形式。
三．用所给词的适当形式填空
1. The classrm is as__ ( clean ) as that ne, but it is_____ ( small ) than that ne.
2. This is the ___( gd ) idea fr yu t keep fit.
3. My brther’s hair is____ ( shrt ) than mine.
4. The watermeln is _____(heavy) than these bananas, but I like bananas.
5. Lessn 7 is _______( easy ) than lessn 9, but it is nt s ________( interesting ) as lessn 9.
6. D yu have anything ____( much ) t ask Chinese teacher?
7. That is the ______( fat ) cat that we have ever seen.
8. Which is the _______( high ) muntain in the wrld?
9. I think English is__________(difficult)than math.
【初中形容词、副词考点聚焦】
考点清单
一．形容词的句法作用：作句子中名词的定语、句子的表语以及宾语补足语。
2、形容词在句子中的位置：
⑴作定语时放在名词的前面,且音节少的词放在音节多的词之前。
如：a big yellw wden wheel(一个黄色的大木轮)
D yu want t g anywhere interesting?(定语后置)
多个形容词修饰名词的顺序
限定词--数词--描绘词--(大小,长短,形状,新旧,颜色) --出处--材料性质,类别--名词
a small rund table
a tall gray building
a dirty ld brwn shirt
a famus German medical schl
an expensive Japanese sprts car
一般与被修饰形容词关系密切的形容词靠近名词;如果几个形容词的重要性差不多,音节少的形容词在前,音节多的方在后,在不能确定时,可参照下表:
限定词+数量词(序数词在前,基数词在后)+性状形容词+大小、长短、高低等形体+
新旧+颜色+国籍+材料+名词
thse + three + beautiful + large + square+ld + brwn + wd + table
典型例题:
1) Tny is ging camping with ___ bys.
A. little tw ther B. tw little ther C. tw ther little D. little ther tw
答案:C。由"限定词--数词--描绘词--(大小,长短,形状,新旧,颜色) --性质--名词"的公式可知数词,描绘词,性质依次顺序,只有C符合答案。

⑵作表语时放在系动词（be,感官看见）之后。
如：The price sunds reasnable.(这个价格听起来算是合理)
⑶作宾语补足语时放在宾语之后。
如：We must try ur best t keep ur envirnment clean.(我们必须尽力保持我们的环境清洁)
⑷后置的情况：
①修饰复合不定代词时放在代词之后。
如：Smething serius has happened t him.(他发生了严重的事故)
②与表示“长、宽、高、重、老、远离”的词连用时形容词后置。
如：He’s 1.8 metres tall.(他身高1.8米。)
The mn is abut 380,000 kilmetres away frm the earth.(月球离地38万公里)
一.单项选择
1.The Lianyungang-Xuzhu High-speed Railway was pen t the public this year.
A.180 kilmeter lngB.180 kilmeters lng
C.180-kilmeter-lngD.180-kilmeters-lng
2.—Hw abut the fruit salad?
—Yummy! It tastes very . By the way, wh made it?
A.gd B.bad C.well D.badly
3.Wu Dajing, a Chinese skater, set a new wrld recrd at the Shrt Track Wrld Cup last year.
A.25-years-ld B.25 year ldC.25-year-ld D.25 years ld
4.“Reading Pavilin”, which entered Luhe Library this spring, has made it fr the citizens t experience the pleasure f reading than befre.
A.easy B.easierC.easily D.mre easily
二.词汇运用
1.My parents and I had a jurney t Hainan. (wnder)
2.—Why is yur desk (tidy)?
—Because I painted a picture there just nw.
3.The ld man is s (nt strng) that he can?t lk after himself well.
4.Please remember that nthing is (pssible) if we put ur heart int it.
5.I culdn’t fall asleep because the bed was t (不舒服的).
二 形容词的比较等级
一、形容词比较等级的构成
1.规则变化
2.不规则变化
二、形容词原级的用法
1.说明人或事物自身的特征、性质或状态时用形容词原级。如:
The flwers in the garden are beautiful.花园里的花很漂亮。
2.表示绝对概念的副词very,s,t,enugh,quite等修饰时用形容词原级。如:The by is t yung.这个男孩太小了。
3.表示A与B在某方面程度相同或不同时用形容词原级。
(1)肯定句中的结构:“A+as+形容词原级+as+B”。如:English is as interesting as Chinese.英文和中文一样有趣。
(2)否定句中的结构:“A...+nt+as/s+形容词原级+as+B”。如:This bk isn’t s new as that ne.这本书不如那本书新。
否定句的结构中部分双音节和多音节形容词除使用“+形容词原级+as”结构外,还可使用“less+形容词原级+than”结构。如:
He thinks Chinese is less interesting than English.他认为汉语没有英语有趣。
(3)表示“A是B的……倍”时,用“A...+倍数+as+形容词原级+as+B”结构(一倍:nce,两倍:twice,三倍及以上:基数词+times)。如:
Our schl is three times as big as theirs.我们学校是他们学校的三倍大。
(4)half as+形容词原级+as表示“……是……的一半”。如:Her rm is half as big as yurs.她的房间是你房间的一半大。
三、形容词比较级的用法
1.表示两者进行比较时用形容词比较级,其结构为“A+be+比较级+than+B”。如:Lily’s rm is bigger than mine.莉莉的房间比我的大。
注意:为了避免重复,在从句中常用the ne,that,thse等词来代替前面出现过的名词。其中the ne代替可数名词单数形式,the nes或thse代替可数名词复数形式,that代替单数名词或不可数名词。如:
The weather f Tianjin is clder than that f Guangzhu in winter.冬天,天津的天气比广州的冷。
2.有表示程度的副词a little,a bit,a great deal,a lt,much,even,still,far,any等修饰形容词时,该形容词可以用比较级。如:It is much clder tday than yesterday.今天比昨天冷得多。
3.表示两者之间进行选择,“哪一个更……”时,用句型“Which/Wh+be+形容词比较级,A r B?”表示。如:
Wh is taller,Li Ming r Wang Ta?谁比较高,李明还是王涛?
4.表示“几倍……”时,用“倍数+比较级+than”表示。如:Yur rm is three times bigger than mine.你的房间比我的大两倍。
5.表示“两者之间比较……的一个”时,常用“主语+be+the+比较级+f the tw...”结构。如:
Mary is the taller f the twins.玛丽是双胞胎中比较高的那个。
6.表示“越来越……”时用“比较级+and+比较级”,当形容词为多音节词或部分双音节词时,用“mre and mre+形容词原级”。如:It’s getting warmer and warmer in spring.春天天气变得越来越暖和了。
7.表示“越……,越……”时,用“the+比较级...,the+比较级...”结构。如:The mre,the better.越多越好。
四．知识拓展
8.farther和further
9.lder和elder
(1)ld的比较级是lder和elder。lder常用于比较的句型中,表示“较老的,较旧的,年纪较大的”。elder主要用来表示兄弟姐妹或子女的长幼关系,意为“年长的”。如:
Yur bike is lder than mine.你的自行车比我的旧。
He’s my elder brther.他是我哥哥。
(2)elder除指家庭成员外,也可以指其他人,意思是“资格老的”。如: He is an elder teacher.他是个资格较老的教师。
10.在同一范围内比较时,必须把主体排除在被比较的范围之外。如:
China is larger than any ther cuntry in Asia.中国比亚洲其他任何一个国家都大。(在同一范围内,只能和其他对象进行比较)
China is larger than any cuntry in Africa.中国比非洲的任何一个国家都大。(在不同范围内,可以和其中任意一个对象进行比较)
某些形容词说明事物间的关系,如方位、时间、用途等,没有比较级的变化,
如same,different,suthern,nrthern,Chinese,Japanese等。如:My answer is different frm yurs.我的答案和你的不一样。
四、形容词最高级的用法
1.表示三者或三者以上的人或物进行比较时,用最高级形式。形容词最高级前常加定冠词the,句末常跟一个in/f短语来表示范围。如:
Shanghai is the biggest city in China.上海是中国最大的城市。
例 Mlly is girl f the three.
A.mst utgingB.mre utging
C.the mst utgingD.utging
2.表示在三者或三者以上的人或物中进行选择时,用“Which/Wh is+the+最高级,A,B r C?”结构。如:
Which city is the mst beautiful,Beijing,Shanghai r Fuzhu?哪座城市最漂亮,北京、上海还是福州?
3.表示“最……的……之一”时,用“ne f the+形容词最高级+名词复数”结构,该形容词后面的名词要用复数形式。如:
Jay Chu is ne f the mst ppular singers.周杰伦是最受欢迎的歌手之一。
4.形容词最高级前面可以加序数词,表示“第几最……”。如:
The Yellw River is the secnd lngest river in China.黄河是中国第二长河。
5.形容词最高级前面可以有物主代词、指示代词、名词所有格等修饰,此时不能再用定冠词。如:
This is ur best lessn tday.这是我们今天最好的一节课。
6.形容词比较级结构可以表示最高级含义。如:
Li Lei is the tallest student in his class.李雷是他班上最高的学生。
=Li Lei is taller than any ther student in his class.李雷比他班上其他任何一个学生都高。
=Li Lei is taller than the ther students in his class.李雷比他班上其他所有的学生都高。
=Li Lei is taller than anyne else in his class.李雷比他班上其他任何人都高。
=N ne is taller than Li Lei in his class.在班里没有人比李雷高。
=Li Lei is taller than any f the ther students in his class.李雷比班里其他任何学生都高。
=Li Lei is taller than the rest f the students in his class.李雷比他班里其余的学生都高。
一．根据汉语提示完成句子
①There is nthing in tday’s newspaper.
今天的报纸上没有什么重要的内容。
②His idea sunds .他的主意听起来很棒。
③He is as as his father.他和他的父亲一样高。
④The film is t .这部电影太无聊了。
⑤It is even tday.今天甚至更冷了。
⑥Suzhu is becming .苏州变得越来越美丽。
⑦This picture is the f all.这幅画是所有的画中最好的。
⑧She is the secnd girl in ur class.她是我们班第二高的女生。
二.单项选择
1.Jgging is than many sprts—t start, just get sme cmfrtable sprts clthes and gd running shes.
A.cheap B.cheaperC.cheapest D.the cheapest
2.—Yu want t lse weight? But why? Yu lk quite slim t me.
—That may be true. But I’m than last year.
A.much heavier B.heavy enughC.much lighter D.light enugh
3.—What is the wrld’s muntain?
—Munt Qmlangma.
A.lwer B.lwestC.higher D.highest
4.He was advised t eat fewer hamburgers and drink cla t keep fit.
A.much B.mreC.fewer D.less
5.Daniel is his twin brther. They are bth 1.75 meters tall.
A.taller than B.shrter thanC.as tall as D.s tall as
三.词汇运用
1.—What d yu think f the film Hi, Mm?
—Wnderful. I have never seen a (interesting) film befre.
2.Lucy is rganized and her rm always lks (tidy) than mine.
3.The prgramme Drive less,cycle mre will reduce pllutin and make streets much (安全的).
4.Yuan Lngping, ne f (最伟大的科学家),made imprtant cntributins t the wrld.
5.—Which dg d yu think is (lazy), Hb r Eddie?
—I think Eddie is.
6.The Great Wall is ne f the (great) wnders in the wrld.
7.My cusin will g t university fr (far) study.
8.Cells are the (small) and mst basic units f living matter.
The ORBIS dctr advised the girl t have the peratin t prevent her eye prblem getting much
(bad).
五．形容词词义辨析
-ing形容词和-ed形容词
六．其他用法
一、常见名词变形容词的方法
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.Drinking tea is usually seen as a lifestyle in China.
A.strict B.bringC.clean D.healthy
2.I can’t believe yu made the lifelike cat ut f paper. Hw yu are!
A.lyal B.creative C.helpful D.rganized
3.N ne is . The key is t learn frm mistakes and never stp.
A.careful B.generusC.famus D.perfect
4.When Henry first came t Nanjing in 2010, it was all t him, but he sn learnt his way arund.
A.smth B.slightC.strange D.successful
5.While watching the film yesterday, I culdn’t stp laughing at sme mments.
A.humrus B.challengingC.dangerus D.surprising
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.After studying in a m schl fr 5 years, Tina can give prfessinal treatment t her patients.
2.Wuxi pera is part f the lcal culture and it has a (持久的) value.
3.I’ve had a lng (累人的) day. I need a gd rest.
4.Visitrs t Yangzhu can enjy a bite f (当地的) dishes at Yechun Tea Huse.
七、易混形容语辨析
1.gd,well,fine和nice
(1)gd是形容词,用作表语和定语,它表示电影、书籍等某种东西的内容好;表示人品好、善良等。如:
This is a gd bk.这是一本好书。
(2)well兼作形容词和副词,作形容词时,只作表语,指身体健康。如:
—Hw are yu?——你(身体)好吗?—I’m very well. ——我(身体)很好。
(3)fine通常指天气好、气质好等。如:It’s a fine day tday.今天天气晴朗。
(4)nice往往指“令人喜悦的,讨人喜爱的”人、味道、言语、天气等。如:Yu lk very nice.你很好看。
2.ill和sick
两个词都是“病的,生病的”之意,都可以作表语,但作定语时只能用sick 而不能用ill(ill作定语时表示“坏的”)。如:The sick man is his uncle.那位病人是他叔叔。He has been ill fr tw days.他已经病了两天了。
3.black和dark
都可作形容词,也可作名词,区别为:black的意思是“黑色(的)”,指颜色,其反义词是white;dark的意思“暗、天黑、黑暗”,指无光。如:
The drs are painted black.这些门被漆成黑色。It is a dark huse.这是间黑屋子。
副词
一．副词：用来说明事情发生的时间、地点、原因、方式等含义或说明其它形容词或副词程度的词叫做副词。
1、副词的分类：(见下表)
2、副词在句子中的位置以及作用：
⑴ \l "副词在句子中的位置以及作用" 作状语：
时间副词：一般放在句首或句尾,注意,early、late、befre、later、yet等一般放在句尾,already、just一般放在动词的前面。
如：We will visit the Great Wall tmrrw.(我们明天要去参观长城)
They have already been t the UK twice.(他们去过英王国两次)
Sn the lst by fund his way back hme.(不久迷路的孩子找到了回家的路)
频度副词：一般放在be动词之后或者助动词与主要动词之间,但smetimes、ften等还可以放在句首或句尾,usually可放在句首,nce可放在句尾,twice、three times等一般放在句尾。
如：Smetimes I get up early.(我有时起得早)
The wrkers usually have lunch at the factry.(工人们通常在厂里吃午饭)
Take this medicine twice a day.(这种药一天吃两次)
I always get up early, s I am never late fr schl.
方式副词：一般放在行为动之后,suddenly可以放在句首、句尾或动词之前。
如：Old peple can hardly walk as quickly as yung peple.(老年人几乎不可能走得和年轻人一样快)
Suddenly he saw a light in the dark cave(山洞).(突然,在黑黢黢的山洞里,他看见了一丝亮光)
地点副词：一般放在句尾,但here、there还可放在句首。
如：There yu can see thusands f bikes running in all directins(方向).(在那里,你可以看到成千上万的自行车朝各个方向流动)
The frightened wlf ran away.(受到惊吓的狼逃开了)
He walked ut quietly and turned back sn.(他悄悄地走了出去,很快又返回)
程度副词：修饰动词时,放在动词之前；修饰形容词或副词时,放在形容词或副词之前。但注意,enugh总是放在被修饰的形容词或动词的后面；nly位置比较灵活,总是放在被修饰的词的前面。
如：I nearly frgt all abut it if he did nt tell me again.(如果他不再次告诉我,我几乎把那事全忘了)
It was s strange that I culd hardly believe my ears.(它那么奇怪一直我都不能相信我的耳朵)
She gt t the statin early enugh t catch the first bus.(她早早地赶到车站赶上了首班车)
疑问副词：用于对句子的状语进行提问,位置总是在句首。
如：When and where were yu brn?(你何时何地出生？)
Why did little Edisn sit n sme eggs?(小爱迪生为什么要坐在鸡蛋上？)
Hw d yu d?(你好！)
连接副词：用来引导主语从句、宾语从句和表语从句,在从句中作状语。
Hw I am ging t kill the cat is still a questin.(我打算怎样杀死那只猫还是个问题)
That is why everyne is afraid f the tiger.(那就是人人都害怕老虎的原因)
He wndered hw he culd d it the next day.(他不知道第二天怎样做那事)
关系副词：用来引导定语从句,在从句中作状语。
如：This is the place where Mr Zhang nce lived.(这就是张先生曾经住过的地方)
Please tell me the way hw yu have learned English s well.(请告诉我你的英语是怎样学得这么好的方法)
其它副词：t“也”,用在句尾；als放在动词前；either “也不”,放在句尾；nr“也不”,放在句首；s“如此,这样”,放在形容词、副词前；n/ff“开/关”放在动词之后；nt放在be之后、助动词之后、不定式或动名词之前；maybe/perhaps放在句首；certainly放在句首或动词之前。
如：He went t the Palace Museum and I went there,t.(他去了故宫博物院,我也去了)
Maybe yur ticket is in yur inside pcket.(也许你的票就在你的里边衣袋里)
--Tm desn’t have a cmputer. –Nr d I.(汤姆没有计算机,我也没有。)
作表语：地点副词一般可以作表语,放在be等连系动词之后,说明人物所处的位置。
如：I’m very srry he isn’t in at the mment.(很抱歉,他此刻不在家)
I have been away frm my hmetwn fr nearly 20 years.(我离开家乡有将近20年了)
Jim is ver there.(吉姆就在那边)
作定语：时间副词(如nw、then)以及许多地点副词都可以作名词的定语,放在名词的后面。
如：Peple nw ften have their festival dinners at restaurants.(现在的人们经常在餐馆里吃节日晚宴)
Wmen there were living a terrible life in the 1920s.(在二十世纪20年代那儿的女人过着可怕的日子)
作宾语补足语：地点副词一般可以作宾语补足语。
如：Put yur dirty scks away, Jim! They are giving ut bad smell!(吉姆,把你的脏袜子拿开！它们在散发着臭气。) / Father kept him in and ding his lessns.(父亲把他关在家里做作业)
[注意] “动词+副词”的宾语如果是代词,则该副词应该放在代词之后。如：He wrte dwn the wrd.(他写下了那个词。)→He wrte it dwn.(他把它写了下来。)
1．— d yu usually g t schl, Mary?
—By bike.
A. When B. Hw C. Where D. Why
2．Lucy likes staying at hme. She ______ges traveling during hlidays.
A. usually B. seldm C. always D. ften
3．Miss Li speaks as ____ as she can t make her students understand her.
A. clearly B. mre clearly C. mst clearly D. the mst clearly
4．Bys and girls, please listen t me _______. I have smething imprtant t tell yu.
A. carefully B. careless C. careful D. carelessly
5．— are the students in yur class?
— Mst f them are nly furteen.
A. Hw lng B. Hw ld C. Hw many D. Hw ften
6．—Hw is Susan?
—Oh, I see her because she lives abrad.
A. always B. ften C. almst D. hardly
7．Betty felt s tired last night that she ____________ fell asleep in bed after lying dwn.
A. recently B. suddenly C. frequently D. immediately
8．—The fish tastes _______, we have eaten it up.—It is certain that she cked it _________.
A. gd , well B. well, gd C. well, well D. gd, gd
9．I lst my ticket, but _________ the travel agent gave me anther ne.
A. actually B. firstly C. luckily D. Exactly
10．— Tina, breakfast is ready. Dad cked it fr us.
— It can't be father. He ______ early n Sundays.
A. always gets up B. ften gt up C. had gt up D. never gets up
11．Dn't wrry, sir. I'm sure I can run _________ t catch up with them.
A. fast enugh B. enugh fast C. slwly enugh D. enugh slwly
12．—David, culd yu tell me _________ the Olympics take place?
—Every fur years. The 32st Olympics will take place in Tky in 2020.
A. hw far B. hw lng C. hw much D. hw ften
13．—_______ d yu like the film?
—Very interesting.
A. Hw B. Wh C. What D. When
14．—I didn't knw yu take a bus t schl.
—Oh, I take a bus, but it is snwing nw.
A. hardly B. never C. smetimes D. usually
15．— ________ have yu been in Jinan?
— Since 2008.
A. Hw lng B. Hw ften C. Hw sn D. Hw far
A组 基础题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.Zhazhu Bridge is ne f stne bridges in the wrld.
A.ld B.lderC.ldest D.the ldest
2.When I first came t study chemistry, it was ttally t me, but I sn fund it interesting.
A.lnely B.curius C.strange D.pen
3.The wedding dress is inexpensive but well-made. In the wrd inexpensive, the in- means .
A.very B.mreC.nt D.less
4.Students shuld be that saving water and lking after a tree can make a big difference t ur sciety.
A.alne B.awake C.aware D.afraid
5.Millie used t be , but nw she can make friends with thers and rganize activities.
A.shy B.active C.hnest D.lively
6.—D yu feel after climbing Munt Tai?
—Of curse. Climbing muntains is yu knw.
A.tired;tiring B.tiring;tiringC.tired;tired D.tiring;tired
7.Zhang Wenhng?s sense f humr has made it fr the knwledge t reach public.
A.mre easily;/ B.mre easily;theC.easier;/ D.easier;the
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.Hw lucky yu are t see red squirrels! Yu knw they are (cmmn) here.
2.As everything is dne, it desn’t seem (必要的)fr us t meet again.
3.He is even (care) than last time. S he makes fewer mistakes.
4.It has been much (rain) in Taizhu since the plum rain seasn (梅雨季) started.
5.The English teacher was s (satisfy) with the by?s prgress that she praised him in public.
6.It’s (wise) f parents t have fixed ideas n what their children shuld becme in the future.
7.All f us like Mr Wu because he is an (极好的) gegraphy teacher in ur schl.
8.I like t walk in the fields n (snw) days and see my ftprints.
B组 提升题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.—Are yu happy with my suggestin?
—Yes. In fact, I culdn’t think f ne.
A.a wrse B.the wrstC.a better D.the better
2.This is the chance he needs t make a start.
A.curius B.patientC.fresh D.natural
3.He ften lied, s nbdy believed him. But I was t believe him.
A.t clever B.clever enugh
C.stupid enugh D.t stupid
5.—Lucy, d yu have any plans t spend yur ?
—Maybe I will g t Shenzhen. I have never visited city.
A.five-days hliday;the mst fantastic
B.five-day hliday;the mst fantastic
C.five-day hliday;a mre fantastic
D.five-days hliday;a mre fantastic
6.—Did yu enjy yurself at the party?
—Yes, I’ve never been t ne befre.
A.a mre exciting B.the mst excited
C.a mre excited D.the mst exciting
7.—Millie des well in her lessns, but she never shws ff.
—I can’t agree mre. She is quite .
A.mdest B.curius
C.gentle D.plite
8.—Betty, are Lucy and Lily twin sisters?
—Yes. They are s similar that it’s almst t tell ne frm the ther.
A.pssible B.impssible
C.usual D.unusual
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.It’s amazing that the (small) sculpture in the Mga Grttes in Gansu Prvince is nly 2cm high.
2.There’s nthing (sad) t see than a picture f children wh are all skin and bnes.
3.Even thugh he is (plite), yu aren’t suppsed t be s rude.
4.—It is (ugly) duckling(小鸭) I have ever seen.
—Dn’t judge a bk by its cver! It may becme a beautiful swan smeday.
5.Which d yu think is (taste), fish sup ndles(鱼汤面) r bean curd shreds(烫干丝)?
6.I keep writing in English abut my (day) life.
7.The mre mistakes he made, the (angry) he gt.
8.—The magician is planning t hide the Oriental Pearl Twer befre a big audience.
—Really? I have never heard a (crazy) idea befre.
Sequia Natinal Park(红杉国家公园) is an ld park in Califrnia, the USA. It has a 1 f ver 130 years. The park is hme t sme f the wrld's GENE RAL SHUE RUAN tallest and ldest trees—sequias. Every year, quite a lt f peple g t the park t 2 them.
Nw, the number f sequias in the park is arund 2,400. Of all the 3 ，General Sherman is the tallest. It is ver 83.8 meters 4 .And it is between 2.300 and 2,700 years ld nw. When yu 5 it, yu will feel hw shrt yu are.
These giant trees are in 6 f being burnt(烧毁)frm time t time. A fire killed 7,500 t 10.600 sequias in 2020. And in September,2021, tw large fires—the Paradise Fire and the Clny Fire—were getting near the park. T save these 7 trees frm the large fires, firemen put aluminum(铝材) arund them. It culd keep 8 safe(安全的).
But there is smething interesting 9 sequias—they need fire t help them grw. That's 10 fire can help sequias make mre seeds(种子).
衔接点08 动词时态1（一般现在时、现在进行时）
【小学动词时态考点聚焦】
一般现在时
1. 写出下列单词的第三人称单数形式
1.g 2.get 3.finish
4.stp 5.try 6.watch
2. 用所给动词的适当形式填空
(1) yu (make) a mdel plane? Yes, I can.
(2) He (watch) TV every day.
(3) Let me (draw) a picture fr yu.
(4) Hwyur mther (g) t wrk every day?
(5) They like (listen) t the music.
(6) I (be) a by f Grade Fur.
3.改错：(找一找下列句子中错误的地方，并改正)
(1) Peter and I am classmates.( )
(2) My father have a nice car. ( )
(3) Des Miss Jnes ges t wrk at 8 'clck?( )
(4) What des yu want t eat? Sme biscuits. ( )
(5) The butterflies likes flwers.( )
(6) Mr White ften play glf with his friends. ( )
现在进行时
一．写出现在分词形式
1.g- 2.fly- 3.pen- 4.wash-
5.ride- 6.write- 7.cme- 8.sit-
9.shut- 10.swim-
二．用所给动词的现在进行时填空
(1)1 can see the by. He (eat) an apple.
(2) they(have) lunch at hme nw?
(3)Whythe girl(stand) at the dr?
(4)Dn't ask her fr help. She (ck).
(5)Wh (sit) at my desk? Peter is.
(6)Lk there, Mike (run) fast. Cme n, Mike!
(7)Whatthe Lis (d)?
(8)I can hear the bird. It (sing).
【初中动词时态考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 动词的时态
一、动词的五种基本形式
英语中动词的五种基本形式为:动词原形、第三人称单数、现在分词、过去式和过去分词。如:wrk—wrks—wrking—wrked—wrked。
1.动词的五种基本形式变化表
二、动词各种时态的用法
英语中各种时态的使用频率不同,下面分别介绍初中阶段要求掌握的六种时态。
一般现在时
1.定义：表示现阶段经常或习惯发生的动作或存在的状态。
2.构成：d,des/be(am,is,are)——动词变三单 past nw future
基本句型:
3.一般现在时的基本用法
① 经常、反复或习惯性的动作，常与表示频度的时间状语连用。常见的时间状语有：always, usually, ften, smetimes, every day (week, mnth, year…), nce a week, n Sundays, nw and then等。如：
We have three meals every day.
He usually ges t wrk at 7 ’clck every mrning.
② 表述客观事实、普遍真理、自然现象、名言、警句或者谚语等。如：
Every dg has its day. 凡人皆有得意日。
Pride ges befre a fall. 骄者必败。
The earth ges arund the sun. 地球绕着太阳转。
Shanghai lies in the east f China. 上海位于中国的东部。
③ 现在时刻的状态、能力、性格、个性。如：
She likes watching TV. 她喜欢看电视。
We speak Chinese. 我们说汉语。
He is at table. 他在吃饭。
I am usually at hme at this time f day. 白天这个时候我通常在家。
④ 一些位移动词如：cme, g, mve, stp, leave, arrive, be, finish, cntinue, start, begin 等，在一般现在时态的句子中可用来表示按计划、规定将要发生的动作。如：
The train cmes at 3 ’clck.
The train fr Haiku leaves at 8:00 in the mrning.
⑤ 在由when, befre, after, as sn as, until等连接的时间状语从句、由if等引导的条件状语从句和让步状语从句中，一般现在时被用来表示将要发生的动作。如：
I will call yu as sn as I arrive there. 我一到达那儿就打电话给你。
If yu ask him, he will help yu. 如果你请他帮忙，他会帮你的。
⑥ 在由here或there引导的倒装句中，用一般现在时替代现在进行时，表示此刻正在发生的动作。如：
There ges the bell. 响铃了。// Here cmes the bus. 公交车来了。
一．写出下列单词的单数第三人称形式。
catch g buy cst carry
break lie make miss rush
二．按要求改写句子。
1.Mary des nt have any bks.(变为肯定句)

2.He ften has rice fr dinner.(变为一般疑问句)

三．选择题
1．David's grandfather ________ his dg after supper every day.（2020朝阳一模）
A．walksB．walkedC．will walkD．has walked
2．My father and I ________ the dg near the park every evening.（丰台一模）
A．walkB．walkedC．are walkingD．will walk
3．Mr. Green has tw dgs. He____________ them every mrning.（2020密云一模）
A．walkedB．will walkC．walksD．is walking
4．Amy usually ________ sprts n Sunday mrnings.（2020大兴一模）
A．is havingB．hasC．has hadD．was having
5．Susan lives far frm schl. She usually ________ a bus t schl.（2020通州一模）
A．has takenB．tkC．takesD．will take
四．填空题
1.When we eat r (喝)sweet fds, the sugar enters ur bld and influences ur brain.
2.My friend helps me create a Facebk page. On it, we usually (分享) ur kind activities with ur friends.
3.Mike ften (收集)stamps and plays basketball in his spare time.
4.And then it just (grw) and makes the wrld a better place.
现在进行时
1.定义：现在进行时表示现在正在进行的动作或是现阶段正发生而此刻不一定在进行的动作。
2.构成：助动词be (am is are ) +ding——动词变现在分词
3.现在进行时的用法
① 表示现在正在发生或者进行的动作。常见的时间状语有：nw, at the mment或从上下文体现出来。或句首出现lk, listen, be careful等词，引起人的注意，说明某一动作正在进行。如：
---- What are yu ding nw? ---- I am lking fr my key.
Lk. Sme children are playing games ver there.
② 表示目前一段时间内正在进行的动作（但说话时这个动作不一定在进行）。常用的时间状语为these days。如：
I’m studying Japanese this mnth. 这个月我正在学日语。
Are yu teaching English in a schl? 你在学校教英语吗？
He’s watching an interesting TV play these days. 近来，他在看一部很有趣的电视剧。
③ 一些位移动词的现在进行时可以表示即将发生的动作，这些动词有g, cme, drive, fly, travel, arrive, leave, start, visit, run, return等。如：
They are ging t Hng Kng tmrrw.
He’s leaving fr Beijing tmrrw.
④ 现在进行时和always, usually, all the time等连用时，表示一种经常、反复的动作，且说话人往往带有某种感情色彩（如赞扬、欣赏、厌烦、批评、惊讶、不理解等）。如：
She’s always helping thers. 她总是乐于助人。（表示赞赏）
Yu are always talking in class. 你上课老是说话。（表示批评）
（4）不能用于进行时的动词
① 表示事实状态的动词：have, belng, pssess, cst, we, exist, include, cntain, matter, weigh, measure, cntinue等。如：
I have tw brthers. 我有两兄弟。// This huse belngs t my sister. 这房子是我姐的。
② 表示心理状态、态度情感的动词，如knw, realize, think, see, believe, suppse, imagine, agree, recgnize, remember, want, need, frget, prefer, mean, understand, lve, like, hate等。如：
I need yur help. 我需要你的帮助。/
He lves her very much. 他爱她很深。
③ 瞬间动词，如accept, receive, cmplete, finish, give, allw, decide, refuse等。如：
I accept yur advice. 我接受你的劝告。
④ 感官动词和系动词，如seem, remain, lie, see, hear, smell, feel, taste, get, becme, turn等。如：
Yu seem a little tired. 你看上去有点累。
一．现在进行时完成句子。
1.What yu (d)?
2.I (sing) an English sng.
3.What he (read)?
4.He (fix)a car.
5. yu (fly)a kite?Yes, .
6.he child (cry)ver there. What’s wrng with him?
二．选择题
1．—Jasn, dn't make s much nise. Anna _____________ fr her math exam.
— Srry, Mum. I wn't.
studiesB．studiedC．has studiedD．is studying
2．Lk! The little girl _________t the music. Hw beautiful!
A．dancesB．will danceC．is dancingD．danced
3．Be quiet! Yur grandpa ________.
A．sleepsB．is sleepingC．has sleptD．will sleep
4．—Shall we g ut fr a walk, Betty?
—Srry, I ________ my clthes nw.
am washingB．washedC．have washedD．wash
一．选择题
1.—Linda, Dad has finished his wrk and we t the gym t pick yu up.
—Thank yu, Mum.
A.drive B.drveC.have driven D.are driving
2.—We very simply and d nt spend much mney n fd.
—That’s why yu’re called the Greens.
A.eat B.ate C.will eat D.had eaten
3.—May I use yur dictinary?
—Srry, I it nw.
A.am using B.use C.used
4.—What’s that terrible nise?
—It’s Jhn. He the vilin.
A.practiced B.is practicingC.was practicing D.has practiced
5.—Where is Mum?
—In the living rm. She a bk at the mment.
A.was reading B.will readC.is reading D.has read
二．填空题
1.Mike ften (收集)stamps and plays basketball in his spare time.
2.When a persn v a freign cuntry, it is imprtant t knw hw t ask fr help plitely.
3.Mary is crazy abut reading. She b a lt f bks frm the schl library every time.
4.Suzhu Museum (位于) t the nrth f the Lin Frest Garden.
5.Jack is a gd learner because he always (cnnect) what he needs t learn with smething interesting.
6.The gvernment and car makers are w tgether t develp safe, cheap, and useful electric cars.
7.Lk! The students (answer) the questins carefully.
8.—Why are they s busy?
—Because they (raise) mney fr hmeless peple.
9.Nw,I (sit) in frnt f Heather watching her write a letter.
三．语法填空
一
D yu think peple all ver the wrld can drink and use clean water? Well, it’s nt the truth. Let’s lk at Nya’s stry.
Nya is ___1___ eleven-year-ld girl and she lives in Suth Sudan. She walks t the pnd near her village ___2___ (tw) a day t get water fr her family. It’s a lng walk, s Nya desn’t have time t g t schl. Nya is wrried ___3___ her sister Akeer. Akeer is sick frm the pr water, ___4___ there is little Nya’s family can d abut it.
One day, tw men cme t Nya’s village. After ___5___ (talk) with the elders, they begin t wrk in the grund between tw big tee. Getting water frm a well (水井) in Suth Sudan is hard. S, when Nya learns they are ging t dig a well, she thinks they are ___6___ (able) t d it.
But after tw mnths f hard wrk, water ___7___ (final) cmes ut frm the well. Peple bring their bttles t taste the water. It is clear and fresh. Everyne is ___8___ (excite).
I feel happy fr Nya and ___9___ (she) village. Frm her stry, I knw it’s still difficult fr sme peple t get clean water. The stry pens my eyes and teaches me ____10____ (save) water as much as I can in my daily life.
二
Charlie Chaplin was a famus English actr, filmmaker, and cmpser. N dubt, he was very ____1____ (success) in the wrld. But his life was full f ups and dwns.
He was brn ____2____ the Suth f Lndn in 1889. Unluckily, his father died ____3____ he was 12. He and his brther wrked t help their sick mther frm an early age. They had t d all the things by ____4____ (they).
Althugh they led a hard life, Charlie grew interest in music and he didn’t give up. He kept practicing playing ____5____ vilin fr 4 t 6 hurs every day. In 1910, he decided ____6____ (travel) t America. There, he spent mst f his time ____7____ (wrk) n his acting. And finally, he made a big difference.
His ____8____ (mvie) are easy t understand and valuable. Everyne can ____9____ (enjy) his films, because n wrds are used. His gestures speak _____10_____(direct) t audiences.
一
Fd safety is imprtant and it desn’t end at ur dr. The fridge is a perfect chice fr keeping fd safe and fresh, but it is nt a magic bx t keep all kinds f fd. We shuld learn hw t stre fd crrectly in the fridge.
▲ Usually, the higher the shelf is, the higher the temperature will be. S make use f these different temperatures t get the best ut f yur fd by string it n the right shelf. Try t put vegetables and fruit n tp shelves. The middle shelves are fr fd like burgers, pizza r cream cakes and the bttm shelves are fr dairy prducts (乳制品) such as cheese, butter, yghurt and eggs. Belw is a freezer (冷冻室), it is the cldest part f the fridge, s it is perfect fr string raw (生的) meat and seafd.
Keeping fd in the fridge des nt kill bacteria (细菌) but it can stp the bacteria frm grwing fast. Bacteria can grw quickly in temperatures between 5℃ and 60℃. This is called the Temperature Danger Zne. If yu want t get the mst ut f yur fd, the temperature in yur fridge needs t be between 0℃ and 5℃. The freezer temperature shuld be belw -18℃.
Everyne shuld pay attentin t fd safety. Hpe these tips can help yu keep yur fd fresh fr as lng as pssible.
1. Which can be put in ▲ ?
A. There are three t fur shelves in the fridge.
B. Different fd shuld be put n different shelves.
C. The temperature in the fridge is much clder than utside.
D. The temperature in the fridge is different frm shelf t shelf.
2. What fd is put in the right place?
①Apples—the tp shelf
②Eggs—the middle shelf
③Seafd—the bttm shelf
④Raw meat—the freezer
A. ①②B. ②③C. ①④D. ③④
3. What d we knw abut the Temperature Danger Zne?
A. Bacteria grw fast there.B. Fd can’t be put in this zne.
C. It is harmful t vegetables and fruit.D. Its temperature is between 0℃ and 5℃.
4. Which f the fllwing is TRUE accrding t the passage?
A. Bacteria can’t live in the fridge.
B. The best temperature fr butter is clse t 0℃.
C. Fd safety is the mst imprtant thing at hme.
D. The fridge is like a magic bx keeping all kinds f fd.
5. What is the purpse f the passage?
A. T ask peple t put fd in the fridge.B. T intrduce a useful tl t keep fd.
C. T share sme advice n using the fridge.D. T shw the imprtance f fd safety at hme.
二
Harvey Suttn cmes frm America. 1 The five-year- ld by had a lt t tell his teachers and classmates. That was because he had just finished hiking(去……徒步旅行) the Appalachian Trail (the AT) with his parents.
Hiking the AT is difficult. 2 It runs thrugh（穿过）the frests f the Appalachian Muntains and thrugh 14 states f the United States. Secnd, hikers must carry(携带）everything they need like tents, sleeping bags, fd and water. Only ne in fur hikers can stand the difficult trip. 3
Harvey was just fur when he started, and he had his fifth birthday alng the way. Every day, the family wke up arund 5:30 am and hiked abut 16 kilmeters. During his days n the AT, Harvey liked t use his imaginatin(想象力）.This helped him walk mre quickly and have fun. 4 They all liked Harvey and called him“Little Man”.
It tk Harvey and his family 209 days—abut seven mnths—t finish the hike. 5 He Said," I want t hike the AT again in the future!”
衔接点09 动词时态2（一般过去时、一般将来时）（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学动词时态考点聚焦】
一般过去时
一．写出下列单词的一般过去式
(1) is (2) are (3) have
(4) get (5) listen (6)swim
(7) ask (8) jump
二．仿照例句，将下列一般现在时态的句子改为一般过去时
例: I g t schl every day. ---------I went t schl yesterday.
（1）The by gets up early every day.
Yesterday mrning.
（2）We g t the park nce a week.
last Sunday.
（3）My father plays ftball every day.
yesterday.
（4）Lily and Lucy wash their clthes by themselves.
this mrning.
（5）Mr White cleans his kitchen every day.
the day befre yesterday.
三、选词填空
Last afternn, it t rain very hard n my way . I sn very because I bring my umbrella. I in the rain. At I was very . I a taxi hme.
一般将来时
一．根据括号里的中文完成句子
(1) It sn. (就将会下雨的)
(2) Hewhen he grws up. (打算成为一名教师)
(3) The childrenafter schl. (打算打扫教室)
(4) Their sistertmrrw evening. (打算去购物)
(5) The bywhen he gets a gd mark. (将会开心)
(6) I ; if I am free. (将去奶奶家)
二．选词填空
Friday，will ，likes ，f，swim，friends，ging ，ftball，are ，at
We 1 have a sprts meeting next 2 . I am gd 3 running. I'm 4 t run. Mike 5 jumping very much. He will jump n the sprts meeting. Linda and Lily are gd 6 . They are ging t 7 . The bys f my class 8 ging t have a
9 match with the bys 10 Class Tw.
【初中动词时态考点聚焦】
考点清单
一.动词的基本形式变化表
2.巧记ABB型不规则动词(A代表原形,B代表过去式)
3.巧记ABC型不规则动词(A代表原形,B代表过去式)
4.巧记AAA型不规则动词(A代表原形、过去式)
一般过去时
1.定义： 表示过去某时发生的动作或状态,这种动作或状态可能是一次性,也可能经常发生。
2.构成：did/be(was,were)——动词变过去式
基本句型:
3.一般过去时的用法：
① 表示过去某一时刻或某一段时间内所发生的动作或存在的状态，一般带有确定的过去时间状语，如：yesterday, the day befre yesterday, last week (mnth, year…), tw days (weeks, mnths, years…) ag, in 2008, just nw, at that mment, nce upn a time等，但是当上下文清楚时可以不带时间状语。
如：I wrked in that factry last year.
It was very cld yesterday.
I used t g fishing n Sundays.
② 表示过去经常或反复发生的动作。
如：I played basketball every day when I was a by.
③ 表示过去经常性或习惯性的动作或状态，也可用“used t+动词原形”的结构。
如：My mther used t g t schl n ft.
④ 在时间、条件状语从句中，常用一般过去时表示过去将来时间。
如：He said he wuld nt stay n even thugh it rained the next mrning.
⑤ 有些情况发生的时间不是很清楚，但实际上是过去发生的，应当用一般过去时。
如：I was glad t get yur letter.
一．用所给单词的过去形式填空
1.I (have) an exciting party last weekend.
2. she (practice) her guitar yesterday? N, she
3.They all (g) t the muntains yesterday mrning.
4.She (nt visit) her aunt last weekend.
5.She (stay) at hme and (d) sme cleaning.
二．选择题
1．I ________ at hme yesterday afternn because f the heavy rain.
A．stayB．stayedC．will stayD．have stayed
2．When I was n my way hme, it _______________ t rain.
A．startsB．startedC．will startD．has started
3．I ___________ t ride a bike when I was six years ld.
A．learnB．learnedC．will learnD．have learnt
President Xi Jinping _________ a cngratulatry message n Sunday t the Chinese wmen’s vlleyball team, after they wn the Wrld Cup title.（2020怀柔一模）
sendB．sentC．were sendingD．are sent
5．The day befre yesterday, my grandma____________ the city where she was brn.
A．visitedB．visitsC．will visitD．is visiting
6．— What did yu d last Sunday, Mike?
— I table tennis with my friends.
playB．playedC．will playD．have played
三．填空题
1.My wife, Geraldine, tld me that fr the three days I was in hspital, ur black dg, Charlie, (躺) at the dr waiting fr my return.
2.In this way, we (节省)energy fr when there was n fd.
3.Last week we (筹集) mney t prtect the animals in danger.
4.I chse Spanish(西班牙语) and did a ne⁃mnth curse at a language schl and (find) that sme Spanish wrds are very similar t English nes.
5.One Saturday my cusin and I went t the Blue Muntains Scenic Wrld and I (meet)Allisn n the bus.
6.Lance was s excited that he gt everything ready when Nathan gt hme. “Wh’s that?” Nathan (ask),pinting ut the windw.
一般将来时
1.定义：表示将来某一时刻或经常发生的动作或状态。
2.构成：will+d/be(am,is,are) ging t d
3.基本句型:
4.一般将来时的用法
① 表示将来发生的动作或存在的状态，谓语动词用“will＋动词原形”，常用的时间状语有：tmrrw, tmrrw mrning(afternn, evening), the day after tmrrw, next day(week, mnth, year), sn, sme day, in the future,“in+一段时间”等。
如：They will leave fr Beijing next week. 他们下周要去北京。
Mr. Wu will teach us English this term. 这学期吴老师将教我们英语。
②“be ging t+动词原形”表示计划、打算做某事，表示已经决定的、很可能发生的事，或有某种迹象表明要发生的事。如：I’m ging t buy a cmputer this year. 我打算今年买台电脑。
Lk at the black cluds! It’s ging t rain. 看看这乌云！快下雨了。
【注意】当be ging t后接g或cme时，通常直接用现在进行时来表示。如：
Where is he ging? 他去那里？ // She’s cming right away. 她马上就来。
5.以下几种情况只能用shall (will) 表示将来，而不能用be ging t结构来表达。
will可用于所有人称；但shall作为will的一种替代形式，表示单纯将来时，一般用于主语为第一人称I和we时。以Yu and I, sme f us, bth f us, neither f us作主语时通常用will。Will和shall都可以缩写成-’ll。
表示单纯的将来，与人的主观愿望和判断无关时。
如：The sun will rise at 6:00 tmrrw mrning. 明天早上太阳将在六点升起。
用于征求对方的意见或表示客气的邀请。
如：Shall we g t the z? 我们去动物园好吗？
Will yu play basketball with us? 你会和我们一起去打篮球吗？
用来预言将来发生的事。如说出我们设想会发生的事，或者请对方预言将要发生什么事。
如：It will be strmy tmrrw. 明天将有暴风雨。
④ 表示意愿。如：We will help her if she asks me. 我们将帮助她如果她叫我们。
6.will 与be ging t的区别
1）表示客观上某些事将来必然发生，与主观意愿无关，常用will。
如：I’ll be eighteen next week. 下周我将十八岁。
“be ging t+动词原形”结构，表示说话者明确的打算、安排、决定或确信会发生的事，多用于口语。
如：There is ging t be an English film this evening. 今晚将会有一场英语电影。
7.一般将来时的特殊表达形式
① be + 动词不定式。表示有职责，义务，可能，约定，意图等。如：
There is t be a meeting this afternn.
We are t meet the guests at the statin.
② be abut + 动词不定式，表示马上，很快，即将发生的动作。
如：They are abut t leave.
③ 一些位移动词cme, g, start, mve, leave等词常用进行时态表示按计划将要发生的事情。
如：Chen Hui is cming tnight.
They are leaving fr Shanghai tmrrw.
在由when, befre, after, as sn as, until/till引导的时间状语从句和由if, unless等引导的条件状语从句中，常用一般现在时表示将来。
如：We’ll start if it desn’t rain tmrrw. 如果天不下雨我们将开始。
I’ll give the bk t him as sn as he cmes back. 他一回来我就给那本书给他。
一．用 be ging t 或者 will 完成句子。
1.I (swim) with my parents.
2.There (be) a big sprts hall in ur schl next year.
3.Jack (have) dinner with Mingming.
4.They (watch) a mvie this Sunday.
5.Next year she (be) twenty years ld.
二．单选题
1.Attentin, please. There a ftball game between China and Krea this evening.
A. is ging t be B. has been C. hasD. will have
2.— Mum, my friends and I ______ t the cinema tnight.
— Oh, lvely! I hpe yu enjy the film!
A. g B. will g C. went D. have gne
3. He ______ in his garden every mrning next year.
A. will wrk B. wrks C. wrked D. is wrking
三．填空题
1.Next year, they (make) a CD f their sngs and start a charity.
2.Next year, they (make) a CD f their sngs and start a charity.
一．选择题
1.—Lydia, have yu decided which city t travel t, Lndn r New Yrk?
—Nt yet. Maybe I Lndn t meet my friends this time.
A.visit B.visitedC.will visit D.was visiting
2.My father me a funny jke and I can’t stp laughing every time I think f it.
A.tld B.tellsC.will tell D.is telling
3.—Have scientists fund life n Mars?
—Nt yet, but I think they it smeday.
A.find B.fundC.have fund D.will find
4.—Tm,have yu tidied up yur rm?
—Srry, I’m ding my hmewrk. I it later.
A.did B.has dneC.will d D.d
5.—Have yu ever been t Disneyland, Sally?
—Oh, yes. My parents me there nce a year when I was in primary schl.
A.take B.tkC.will take D.have taken
6.—Have yu watched the film Gulliver’s Travels?
—Yes.I it during the Spring Festival. What abut yu?
A.watch B.watchedC.will watch D.have watched
7.—What did yu d this Dragn Bat Festival?
—I the bat races n TV and read bks.
A.watch B.watchedC.am watching D.will watch
8.There an English shw this weekend. Shall we g and watch it?
A.are ging t be B.wasC.will be D.were
9.Yu can brrw this film—surely yu watching it.
A.enjy B.enjyedC.will enjy D.have enjyed
10.Mr. Green a new bike fr his daughter tmrrw.
A.buys B.bught C.will buy
11.Thanks fr letting us brrw yur camera. We it t yu next Mnday.
A.return B.will returnC.have returned
12.My parents and I trees last Sunday.
A.plant B.will plant C.are planting D.planted
二．填空题
1.Luckily,he was discvered and picked up by a Lndn-bund ship. S he (land) in Lndn by accident.
2.I just (hide) behind my textbk and never said anything.
3.She the frnt dr and went utside.(lck)
4.Ted (begin) reading at tw, and by fur, he had knwn a lt abut many subjects frm astrnmy t zlgy(动物学).
5.Gldilcks (注意到)a little huse, s she hurried twards it.
6.A little effrt every day,and yu a big difference.
A.makes B.made C.have made D.will make
7.But surely, peple believe, his dream (cme) true in the near future.
8.Next year, they (make) a CD f their sngs and start a charity.
9.I believe that befre lng, I (be) a real Party member.
10.If an animal is in danger, I (d) whatever I can.
11.I never (d) it like befre.
12.Mr. Jnes hasn’t decided whether he (sell) his three-dllar map at that price r wait fr a higher ffer.
13.He (leave) the hspital in tw days.
14.English Day is cming, and we (rganize) an English party sn.
三．短文填空
One day, a wise ld man was 1 (walk) in the yard when he saw his grandsn having an argument with his wife. He asked his grandsn, “Why d yu raise yur vice every time yu argue with yur wife?”
His grandsn answered, “I 2 my vice s that my vice is heard.”
“Yur wife is clse enugh fr her t hear yu when yu say the same sentence in a calm manner. Why d yu have t raise yur vice?” the grandfather 3 .
“Perhaps because I need t let ff sme steam (发泄一些怒火) by raising my vice,” his grandsn replied.
“The steam 4 (g) ut in the same way if yu whisper (小声说) t her. S why d that?”
“I've already 5 her what I think, but it seems that she desn't understand my pint f view,” the man said unwillingly (不情愿地).
“But yu are hurting yur wife's feeling while yu are shuting at her,” the ld man said angrily. “In fact, if yu whisper sftly, yu can bth hear each ther clearly. S stp raising yur vice when yu talk t her.” His grandsn ndded his head.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
四、语法填空
Are yu lking fr ways t spend Earth Day n 22 April? Here ____1____ (be) sme fun things yu can d.
First, instead f taking a bus r car, walk mre ften. If yur hme is t far, ride a bike.
Secnd, spending time in nature is ____2____ easy and fun way t spend Earth Day! Yu can enjy the great utdr activities like ____3____ (have) a beach day with yur friends.
Third, pick up rubbish in the parks. Taking a mment t pick up any rubbish yu see as yu’re ut is ____4____ (real) useful.
Furth, yu can sell used things. Sme ld things f yurs can still be ____5____ (help) t ther peple. And if yu have ld clthes, ld bks, r ther ld things, why nt give ____6____ (they) t ther peple?
Last, plant a tree. Planting a tree nly needs a few ____7____ (minute), but it can be gd fr the envirnment（环境）fr many years. Trees are imprtant because they help fight pllutin. Besides, they prvide wildlife（野生动植物）____8____ hmes. See if there is a tree-planting activity and jin in. Find the best planting place t meet（满足）the trees’ needs, dig a hle ____9____ water the tree well t give it a gd start.
Earth Day can be every day! Just d ne small thing every day t supprt the envirnment. It desn’t have t be smething ____10____ (usual). Small changes f yurs will make a difference.
September 23rd,2021was the furth Chinese Farmers' Harvest Festival（中国农民丰收节）.The day befre the festival,91-year-ld Wu Mingzhu gave her best wishes t all farmers f China.
Many peple remember the famus scientist Yuan Lngping, but few knw anther scientist Wu Mingzhu. She is a meln expert(专家).She wrked in the meln field fr mre than 60 years, and she has cultivated(培育) mre than 30 kinds f melns in China.
Brn in Wuhan in 1930, Wu finished university in 1953. In 1955, she vlunteered t study meln in Xinjiang. She and her team spent three years visiting many places there, cllecting ver 100 pieces f infrmatin abut meln. In1984, they cultivated“8424",a high-quality(高品质的）watermeln in China. Thanks t her great wrk, the cultivatin f meln in China has greatly changed.
At the age f 81, she gt ill. But even when she was ill. she wuld care abut the study f meln. Fr her, the best thing in life is t bring the sweetness f meln t the peple.
1.When did Wu Mingzhu give her best wishes t all farmers f China?

2. Where did Wu vlunteer t wrk after she finished university?

3. Hw lng did it take Wu and her team frm cllecting infrmatin t cultivating“8424”？

4.What d yu think f Wu Mingzhu？

5.What is the main purpse f the passage?

衔接点10 特殊句式（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学特殊句式考点聚焦】
感叹句
1.选词填空
What Hw What a What an
(1) nice the skirt is!(2) ht it is tday !
(3) big hrses they are!(4) interesting bk it is!
(5) clever by he is!(6) clever the by is!
(7) hard Jack wrks!(8) fast Peter runs !
(9) fine day it is!(10) nice pictures they are!
疑问句
在下面的横线上填上恰当的疑问词。
hw lng where hw many when hw tall which why whse
hw much wh hw far what hw ld hw hw heavy
(1)- is the weather like tday?-It's sunny.
(2)- pen is it?-It's Mary's.
(3)- des Lucy cme t schl?-She cmes t schl by car.
(4)- is yur jacket?-It's 100 yuan.
(5)- is Lucy frm?-She's frm Australia.
(6)- are yu?-I'm eleven years ld.
(7)- are yu?-I'm 155 cm.
(8)- are yu?-I'm 60 kg.
(9)- bys are there in yur class?-There are twelve.
(10) by is yur brther?-The ne in a red cap.
(11)- is yur maths teacher?-Mr Chen is my maths teacher.
(12)- is it?-It's abut 50kilmetres.
(13) did yu stay in America?-Fr tw weeks.
(14) des yur father g t wrk?-At 8:30 a.m.
(15)- d yu like winter?-Because I can skate.
There be 句型
1.选择正确的词填空。(16分)
(1)There (is/are)seven days in a week.
(2)There (is/are)sme milk in the fridge.
(3)There (is/isn't)any mney in his pcket.
(4)There (is/was)a bridge three years ag.
(5) (Is/Are)there any apples n the table?
(6)There (is/are)a Chinese bk and three maths bks in my bag.
(7)There (are/aren't)any sheep at this farm.
(8)There (is/are)sme bread fr yu.
【初中特殊句式考点聚焦】
考点清单
简单句的特点：简单句通常只由一个主语(或并列主语)和一个谓语(或并列谓语)构成。一般分为陈述句、疑问句、感叹句和祈使句四种。
一、陈述句：
用来说明一个事实的句子叫陈述句。它有肯定式和否定式两种形式。
陈述句的肯定式：
He is a middle schl student.（他是个中学生）
I have a hammer in my hand.（我手上有把锤子）
She teaches us gegraphy.（她教我们地理）
The new play was gd enugh and everybdy enjyed it.（新的话剧非常好大家都喜欢）
陈述句的否定式：
1.谓语动词如果是be 、助动词、情态动词时,在它们的后面加“nt”。
如：My brther is nt a teacher.（我的弟弟不是教师）
He des nt have a cusin.（他没有堂兄弟）
I will nt g there tmrrw.（明天我不去那儿）
Yu must nt make such mistakes again.（你不该再犯类似错误了）
2.谓语动词如果没有上述词语而是其他动词时,须在它的前面加d nt(dn’t).
如：I dn’t knw anything abut it.(此事我一无所知)
Li Ming des nt feed pigs in the cuntryside.（李明不在农村养猪）
We didn’t expect t meet her right here.（我们没指望着在这里见到她）
We didn’t have a meeting yesterday afternn.(昨天下午我们没有开会)
[注意]
1.句子中如果有all、bth、very much/well等词时,用nt一般构成部分否定,如果要完全否定,则通常使用nne、neither、nt…at all等；
如：All f them went there.→Nne f them went there.（他们全都去了那里→他们全都没去那里）
2.句子中含有little、few、t(太)、hardly、never、neither、nr、seldm等词时, 则视为否定句。
如：Few peple live there because life there is very hard.（几乎没有人生活在那里因为那里的生活太艰难了）
二、疑问句
一般疑问句： 用“yes”或“n”来回答的疑问句叫做一般疑问句。
一般疑问句构成：句中谓语动词是 be、助动词、情态动词时,则将它们(提前)放到主语前面。
如：Is he an engineer?（他是工程师吗？）
Have yu gt tday’s newspaper? （你有今天的报纸吗？）
Shall we g t see a film this evening? （我们今晚去看电影好吗？）
Can yu explain it ?（你能解释它吗？）
Is there any fish fr supper?（晚饭有鱼吗？）
Wuld yu like t g ut fr a walk?（你想出去散步吗？）
谓语动词如果没有上述词语而是其他动词时,则在主语前面加助动词d / des / did, 原来的谓语动词改为原形。
如：D yu get up at six every mrning?（你天天早晨六点起身吗？）
Des she study hard?（她学习努力吗？）
Did yu g there yesterday?（昨天你去那儿了吗？）
2.一般疑问句的回答：
一般疑问句通常用简略形式来回答。如：
Will yu jin us in playing basketball?（你加入我们打篮球好吗？）
—Yes, we will.（是的我们会。）/ —N, we wn’t.（不我们不会。）
3.一般疑问句的否定结构(即否定形式的一般疑问句)表示惊奇、责怪、建议、看法等,只要将“nt”置于主语之后或者将“nt”放到主语之前与be, have等助动词或情态动词合并在一起就可以了。
如：Will he nt cme?（他难道不来吗？）
Isn’t yur sister a Party member?（你的姐姐不是党员吗？）
这种否定结构的疑问句的回答与汉语的习惯不同。如果回答是肯定的,就用“yes+肯定结构”；如果回答是否定的,就用“n+否定结构”。(情况与反意问句类似。)
如：Can’t he answer the questin? (他不能回答这个问题吗？)
—Yes,he can.(不,他能回答这个问题。) —N,he can’t. (是的,他不能回答这个问题。)
特殊疑问句
1.特殊疑问句结构是：
如：What d yu want?（你要什么？）
Wh(m) are yu lking fr ?（你在找谁？）
Which class are yu in?（你在哪班？）
When did yu get up this mrning?（你今早什么时候起身的？）
Where have yu been?（你到哪儿去了？）
Why did he g t bed s early?（他为什么这么早睡觉？）
Hw did yu g there?（你是怎么去的那儿？）
但是,“wh”引出的询问主语或主语部分相关词的特殊疑问句的结构与陈述句词序相同：
如：Wh is dancing ver there?（谁在那边跳舞？）
有时“what”,“which”,“whse”也可以引出与陈述句词序相同的特殊疑问句。
如：What is n the wall?（什么东西在墙上？/墙上有什么？）
Which is yurs?（哪个是你的？）
Whse bk is in yur bag?（谁的书在你的书包里？）
[注意]从陈述句改为特殊问句时,先将句子改为一般问句,再将(划线)提问部分更改为疑问词置于句首,特别
要注意助动词的使用！如果只对主语或主语的修饰词提问,那么只需要将疑问部分改为疑问词即可。
2)常用疑问代词和疑问副词
选择疑问句：提出两种或两种以上情况,需要对方作出选择回答的疑问句叫选择疑问句。
1) 构成：(1) 一般疑问句 + r + 第二选项？
(2) 特殊疑问句 + 第一选项(+ 第二选项)+ r+ 第三选项？
2)选择疑问句的结构与特殊疑问句相同,即要具体回答,不可以用yes / n回答。
如：Is yur friend a by r a girl? –A girl. (----你的朋友是男孩还是女孩？----是女孩。)
Which d yu prefer, cffee r tea? –Tea, please. (---你要哪一样咖啡还是茶？----请来茶吧。)
Which d yu like best, singing, dancing r skating?
--Dancing, f curse. (----唱歌、跳舞和溜冰你最喜欢哪样？----当然是跳舞啦！)
1. is yur hmetwn? I can’t find it anywhere n the map.
A.What B.WhichC.When D.Where
2.— have yu been a member f the Yuth League?
—Fr three years.
A.Hw lng B.Hw manyC.Hw ften D.Hw far
3.— d yu play vlleyball， Amy?
—Three days a week.
A.Hw lng B.Hw snC.Hw ften D.Hw much
4.— did the nline cncert begin?
—Yu didn’t miss anything. It has just begun.
A.When B.Where C.What D.Why
5.— is China’s Tiangng space statin frm us?
—Abut 400 kilmeters abve the earth.
A.Hw much B.Hw ftenC.Hw far D.Hw lng
6.—I lve this T⁃shirt. des it cst?
—50 yuan. Why nt try it n?
A.Hw lng B.Hw ftenC.Hw ld D.Hw much
7. — will yu leave fr camping?
—This weekend. Everything is ready fr the picnic.
A.When B.Where C.Hw D.Why
8.— can yu skip rpe， Linda?
—Over 200 times in a minute.
A.Hw sn B.Hw far C.Hw fast D.Hw lng
三、祈使句
祈使句用来表示请求、命令等。它的主语yu往往省略。
祈使句的肯定式： 动词(原形) + 其他
如：Please give me a hand. (请帮忙) / Shut up! (住嘴！)
祈使句的否定式： Dn’t +动词原形 + 其他
如：Please dn’t talk in lw vices. (请不要低声讲话。)
Dn’t lk back! (不要掉头看。)
[注意] 以“let’s”引出的祈使句的否定结构,“nt”应放在“let’s”后面。
如：Let’s nt truble him. (我们不要打扰他。)
肯定祈使句前可以用助动词来强调语气。如：Please d help me! (请千万帮帮我。)
1. fast t yur dreams， fr if dreams die， life is like a brken⁃winged bird that can never fly.
A.Hld B.T hld C.Held D.Hlding
2.—Cindy， ut the rubbish when yu leave. And I’ll d the dishes.
—OK， Dad.
A.take B.takes C.tk D.t take
3.—Yur rm is in a terrible mess， Tm. yur bks here and there next time.
—OK， . I’ll put them away in five minutes， Mum.
A.Dn’t leave;I wn’t B.Wn’t leave;I will
C.Dn’t leave;I will D.Wn’t leave;I wn’t
4.Mr Lee， (nt mix) yur life and wrk tgether.
5. (make) sure there are n mistakes in yur paper and yu can hand it in.
四、感叹句
感叹句用来表示喜怒哀乐等强烈感情。句末常用“！”
对含有形容词的名词短语感叹的结构通常是：
What + (a /an) + (形容词) +名词+ 陈述句结构(主谓语) ,用来强调句子中的名词,
如：What a gd, kind girl (she is)! (她是多么善良的好女孩！) / What bad weather (it is)! (天气真糟糕！)
仅对形容词或副词进行感叹的结构通常是：Hw + 形容词/副词 + 陈述句结构(主谓语) ,用来强调句子中的形容词、副词或动词。
如：Hw carefully the ld man walks! (这老人走路真小心！)
Hw delicius the fd is! (这食品真好吃！) `
Hw beautiful! (真美呀！)
Hw beautiful the girl is!= What a beautiful girl she is!
1. clever girl Kitty is! She can cme up with sme creative ways t finish the prject.
A.What B.Hw aC.Hw D.What a
2. great scientist Yuan Lngping is! He spent all his life n the research f rice.
A.What B.What aC.Hw D.Hw a
3. nice it is t drink a cup f cffee after lng hurs’ wrk!
A.What B.What a C.Hw D.Hw a
4.— great surprise t see yu here， Daniel!
—Yeah. We haven’t seen each ther fr quite a lng time.
A.What a B.What C.Hw a D.Hw
6.— d yu admire Yuan Lngping fr?
—He devted all his life t the research and develpment f better rice plants.
A.Why B.What C.Hw D.Where
7.It is really a pleasant time t have a picnic n a warm sunny day.(改为感叹句)
pleasant time it is t have a picnic n a warm sunny day!
8.Dad usually makes bad plans but this time he gt it right, finally. a surprise!
9.I was red in the face. I wished I culd disappear!
10. thankful I was t my friend Jhn!
一．情景对话
请通读下面的对话,根据对话内容,从方框内的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项,选项中有一项为多余选项。
A
(Jhn and his friend Kate are talking n the phne. J=Jhn, K=Kate)
J:Hell?
K:Hi, Jhn! 1 Yu weren't at the party last Sunday.
J:I'm n vacatin right nw.
K:Great! 2
J:I'm afraid nt. It's an unusual beach. In my pinin, the fewer peple, the better.
K: 3
J:That's true. The sun is shining brightly and the sea is s beautiful.
K: 4
J:Nthing much. I just read and rest every day. In fact, I was asleep befre yur call.
K:Oh, I'm srry. 5
J:Thanks. See yu next week.
A.Where are yu?
B.That sunds nice.
C.Is it a place I knw?
D.Have a great vacatin.
E.Many peple are at the party?
F.Did yu d anything special there?
B
Man:Gd mrning, welcme t the Art Schl.
Wman:Thanks. I'd like t jin ne f yur evening art curses.
Man:OK. 1
Wman:Chinese painting curse. I like Chinese painting. 2
Man:Yes, it is. Very beautiful. Nw let's fill in this frm. 3
Wman:Lucy Green.
Man:Which cuntry are yu frm?
Wman:Well, 4 But actually I'm American.
Man:I see. Next questin. Can yu tell me where yu live?
Wman: 5
Man:Thanks. Nw, I'll give yu sme infrmatin.
A.It's s beautiful.
B.Which curse?
C.I wrk here in England.
D.What's yur name, please?
E.Yes, it's 58 Charnwd Rad.
F.Hw d yu knw abut Chinese painting?
二.短文填空
One day, I wanted my father t get sme fruit fr me. S I said t my father, “Dad, 1. here!” When my dad heard me, he came ver right away. Hwever, my mm said t me, “2. say it that way. Say it mre plitely.”
“I didn't want t,” I replied. “If yu dn't say it plitely, then 3. watching TV frm nw n!” my mm said angrily.
4. sad I was when I heard this! Then my mm said, “5. yu want thers t be plite t yu? If s, yu shuld be plite t thers t.”
Indeed, we shuld be plite, r it might make thers feel uncmfrtable.
三.方框选词填空
ask be dn’t help hw lng
make need wait
Pre⁃exam stress is ne f the biggest prblems in students’ lives. It makes yu feel bad and stps yu frm thinking clearly. S here 1 sme tips t help yu lwer the stress f exams.
Be rganized and start early
The best way t deal with exam stress is t have a gd study plan. Decide hw much time t spend n each subject. And dn’t 2 until the last minute t study everything.
Dn’t be afraid t ask
When we dn’t understand smething， we feel stressed. It’s nrmal. But dn’t wrry abut it， d smething abut it! 3 yur teacher fr help. All teachers want their students t d well in exams.
Healthy bdy， healthy brain
Yur bdy 4 exercise fr yur brain t wrk better. S dn’t study all the time. It can just 5 yu mre stressed. D sme sprt， g t the gym r just g fr a walk. Just get up and mve!
Eat and sleep well
It’s imprtant fr yur brain t rest. 6 d yu need t sleep every night? At least eight hurs. Eat a healthy diet and avid drinks with caffeine that can stp yu frm sleeping well.
7 keep yur stress t yurself
Finally， if yu have fllwed all this advice and yu still feel stressed， then dn’t keep it a secret. Talk t smene， yur mum r yur dad， a friend r a teacher and tell them hw yu feel. We all need 8 smetimes.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
一
Man first landed(着陆）n the mn in 1969.But did yu knw that man was nt the first t travel arund the mn?
On September 14,1968,the Sviet Space Prgram sent tw trtises(乌龟)int space fr a trip arund the mn. After a week-lng trip, the trtises landed in the Indian Ocean. They traveled back t Mscw(莫斯科）n Octber 7.
Bth the trtises still lived after the trip. They lst abut 10% f their bdy weight(体重），but they were still healthy. They were dissected(解剖) n Octber 11,1968. Scientists wanted t see hw their bdies changed after the space travel. They fund that" Eating n fd made the trtises thinner. but nt the space travel”.
It shwed that the animals culd live after traveling arund the mn. But this did nt mean that man culd d the same. The tw trtises were the first t travel arund the mn successfully. Befre 1968 ther animals were als sent t travel in space. but many f them culdn't live t travel back t the earth.
1.Hw lng did the tw trtises travel in space?

2.Why were the tw trtises dissected?

3.What made the tw trtises lse their bdy weight?

4.When did the tw trtises cme back ?

5.What is the best title fr this passage?

二
A clrful balcny(阳台) with fresh vegetables and fruits has turned int a cmmn sight this year. Shanghai, Beijing, and Dngguan are amng the tp five cities fr vegetable grwers, wh are mainly in their 20s and 30s. Criander, chives, chili peppers and tmates are the mst ppular chices.
In the first three mnths this year, sales f vegetable seeds nline dubled. Lu Zhipeng, wh heads Tmall’s flwer department, said balcny gardening is nw wrth(值) tens f billins f yuan.
In fact, grwing vegetables in balcny gardens is mre than just an achievement. It is becming a lifestyle.
Zhang Min, a twenty-year-ld girl, nly spent a little mney n seed packages, sil and flwerpts t build a “farm” n her 6-square-meter balcny. “I feel like yung peple grwing vegetables n balcnies is as ppular as square dancing is fr ur parents.” Zhang said. She has harvested small tmates three times frm her balcny garden in Beijing. Red peppers and crianders are regulars in her garden, and she adds them t her dishes when cking.
Fr teenagers, balcny gardening is a way t enjy nature. Especially when they live far away frm real fields. And by taking care f vegetables, they learn t respect lives.
1. What d peple d n their balcny accrding t paragraph 1?
A. They grw vegetables and fruits.B. They sell vegetable seeds.
C. They d sme reading.D. They plant flwers.
2. What des Zhang Min think f balcny gardening?
A. Ppular.B. Expensive.C. Meaningless.D. Educatinal.
3. What des Zhang Min like t grw n her balcny?
A. Criander, chives and tmates.B. Chilli pepper, tmates and chives.
C. Chilli pepper, chives and criander.D. Tmates, red pepper and criander.
4. What des the underlined wrd “harvested” mean?
A. Sld.B. Bught.C. Cllected.D. Watered.
5. What is the best title fr this passage?
A. Ppular vegetable seeds.
B. Balcny gardening fr children.
C. Tp five cities fr vegetable grwers.
D. A new lifestyle—balcny gardening.
三
①In December 2021, peple in Shenzhen fund that water ran mre slwly frm their taps. The gvernment (政府) said the city was facing its mst serius water shrtage ever.
②Sme ther cities in the suthern part f China, like Chengdu and Guangzhu, are als becming “thirsty”, the Paper reprted. Cmpared (相比) with nrthern areas, suthern areas have mre rain and are clse t mre rivers and lakes. S why are they still shrt n water?
③In big cities like Shenzhen and Guangzhu, ppulatins are grwing fast. As a result, peple and factries need mre and mre water. Each persn in Shenzhen has abut nly 200 cubic meters f water each year. It’s 1/12 f the cuntry’s average (平均水平). Accrding t the United Natins, it is an“abslute (绝对的) water shrtage" when the number is belw 500 cubic meters.
④Climate change is making the water prblem wrse. Fr example, mst cities in Guangdng depend n (依赖于) the Dngjiang River as their main surce (来源) f water. In 2021, the river was reprted t be drying up. Because f climate change, there’s als less snw in the muntains f Tibet. The snw has lng been the surce f water fr many areas in China. Thse muntains might prvide less water in the future.
⑤There are ther reasns fr water shrtages. Fr example, water pllutin makes it harder t get clean drinking water. Factries and farms dn’t use water efficiently (有效地). Sme cities have enugh rainfall, but dn’t have big lakes r reservirs t stre water. The water just ges int the sea.
1. What des the underlined wrd “shrtage” mean in the FIRST paragraph?
A. having t muchB. nt having enugh
C. being t smallD. being t dirty
2. Accrding t the passage, which f the fllwing is NOT the cause f water shrtage?
A. Grwing ppulatinsB. Cutting dwn frests
C. Climate changeD. Water pllutin
3 Which f the fllwing pictures best shws the structure (结构)f the passage?
A. B. C. D.
4. Which f the fllwing statement is TRUE accrding t the passage?
A. Dngjiang river was drying up because f grwing ppulatins in Guangdng prvince.
B. The average water resurces fr each persn every year in China is arund 2400 cubic meters.
C. Big suthern cities are shrt f water because it rains less there and they are far away frm rivers.
D. Water in big lakes and reservirs usually ges int the sea withut being stred and used.
5. What is the main purpse f the passage?
A. T talk abut terrible results f water shrtage.
B. T call n peple t prtect water resurces.
C. T blame (责怪) peple fr causing water shrtage in China.
D. T present sme causes f water shrtage in China.
衔接点11 句型转换（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学句型转换考点聚焦】
一．改写句子
1．Yu can see a hspital. (改为否定句)
__________________________________________
2．She is very friendly. (改为一般疑问句)
_________________________________________________________
3．She has big eyes and lng hair. (改为一般疑问句)
_________________________________________________________
4．It's a lt f fun. (改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________
5．They g hme and get tgether with their family. (改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________
二、对划线部分提问
1．We must fllw the rules n the rad.
_______ _______ _______ d n the rad?
2．Yu must nt read n the rad.
_______ ________ I ________ ________ n the rad?
3．The bus stps because the light is red.
_______ _______ the bus _______?
4．She went t Turpan last year.
_______________________________
5．My dg is 15 kilgrams.
_______ _______ is yur dg?
6．We are ging t have a party at Mike’s huse.
_________ are yu ging t _________ a party?
7．I bught sme vegetables.
_____ _____ vegetables ______ yu _____?
8．She’d like sme juice and bread.
_____ _____ she _____?
9．She's 48 kilgrams.
______ ______ is she?
10．Peter’s father is a writer.
___________________________________________
三、同义句转换
1．We like watching cartns best.
Watching cartns is _____________ _____________.
2．Yu mustn't be late fr schl again.
________ ________ late fr schl nce mre.
3．Why dn't we see the mvie tgether?
________ ________ see the mvie tgether?
4．I wuld like t be a teacher.
_______________________________
【初中句型转换考点聚焦】
考点清单
一． 陈述句的否定式
① be动词的否定式：在be动词后面直接加nt
如：I am a student. → I am nt a student.
He is reading. → He isn't reading.
They are wrking. → They are nt(aren't) wrking.
② 情态动词的否定式：在情态动词后面直接加nt
如：He can dance. → He can nt (can't) dance.
Yu shuld g t bed early. → Yu shuld nt (shuldn't) g t bed early.
③ 实义动词的否定式：在实义动词前加dn't、desn't或者didn't
如：I like pp music. →I d nt (dn't) like pp music.
He likes running. →He des nt (desn't) like running.
He went t the z yesterday. →He did nt (didn't) g t the z yesterday.
如：Mr. Hu is having a rest in his bedrm.（改为否定句）
→Mr. Hu is nt having a rest in his bedrm.
如：Li Lin listens t English n the radi every day. （改为否定句）
→Li Lin desn’t listen t English n the radi every day.
She had a great time at the party yesterday. （改为否定句）
→She didn’t have a great time at the party yesterday.
一、按要求写句子。
1. There's sme rice in the bwl.(改为否定句)
_____________________________________________________________________
That is a kite.(改为复数句)
_____________________________________________________________________
This is a bk. It's my sister's.(将两句话合并成一句话)
_____________________________________________________________________
They did a lt f hmewrk at schl.(改为否定句)
_____________________________________________________________________
I have sme bks in my backpack.(改为否定句)
_____________________________________________________________________
二、陈述句改为一般疑问句
一般疑问句
① 由be动词构成
如：I am a student. 我是一个学生。
—Are yu a student? 你是一个学生吗？
—Yes, I am. / N, I'm nt. 是的，我是。/ 不，我不是。
② 由实义动词构成的一般疑问句，在句首加助动词D，Des，Did(助动词的使用要与人称及时态一致)
如：I ften g t schl n ft. 我经常走路去上学。
—D yu ften g t schl n ft? 你经常走路去上学吗？
—Yes, I d. / N, I dn't. 是的，我经常走路上学。/ 不，我不走路去上学。
如：Mary likes playing the pian. 玛丽喜欢弹钢琴。
— Des Mary like playing the pian? 玛丽喜欢弹钢琴吗？
— Yes, she des. / N, she desn't. 是的，她喜欢。/ 不，她不喜欢。
如：She saw a beautiful picture yesterday. 她昨天看到了一张漂亮的图片。
— Did she see a beautiful picture yesterday? 她昨天看到了一张漂亮图片吗？
—Yes, she did. / N, she didn't. 是的，她看到了。/ 不，她没看到。
③ 含有情态动词的一般疑问句
如：I can play basketball. 我会打篮球。
— Can yu play basketball? 你会打篮球吗？
—Yes, I can. / N, I can't. 是的，我会。/ 不，我不会。
按要求写句子。
He is a teacher.(改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________________
Jim can help his mther with husewrk.(改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________________
This is a nice watch.(改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________________
4.The newly-pened supermarket had smething n sale last Sunday.(改为一般疑问句)
the newly-pened supermarket anything n sale last Sunday?
三、对划线部分提问
特殊疑问句
特殊疑问句是由疑问词提问的句子。疑问词包括疑问代词(what，which，whse，wh) 和疑问副词(where， when， why， hw 等) 。其基本结构是：疑问词+一般疑问句。
常见的疑问词以及提问方式有：
(1)What (什么)
This is a map. 这是一张地图。 (对划线部分提问) — What is this?
(2)Wh(谁)
This is my mther. 这是我的妈妈。(对划线部分提问) — Wh is this？
(3)When(什么时候)
I g t wrk at 8:00 every mrning. 我每天早上八点去上班。(对划线部分提问) —When d yu g t wrk？
(4)Hw(怎样)
Jim ges t schl by bus. 吉姆坐公车去学校。(对划线部分提问) —Hw des Jim g t schl?
(5)Which(哪一个)
The by in black is my brther. 穿黑色衣服的男孩是我哥哥。(对划线部分提问) —Which by is yur brther?
(6)Where (哪里)
I am ging t g t Beijing. 我将要去北京。(对划线部分提问) —Where are yu ging t g?
温馨提示：除了上述的常考点外，还有几个常见的特殊疑问句的用法。如：
What clr (询问颜色)Hw much (询问价格)Hw many (询问多少)
Hw ld ( 询问年龄)Hw lng (询问长短)Hw ften ( 询问频率)等。
对划线部分提问步骤：
就画线部分选择一个疑问词，并放在句首
去掉划线部分
把其余部分变成一般疑问句
1. We d mrning exercises every day. (对画线部分提问)
_____________________________ yu __________ mrning exercises?
2. The hrse weighed 200g when it was brn. (对画线部分提问)
____________ was _________ ___________ f the hrse when it was brn?
3. Lucy is a quiet and shy girl.(对画线部分提问)
_________________________ is Lucy _____________________________?
4. He des his hmewrk every day.(对画线部分提问)
___________________ he ______ every day?
5. I live frm my schl abut 8 kilmeters. (对画线部分提问)
____________ ________________ yu __________ frm yur schl?
四、同义句转换
这类题主要考查对同义短语或句型的掌握，多是动词短语、介词短语和句型的转换。
一、简单句与简单句之间的转换。
①运用同义词/词组或近义词/词组改写。
②运用反义词或反义词的否定式改写。
二、将两个句子或并列句改为简单句。
①用,,,nt als,等并列连词改写。
②用分词短语改写。
③用,(nt) enugh t等不定式结构改写。
三、将复合句改为简单句。
①用不定式改写。
②用介词短语改写。
③用分词短语改写。
④用名词短语改写。
⑤用最高级改写。
⑥用“疑问词+不定式”改写。
1. Cycling is exciting. Skiing is exciting, t. （合并成一句）
Cycling is ____________________________________ skiing.
2. There are mre than 3000 students in ur schl. (同义句)
_______ _______ f the students in ur schl _______ _______ 3000.
3. There isn’t anything else in the fridge. (改为同义句)
There is ____________________ in the fridge
4. Amy is the best girl in her class. (同义句)
Amy is __________ than ____________________ girl in her class.
5. Japanese isn’t as interesting as English. (同义句)
English is ____________________ than Japanese
选择适当的疑问词完成对话。
when, what, wh, where, hw
1.- ____________are yu, Helen? -I'm fine, thank yu.
2.- ____________is that, Gina? -It's a map f China.
3.- ____________ is Kate's histry teacher? -Mrs. Miller.
4.- ____________is my hat? -It's n the sfa.
5.- ____________ is yur birthday party, Jenny?
-It's n Friday evening.
二、在横线上填入适当的单词完成对话，每空一词。
1.- ____________ ____________is Tim's ruler? -It's yellw.
2.- ____________ ____________is yur grandma, Cindy? -She is 88.
3.- ____________ ____________is the TV? -1,200 dllars. It's very nice.
4.- ____________ ____________playing sccer with us after class? －That sunds gd.
5.- ____________ ____________ have hamburgers fr lunch? -N, yu can't.
三、根据要求改写句子，每空一词。
1.What's the price f these scks? (改为同义句）
____________ ____________ ____________these scks?
2.Jane's dg is n the chair. (改为一般疑问句）
____________ ____________ ____________ n the chair?
3.The sccer star likes fruit and vegetables. （改为一般疑问句）
____________ the sccer star ____________ fruit and vegetables?
4.Grace has chicken and rice fr lunch. (对画线部分提问）
____________ ____________ Grace ____________ fr lunch?
5. Dale likes basketball because it's relaxing. （对画线部分提问）
____________ ____________ Dale____________ basketball?
三、句型转换
1. The children like games. (改为一般疑问句)
_______ the children _______ games?
2. My father is a dctr. (就画线部分提问)
_______ _______ yur father ?
3. I am eleven years ld. (改为特殊疑问句)
_______ _______ are yu?
4. Jim ges t schl by bike. (改为特殊疑问句)
_______ _______ Jim _______ t schl?
5. Mrs. White is watching TV.(对划线部分提问)
__________________________________________________
6. I live in the bedrm with my sister. (同义句)
I ________ the bedrm _________ my sister.
7. It takes me abut ne hur t d sme husewrk every day. (改为同义句)
I _______ abut ne hur ______ sme husewrk every day.
8. His rund glasses make him lk smart. （改同义句）
He ____________________ in his rund glasses.
一
Many peple enjy wearing smart watches. There are many different kinds f smartwatches fr them t 1 .But nw they have ne mre new chice(选择).
On Octber 6. 2022. Ggle 2 its first smartwatch t the wrld. Its name is the Ggle Pixel Watch. It has lts f bands(表带).Peple can 3 find their favrite styles.
4 can peple d with the smartwatch? Well, they can make phne calls. read emails. 5 t music, and d sprts with it. When peple g 6 , they can pay in shps with the watch, t.
Many peple are wrried 7 what t d with it while washing hands. Dn't wrry. 8 wn't pass thrugh it.
The sale f Ggle Pixel Watch 9 n Octber 13. Each smartwatch is price may be a little high. If yu want t cnnect(使连接)it t yur phne, yu need t 10 50 dllars mre.
二
In the year 2070, mst f yu will be mre than 60 years ld. The gd news is that travel may becme smarter by that time. Eurpean airline easyJet made sme guesses and released(发布) easyJet 2070: The Future Travel Reprt. Let’s take a lk at sme exciting ideas.
Heartbeat passprt (心跳护照)
Paper passprts will be a thing f the past. Yu will use “heartbeat passprts” instead. Sme scientists say everyne’s heartbeat is different. S the data(数据) will be used t tell wh yu are.
Mre cmfrtable flight
The seats n the plane will n lnger be “ne size fits all”. Yu’ll be able t bk a seat accrding t yur bdy type. The seat may even be able t cl r warm yu t yur favurite temperature. There will als be n mre screens n the back f yur seats. A futuristic device(未来设备) culd shw films straight in frnt f yur eyes.
Printed clthes and fd
If yu hate packing(打包) clthes, yu may nt need t d it in the future. Befre yu fly, yu will have a bdy scan. When yu arrive, yu’ll find a wardrbe full f 3D-printed clthes in yur size. When yu leave, peple will use the clthes again t print(打印) fr the next persn. Yu can als 3D print what yu want t eat.
Bring histry back t life
If yu like t visit histric sites(历史古迹), AR(增强现实技术) will change the game. Wearing a headset, yu can see what happened at a histric site. Yu may even be able t sit amng the cheering peple at the first Olympic Games.
1. What d we knw abut easyJet 2070: The Future Travel Reprt?
A. It is abut hw ld peple will travel in the future.
B. It shws us what future planes will lk like.
C. It tells us what travel may be like in 2070.
D. It gives peple ideas abut where t travel.
2. Hw can we stay mre cmfrtable n planes in the future?
A. We can bring ur wn seats nt the plane.
B. We can read bks in a quieter envirnment.
C. We can have bigger screens t watch films.
D. We can change the temperature f ur seats.
3. Accrding t the passage, what can we use 3D-printing t d?
A. T print ur plane tickets.B. T scan ur bdies quickly.
C. T print clthes in ur sizes.D. T shw us the menu f a restaurant.
4. Which can be the best title fr this passage?
A. Cl Ideas fr Future TravelB. Different Dreams in 2070
C. New Ways f TravellingD. Histric Sites and Future Life
三
If yu lk up PayPal, SpaceX, and Tesla, yu’ll find smething interesting. Yu can cnnect ne persn t all f these very successful cmpanies. That persn is inventr and businessman Eln Musk. He’s famus all ver the wrld, and he ften gives peple surprises.
As a child, Musk spent his days dreaming up things t invent. Often, he was s lst in his daydreams that he didn’t hear his parents calling him. They even had a dctr test his ears because they feared that he was deaf.
Musk’s first inventin was a vide game. He sld it t a cmputer magazine fr ＄500 when he was 12. That event（重要事情）really influenced his life, and s did his lve f reading.
Musk read a lt as a kid. He especially lved science fictins, fantasies and cmic bks（科幻小说、幻想作品和漫画书）. Frm them, he learned abut space, the universe, and different wrlds. He als saw hw the heres in the stries he read saved their wrlds.
The bks had a huge influence n what he thught abut the wrld. They gave him fantastic ideas, such as travelling in space and living n ther planets. They als taught him t be braver and mre willing（乐意的）t take risks.
Hwever, the mst imprtant thing he learned was t ask the right questins. Fr Musk, the right questin was clear—what things wuld change the wrld and its future? As yu can see frm Musk’s cmpanies, he’s already wrking n thse things.
1. Cmpanies like PayPal, SpaceX, and Tesla are mentined in Paragraph 1 t ________.
A. intrduce the persn behind themB. shw the develpment f technlgy
C. draw peple’s attentin t space prjectsD. explain the reasns why they are successful
2. Little Musk ften didn’t hear his parents calling him because ________.
A. he was lst in his thughtsB. his parents’ vice was t lw
C. he liked t stay in a nisy rmD. there was smething wrng with his ears
3. What des Paragraph 5 mainly tell us?
A. Why Musk lved reading.B. Hw bks influenced Musk.
C. What bks Musk lved reading.D. When Musk fell in lve with reading.
4. What des the underlined part “thse things” in the last paragraph refer t?
A. Musk’s cmpanies.B. Prblems that Musk discvered.
C. Musk’s wrries abut the wrld.D. Things that wuld change the wrld and its future.
衔接点12 完形填空（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学完形填空考点聚焦】
一
There are fur seasns in a 1 : spring, summer, autumn and winter. In spring, it’s warm and windy. Peple can 2 kites in the park. The trees becme greener and greener. In summer, it’s ht. Peple ften wear T-shirts, shrts r skirts. They 3 in the sea. In autumn, it 4 cler and cler. And peple can pick apples. In winter, it becmes cld. It ften snws. Children like 5 a snwman utside. I like summer best because I can eat ice cream.
1．A．mnthB．weekC．year
2．A．flyingB．flyC．flies
3．A．sleepB．swimC．laugh
4．A．getB．gettingC．gets
5．A．t makeB．madeC．make
1．C 2．B 3．B 4．C 5．A
二
Dear Betty,
Hw are yu? It’s very nice f yu t write 1 me. 2 yur letter, I knw a lt 3 yu and yur schl nw. I will tell yu 4 abut me and my schl.
I am eleven 5 ld. I’m in 6 at Jinling Primary Schl. My mther is a 7 . She teaches Maths. My father is an 8 . He’s gd at his wrk.
There 9 1500 students and 100 teachers in ur schl. Our classrm is big and bright Please cme and have a lk 10 ur schl if yu have time.
Yurs,
Susan
1．A．frB．tC．frmD．in
2．A．FrB．TC．FrmD．Abut
3．A．inB．abutC．withD．at
4．A．smethingB．anythingC．smetimesD．smene
5．A．yearB．/C．yearsD．age
6．A．Grade five; Class ThreeB．Grade five; Class three
C．Class three; Grade fiveD．Class Three; Grade Five
7．A．studentB．teacherC．dctrD．wrker
8．A．farmerB．teacherC．dctrD．engineer
9．A．amB．isC．areD．be
10．A．atB．abutC．inD．n
【初中完形填空考点聚焦】
考点清单
初中完形填空试题在着重考查学生阅读理解能力的情况下,兼顾对语言知识和逻辑推理的考查。重语境轻语法,所设的各个选项在形式上一般都符合语法规则,且词类基本相同,考生只有通过理解文章的情景及其需要表达的意义才能选出最佳答案。语法意义选择题极少,没有单纯考查语法知识的题。
解题小技巧
1.重视首尾句。“完形填空”所选短文一般无标题,首句通常不设空格,它很可能是文章开篇的重要交代,为了解短文体裁及全文大意提供重要信息。尾句往往是段落的灵魂,首句往往是段落的主题句。在主题句中,一般会出现文章的背景知识,故事性文章的时间、地点、人物、事件等。抓住并理解主题句对解题会有很大的帮助。
2.做题时应先易后难。通过对上下文的理解,简单的题目一般都可以较顺利地选出,绝对不要把大量的时间花在一两个难题上。
3.如果句子中有个别生词,要通过上下文或构词法知识来推断出其词义。有时,这些词对解题根本没有影响,所以碰到生词不要紧张。
4.“熟词新义”的情况有时也会碰到,要注意灵活处理,通过前后文的逻辑关系猜出其引申义等。
5.取长补短,灵活答题。做完形填空题时,对上下文或个别句子理解不准确,难以确定答案时,应跳过去继续做后面的题目。因为短文中的不少空,即使不考虑上下文,仅凭语法词汇知识也能顺利选出;然后通过做后面的题,对文章的理解会更透彻,跳过去的空也就迎刃而解了。
方法1 利用固定搭配、固定句式及习惯表达解题
例1 the age f nine,I asked fr jbs in small radi statins.
A.AtB.InC.WithD.Fr
方法2 利用上下文语境和逻辑推理判断答案
例2 It’s very t catch a cld.When smene sneezes r cughs near yu,bacteria(细菌)travel thrugh the air and enter yur bdy and then make yu sick.
A.difficultB.necessaryC.easyD.helpful
方法3 利用复现关系、语境共现推断
例3 At that mment,he made me think f .
A.himselfB.yurselfC.myselfD.herself
方法4 利用生活常识(经验)推断
例4 ...,the water rse at a frightening speed and their huse fell dwn,sweeping...
A.wdenB.gldenC.hiddenD.mdern
基础题
一
Dear Linda,
Thank yu fr yur letter(信). I like my schl very much. And I have a lt f friends. I g t schl frm Mnday t Friday. We have fur ____1____ in the mrning. We have tw ____2____the afternn. We have a PE lessn ____3____ Mnday in the afternn. It is my favrite subject ____4____ it is very interesting. Mr Zha is ur maths teacher. He always ____5____ games with us. I like math, ____6____. It is difficult but ____7____. At schl, I ften play ping-png with my ____8____. We g hme at half past three. At hme, I d my hmewrk in the evening, I watch TV and have ____9____ with my family. ____10____yu?
1. A. lessnB. lessnsC. classD. day
2. A. inB. nC. atD. f
3. A. frB. afterC. nD. t
4. A. becauseB. thenC. sD. but
5. A. playB. playsC. thinkD. thinks
6. A. wellB. backC. alsD. t
7. A. interestingB. lvelyC. newD. hard
8. A. wrkersB. classmatesC. parentsD. managers
9. A. breakfastB. lunchC. dinnerD. drink
10. A. WhatB. HwC. WhenD. What abut
二
In America, parents want their children t d smething they can. Fr example, they tell them ___1___ t use mney and teach them t save up the mney.
If the children want t ___2___ smething, they can use their wn mney. Parents will tell them what they shuld buy and what they ___3___. Parents als tell their children t make a ___4___ fr using mney. When children use their mney, parents ften tell them t share (分享) with ___5___. In this way, the children can learn t be ___6___. In America, peple ___7___ sell sme f their ld things. S the children als ___8___ the ld tys in frnt f their huses. If ___9___ buy them, the children can get sme mney. Sme children help ther peple ____10____ cars r sell newspapers t get mney.
1. A. whatB. hwC. whyD. wh
2. A. makeB. dC. buyD. sell
3. A. can’tB. culdn’tC. needn’tD. shuldn’t
4. A. planB. planeC. cardD. tl
5. A. parentsB. grandparentC. teachersD. thers
6. A. helpfulB. smartC. prettyD. ppular
7. A. neverB. seldmC. ftenD. always
8. A. buyB. thrwC. pickD. put
9. A. parentsB. childC. pepleD. students
10. A. driveB. washC. makeD. mend
三
Tny cmes t Mr. Black’s candy shp again. Mr. Black says, “By, yu cme t my shp every day, ___1___yu dn’t buy anything. Why?”
“, sir, ___2___ yu give me a bx f candies?” says Tny.
Mr. Black says, if (如果) yu give me mney, I can ___3___ yu.”
But Tny desn’t have mney, He plans t ___4___. Then Mr. Black says, “Hey, by, yu nly need t spend six yuan ___5___ that.”
“Sir, I knw, but I dn’t have any ___6___ .My parents are dead (去世). I nly have a sister. Tday is ___7___ birthday and she wants t eat sme candies.”
“Oh, I’m ___8___ t hear that, but n pain, n gain (不劳无获). If yu can help ut at my ___9___ fr an hur, I can give yu.”
“Really? ___10___, sir,” Tny says. He is very happy t help ut at the shp.
1. A. sB. butC. andD. because
2. A. dB. areC. canD. is
3. A. giveB. makeC. tellD. send
4. A. wrkB. leaveC. sleepD. wait
5. A. nB. frC. inD. with
6. A. luckB. ideaC. cakeD. mney
7. A. myB. herC. hisD. yur
8. A. happyB. luckyC. srryD. healthy
9. A. farmB. schlC. hspitalD. shp
10. A. SrryB. HellC. ThanksD. Gdbye
四
Philip is frm the UK. Nw he is staying in Beijing. He gets up at half past six ___1___ has breakfast at seven ’clck. After that he ___2___ gdbye t his parents, and ___3___ hme fr schl. His schl isn’t very far ___4___his hme. He usually ges t schl by bike. But ___5___ if it rains, he ges t schl by bus. It usually ___6___him twenty minutes by bike and ten minutes by bus t get t schl. He says he likes riding his bike. He ___7___ that is a lt mre interesting than taking a bus.
On Sunday mrning. Philip and his friend Li Qiang want t g t the Great Wall. At abut 7:00. they ___8___ a bus. There are a lt f peple n it. Philip and Li Qiang ___9___ their seats t tw ld wmen. They take many phts n the Great Wall. Philip says he ____10____ the Great Wall and likes living in Beijing.
1. A. andB. butC. rD. s
2. A. tellsB. saysC. speaksD. talks
3. A. gesB. leavesC. getsD. rides
4. A. tB. frC. withD. frm
5. A. usuallyB. alwaysC. smetimesD. never
6. A. needsB. spendsC. bringsD. takes
7. A. hpeB. thinksC. wantsD. tells
8. A. get upB. get nC. get dwnD. get ff
9. A. makeB. letC. giveD. see
10. A. visitsB. walkC. likesD. watches
五
What is happiness? Sme peple say that happiness cmes frm making a lt f 1 .Sme peple say that happiness is ding things that they like r make them feel 2 .
T be hnest, I dn' t think happiness cmes frm mney r scial status(社会地位) . Instead, happiness cmes frm 3 things in life.
My mther says that she is very happy when the sun 4 the leaves n her face. Then there's my grandma. She always 5 her time n her flwers. Once I asked my grandma," Why d yu spend yur time n such 6 things? ". My grandma held my hand and said 7 , "Whenever I see the flwers 8 , I can’t help but feel happy." I still remember her 9 even back then.
When yu are sad, try t 10 happiness in the little things. Remember that happiness is everywhere.
1. A. articles B. friends C. mney D. blgs
2. A. free B interested C. unusual D. pwerful
3. A large B. little C. few D. usual
4. A shines B. rises C. flies D. burns
5. A uses B. takes C. spends D. fllws
6. A. interesting B. bright C. natural D. unimprtant
7. A quickly B. smilingly C. excitedly D. nervusly
8. A pening B. blwing C. disappearing D. ending
9. A dreams B. facts C. wrds D. phts
10. A. light up B. thrw away C. learn abut D. lk fr
六
I sld my huse and left my jb in May 2015. There was ne thing that I just culd nt leave behind, my cat Willw. S I went n a trip with my best ____1____ friend!
In the past three and a half ____2____, we have travelled ver 70,000 kilmetres arund Australia and met lts f things tghter. We ____3____ frests and beaches frm time t time. This year, we spent three mnths in the desert. Then I’m happy t g back t the beautiful ____4____ t swim with Willw.
Sme peple were ____5____ t find that I was travelling with a cat. Once a backpacker at a camp even shuted(大声喊叫）, “Lk, there’s is a cat trying t ____6____ yur van!”
I knw. The van, a small huse n wheels（车轮）, is ur ____7____. I built it by myself with a bed, cupbards, a kitchen and plenty f places fr a little cat t hide! Maybe it is ____8____ but the whle f Australia is ur backyard.
____9____, we always have each ther and the whle Australia t see. I will treasure the memry fr a lifetime. If Willw ____10____ me anything, it is that yu dn’t need a lt t be happy. A bit f fd, shelter and a lt f lve are enugh.
1. A. schlB. animalC. clubD. rbt
2. A. yearsB. weeksC. daysD. hurs
3. A. knewB. hadC. madeD. saw
4. A. frestB. beachC. desertD. huse
5. A. nervusB. tiredC. surprisedD. bred
6. A. get intB. get upC. get dwnD. get away
7. A. classB. wrldC. dreamD. hme
8. A. newB. smallC. tallD. great
9. A. LuckilyB. SlwlyC. AngrilyD. Suddenly
10. A. asksB. leavesC. teachesD. wants
七
Everyne has an interesting childhd ( 童年). In ur childhds, we all have ne r tw gd ________1________. They usually g t schl and play________2________us. Hwever, it is________3________fr Emily Bland.
When she was tw years ld, her father tk_____4_____t his wrkplace. Her father takes phts f ( 拍照) the____5____in a z all day. In the z, Emily Bland met Rishi fr____6____ first time. Rishi is a chimpanzee (黑猩猩). At that time Emily Bland and Rishi were f the same____7____.
Emily Bland and her friend Rishi enjy picnics and they ften play games tgether. Rishi likes________8________and they ften play in the lake f the z. Nw Rishi grws very fast and becmes very strng. It is nt safe fr Emily Bland. The administratrs(管理员) in the z ______9______ them t part (分离) frm each ther. Rishi is gd at______10______cmputer and they can meet n line.
1. A. classmatesB. friendsC. petsD. bys
2. A. withB. inC. tD. fr
3. A. bringB. slwC. differentD. fast
4. A. heB. herC. himD. she
5. A. planesB. rmsC. fruitD. animals
6. A. theB. aC. /D. an
7. A. hbbyB. interestC. weightD. age
8. A. bridgeB. grassC. fishD. water
9. A. asksB. putsC. seesD. sells
10. A. useB. usesC. usingD. used
提高题
一
Maud Lewis was a Canadian artist. As a child, Maud had n friends t play with, 1 she nly painted at hme in her free time. When she grew up, she was s pr that she had t 2 her paintings by the side f the rad fr$2 t $3.
Jhn Kinnear, an artist 3 Lndn, liked Ms. Lewis' paintings very much. He 4 Ms. Lewis by sending her bxes f painting supplies(绘画用品).T 5 Mr. Kinnear, Ms. Lewis sent him sme f her paintings.
At that time, Mr. Kinnear always went t his friends—Irene and Tny's 6 t have lunch every day. One day, he traded(交易)ne f Ms. Lewis' paintings—Black Truck(1967)fr sme sandwiches.
Over 50 years later, Irene and Tny had a(n) 7 f selling the painting. T 8 surprise, smebdy bught the painting fr$350,000 in May 2022. This was because Maud Lewis' paintings became 9 after she died.
Nw, ver 130 f Ms. Lewis' paintings are 10 at the museum called Art Gallery f Greater Victria. Nt lng ag. Black Truck jined them.
1.A. s B. but C. r D. yet
2.A. change B. clean C. cllect D. sell
3.A. behind B. with C. frm D. t
B. saved C. painted D. helped
5.A. learn B. thank C. find D. call
6.A. bank B. museum C. hspital D. restaurant
7.A. rder B. habit C. idea D. symbl
8.A. his B. their C. her D. my
9.A. cheap B. beautiful C. famus D. interesting
10.A. n time B. in danger C. n shw D. in stre
二
Just like dgs, cats are sme f the mst ppular pets in the wrld. Mst huse cats are happy t 1 their days in their hmes. But Cathde, a pet cat, enjys her life in a 2 way.
Her wner Rémy ften ges n exciting 3 and Cathde jins him every time. They g n bike rides. They g parachuting(跳伞)and muntain-climbing. And they d s much mre tgether. Rémy will nt take part in an activity 4 he cannt take Cathde with him. T prepare fr their utdr activities. Rémy uses 3Dprinting t make the cat helmet(头盔）fr Cathde. The helmet keeps her 5 and als lwers her fear(恐惧)f sund frm the utside wrld.
Like mst cats, Cathde is very curius(好奇的).She lves 6 the wrld arund her. But at the same time, she gets scared 7 .“That's why I take her utside and why she stays with me," said Rémy. “She 8 me.”
Rémy has been psting phts f 9 utdr activities nline fr many years since2014. These phts shw Rémy and Cathde are having a great time tgether. This amazing friendship has mved a lt f peple. They are just happy t see such wnderful 10 !
1.A. take B. spend C. pay D. cst
2.A. amazing B. interestingC. difficult D. different
3.A. trips B. visits C. climbsD. rders
4 .A. becauseB. but C. if D. unless
5. A. dangerusB. happy C. safe D. healthy
6.A. lking at B. learning abut C. thinking ver D. talking abut
7.A. easily B. happilyC. luckily D. finally
8. A. teaches B. thinks C. invents D. believes
9.A. ur B. their C. yurD. her
10.A. help B. games C. lve D. ways
三
A family in East Side, Detrit, is s thankful(感激的)fr their dg. The dg “Blue” 1 their 1-year-ld kid, Chantal, frm fire. When the fire started, he went inside the huse and ran tward the 2 . And because f him, the girl culd 3 safely.
Zey，the eldest(年龄最大的) daughter f the family, Chantal and their uncle were at hme when 4 huse caught fire. The uncle and Zey 5 ran ut but they frgt Chantal. At that time, the dg went running back int the huse 6 he knew Chantal was still there. The firefighters(消防队员）had t chase him up and 7 Chantal.
During this time f the year, the family is 8 f mney. S they have t live in a van(小型货车)with their dg. "Peple can't bring a dg int a shelter（收容所).And I dn't want t 9 Blue. It is because n ne knws where my family wuld be 10 him, "the mther said.
B. bught C. saved D. tk
2.A. girl B. student C. pliceman D. driver
3.A. get up B. get ut C. get ff D. get n
4.A. her B. its C. yur D. their
5. A. easily B. silentlyC. quickly D. difficultly
6.A. but B. thugh C. because D. when
7.A. thugh B. brught C. drew D. taught
8.A. afraid B. tired C. prud D. shrt
9.A. leave B. fllw C. frget D. buy
10.A. ver B. tward C. withut D. arund
四
Fiji is a small island cuntry in the Pacific Ocean. Nw peple in Fiji face a big 1 . The sea level 2 and the sea water flws(流动)int peple's hmes and gardens because f the climate change(气候变化).S they can't grw anything and have t mve 3 .
Sme peple are 4 t leave their village, but sme lder peple dn't like it. They want t 5 because they hpe t live in the village all their lives.
In 2014 . ne village mved frm the seaside t a 6 place n the island. It was the first time that peple had left their hmes 7 sea levels rise. But sme f them still cme back t 8 ld village almst every day.
Nw mre and mre peple in Fiji have t leave their village and 9 new hmes in ther places. They hpe t get 10 frm the gvernment t adapt t(适应new envirnments.
B. prblem C. hpe D. result
2. A. ges up B. cmes dwn C. stands up D. breaks dwn
3.A. nt B. ff C. away D. int
4.A. happy B. srry C. dangerus D. beautiful
5.A. wrk B. play C. start D. stay
6.A. bigger B. higher C. smallerD. further
B. s C. but D. and
8.A. his B. yur C. their D. ur
9. A. change B. bring C. save D. buy
10.A. surprise B. infrmatin C. wish D. help
五
On March 3rd,2022,Jiang Mengnan gt the award(奖）f Persn Tuching China fr 2021.
Brn in 1992 in Hunan, Jiang lst her 1 at the age f 6 mnths. When she just learned t walk, her parents began teaching her t read peple's lips(唇语).They als taught her t make a 2 by putting her hands n her thrat(喉咙).This was nt an easy thing t d. But her parents 3 gave up and Jiang learned t speak.
Starting frm primary schl, Jiang tried t 4 what teachers said by reading their lips. But it was impssible t cver(包含)all. S she mstly taught 5 .Her hard wrk made her a tp student. In 2011, Jiang gt int Jilin University with a 6 f 615 in gaka. In2015，she 7 studying fr a master's degree(硕士学位）at the university. In 2018，she became a dctral student(博士生) at Tsinghua University.
"I think I am ne f the 8 nes, because my parents, teachers and friends have been helping me. The best 9 t pay them back is t d smething gd fr them," she said. “In the future, I hpe t 10 a part in slving prblems f life and health.”
1.A. eyesight B. hearing C. ft D. hand
2. A. familyB. friend C. nise D. sund
3.A. ever B. never C. still D. even
4.A. understand B. answer C. hpe D. thank
B. themselves C. himself D. urselves
6.A. histry B. stry C. message D. scre
B. rememberedC. kept D. frgt
8.A. interesting B. beautifulC. lucky D. quiet
9. A. way B. reasn C. prblem D. idea
10. A. try B. play C. spend D. learn
六
Jack is a yung man frm a very pr family. He wrks in a small factry and makes _____1_____ mney every mnth. He always feels sad. One day he stands with an ld priest in a church. He says, “It is really _____2_____. D yu knw Jhn? He is my best classmate. He was a _____3_____ student at schl. He _____4_____ did his hmewrk after schl. But nw he is a successful writer.”
The priest answers, “Nw he is quite _____5_____. He always keeps n _____6_____ his nvels very late in the evening …”
Jack _____7_____ his wrds, “Justin is my classmate, t. His bdy was very _____8_____ at schl. He was usually in hspital because f his sick legs. He culdn’t have _____9_____ lessns at all. But nw he is a ppular _____10_____.”
“Oh, I hear in the past he always spent all his time _____11_____ and …”
“Nw,” Jack stps him again, “Paul has a big restaurant. At schl he had n mney t eat beef r chicken.” This time the priest desn’t answer _____12_____. But Jack is impatient (不耐烦的), “_____13_____ dn’t yu say a wrd? Is it fair (公平的) r unfair?”
“I think it is fair. Success is a ladder (梯子). If yu always put yur tw _____14_____ in the pckets and stp trying, yu can’t arrive at the _____15_____ f success frever.”
1. A. manyB. fewC. littleD. much
2. A. lazyB. sadC. unfairD. wrng
3. A. fastB. badC. gdD. slw
4. A. neverB. alwaysC. usuallyD. ften
5. A. gdB. lazyC. cleverD. hard-wrking
6. A. readingB. speakingC. writingD. hearing
7. A. stpsB. writesC. hearsD. knws
8. A. strngB. weakC. healthyD. well
9. A. MusicB. GegraphyC. PED. Art
10. A. singerB. wrkerC. dctrD. player
11. A. exercisingB. swimmingC. runningD. walking
12. A. happilyB. quicklyC. sadlyD. slwly
13. A. HwB. WhenC. WhichD. Why
14. A. feetB. handsC. armsD. legs
15. A. tpB. backC. ftD. frnt
七
The Read family cmes t a new big city. Mrs Read's sn, Bb, is nt ___1___. He desn't have anyne t play with. "Dn't wrry!" says his mther. "Yu will sn make ___2___here."
One mrning, there is a ___3___at the dr. Bb's mther, Mrs Read, pens it. There stands a wman with brwn hair. It is Mrs White. She cmes t ___4___sme eggs. She wants t ___5___ cakes. Mrs Read gives her tw. In the afternn, there is anther knck ___6___ the dr. Mrs Read pens it and sees a ___7___standing there. "My name is Jack White," he says. "My mther asks me t ___8___yu this cake and the ___9___eggs." "Well, thank yu, Jack," says Mrs Read. "Cme in and meet my sn Bb."
Lk! Bb and Jack are having the cake and milk. Later, they ___10___ftball. Nw they are friends! Jack says, "I'm glad yu live next dr." Bb says, "I must thank yur mther ___11___ cming fr eggs." Jack laughs and tells Bb, "She desn't want the tw eggs ___12___she wants t make friends with yur mther." Bb says, "That's a ___13___way t make friends. It's an easy way, t. It can ___14___!”
S if yu're willing(乐意的)t make friends, yu can always ___15___sme ways!
1. A. readyB. freeC. wellD. happy
2. A. friendsB. kitesC. friendD. cards
3. A. callB. cryC. shutD. knck
4. A. lendB. brrwC. giveD. buy
5. A. ckB. bringC. rderD. make
6. A. tB. upC. atD. ver
7. A. girlB. manC. byD. wman
8. A. sendB. takeC. putD. carry
9. A. twB. threeC. furD. five
10. A. play aB. playC. play withD. playing
11. A. tB. withC. frD. in
12. A. butB. andC. sD. r
13. A. ppularB. prC. funnyD. cheap
14. A. changeB. wrkC. practiceD. try
15. A. findB. knwC. learnD. see
衔接点13 阅读理解 （小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学阅读理解考点聚焦】
一
读短文，选择正确的答案
It’s a warm and sunny Sunday afternn. I take a schl trip with my friends. I am very happy because I dn’t need t d my hmewrk. I jump and run. I am s excited that I fall int the river. Then I’m all wet（湿的） and I feel cld. My friends take me hme. My father is angry with me. He rders（命令） me t practice（练习） my pian fr 2 hurs（小时）. I have a cld and I am very sad. What a bad schl trip!
1.The weather is ________.
A．rainyB．cldC．warm
2.I am very happy because ________.
A．I fall int the river
B．I dn’t need t d my hmewrk
C．the weather is gd
3.I am ________ after I fall int the river.
A．wetB．excitedC．very happy
4.________ is angry with me.
A．My fatherB．My mtherC．My friend
5.My schl trip is ________.
A．niceB．gdC．bad
二
Every year, malaria (疟疾) takes lts f lives in the wrld. A Chinese scientist named Tu Yuyu fund a plant in China. It is sweet wrmwd. She tried t make extracts (提取物) frm it t help peple. She tried many times. It was really nt easy, but she didn't give up. At last, she made it and helped lts f peple in the wrld. In 2015, Tu wn the Nbel Prize in Physilgy r Medicine (诺贝尔生理学或医学奖). She was the first Chinese wman scientist t win this prize.
1．Where is Tu Yuyu frm? _________.
A．NingbB．YunnanC．Wuhan
2．Tu Yuyu fund a plant in China. What is it? _________
A．Green beans.B．Sweet wrmwd.C．A kind f crn.
3．When did Tu Yuyu win the Nbel Prize? _________
A．In 2005.B．In 2015.C．In 2020.
4．The underline phrase "give up" means "_________" here.
A．放弃B．努力C．给予
5．Where can yu read this text? _________
A．In a dictinary.B．In a wrd bk.C．In a magazine.
【初中阅读理解考点聚焦】
考点清单
方法1 细节理解题——细读法
分段细读,注意细节,注意语言结构,抓住主要事实、关键信息,揭示文章结构的内在联系,帮助深化理解。一篇文章是一个有机的整体,段与段之间存在着内在的紧密联系,而每段的内容都与主题有着很重要的联系,所以弄清文章结构上的问题,对于把握文章主题或文章大意非常重要。在通读短文后,带着问题,再到短文中详细地找到答案。
方法2 推理判断题——推理法
推理判断是细节理解的延伸,在阅读的时候要根据文章具体事实细节、句子关系去分析和推理,从而达到整体理解的目的。
方法3 主旨大意题——概读法
从每篇文章的标题到各个部分都进行概读,以归纳出要点,概括作者的意图、观点、态度,这样就能了解全文的概貌。概读还有助于考生把握上下文之间的意义联系,培养自己的综合概括能力。注意把握好主题句,首段和尾段中的中心句。
方法4 词义猜测题——猜测法
要学会根据上下文猜测遇到的新单词,这样既提高了阅读速度又培养了一种能力,这也是英语阅读的关键所在。培养自己的猜词能力是很有必要的,从构词法上,联系文章上下文看是否有释义以及将选项代入短文中理解等方面入手,猜测出新词的词义。
基础题
一
Tree Planting Day is an imprtant day in the wrld. Tday, many cuntries have such a hliday. In China, Tree Planting Day is n March 12th. It is a day t remember Sun Yat-sen (孙中山). Sun Yat-sen was a great persn in China. But many peple dn’t knw that Sun Yat-sen helped t save trees.
Tree Planting Day in China started in 1915. Frm 1916 t 1928, Tree Planting Day was celebrated (庆祝) n the Chinese Qingming Festival each year. Sun Yat-sea asked peple t stp cutting dwn trees in many f his bks. He even planted trees himself with many peple. Sun Yat-sen died n March 12th, 1925. In rder t remember Sun Yat-sen, Chinese peple decided t set Tree Planting Day n March 12th every year.
Planting trees is gd fr ur Earth. It can make the wrld beautiful. Trees give us frests, stp sil (土壤) frm lsing, and prtect farmland. They can make the Earth a gd place fr us t live in.
Withut trees, ur lives will be difficult. Fr example, we can’t get fruit r il frm trees. S it’s imprtant fr everyne t plant mre trees an Tree Planting Day.
1. When did Tree Planting Day start?
A. In 1915.B. In 1916.C. In 1925.D. In 1928.
2. Which f the fllwing is TRUE accrding t the passage?
A. Qingming Festival is a day t remember Sun Yat-sen.
B. Many peple knw Sun Yat-sen helped t save trees.
C. Frm 1916 t 1928,Tree Planting Day was n March 12th.
D. Sun Yat-sen tld peple nt t cut dwn trees in his bks.
3. What des the wrd “They” in Paragraph 3 refer t?
A. Frests.B. Sil.C. Trees.D. Farmland.
4. What des the last paragraph mainly talk abut?
A. The ways t prtect trees.
B. Stp sil frm lsing.
C. The histry f Tree Planting Day.
D. It's imprtant t plant trees.
5. Why des the writer write this passage?
A. T shw us sme helpful ways t save mre trees.
B. T tell us what peple usually d n Tree Planting Day.
C. T tell us smething abut Tree Planting Day in China.
D. T ask us t learn frm a great persn in China.
二
It’s nine ’clck at night. What are yu ding? Watching TV, ding yur hmewrk, r chatting n yur mbile phne? It is imprtant fr students t get a gd asleep every night. If yu dn’t sleep well at night, yu cannt d yur wrk well at schl the next day. We all knw that the best number f sleeping hurs fr students is eight. But mst students dn’t get enugh sleep. That is bad fr their schlwrk.
I read an interesting article in a newspaper. It says yung students are facing a new prblem. They may g t bed early, but a lt f them wake up(醒来)in the middle f the night. They wake up nt because f using the bathrm. They wake up because they are afraid f missing ut (错过)! The article says schlchildren wake up during the night t lk at their mbile phnes. They are afraid that they may miss smething imprtant n the mbile phne. They wake up at all times the night and g nline.
I’d like t ask yu t turn ff yur mbile phnes at night. And yu wn’t miss anything imprtant.
1. It’s best fr students t sleep ________ hurs every day.
A. sevenB. eightC. nineD. ten
2. The underlined wrd “That” refers t “________”.
A. Nt getting up earlyB. Nt getting enugh sleep
C. Nt having a mbile phneD. Nt ding hmewrk
3. Why d mst students wake up at night?
A. Because they want t g t the bathrm.
B. Because they frget t turn ff their mbile phnes.
C. Because they are afraid f missing smething imprtant.
D. Because they dn’t finish their hmewrk.
4. What des the passage mainly tell us?
A. Students dn’t have much time t finish their hmewrk.
B. It’s imprtant fr students t d their hmewrk at night.
C. Students have t read newspapers in their free time.
D. It’s imprtant fr students t sleep well at night.
三
There is gd and bad news abut the number f trees n ur planet. The gd news is that there are seven times as many trees fr everyne as we thught. A few years ag, scientists believed that the wrld had 400 billin (十亿) trees. Hwever, a new study frm Yale University shws that there are arund three trillin trees. That’s a three fllwed by 12 zeres. That means there are abut 420 trees fr everyne in the wrld tday.
The bad news is that thusands f years ag, the earth had six trillin trees. Humans cut in half the number f trees n the planet. Take Eurpe fr example, it was a large frest thusands f years ag. Nw much f it is cities and twns. And anther 15 billin trees are lst each year.
Dr. Thmas Crw is ne f the scientists frm Yale University. He said the new number f trees frm their study wuld change nthing. “The study nly shws there is much t d t prtect ur frests.” he said.
1. The passage is abut a study f ________ in the wrld.
A. the kind f treesB. the number f treesC. the change f treesD. the imprtance f trees
2. In the past, we thught everyne had abut ________ trees.
A. 400B. 12C. 60D. 420
3. Nwadays, ________ cver(s) (覆盖) Eurpe.
A. many muntainsB. a large seaC. a large frestD. many cities and twns
4. What can we learn frm Dr. Thmas Crw?
A. We still have enugh trees t cut dwn.B. We can find mre trees in the future.
C. We shuld d mre t prtect frests.D. We shuld stp cutting trees dwn nw.
四
Hrse racing is a ppular sprt and scial event in many cuntries, including Australia and the United States. Usually n a Saturday r Sunday, peple g t a big grassy field and watch jckeys(赛马骑师) ride hrses arund a track(跑道).
An annual event in England is different frm ther races, thanks t sme very special guests. The Ryal Asct(英国皇家赛马会) is held in June f each year. The British Ryal Family always attend this race.
Jckeys, hrse trainers and hrse wners can win lts f mney. In 2016, the ttal prize mney fr five days f racing at Ryal Asct was nearly 58 millin yuan. That means the races are very cmpetitive.
But while the races are imprtant, a lt f attentin is given t what peple are wearing. The dress cde(着装要求) is very strict. Ladies’ dresses must nt shw their stmachs r shulders, while men must wear gray r black suits and tp hats. Hwever, this desn’t stp peple getting very creative with their utfits and wearing strange and wnderful hats.
Nt every hrse race is as big and fancy as this ne, thugh. Mst big cities have hrse racing, but even peple frm small cuntry twns in Australia enjy ging t the races.
An Australian cuntry race day is much mre relaxed than the ne at Ryal Asct, but it is still amng the biggest scial events f the year. It is a fun place t meet friends, listen t live music, enjy sme fd and drink and watch sme races.
If yu ever visit a place with hrse racing, be sure t check it ut fr yurself.
1. Why is Ryal Asct different frm ther hrse racing?
A. Because it’s a ppular sprt and scial event.
B. Because it’s usually held n a weekend.
C. Because peple can watch it n a grassy field.
D. Because there are sme special guests wh cme t watch it.
2. Wh can win mney frm hrse racing?
a. Jckeys. b. Hrse trainers. c. Hrse wners. d. Organizers.
A. abcB. bcdC. acdD. abd
3. What des Paragraph 4 mainly talk abut?
A. The imprtance f hrse racing.B. What peple shuld wear at the Asct races.
C. Creative ways f dressing fr the races.D. The hats peple wear at races.
4. What des the writer think f a race day in Australia?
A. It’s bring.B. It’s expensive.C. It’s enjyable.D. It’s meaningless.
五
After a relaxing weekend, children have t g back t schl n Mndays. Fr parents, they shuld d smething helpful t let their children get t schl n time.
Let children take a gd shwer. It’s gd fr children t take a shwer befre they g t bed. It can nt nly help them sleep well but als save time next mrning.
Ask children t g t bed early. Schl generally starts at 8: 00 a. m. S please let yur children g t bed befre 9: 30 p. m. Yur children shuld sleep fr abut nine hurs every day. This is quite imprtant as they have t get up early next day.
Make a gd breakfast fr children. Breakfast can help children study better in the day. It can help students listen t teachers carefully and think well in class. Als, it’s gd fr their health.
Getting t schl n time is very imprtant fr yur children. S please try yur best t help them. If yu can d the things abve, they will study and live happily.
1. What shuld children d befre they g t bed?
A. Take a walk.B. D sme reading.C. Watch TV.D. Take a shwer.
2. Hw many hurs d children need t sleep every day accrding t the passage?
A. Seven.B. Eight.C. Nine.D. Ten.
3. Wh des the writer want t write the passage fr?
A. Children.B. Parents.C. Mthers.D. Teachers.
4. What’s the main (主要的) idea f the passage?
A. Parents need t ask children t g t bed early.
B. Children have t take a shwer befre sleeping.
C. Children must have a gd breakfast befre ging t schl.
D. Parents shuld d smething t help children get t schl n time.
5. The structure (结构) f the passage is ________.
A. B. C. D.
六
Pandas have black and white fur. They live nly in China, s they are called the natinal treasure f China and prtected by the law (法律). Pandas are lucky animals. We Chinese like them. and peple f the wrld like them, t. We ften see China’s pandas in many ther cuntries, such as Japan and the USA. Because a panda isn’t a cmmn animal. It is a bridge f friendship between cuntries.
When a baby panda is brn, it usually weighs abut 120 grams (克) and lks like a white muse. It drinks the mther panda’s milk fr as lng as 14 hurs a day. When it is six mnths ld, it starts t eat bamb shts (嫩芽) and leaves. Eight mnths later, it grws int a healthy yung panda and weighed abut 35 kils. When it is twenty mnths ld, it has t lk after itself because the mther panda has anther baby.
Hwever, it is very difficult fr pandas t live in the wild (野外) alne. Here are sme f the prblems that pandas may have in the future.
If hunters catch a panda, they will kill it fr its fur. If farmers cut dwn eight trees and frests. pandas will have n place t live in.
When mthers leave baby pandas alne, peple will ften take them away. Peple think that the baby pandas need help.
Nw sme pandas in the wild are still in danger, we shuld try ur best t prtect them. If we d smething, sn there will be mre pandas in the wrld!
1. The underlined wrd “prtected” in Paragraph 1 means ________.
A. 练习B. 管理C. 保护D. 限制
2. When des a baby panda start t eat bamb?
A. When it is brn.B. When it is six mnths ld.
C. When it is eight mnths ld.D. When it is twelve mnths ld.
3. What shuld the baby panda d when the mther panda has anther baby?
A. It shuld lk after itself.
B. It shuld drink milk by itself.
C. It shuld live in the z.
D. It shuld be prtected by peple.
4. Why d hunters catch pandas?
A. Because they kill pandas fr their meat.
B. Because they want t help pandas.
C. Because the pandas are expensive.
D. Because they kill pandas fr their fur.
5. Which f the fllwing is TRUE accrding t the passage?
A. Pandas are safe (安全的) because they are prtected by the law.
B. Peple take away the baby pandas t sell them fr mney.
C. Freign (外国的) cuntries like Japan and the USA buy pandas frm China.
D. The baby panda drinks milk fr furteen hurs every day.
提高题
一
29-year-ld Francesca Till cmes frm the US. In August, she went t Nrth Beach with her husband.
When they were playing sccer, Till's ring fell ff(脱落)her finger. The ring is very imprtant t her because it was frm her great- grandmther. She and her husband spent hurs lking fr it, but they culdn't find the ring.
When they gt hme. Till shared the thing n Facebk and asked fr help frm anyne wh might g t the beach with a metal detectr（金属探测仪).A 60-vear-ld man named Le Asi saw her pst(帖子) and he went t lk fr it with his metal detectr. In the first tw days, he was nt s lucky. But still, he said, "I want t g back and give it ne last try.” Luckily, he fund the ring the next day.
Asi sent a picture t Till, writing in a message, "Please tell me this is the ring s I can finally leave this beach.” Till was sure that it was her ring, s Asi returned it t Till. Till was happy that her ring was back n her finger.
1.What was Till ding when her ring fell ff her finger?
A. She was kicking a ball with he husband.B. She was visiting her great-grandma.
C. She was swimming in the cean.D. She was lking fr a metal detectr.
2.What can we knw abut Till's ring?
A. She made it by hand.B. Her husband bught it fr her.
C. It’s a special gift frm a friendD. She gt the ring frm her great-grandma.
3.Hw lng did Asi spend t find the ring？
A. ne B. tw C. three D. fur
4.Which f the fllwing is the right rder?
① Asi returned the ring t Till. ②Till asked fr help n Facebk.
③Asi sent a picture f the ring t Till. ④ Till and her husband lked fr the ring.
A.①②③④ B.②①③④ C.④②③① D.③④②①
5.Which f the fllwing wrds can best describe Le Asi?
A. Kind. B. lvely C. friendly D. hard-wrking
二
The water level f Pyang Lake ( China's largest fresh-water lake)was ging dwn because the temperature was high and there was little rain this summer. The lake entered the dry seasn earlier than befre. The fishermen culd n lnger make a living, and peple living nearby faced water shrtages(短缺).
Yu are wrng if yu think this will nt happen again. Tw-thirds f China's cities nw face water shrtages. And abut 300 millin peple living in the cuntryside drink unhealthy water. What's wrse. abut half f the wrld's ppulatin culd be shrt f water by 2030.
Think abut ur future life and ur children. We shuld try t make the wrld a better place. T deal with the prblem, peple shuld use water in a sustainable way. Farmers shuld learn t use gd irrigatin technlgies(灌溉技术).And als, gvernments shuld imprve water quality and better purify plluted water(净化污水).
Hw can we help? It's easy :d nt waste(浪费) even a drp f water! Fr example, clse the tap(水龙头)while yu are brushing yur teeth and dn't pur ut(倒掉) water right nw. If we can fllw this, we will have a better future.
1.Hw des the writer lead in the tpic（主题；话题）？
A. By listing numbers. B. By giving a definitin（定义）
C. By asking a questin. D. By giving an example.
2.What des Paragraph 2 mainly tell us?
A. Water shrtages will nt happen again.
B. Tw-thirds f China's cities have enugh water.
C. Water shrtages arund the wrld are terrible.
D. Abut half f the ppulatin f China drinks unhealthy water.
3.The underlined wrd “ sustainable” in Paragraph 3 means “____ ”。
A.可持续的 B.一劳永逸的 C.繁琐的 D. 便捷的
4.What can peple d t help deal with water shrtages?
A. Drink mre healthy water.
B. Pur ut the used water in time.
C. Use gd irrigatin technlgies.
D. Open the tap while brushing teeth.
5.The writer wrte this passage t
A. ask peple t save water
B. talk abut the damage （危害）air pllutin
C. tell us why water shrtages happen
D. shw the imprtance f prtecting Lake
三
Ruby Labuschewsky is a 10-year-ld girl frm Michigan, US. She wears size 10.5 shes as a furth-grader and sets a Kids Wrld Recrd fr the biggest feet in her age grup.
Ruby was nce ridiculed(嘲笑) fr her large feet at schl. But she is prud f her physical characteristic(身体特征），which als makes her taller than her classmates. “All f my classmates' feet are small, "she said. “My feet are much bigger than theirs. S they think I am strange.”
“When I knew that I set the Kids Wrld Recrd, I was s thrilled, "said Ruby. “I culdn't help but jump up and dwn.”
She ften encurages(鼓励) thers t accept(接受)wh they are and celebrate themselves. " Accept yurself, "Ruby said, “because yu can't change yurself.”
1.What grade is Ruby in when she sets a Kids Wrld Recrd?
A. In Grade One. B. In Grade Five.
C. In Grade Fur. D. In Grade Ten.
2.Which f the fllwing is mentined in Paragraph 2?
A. Hw tall Ruby is.B. Why Ruby's feet are s large.
C. Hw Ruby gets n with her classmates.D. Why Ruby's classmates think her strange.
3.What des the underlined wrd “thrilled” prbably mean?
A. 尴尬的 B.兴奋的 . C. 无聊的 D.危险的
4.Where sentence can be put in the blank?
A. Ruby has n interest in Wrld Recrd
B. Ruby is very happy t earn the Recrd
C. Ruby is a clever girl
D. Ruby has a beautiful message fr peple.
5.What can we learn frm Ruby's stry?
A. It's OK t be different.
B. It's never t ld t learn.
C. One tree can't make a frest.
D. A gd beginning is half dne.
四
Ice pps shaped(形状） like lcal landmarks（地标）Or histrical treasures（瑰宝） are getting ppular n Chinese scial media. Turist sites(景点) make them because they want t make visitrs learn mre abut their histry and culture.
Chinese turist sites are trying their best t attract visitrs. The idea f cultural prducts like ice pps is sure t be a great way. In the Sanxingdui Museum in Sichuan prvince, ice pps in the shape f“ Brnze mask" catch the eye f visitrs. They cme in tw flavrs(味道）：matcha and chclate. The Temple f Heaven in Beijing als made ice pps shaped like the ancient building last year, and lts f turists had fun taking pictures f the site tgether with the ice pps.
"A number f yung peple are interested in cultural prducts like the ice pps," Zhu Yunqing, a prfessr at Wuhan University tld Xinhua. “It is als a sign f China's grwing cultural cnfidence(自信).”We believe there will be a bm in Chinese cultural turism. As we can see, mre and mre peple are talking abut these special prducts and hping t visit these sites ne day.
1.Why d many turist sites make special ice pps?
A. T earn mney.
B. T invite visitrs.
C. T becme a hit n Chinese scial media.
D. T help visitrs knw mre abut the lcal histry and culture.
2.Hw many different shapes f ice pps des the passage mentin?
A. One. B. Tw. C. Three. D. Fur.
3.Which flavr f ice pps can yu find in the Sanxingdui Museum?
A. Lemn B. Strawberry. C. Chclate. D. Pear
4.What can yu learn frm the passage?
A. Ice pps shaped like lcal landmarks are the nly cultural prducts.
B. Ice pps that lk like the Temple f Heaven were ppular last year.
C. Visitrs like these special prducts because they like t take pictures.
D. Visitrs are glad t buy ice pps mainly because they are delicius.
5.What's the best title f this passage?
A. Interesting ice pps B. Great lcal landmarks
C. Special turist sites D. Cl cultural treasures
五
B is a rster(公鸡). B He lves ging n rad trips, playing the pian, watching TV, and walking ut with ther huse pets: chickens and cats. ★ But mst f all, he lves t play with his human mm, Mary Bwman.
Befre he came t the Bwman family, B's life wasn't always this beautiful. He spent the first six mnths f his life n a farm with many ther chickens. There he was mre like a prduct. Mary adpted(收养)B after learning abut him frm a friend. She was very sad knwing his pr life. She then decided t help him leave the farm and finally live safely.
B, just like a dg, welcmes the family when they cme hme. He likes t spend time with his dad reading the cmics. He spends time with his grandma t. B even likes t lk at pictures in the bks because that's fun t!
1.Which can be the best fr“ ★ ”?
A. He likes playing the pian best.
B. He enjys many things in his life.
C. He is ppular with the Bwman family.
D. He lives a happier life than ther huse pets.
2.Mary learned abut B frm_____.
A. a farmer B. her dad C. a friend D. her grandma
3.What can we infer(推断) frm the passage?
A. B likes taking pictures very much.
B. B will g back t the farm six mnths later.
C. The Bwman family lives a busy life.
D. The Bwman family may be very kind t B.
4.What is the best title f the passage?
A. A terrible farm B. A happy family
C. A mm's lve D. A rster's new life
六
In January this year, Lgs Hpe, the wrld's largest flating（(浮动的)library stayed in Prt Said fr 20 days. This was the secnd time it came t Egypt(埃及）.It left fr Jrdan n January 23,2023.
Lgs Hpe sells ver 5.000 different kinds f bks frm arund the wrld. Visitrs can nt nly read and buy the bks. but als watch a shw and taste delicius fd n the ship.
The flating library has abut 400 wrkers frm different cuntries, such as Germany, Switzerland and Australia. And it's pen t
visitrs every day frm 10 am t 10 pm except(除了）Sunday. On Fridays, it pens at 3 pm, and clses at 6 pm.
Visitrs lder than 13 need t buy a ticket, but thse under 13 can get n the ship fr free(免费地).Lgs Hpe welcmes millins f visitrs every year.
1.Where did Lgs Hpe g after leaving Prt Said?
A. Egypt. B. Jrdan. C. Germany. D. Australia.
2.What can visitrs d n Lgs Hpe?
① Read bks. ②Watch a shw. ③ Hear a cncert. ④ Eat delicius fd.
A.①②③ B.①③④ C.①②④ D.②③④
3.If Jack wants t g t the flating library, he can g there______.
A. at 9 am n Mnday B. at 10 am n Sunday
C. at 5 pm n Friday D. at 11 pm n Saturday
4.Accrding t the last paragraph, which wrd can best describe the flating library?
A. Ppular. B. Bring. C. Expensive. D. Beautiful.
5.Where can we find the passage?
A. In a science bk. B. In a travel magazine.
C. In a sprts reprt. D. In a picture bk.
七
Seeing is believing, but if ur eyes dn’t wrk, hw can we see t believe？
Tday mre and mre kids wear glasses befre ging t middle schl. Because they spend t much time watching TV r playing cmputer games withut a rest. But we must d smething t prtect(保护) ur eyes because they are imprtant fr us t see the wrld.
Lve yur eyes. Every day, when we pen ur eyes, we can see the lvely friends and parents, beautiful flwers and green trees. Withut them, there is nly darkness. It is like a huse withut any light. Hw imprtant ur eyes are!
Remember t rest yur eyes. When yu use the cmputer fr an hur r tw, it is time t stp t have a 30-minute rest. At schl, yu need t d eye exercises. Clsing yur eyes fr resting is helpful, as well as lking at green trees r grass. In these ways, yu will feel mre cmfrtable.
Have gd habits. When ging hmewrk and reading, it is imprtant t keep a distance (距离) f 30 cm between yur eyes and bks. We shuld never rub (摩擦) ur eyes with dirty fingers. Befre and after swimming, use eye drps. Eat smething healthy fr eyes, such as carrts, fish and eggs.
1. Why must we prtect ur eyes?
A. Because seeing the wrld is imprtant.
B. Because wearing glasses isn’t easy.
C. Because eyes are imprtant fr us.
D. Because we use thee t play cmputer.
2. We can prbably read this passage in a(n) _________.
A. health magazineB. sprts news C. e-mail D. strybk
3. What is the best title f this text?
A. Seeing Is BelievingB. Resting Our EyesC. Having Gd HabitsD. Prtecting Our Eyes
八
D yu have a garden? D yu help yur parents r grandparents in the garden? S why nt grw yur wn vegetables? We shuld all eat lts f vegetables t be healthy and grwing vegetables is a lt f fun.
Yu shuld always plant vegetables in a sunny place and in gd sil. Yu shuldn’t plant vegetables utside when the weather is cld because they wn’t grw.
What is yur favrite vegetable? What vegetables des yur family like t eat? Chse the vegetables yu want t grw. Tmates, nins, and cabbages are all easy t grw. Fr tmates, yu can plant seeds r small plants. Fr nins, yu can plant bulbs. Plant lts f different nes, and then yu can see which yu and yur family like best! Sme f them will grw better than thers in yur garden. Yu shuld draw a picture f yur vegetable garden s yu can remember where yu planted yur different vegetables. Then yu will knw what they are when they start t grw.
Yu shuld rake (翻土) and water the sil and dig (挖) sme small hles (洞). Then plant yur seeds r vegetable plants in the hles. Yu shuld water yur vegetable plants every day. The best time t water them is in the mrning. Ask a friend r smene in yur family t water them when yu can’t d it.
Yu dn’t need a big garden t grw vegetables. Yu culd grw them in big bxes. And when yur vegetables are ready, yu can pick them, wash them, ck them and eat them! Als, yu dn’t need t spend a lt f time. S, why nt start yur vegetable garden tday?
1. Hw des the writer lead t the tpic (导入话题) in Paragraph 1?
A. By telling sme stries.B. By giving different ideas.
C. By asking sme questins.D. By using different numbers.
2. Which f the fllwing is the writer’s idea?
A. Tmates and nins are difficult t grw.
B. It’s best t water vegetables in the mrning.
C. Yu shuld plant vegetables when it is cld.
D. Yu must have a big garden t grw vegetables.
3. What des the writer think f grwing vegetables accrding t the passage?
A. It’s interesting but expensive.B. It’s easy but takes yu much time.
C. It’s great fun and yu must try.D. It’s bring but yu can learn a lt.
4. Which is the best title fr the passage?
A. Terrible Farm WrkB. Gd Eating Habits
C. Favrite VegetablesD. A Vegetable Garden
衔接点14 任务型阅读理解（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学任务型阅读理解考点聚焦】
一
Last Saturday was the first day f March. The weather was windy and cludy. I was busy. I did my hmewrk in the mrning. At nn, I went s_____ with my mther in the supermarket. We bught sme bread, cake, milk and Cke. My mther bught a ftball there, t. In the afternn, I t_____ a bus t visit my grandpa. He had a c_____. He tk sme medicine and stayed in bed. I did husewrk fr him. I cleaned his rm. I watered the flwers, washed his clthes and cked dinner. My grandpa said t me, “Xiaming, yu are a great by.” I was tired b_____ happy.
1.根据首字母提示写单词，补全短文。(在下面答题线上写出完整单词)
(1) _____ (2) _____ (3) _____ (4) _____
2.选择正确的选项。
(1) What did my mther buy? ( )
A． B． C．
(2) When did I d my hmewrk? ( )
A．In the mrning n March 1st. B．On Saturday afternn. C． Last Sunday n March 2nd.
3.按照在文中出现的先后顺序，用数字给句子排序。
( ) I bught sme fd and drinks.
( ) I did husewrk.
( ) I visited my grandpa.
( ) I did my hmewrk.
二
1．根据以上信息判断下列句子正(T)误(F)。
(1). It's abut thirty­-five minutes t g t the science museum by N. 62 Bus. ( )
(2). Li Yan needs t walk fr five hundred metres t get t the Tianqia West Statin. ( )
(3). If Li Yan takes N. 66 Bus, she shuld get ff the bus n the fifth statin. ( )
(4.) Li Yan needs t wait fr tw minutes if she takes the Line 8 Railway. ( )
2．如果你是Li Yan. 你会选择哪种路线去自然博物馆呢？说说你的理由。
I will take ___________________ t get t the science museum. Because ___________________.
【初中任务型阅读理解考点聚焦】
考点清单
1.基本步骤
⑴先看问题,再读文章:把握主题,确定方向,选取有用的材料,舍弃无关的信息,高效省时。
⑵细读全文,认真推敲:细心阅读与试题有关的词汇、句子或段落,要特别留心一些信息词。
⑶复读全文,验证答案:在确定答案后,应将答案代入问题中,检查是否符合设问要求。若不符合,则要重新考虑答案。
2.注意事项
⑴答题有据,避免主观臆断。
⑵符合原文的答案=正确答案≠最佳答案。
⑶解题有法,但无定法,贵在得法。要答好此类题,必须多读、巧读和善于思考。要不断扩大词汇量,拓宽阅读面,提高阅读速度,同时也要探索和总结适合自己的方法,实践出真知,多练出效果。
3.方法指导
⑴顺序原则,注意使用。
在确定前一道题的答案以后,在文中标注出来。做下一题的时候,继续往下找,能有效控制答题时间,并提高正确率。
⑵圈画关键词(Key Wrds)。
1)大写、数字、引号优先原则
2)6W1H疑问词必须圈画(which, wh, what, when, where, why, hw)
例如:
①Which subject des Mary like best?
②Wh invented the machine?
③What did Jake d t prtect himself frm the cld temperatures?
④What d yu think f Jake? Give at least ne reasn.
⑤When did his parents realize that Jake was missing?
⑥Where did Jhn g fr vacatin?
⑦Why did they start this prgram?
⑧Hw did Jake get dwn the muntain the next mrning?
⑨Hw lng did it take Jake t return t safety after he lst his ski?
⑶注意时态一致,代词指代一致。
例如:
①Jake lst ne f his skis after he fell ver when skiing, didn't he?(回答用一般过去时,代词用he)
②When did his parents realize that Jake was missing?(回答用一般过去时,代词用they)
③What d yu think f the Chinese Farmers' Harvest Festival in China?(回答用一般现在时,代词用it)
基础题
一
请阅读下面短文，根据所提供的信息，回答5个问题，要求所写答案语法正确，语义完整切题，并把答案写在答题卡对应题目的答题位置上。
1. When is Jack’s birthday?
________________________________________
2. What clr is Jack’s new bike?
________________________________________
3. Wh gives Jack a science bk?
________________________________________
4. Why des Jack buy sme flwers fr his mm?
________________________________________
5. Hw many peple are there in Jack’s family?
________________________________________
二
请阅读下面短文，根据所提供的信息，回答五个问题，要求所写答案语法正确、意义完整。
My name is Li Yue. I am a girl. I am at the age f thirteen. My birthday is n Octber 3rd. I am a student at N.1 Middle Schl. My schl life is very clrful because there are many kinds f activities fr us this term. On September 21st, we have a sccer game. Our Schl Day is n Octber 15th. Our parents can cme t ur schl and see hw we study. We have mre activities in Nvember, such as the bk sale n Nvember 12th, the English Day n 23rd. Besides these, we have an exciting Sprts Day n December 16th. Amng all the activities, I like the English Day and the Sprts Day best, because English is my favrite subject and I like playing sprts.
This is a busy and interesting term. I really lve my schl life.
1. Hw ld is Li Yue?
___________________________________________
2. Is Li Yue’s birthday n Octber 3rd?
___________________________________________
3. When is the bk sale?
___________________________________________
4. What is Li Yue’s favrite subject?
___________________________________________
5. What des Li Yue think f this term?
___________________________________________
三
请阅读下面短文，根据所提供的信息，回答5个问题，要求所写答案语法正确，语义完整切题。
Dear Jasn,
Thank yu fr yur e-mail. Let me tell(告诉) yu smething abut my schl life.
I’m in a big middle schl in Guangdng, China. There are 1,500 students and 100 teachers in ur schl. All the teachers are like(像) ur parents. All the students are like brthers and sisters in the same family. I really like my schl. I g t schl five days a week. At schl, I have Chinese, math, English, histry, music and science n Mnday. Science is my favrite subject. I think it’s fun and useful. But my deskmate Li Wei thinks it’s bring. On Tuesday, we have a sccer game. The bys in ur class are in it. We girls nly watch them play sccer. On Wednesday, we have an English class. Mr. Wang is ur English teacher. He is very funny. We all like him and his classes. I dn’t like Friday, because we have math n that day and math is really difficult fr me.
Hw abut yur schl life? Please e-mail me.
Yurs,
Wu Mei
1. Hw many teachers are there in Wu Mei’s schl?
___________________________________________
2. Why des Wu Mei like science?
___________________________________________
3. When d they have a sccer game?
___________________________________________
4. Wh is Wu Mei’s English teacher?
___________________________________________
5. What des Wu Mei think f math?
___________________________________________
四
请阅读下面一篇关于阳光中学师生上课的短文，根据所提供的信息，回答下面的5个问题。要求所写答案语法正确、语义完整。
Simn is a student in Sunshine Middle Schl. He lves his schl very much.
The students in Sunshine Middle Schl dn’t need t g t schl every weekday. Frm Mnday t Thursday, students stay at hme and they have classes n the cmputers in the mrning. The teachers give lessns n the cmputers. In the afternn, students d sprts. And hw d their P.E. teachers knw abut that? The watches n the students’ hands can tell everything! It’s great, isn’t it?
Every Friday, all students g t schl t take part in (参加) the schl activities. They may g ut t clean the park. Or they may g t the ld peple’s hme t help the ld peple. They als g t schl fr the music festival in May, Reading Day in September and Sprts Day in Nvember.
1. What’s the name f the schl?
_____________________________________
2. Hw d the teachers give lessns?
_____________________________________
3. What can tell the P.E. teachers if (是否) the students d sprts?
_____________________________________
4. When d the students take part in the schl activities?
_____________________________________
5. Which mnth is Reading Day in?
_____________________________________
五
请阅读下面短文。
1. What des Peter d well in?
__________________________________________
2. When is the Music Festival f this year？
__________________________________________
3. Wh lves the schl trip?
__________________________________________
4. Why des Bb lve Schl Day?
__________________________________________
5. Hw many students talk abut their favrite day r activity?
__________________________________________
提高题
一
Sir Hugh Beaver was the manager f the Guinness Brewery(吉尼斯啤酒厂）. On Nvember 10, 1951, he went t a hunting(打猎) party. When he tried t catch a bird, he missed. It flew away t fast.
This started a discussin(讨论)：Which was the fastest bird in Eurpe? In fact. peple ften had such discussins. S Hugh thught a bk f recrds(纪录) culd help peple with thse discussins.
With the help f tw reprters. Hugh fund many interesting facts. Fur years later, The Guinness Bk f Wrld Recrds came ut. Nw, it's ne f the wrld's bestselling bks.
Many Guinness recrds are fr things that are the biggest f their kind. Others are fr things that peple d. Everyne can set a wrld recrd fr smething he r she des.
Fr example, if yu can put n 12 sweaters in ne minute, yu'll break a recrd. Yu'll als break ne if yu can put 32 spns n yur face. Maybe these recrds lk easy t set, but in fact each needs a lt f wrk.
1.When did Hugh thught f the idea f writing a bk f recrds?

2.When did The Guinness Bk f Wrld Recrds prbably cme ut?

3.What is the main idea f Paragraph 4?

4.What des the writer may think f setting a recrd.

5.What is the best title fr the passage?

二
Last year,85-year-ld Jihad l Butt just gt her university degree(大学学位）.
Butt left schl in 1948 when she was nly 12 years ld. But she always lved learning and reading bks.
All f her friends knew hw much she lved learning new things. One day, they tld her abut sme classes at a university and asked her if she wanted t jin. After hearing abut the idea. Butt was very happy and decided t d it. She said that it was never t late t g back t schl. s she started her university life at the age f 81. She studied languages, math and s n. Fur years later. she gt her degree.
Sme peple thught that teachers and her classmates gave Butt mre help in her study, but it was nt true. On the cntrary(相反),she ften helped ther students in the schl, and teachers ften made her an example(榜样) t the thers.
1.When was Jihad Butt brn?

2. Wh tld Butt abut the classes at a university?

3.What subjects did Jihad Butt learn?

4. Butt did very well at the university，didn’t it?

5. What des Butt's stry mainly tell us?

三
Cheng Feng is a 33-year-ld rural(乡村的）teacher. And many students als see her as their mther because f her lve and cncern (关心) fr them.
During the last summer vacatin, Cheng spent her free time visiting the rural students in the muntains. Mst students' parents have t g t wrk far away frm hme. These students stay at hme and their grandparents take care f them.
Getting n with these students, Cheng knew that they want t g ut f the muntains by studying. Over the past years. Cheng has taught in several pr rural schls t help rural students get a gd educatin. She als used her mney t buy cmputers and mre useful bks fr them.
After helping transfrm(改造）a rural schl, she mves n t the next place which needs her. Frm her different experiences(经历）in thse rural schls, she learned that rural students need help frm mre excellent and helpful teachers. “We shuld let the light in urselves shine n mre peple, and help them t see further and dream bigger," she said.
1.Hw ld is Cheng Feng?

2.Why d sme rural students live with their grandparents?

3.Accrding t Paragraph 3, what did Cheng Feng d besides(除了)teaching?

4.What did Cheng Feng learn frm her different experiences?

5. What d yu think f Cheng Feng? Why?

四
Jillian Magee, 30, is a third-grade teacher frm Washingtn D. C. She has becme very ppular fr her“ Tattle Bx(告状盒）”.
Jillian said she started t make the bx because she was getting tired f being interrupted（打断)during lessns." Kids tell yu every little thing that's ging n. I finally tld them t just write it dwn n paper and put it in the bx,” she said.
She reads the paper after schl. If there's anything that's very imprtant, she will talk t them abut it. “I think the bx is gd fr cmmunicatin(交流).It helps students slve cnflicts(矛盾）,”Jillian said.
The bx helps shy students find their vice. “If they have smething t tell me, but they're t afraid t say it themselves, they can write it dwn,” Jillian said. Students dn't have t write their names n it. Just put it in the bx, stp thinking abut it and they will feel better abut it.
1.What makes Jillian ppular?

2.Why did Jillian start t make the bx?

3.What will Jillian d if there is anything imprtant n the paper in the bx?

4.D students write their names n the paper?

5.Hw d yu like the “Tattle Bx”? Why?

五
There was a friendly neighburhd where every huse had beautiful gardens. Amng them lived a yung by wh lved nthing mre than staying at hme with his family. One day, while playing in his yard, he fund that his elderly neighbur’s garden was vergrwn and in need f sme care.
The yung by picked up his gardening tls at nce and headed next dr. He spent the whle afternn weeding（除草）and watering the garden with lve and care. When he was finished, he felt really happy abut the change he made.
The next mrning, he wke up t find that the elderly neighbur left a basket f fresh fruits and vegetables n their drstep as a way f thanking him fr his hard wrk. Frm that day n, the yung by learned that it was gd t help thers and d smething fr the cmmunity. The simple act brught everyne in the neighburhd clser tgether.
1. Why did the yung by want t d smething fr his neighbur’s garden?

2. Hw did the elderly neighbr thank the yung by the next day?

3. Give an example f hw yu helped thers.Write dwn what yu did and hw yu felt in n mre than 20 wrds.

六
There was a big rse tree just inside the garden. The rses were white but three gardeners were painting them red. The gardeners were flat (扁平) and rectangular (矩形的). They lked like playing cards.
They had spades n them. One f them was the Tw f spades, anther the Five f spades and the third was the Seven f spades. Alice felt very curius and went clser. She asked them why they were painting thse rses red. “Well, Miss, we made a mistake, ” Tw said. “We put a white rse tree here and the Queen wanted red rse trees.” Just at that mment, Alice and the gardeners saw a lng prcessin. It was cming in her directin (方向).
When the Queen saw Alice, she stpped and asked her name. Alice answered plitely. Then the Queen asked wh the three gardeners were. Alice tld her that she didn’t knw and she wasn’t interested. The Queen didn’t like Alice’s answer. Her face turned red with anger. She was ready t cut Alice’s head ff. But Alice said ludly, “Nnsense (胡说)!” The Queen was very surprised. She didn’t knw what t say. “Dn’t wrry, dear!” the King said. “She’s nly a child.” The queen lked at the gardeners again.
1. Where did the stry happen?
________________________________
2. Why did the gardeners paint the rse tree red?
________________________________
3. What was the Queen ging t d when she disliked Alice’s answer?
________________________________
4. Hw did the Queen feel when she heard Alice said “nnsense”?
________________________________
5. What d yu think f the king?
________________________________
七
Kites and kite-flying have a lng histry in China. A carpenter named Gngshu Ban made a wden kite mre than 2,000 years ag. But kites are imprtant in the US as well.
US scientists have used kites fr science experiments(实验). Benjamin Franklin, a famus plitician and inventr, used a kite with a metal key during a thunderstrm t learn abut electricity(电) in 1752. The Wright brthers used kites t test their ideas befre they built the first airplane in 1903.
Peple in the US als like t fly kites fr fun. Kite festivals have been ppular at different times f the year. The wnderful clrs, shapes and kite designs are a feast(盛宴) fr the eyes.
The largest kite-flying festival in the US is the Washingtn State Internatinal Kite Festival. Accrding t the Wrld Kite Museum, this week-lng festival takes place every year during the third week f August at Lng Beach, Washingtn. It brings in famus kite fliers frm arund the wrld t shw ff their skills. They put n shws that are s impressive(精彩的), lts f peple cme t watch!
1. Wh made a wden kite mre than 2,000 years ag?
__________________________________
2. Why did Benjamin use a kite with a metal key during a thunderstrm in 1752?
__________________________________
3. When did the Wright brthers build the first airplane?
__________________________________
4. Hw lng des the Washingtn State Internatinal Kite Festival last every year?
__________________________________
5. What d yu think f kite flying?
__________________________________
八
Cl ideas fr future travel
What will travel be like in the year 2070?
In the year 2070, mst f yu will be mre than 60 years ld. The gd news is that travel might becme smarter by that time. Let’s take a lk at sme amazing ideas frm The Future Travel Reprt.
Heartbeat passprt
Paper passprts （PBE）will be a thing f the past. Yu will use “heartbeat（心跳）passprts” instead. Accrding t scientists, everyne’s heartbeat is different. S the data will be used t tell wh yu are.
Mre cmfrtable flight
The seats n the plane will n lnger be “ne size fits all”. Yu’ll be able t bk a seat accrding t yur bdy type. The seat might even be able t cl r warm yu t yur favurite temperature. There will als be n mre screens n the back f yur seats. A futuristic device（未来设备）culd shw mvies straight in frnt f yur eyes.
Printed clthes and fd
If yu hate packing（打包）clthes, yu may nt need t d it in the future. Befre yu fly, yu will have a bdy scan（扫描）. And when yu arrive, yu’ll find a rm filled with 3D printed clthes in yur size. When yu leave, the clthes can be recycled and reprinted fr the next persn. Yu can als 3D print whatever yu want t eat.
Bring histry back t life
If yu like t visit histric sites（历史古迹）, AR will change the game. Wearing a headset, yu can see what happened at a histric site, such as a famus war. Yu may even be able t sit amng the cheering peple at the first Olympic Games.
1. Accrding t the passage, what might travel be like in the year 2070?
______________________________________________________________
2. What will take the place f （取代）paper passprts?
______________________________________________________________
3. Why dn’t yu need t pack clthes befre flying?
______________________________________________________________
4. Hw can yu see what happened at a famus war?
______________________________________________________________
5. Which f the ideas d yu like best? Why?（请自拟一句话作答）
______________________________________________________________
九
A child’s gift
I help t lk after sme ld ladies at the ld peple’s hme every week.
This afternn when I was ging t g there, the telephne rang. It was my husband (丈夫). “Srry, dear, but I have t wrk late in my shp tday. S yu have t take Taylr hme after schl.” I decided t take my sn with me t the ld peple’s hme fr the first time because I culdn’t find any friend t help me.
With my new partner, I started my wrk. I fund that just when we wanted t leave their rms, my sn kissed everyne n their faces and whispered (低声说) smething in their ears. Every lady lked happy.
Later in the evening, my husband asked hw my wrk went n.
“It’s lts f fun,” I said. “We are quite a pair. When Taylr kisses the ladies, it surely makes them happy, especially (尤其是) when he whispers in their ears.”
“What d yu whisper abut?” asked my husband.
Lking up at his dad and me with his brwn eyes, he tld us, “I whisper, ‘I lve yu, Grandma. And I just want yu t knw that yu lk s beautiful tday.’”
I asked, “Why d yu d that?”
He said, “I just knw it can make them feel gd.”
回答下面5个问题，每题答案不超过6个单词。
1. Where des the writer help the ladies?
__________________________________________
2. Did her husband have t wrk late in his shp that day?
__________________________________________
3. What did Taylr d after he kissed everyne n their faces?
__________________________________________
4. Why des the by whisper?
__________________________________________
5. What is Taylr’s gift?
__________________________________________
十
There was a friendly neighburhd where every huse had beautiful gardens.Amng them lived a yung by wh lved nthing mre than staying at hme with his family.One day，while playing in his yard，he fund that his elderly neighbur's garden was vergrwn and in need f sme care.
The yung by picked up his gardening tls at nce and headed next dr.He spent the whle afternn weeding（除草）and watering the garden with lve and care.When he was finished，he felt really happy abut the change he made.
The next mrning，he wke up t find that the elderly neighbur left a basket f fresh fruits and vegetables n their drstep as a way f thanking him fr his hard wrk.Frm that day n，the yung by learned that it was gd t help thers and d smething fr the cmmunity.The simple act brught everyne in the neighburhd clser tgether.
1.Why did the yung by want t d smething fr his neighbur's garden？

2.Hw did the elderly neighbr thank the yung by the next day？

Give an example f hw yu helped thers.Write dwn what yu did and hw yu felt in n mre than 20 wrds.

十一
Vernica Cabrera Mren cmes frm Hustn，USA.With the help f her family，she made an art classrm ut f an ld schl bus.
Vernica，a mther f fur，likes painting a lt.She always uses art t make her neighbrhd better.One day，she thught， "Why nt ask kids t paint n a schl bus？" She wanted t make an art bus and began t ask fr sme dnatins nline.
Sn，Vernica gt everything she needed.And her art bus lks very beautiful.There are sme desks and chairs in it.All the art supplies in it are free.Children can use clred pens，paper，etc.withut paying mney.Parents can get n the bus and paint with their children，t.They can have lts f fun there.
"I think art is very imprtant t children，" Vernica says. "It is a nice way t express （表达） themselves.And art can help children grw int great persns f tmrrw."
1.What did Vernica make with an ld bus？

2.What des Vernica like very much？

3.Hw des the Vernica's bus lk？

4.Wh can paint with children n the bus？

5.What d yu think f Vernica's wrk？

衔接点15 书面表达（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学书面表达考点聚焦】
一
假如你是Peter，请根据表格内容写一篇介绍自己的小作文。
要求：表格信息表达完整，可适当拓展；
条理清晰、意思连贯、语句通顺、标点正确；书写规范、工整。
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
二
我们的城市徐州是全国文明城市之一，我们要从身边的小事做起，从保持我们的学校干净开始做起，为文明城市贡献自己的一份力量！
要求：
请结合思维导图的提示，以“Hw t keep ur schl clean?”为主题谈谈自己的思考。(不少于5句话，不包括已给的开头) 。
语法准确、语句通顺、书写工整、注意标点。
可适当发挥。
Keep ur schl clean
T keep ur schl clean and beautiful, we
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
【初中书面表达考点聚焦】
考点清单
写作要求
1、写好句子：
1) 熟悉并掌握形成完整句子的基本框架结构。我们知道，单词、语法是学习、掌握和运用语言的基础，然而只靠它们拼凑句子是远远不够的，耗时费力不说，拼凑出来的也多是汉语式的英语，很不地道。因此，平时必须牢记所学过的“固定搭配”及“词组句型”，并会活用。
写句子要注意以下几点：（1）主谓要一致；（2）正确使用动词的时态、语态、语气；（3）名词的格要与代词的格一致；（4)句子结构成分完整，特别注意不要漏掉或添加成分。
2)一个句子一个重心，句意清楚，合乎逻辑。
3)句子开头首字母要大字，句末要使用正确的英语标点符号。
2、组句成文：
一般说来，文章可以通过句子的进展和句子之间的各种结合来构成。
1)熟悉并掌握表示并列、递进、转折等关系的过渡词(transitinal wrds)。例如：
并列关系：and, as well as, als…
递进关系：besides, in additin, mrever, what’s mre…
转折关系：but, yet, hwever, althugh, therwise, r, in spite f, despite, instead f, in the end…
时间顺序：while, when, sn after, befre, afterward, finally, first, then, next, as sn as …
比较、对比：like, unlike, n the cntrary, n the ther hand…
总结： in a wrd, in general, in shrt, abve all, after all, generally speaking…
进一步阐述：in ther wrds, that is t say, fr example, fr instance, such as …
因果关系：as a result, s, thus, therefre…
2) 内容要点全面，不要节外生枝。
3) 要点安排得当，使之文通字顺，合乎逻辑,层次清晰。
4) 注意养成写完后自我检查的习惯，应重点检查：
写作步骤
一、认真审题
看到考题后，先不要急于动笔，要仔细看清题目要求。审题时要看清文字说明、图画、图表、提纲或短文提供的资料和信息，以及参考词汇，字数要求等等。如果是几幅图要将几幅图结合起来看，才能弄清人物关系和故事情节。还要审文体，确定格式，确定人称，确定主体时态。
二、列出要点
要点是给分的一个重要因素，为了防止写作过程中遗漏要点，同学们要在看清看懂所有文字、图画、参考词汇的基础上，在草稿纸上将各个要点逐条列出。
三、写出词句
用英语写出各个要点的关键词语或句型，并用地道的英语句子将各个要点逐一表达出来。
四、连句成文
根据各个要点之间的关系，使用恰当的关联词语(详见语篇基础)，将各个句子连接成通顺流畅的短文。并注意以下几点：避免使用汉语式英语，尽量使用自己熟悉的句型。注意长短句交错，几种句型可交替使用，以避免重复和呆板。
五、细心检查
短文写好后还要细心检一篇，看是否正确无误。你可主要检查：(1) 人称是否用错，并注意人称代词的主格和宾格形式是否有错；(2) 动词的时态形式是否准确无误，特别注意查看一般现在时主语是第三人称单数时谓语动词是否加了(e)s；(3) 名词的复数形式；(4) 单词拼写、标点符号和大小写是否有错；(5) 格式是否有错。
六、誊入试卷
经检查，准确无误后，才誊入试卷。要特别注意书写工整，卷面整洁。阅卷时正值天气炎热，老师工作量之大，时间紧迫，书写是否工整，卷面是否整洁与得分高低直接有关，同学们务必注意。
基础题
一
假如你是Wang Lin, 收到你美国朋友Jhn的电子邮件, 想了解每年春节前你的购物情况。请根据下表所提供的信息，用英语给他回复。
注意: 1. 表达中必须包含所给要点，可以适当发挥。
2. 词数：80词左右。开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
3. 文中不得出现真实的姓名、校名和地名等信息。
Dear Jhn,
I'm happy t get yur email.Nw the Chinese New Year.
The Chinese New Year . It is in China. I’ll g shpping with my mther .We will g t the shpping centre by bus we live far away frm it.And
always many peple n the bus because lts f Chinese peple are busy shpping t.
We a lt f things . ,we buy ur favurite clthes.In China,peple always wear new clthes and lk smart during the festival. ,we will buy sme eggs,meat,vegetables and sme drinks, because all the family members will get tgether and have a big dinner t celebrate the Chinese New Year. ,we will buy sme firewrks,We ften let ff firewrks after dinner. They are really wnderful. ,we als buy sme presents.
We and ,and we give each ther presents. I I can frm my parents,grandparents,aunts and uncles.
We always at the Chinese New Year!
All the best.
Wang Lin
二
我校将举办校园健康小达人活动，要求参加者在表演节目前用英语介绍自己；7(1)班的李霞想要参加这次活动，请你为李霞写一篇演讲稿。可以参考以下的信息：
外貌:长头发，戴眼镜，个子不是很高，疲瘦的，但看起来健康:
生活:妈妈告诉她健康的生活方式很重要；早餐吃…午餐吃…；晚餐吃并且要求她每天锻炼半个小时，因此她通常步行上学；
最喜欢的节日:春节:原因:…….
要求:1.不要逐句翻译，可根据演讲的需要作适当的补充: 2.语法正确，书写认真，词数80左右(开头已给出，不计在其内)。
范文1:
Gd afternn, teachers and friends!Glad t be here with yu.
I am Lixia frm Class 1,Grade 7.I am nt very tall .I have lng hair and wear glasses.I am slim, but lk healthy. Because I . And my mther ften .She
sme bread and milk f . ,I ften eat sme meat and vegetables. ,I eat sme ndles and vegetables.She asks me t every day,S I usually g t schl n ft.
is the Spring Festival because I can my grandparents,parents and uncles. I like visiting my friends during the Spring Festival,that’s very interesting.
That's all.Thank yu!
范文2：
Gd afternn, teachers and friends!Glad t be here with yu.
I am Lixia frm Class 1,Grade 7.I am nt very tall .I have lng hair and wear glasses.I am , but
because I have a healthy lifestyle. And my mther ften .She
sme bread and milk . ,I ften eat sme meat and vegetables. ,I eat sme ndles and vegetables.She asks me t every day,S I usually .
I like clurful clthes. I am wearing a white cttn bluse, a and red sweater.I am als wearing a skirt and tday.I think the skirt and the red leather bts this sweater .They me.
That's all.Thank yu!
三
亲爱的同学们，进入初中，你们开启了一段新的旅程，现校英语报对全体学生征稿，投稿中需要向同学们描述平时你是如何在校内校外过精彩生活的。请结合图片和要点提示，以“Enjy a Wnderful Life”为题，完成一篇英语短文。
注意： 1.所写内容必须包括图示中所有信息，并作适当发挥；
2.词数70左右。开头及结尾已给出，不计入总词数；
3.文中不得出现真实的人名、校名等相关信息。
参考范文
Enjy a Wnderful Life
As a middle schl student, I every day.
, , there are s .I like the gegraphy , because it can abut the wrld . , we all knw that is the key t a happy schl life.S I always and ,and I never eat .
,if I have free time,I can g shpping with my friends r parents. I als festivals, such as the Mid Autumn Festival and the Spring Festival. I really .
I believe all f us can enjy a wnderful life!
四
为了践行健康生活方式，学校英语俱乐部开展题为"My lifestyle”的征文活动。假如你是李华，请根据以下表格中的信息提示，用英语写一篇文章参加活动。
注意: (1)词数80左右，文章开头已给出，不计入总词数；
(2)文中应包括所给内容要点，可适当发挥，使文章连贯；
(3)文中不得出现考生的真实姓名、校名等信息。
参考范文
My lifestyle
I'm Li Hua. I'm very happy t tell yu abut my lifestyle.As we all knw, .We shuld eat healthily.
But,I have sme bad healthy diets.I like sweet fd.I always eat t many hamburgers and cla.I like play cmputer games,s . That’s nt a gd thing.I nw.I plan t eat mre fruit and vegetables everyday.I als need t eat sme meat,because it can .
Playing ftball is my .I am ging t play ftball every week.There is a swimming pl near my hme.I every Friday.
五
寒假马上就要到了，为倡导同学们过一个愉快而有意义的假期，你校英文报See The wrld举行了以"My Winter Hliday Plan"为题的征文活动。请根据以下表格提示内容及要，用英语写一篇文章，讲述你的寒假计划。
【要求】1.不少于100词，已给出部分不计人总词数。
2.语句通顺，意思连贯，条理清楚，字迹工整。
3.内容包括以上所有要点，可适当发挥。
4.文中不得出现真实姓名及学校名称。
参考范文
My Winter Hliday Plan
The winter hliday . my winter hliday plan yu.
, a healthy lifestyle .I and fr half an hur every mrning. Als,I wn't play cmputer games because it is bad fr my eyes.
t study during the hliday.I will in the mrning first. In the afternn, I
abut histry fr 2 hurs. After dinner,I will
and .
The winter hliday is als . I will by celebrating the Spring Festival. We'll and watch the Spring Festival Gala n TV tgether.My parents and I and fr the new year.
I really hpe everyne can have a happy winter hliday.
提高题
一．人物介绍
孔子学院(Cnfucius Institute)夏令营在武汉招募志愿者。假如你是李华,请用英文写一封自荐信。
内容要点如下:
1.性格外向,喜欢交朋友;
2.能用英语讲中国故事和与人沟通;
3.了解中国历史和文化,会唱楚剧;
4.爱好广泛,擅长乒乓球;
5.补充一两点有关信息或想法。
注意:
1.文中不得透露个人姓名和学校名称;
2.词数:60—80;
3.内容连贯,不要逐条翻译;
4.开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数。
参考词汇:Chu pera楚剧 culture n.文化 ping-pang n.乒乓球
Dear sir/madam,
I am Li Hua frm Wuhan. May I have the hnr t wrk as a vlunteer at Cnfucius Institute?








Yurs truly,
Li Hua
二．叙事类
假如你是李华,学业考试后要参加“21世纪杯”中学生英语演讲大赛,题目为A/An Winter Hliday,请你根据所给信息完成一篇英文演讲稿,讲述刚过去的那段寒假经历,并谈谈它对你今后的影响。
注意:
(1)将演讲稿标题补充完整;
(2)演讲稿必须包含所有要点,并适当拓展;
(3)文中不得出现真实的人名和校名;
(4)词数100左右;首尾句已给出,不计入总词数。
A/An Winter Hliday
Ladies and gentlemen, it is my pleasure t present my speech here. My tpic tday is






That's all fr my speech. Thank yu fr yur time.
三．介绍说明类
在中国传统文化中,“家”是一个永恒的话题。家人相聚一堂,才是完整的家,温暖而有力量。请你结合下图,以“Hme”为题,写一篇约110词的英语短文,让外国朋友了解中国文化中的“家”。









四．做法建议类
校学生会为即将到来的“健康周”活动策划了两个项目。假设你是学生会成员,请写一篇英语短文,在校英语报上介绍其中一个项目的活动内容及其益处。要点提示如下:
注意:(1)短文必须包含表中你所选项目的所有信息,并适当发挥。
(2)文中不得出现与你身份相关的信息。
(3)词数:80~100。短文开头已给出,不计入总词数。
During the Health Week, we will have







五．观点表达类
学生喜欢在家还是在电影院看电影?就该话题你在班中做了调查(结果见下图)。请你据此写一篇短文在校英语社团主题活动中进行交流,并谈谈你的选择和理由。
注意:(1)短文必须包括图中所有内容,可适当增加细节;
(2)你的理由必须与图中所列理由不同;
(3)词数:80—100;
(4)短文首句仅供选择使用,不计入总词数。
Recently, I've dne a survey abut whether students like t watch mvies at hme r in the cinema.








一
Ding Husewrk Makes Me
提示:家务是生活中的一部分,我们作为一名家庭成员,应该学会分担家务。请以“Ding Husewrk Makes Me ”为题,用英语写一篇短文,叙述一次你做家务的经历,并谈谈你的体会。
要求:1.请先将题目补全后,再作答;
2.语言流畅、书写规范、卷面整洁,词数不少于60个;
3.文中不得使用真实姓名、校名,否则以零分计。








二
勤俭节约是中华民族的传统美德。为了弘扬这种传统美德,杜绝浪费,学校开展以“勤俭节约从我做起”为主题的演讲比赛。假如你是李华,请你根据以下要点提示,写一篇英文演讲稿参赛。
要点:
(1)生活中常见的浪费现象;(至少3条)
(2)你的建议;(至少3条)
(3)发出号召。
参考词汇:thrift n.节约; virtue n.美德; waste n. & v. 浪费; save v.节省; tap n.水龙头
要求:
(1)短文须包含要点提示中的所有信息,可适当发挥;
(2)词数:80左右 (短文开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数);
(3)文中不得出现真实姓名、校名和地名。
Ladies and gentlemen,
Tday I'd like t talk abut thrift.







That's all. Thank yu!
三
在日常生活中,人们会遇到交友、饮食、交通或防疫等安全问题。请以“Self Prtectin”为题,用英语写一篇短文。
内容包括:
1.结合生活实际,谈谈自我保护的重要性。
2.列举生活中的安全问题(至少两个方面),并分别提出合理化建议。
3.发出自我保护的号召。
写作要求:
1.语言流畅,层次清晰,可以适当发挥。
2.词数80—100词,开头结尾已给出,不计入总词数;书写规范,卷面整洁。
3.文中不能出现考生本人的学校名称和姓名。
Self Prtectin
These days, peple pay mre attentin t safety prblems.






In shrt, self prtectin is imprtant t us. Wish everyne a safe life!
四
中华文化源远流长,博大精深,展现出独特的魅力,让世界为之赞叹。假如你是李强,你的外国笔友Steven非常喜欢中国,想对中国文化有更进一步的了解。请你从以下几个方面,给他写一封email,向他简单介绍中国的文化特色。
注意:1.文中不得出现真实的校名、人名等个人信息;
2.根据上图,至少要写两个方面的内容(可适当发挥);
3.80词左右,开头结尾已给出,不计入总词数。照抄阅读语篇不得分。
Dear Steven,
Hw is it ging?







Yurs,
Li Qiang
衔接点01 冠词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学冠词考点聚焦】
1.选词填空，无需填词处用“/”表示。
a an the /
(1)I have range. It's big range.
(2) Great Wall is lngest wall all ver the wrld. It's in China.
(3)This is ld bk. But it is useful bk.
(4)I like playing pian. But my brther likes playing ftball.
(5)I usually have dinner at 6: 30 p. m. Then I g fr walk with my
parents.
(6)What interesting stry it is!
(7) children are very happy n Children's Day.
1.(1)an, a(2)The, the,/(3)an, a(4)the,/(5)/,a(6)an (7)The,/
2.用适当的冠词补全短文，不需要用冠词的地方画“/”。
Welcme t my huse. This is my bedrm. There is (1) big bed in my(2) bedrm.(3)
table is near(4) bed.On(5) desk, there is(6) cmputer,(7)
bk and(8) eraser.There is(9) umbrella behind(10) dr.In(11)
frnt f(12) dr, there is (13) basketball. I ften play(14)
basketball n(15) weekend.
D yu like my bedrm? What's yur(16) bedrm like?
4.(1)a(2)/(3)The/A(4)the(5)the(6)a(7)a(8)an(9)an(10)the(11)/(12)the
(13)a(14)/(15)the(16)/
【初中冠词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 不定冠词a/an的用法
1.不定冠词a/an的基本用法
2.不定冠词a,an的区别
注意:①判断一个词前用a还是an,是根据其读音,而不是根据其字母。我们可以这样记忆:不见元音不加an,不看字母看发音。
②在26个字母中,前面用an的字母有:a,e,f,h,i,l,m,n,,r,s,x,其他用a。
③要注意区别以“u”开头的单词:当“u”发/ʌ/音时前用an,如:an umbrella,an unusual stry,an unhappy by;当“u”发/juː/音时前用a,如:a university,a useful bk。
3.含有a的常见固定词组:
a few/little/bit一点儿;have a swim/walk/talk/lk/dance/drink/rest游泳/散步/谈话/看一看/跳舞/喝点东西/休息;have a cld感冒;have a gd time玩得高兴;in a hurry匆忙;fr a while一会儿;keep a diary写日记;d sb.a favr帮助某人。
一．用冠词a或an填空
A. They are a strange but lving family.
B. It takes time and energy t take part in the activities.
C. Bth f them lived a hard life in the past.
D. Actually, the dg and the big animals are friends.
E. Sme peple keep animals like cats and dgs as pets.
F. Animals are ur friends.
G. They like playing balls and enjying the sunshine
小学要求
1.人称代词2.物主代词3.反身代词4.疑问代词
初中要求
人称代词主格和宾格的用法；
形容词物主代词与名词性性物主代词的用法；
反身代词的用法；
常见不定代词的用法；
指示代词的用法；
相互代词的用法；
疑问代词的用法；
8、it的用法
人称数格
单数
复数
一
二
三
一
二
三
主格
I
yu
she;he;it
we
yu
they
宾格
数人称词义类型
单数
复数
一
二
三
一
二
三
我的
你的
他的
她的
它的
我们的
你们的
他/她/它们的
形容词性
名词性
数
人称
单数
复数
第一人称
myself 我自己
urselves 我们自己
第二人称
yurself 你自己
yurselves 你们自己
第三人称
himself 他自己
herself 她自己
itself 它自己
themselves他们自己她们自己它们自己
sme;any
few;little
nne;
ne;
ther
many;much
either;neither
each;every
bth;all
相同点
均用于两个人或物
不同点
either
指“两者中的任意一个”。作主语时,谓语动词通常用单数。 或者……或者……
neither
指“两者中没有一个”(全否定)。作主语时,谓语动词通常用单数。 两者都不……
不定代词
都
任何
都不
两者
bth
either
neither
三者或三者以上
all
any
nne
代替复数名词
代替不可数名词
肯定
a few(一些)
a little(少量)
否定
few(几乎没有)少
little(几乎没有)少
不定代词
意义
用法说明
ther

可作定语,常与复数名词连用;但如果前面有
the,sme,any,each,every,n,my,yur,his等,则可与单数名词连用
the ther

常与ne连用,构成“ne...,the ther...”;作定语修饰复数名词时,表示“其余的全部”
thers

泛指别的人或物(但不是全部),不能作定语,可以构成“sme...,thers...”结构
the thers

特指其余所有的人或物
anther

一般情况下,后面接可数名词单数,但后面可加few或带数字的复数名词
smebdy
(某人)
anybdy
(任何人)
nbdy
(没有人)
everybdy
(每个人)
smene
(某人)
anyne
(任何人)
n ne
(没有人)
everyne
(每个人)
smething
(某事)
anything
(任何事)
nthing
(没有东西)
everything
(每一件事)
单数
this
that
复数
these
thse
疑问代词
主要用法
例句
wh
作主语、表语、宾语
Wh wants t g with me?
whm
wh的宾格形式,作宾语
T whm are yu talking?
whse
wh的所有格形式,作表语、定语
Whse bk is this?
what/wh
what询问某人的职业
—What’s yur father?
—He is a wrker.
wh询问某人的身份、姓名
—Wh is the by under the tree?
—He is Li Ming.
what/
which
what指“什么”,没有范围的限定
What wuld yu like?
which“哪一个,哪一些”,有范围的限制
Which ne d yu like best?
special spend end name interest
pick up happy find after quickly
小学要求
1.基数词：表示数目的多少
2.序数词：表示顺序先后
初中要求
1.基数词的读写和应用；
2.序数词的读写和应用。
3.分数、小数、百分数及其他用法
ne—first
tw—secnd
three—third
fur—furth
five—fifth
six—sixth
seven—seventh
eight—eighth
nine—ninth
ten—tenth
eleven—
eleventh
twelve—
twelfth
thirteen—
thirteenth
furteen—
furteenth
fifteen—
fifteenth
sixteen—
sixteenth
seventeen—
seventeenth
eighteen—
eighteenth
nineteen—
nineteenth
A. It's always right in his way.
B. My grandfather lived a happy life.
C. In September, he wuld lk at caterpillars(毛毛虫) n a sunny day.
D. Nw I grw up but I still d the same things.
E. But I still remember his stries abut hw t predict the weather.
F. As usual, he wuld stp t lk at anthills in January.
G. We can knw the weather in advance（提前） nw.
小学要求
1.时间介词：2.方位介词：3.动向介词：4.方式介词：5.原因介词：
初中要求
1.介词的功能；
2.常用介词的用法辨析；
3.介词的固定搭配。
介词
含义及用法
例句
since
指从某时一直延续至今,后常接时间点,句子用完成时。
He has lived here since 1993.
从1993年开始他一直住在这里。
frm
说明开始时间,可用过去、现在、将来的某种时态。
Frm nw n,I will learn English every mrning.
从今以后,每天早晨我将学英语。
fr
指动作延续贯穿整个过程,后接时间段,句子用完成时。
I have studied English fr six years.
我已经学英语六年了。
n ne’ wn独自
careful abut 小心
laugh at 嘲笑
in a wrd总而言之
sure abut/f肯定
take part in 参加
in life 一生中
certain abut/f 确定
think f 想出;想起
in time 及时
gd at 擅长
g n with继续
at sea在海上
gd fr对……有好处
wrry abut 为……担心
n time准时,按时
surprised at 对……吃惊
lk after 照顾,照料
in twn在城里
famus/knwn fr因……而出名
lk like 看起来像
n ft 步行
ready fr为……做好了准备
lk fr 寻找
in English 用英语
late fr迟到
hear frm 收到……的来信
in a lw vice 小声地
different frm与……不同
listen t 听
in the distance 在远处
successful in 在……成功
arrive in 到达(大地方)
in public公开地
interested in对……感兴趣
arrive at 到达(小地方)
in the middle f...在……中间
disappinted in对……失望
get t 到达 wait fr 等候
in truble处于困境
prud f为……感到骄傲
agree with 同意,赞同
f curse当然(可以)
tired f厌倦
think abut 考虑到
in fact 事实上
afraid f害怕
catch up with赶上,追上
in surprise 惊奇地
shrt f短缺
cme frm 来自
in a hurry 匆忙,急忙
full f充满
pay fr 付钱买……
in the street在街上
similar t与……相似
shut at 对……叫嚷
by the way顺便说
familiar t为……所熟悉
talk abut 谈论
at the meeting 在会上
satisfied with对……满意
play with 与……玩耍
in the end 最后
busy with忙于
pint at 指向
介词
词义
用法
n
关于
侧重论述,多用于比较重大、涉及比较深广诸如国际形势、政治、理论、学术报告、专著等方面的问题
abut
关于
侧重于叙事,多用于个人事迹、故事内容、一般的书籍、文章等较浅显的问题
小学要求
1.and的用法2.but的用法3.r的用法4.s的用法5.because的用法
初中要求
1.并列连词and, but, r, s等的主要用法；
2、常用从属连词的基本用法。
关系
结构
例句
顺承、递进、并列
关系
常用and,,as well as,nt als...,等连接
I help him and he helps me.
我帮助他,他帮助我。
My sister nt nly sings well,but als dances well.
我妹妹不但唱得好,而且舞跳得也好。
转折关系
常用连词but,while,yet等连接
I bught my sister a present,but she didn’t like it.
我给我姐姐买了个礼物,但是她不喜欢。
选择关系
常用连词r,,等连接
Is it a by r a girl?
是个男孩还是女孩?
因果关系
常用连词 fr,s 等连接
They were making a lt f nise,s the teacher gt angry.他们很吵,所以老师生气了。
连接词
连接词的作用
例句
that
本身无意义,只起连接作用,在口语中可省略
He said(that)Kate was gd at swimming.他说凯特擅长游泳。
what,which,wh,whse,whm等连接代词
在从句中作一定的成分,如主语、宾语、定语等
I dn’t knw what they are ging t d.我不知道他们打算干什么。
when(表时间),where(表地点),why(表原因),hw(表方式)等连接副词
在从句中作状语
Culd yu tell me where yu are frm?你能告诉我你来自哪儿吗?
D yu knw hw they fund the place?你知道他们是怎么找到那个地方的吗?
if/whether
(是否)
不作句子成分,但不能省略
He asked me if Miss Ga was a teacher.他问我高小姐是否是一位老师。
类别
引导词
例句
时间状语从句
when/while/as当……时;befre在……之前;after在……之后;since自……以来;until/till直到……为止;as sn as一……就……
When I was ding my hmewrk,my mther came in.
当我正在写作业的时候,我妈妈进来了。
He did nt g t bed until his father came back.
直到爸爸回来他才去睡觉。
条件状语从句
if如果;as lng as只要;unless除非
If it desn’t rain tmrrw,I will g t the park.
如果明天不下雨,我将会去公园。
Unless bad weather stps me,I g fr a walk every day.
我每天都会去散步,除非遇上坏天气。
原因状语从句
because因为;since既然;as由于
I like t eat apples because they are gd fr my health.
我喜欢吃苹果,因为它们对我的健康有益。
目的状语从句
s that以便,为了;in rder that为了
He gets up early every mrning s that he can catch the bus.
他每天早上起得很早,以便能赶上公交车。
结果状语从句
s that结果是;如此……以至于
It’s s ht utside that nbdy wants t g ut.
外面太热以至于没人想出去。
让步状语从句
thugh/althugh尽管,虽然;even if/thugh即使;whatever无论什么;wherever无论哪里;whenever无论何时
Wherever yu g,I will g with yu.无论你去哪里,我都跟着你。
Whenever yu cme,I will wait fr yu.
无论你什么时候来,我都会等你。
比较状语从句
than比;和……一样;nt 不如
He is as clever as Tm.他和汤姆一样聪明。
地点状语从句
where……的地方;wherever无论哪里
Sit wherever yu like.随便坐。
live tth between it year careful Smething frget like imprtant
小学要求
1. 形容词、副词的用法
2. 形容词、副词比较级和最高级的构成规则
3. 形容词、副词比较级和最高级的用法
初中要求
1.形容词的功能和位置；
2.常见易混形容词用法辨析。
3.副词的功能和位置；
4.副词的构成和分类；
5.常见易混副词用法辨析；
6.形容词、副词比较等级的用法。
1.shrt________ _________
2.fat________ _________
3.wet________ _________
4.heavy________ _________
5.little________ _________
6.imprtant ________ _________
7.many________ _________
8.happy________ _________
9.beautiful________ _________
10.Interesting________ _________
11.big________ _________
12.much________ _________
13.gd________ _________
14.easy________ _________
15.strng________ _________
16.bad________ _________
1.friend(形容词形式)__________
2.sleep(形容词形式)__________
3.real(副词形式)__________
4.lud(副词形式)__________
5.careful(副词形式)__________
6.gd(副词形式)__________
7.busily(形容词形式)__________
8.health(形容词形式)__________
9.easy(副词形式)__________
10.happy (副词形式)__________
11.cmplete(副词)__________
12.interest(形容词形式)_________
13.China(形容词形式)__________
14.sun(形容词形式)__________
扩充：句子成分
I play basketball.（主谓宾） She is pretty.（主系表）
主语：I,表示动作的发出者。
谓语：play（实义动词）表示干什么,is（系动词）表示是什么。
I met my best friend Tm yesterday.
主语 谓语 定语 宾语 同位语 状语
宾语：动作的承受者。
表语：表示怎么样。
定语：修饰名词或者代词，表示...的
状语：说明何时，何地，何种方式。
宾语补足语：宾语的补充说明。
类别
构成方法
原级
比较级
最高级
单音节
词和少
数双音
节词
一般直接加-er,-est
lng
tall
lnger
taller
lngest
tallest
以不发音的e 结尾时加-r,-st
late
large
later
larger
latest
largest
以辅音字母加y结尾时把y变i,再加-er,-est
easy
happy
easier
happier
easiest
happiest
以重读闭音节结尾且末尾只有一个辅音字母时,双写最后的辅音字母,再加-er,-est
big
ht
bigger
htter
biggest
httest
多音节
词和部
分双音
节词
在原级前加mre,mst
careful
mre
careful
mst
careful
beautiful
mre
beautiful
mst
beautiful
原级
比较级
最高级
gd/well
better
best
many/much
mre
mst
bad/ill
wrse
wrst
little
less
least
far
farther(较远)
further(进一步)
farthest(最远)
furthest(最大限度)
ld
lder(年纪较大的)
elder(较年长的)
ldest(年纪最大的)
eldest(最年长的)
far的比较级
含义及用法
例句
farther
在谈论地点、方向或距离时,farther和further可以互换
A table std at the farther/further end f the kitchen.厨房的那一头放着一张桌子。
further
further还有“更多的,更进一步的,附加的”等含义,这时不能与farther互换使用
We must get further infrmatin.
我们必须获得更多信息。
-ing形容词
-ed形容词
例句
surprising
令人惊讶的
surprised
感到惊讶的
This is a surprising stry.
I am surprised at the news.
interesting
有趣的
interested
感兴趣的
I have an interesting bk.
He is interested in science.
exciting
令人兴奋的
excited
感到兴奋的
Have yu heard f the exciting news?
We are excited abut the traveling.
pleasing
令人愉快的
pleased
感到愉快/满意的
This is a pleasing trip.
The teacher is pleased with ur perfrmance.
frightening
令人恐惧的
frightened
感到恐惧的
This is a frightening stry.
We are frightened f the ghst.
mving
令人感动的
mved
受感动的
Titanic is a mving film.
We are mved by Hng Zhanhui deeply.
tiring
令人疲倦的
tired
感到疲倦的
It’s a lng tiring day.
I’m t tired.
fascinating
迷人的
fascinated
着迷的
What a fascinating vice!
Many bys are fascinated by cmputer games.
特点:表示主动意义,多指事物对人的影响,一般修饰事物
特点:表示被动意义,多指人对事物的感受,一般修饰人,常用于“sb.+be+-ed形容词+介词”结构
We are all interested in the interesting stry.
名词
构成方法
意义
举例
表示天气
的名词
-y
充满……的
多……的
clud—cludy
wind—windy
表示方位
的名词
-ern
……方位的
朝……方的
west—western
east—eastern
表示称谓
的名词
-ly
……般的
friend—friendly
mther—mtherly
表示时间
的名词
-ly
每……的
week—weekly
mnth—mnthly
表示物质
的名词
-en
……制成的
wd—wden
gld—glden
表抽象意义
的名词
-ful
-y
-less
……的
……的
无……的
care—careful
use—useful
luck—lucky
hpe—hpeless
care—careless
表示大洲与
国家的名词
-n
……的
……人的
Asia—Asian
America—American
时间副词
频度副词
地点/方位副词
程度副词
方式副词
疑问/连接副词
其他副词
tday, tmrrw,
nce,
here, there,
very, t,
well,
hw,
t, als,
yesterday, nw,
twice,
hme, belw,
enugh,
hard,
where,
nr, s,
then, early, late,
always,
anywhere,
rather, quite,
alne,
when,
as, n,ff,
nce, sn, just,
usually,
abve, utside,
hw, s,
fast,
why,
either,
tnight, lng,
ften,
in, inside, ut,
much, just,
tgether,
whether
yes, n,
already, yet, befre,
smetimes
back, up, dwn,
nearly, nly
suddenly,
hwever, etc.
nt, neither
ag, later, ever since
never,
away, ff, far,
almst, hardly,
形+-ly结尾的副词


关系副词
maybe,
after, whenever
(seldm),
near, nearby,
as lng as等,
where,
perhaps,
first, smeday,
ever,
wherever
even, all,
why, hw
certainly,
smetime, last,

everywhere,
a little, a bit
when,

histry tree because danger lk at abut visit high imprtant they
小学要求
一般现在时、现在进行时定义和用法
初中要求
一般现在时、现在进行时定义和用法及在不同从句中的用法及在不同语境中的灵活运用
形式
构成
例词
动词原形
不带t的动词不定式形式,也就是词典中一般给出的形式
be,have
d,learn
第三人称
单数形式
一般在动词原形后加-s
runs,likes
以ch,sh,s,,x结尾的动词,在词尾加-es
teach—teaches
wash—washes
g—ges
pass—passes
以辅音字母加y结尾的动词,先将y变为i再加-es
study—studies
try—tries
以元音字母加y结尾的动词,在词尾加-s
stay—stays
play—plays
现在分词
一般在动词原形后加-ing
read—reading
以不发音的字母e结尾的动词,去掉e再加-ing
live—living
write—writing
以重读闭音节结尾且末尾只有一个辅音字母的动词,双写该辅音字母后再加-ing
sit—sitting
begin—beginning
少数几个以ie结尾的动词要变ie为y,再加-ing
die—dying
lie—lying
tie—tying
过去式与
过去分词
(规则变化)
一般在动词原形后加-ed
wrk—wrked
以辅音字母加y结尾的动词,先将y变为i再加-ed
carry—carried
study—studied
以不发音的字母e结尾的动词,直接加-d
live—lived
以重读闭音节结尾且末尾只有一个辅音字母的动词,双写该辅音字母后再加-ed
stp—stpped
plan—planned
句型：
d
des(三单)
am,is,are
陈述句
I drink water every mrning.
She drinks water every mrning.
She is late fr schl.
否定句
I dn’t drink water every mrning.
She desn’t drink water every mrning.
She is nt late fr schl.
疑问句
D yu drink water every mrning?
Yes, I d./N,I dn’t.
Des she drink water every mrning?
Yes,she des./N,she desn’t.
Is she late fr schl?
Yes,she is./N,she isn’t.
句型：
be (am is are ) +ding
陈述句
He is washing the dishes nw.
否定句
He is nt washing the dishes nw.
疑问句
Is he washing the dishes nw? Yes, he is./N,he isn’t.
A. He felt very tired.
B. He really enjyed the hike.
C. Many hikers nce finished the hike.
D. In the beginning, the AT is a hiking trail f abut 3,500 km.
E. But that didn't stp Harvey Suttn and his family.
F. he went t climb in his spare time
G. He made friends with ther hikers n the trail.
小学要求
一般过去时、一般将来时定语和用法
初中要求
一般过去时、一般将来时定义和用法及在不同从句中的用法及在不同语境中的灵活运用
began, wet, hme, didn't, Sunday, was, ran, tk, tired, last
过去式
(规则变化)
一般在动词原形后加-ed
wrk—wrked
以辅音字母加y结尾的动词,先将y变为i再加-ed
carry—carried
study—studied
以不发音的字母e结尾的动词,直接加-d
live—lived
以重读闭音节结尾且末尾只有一个辅音字母的动词,双写该辅音字母后再加-ed
stp—stpped
plan—planned
原形特征
过去式
例词
-eep
-ept
keep,sweep
-ell
-ld
sell,tell
-end
-ent
lend,spend,send
-ay
-aid
say,pay
-n
-nt
burn,learn,mean
原形特征
过去式
例词
-eak
-ke
break,speak
-eal
-le
steal
-ear
-re
wear,bear,tear
-w
-ew
grw,blw,knw,thrw
-i-
-a-
sink,swim,drink,ring,sing,begin
-i-
--
drive,rise
击中
受伤
让
吐痰
去掉
花费
读
放
切
hit
hurt
let
spit
rid
cst
read
put
cut
句型：
did
was,were
陈述句
I saw him yesterday.
She was a student.
否定句
I didn’t see him yesterday.
She wasn’t a student.
疑问句
Did yu see him yesterday?
Yes, I did./N,I didn’t.
Was she a student?
Yes,she was./N,she wasn’t.
句型：
will d
be(am,is,are) ging t d
陈述句
I’ll g t the z tmrrw.
I am ging t the z tmrrw.
否定句
I wn’t g t the z tmrrw.
I am nt ging t the z tmrrw.
疑问句
Will yu g t the z tmrrw?
Yes, I will./N,I wn’t.
Are yu ging t the z tmrrw?
Yes,I am./N,I am nt.
小学要求
主要学习疑问句、感叹句、There be 句型
初中要求
陈述句的构成形式及基本用法；
疑问句的构成形式及基本用法；
祈使句的构成形式及基本用法；
5、由what, hw引导的感叹句的构成形式、用法及区别。
疑问代词
+一般疑问句+？
除wh以外的疑问代词短语
疑问副词
疑问代词
疑问副词
what,wh(whm,whse),which
when,where,why,hw(ften,far,lng,sn,ld,many,much)
疑问词
提问对象
What（什么）
对主语，谓语、表语、宾语提问
What makes yu s wrried?
What are yu ding?
What is this?
What can yu see?
The exam makes me s wrried.
I am watching TV.
This is a ruler.
I can see a dg.
Wh（谁）
对主语提问
Wh is ur mnitr?
Tm is ur mnitr.
Which（哪个）
对定语提问
Which skirt d yu prefer?
I prefer the red ne.
When（什么时候）
对时间提问
When d yu get up every day?
I get up at 6 ’clck.
Where（哪里）
对地点提问
Where are they?
They are at hme.
Why（为什么）
对原因提问
Why didn’t yu finish yur jb in time?
Why d yu study s hard?
Because I was very tired.
T pass the exam.
Hw（怎样）
对表示方式、程度的词提问
Hw d yu g t schl？
Hw is yur schl day?
I g t schl by car./by +ding.
It’s gd.
Hw ld（多大）
对年龄提问
Hw ld is yur sn?
He is tw years ld.
Hw many
（多少）
对数量提问，后接可数名词复数
Hw many teachers are there in yur schl?
There are three teachers in my schl.
Hw much
（多少）
对数量提问后接不可数名词/对钱提问
Hw much water in the bttle?
Hw much are the scks?
There is a little water in the bttle.
The scks are sever dllars.
Hw lng
（多长时间）
对时间段提问
Hw lng des it take t g t schl?
It takes me 2 hurs t g t schl.
Hw ften
（多久）
对频率提问
Hw ften d yu d exercise?
I d exercise nce a week.
Hw far(多远)
对距离提问
Hw far is it frm yur hme t schl?
It is 3 km frm my hme t schl.
Hw sn
(多久后)
对将来时间提问
Hw sn will yu finish yur wrk?
I will finish my wrk in an hur.
小学要求
主语学习改为否定句、改为一般疑问句、改为一般疑问句方法
初中要求
主语学习改为否定句、改为一般疑问句、改为一般疑问句方法及同义句（单句和复合句，时态和语态之间的变化）
spend listen shp begin what water easy chse abut shw
小学要求
小学完形填空具有相对完整故事情节的记叙文为主,或写人或记事,兼有个别议论的句子。文章大都故事情节曲折、线索清晰、结构完整,有明确的主题,趣味性比较强,并兼有一定的教育意义。
初中要求
初中完形填空试题在着重考查学生阅读理解能力的情况下,兼顾对语言知识和逻辑推理的考查。重语境轻语法,所设的各个选项在形式上一般都符合语法规则,且词类基本相同,考生只有通过理解文章的情景及其需要表达的意义才能选出最佳答案。语法意义选择题极少,没有单纯考查语法知识的题。选项以实词为主,虚词为辅,填空以单词为主,短语为辅,词类分布广泛、科学,有利于从多方面考查学生综合运用语言知识的能力,词汇以词形与词法为主。词汇内容涉及近义词的辨析、词语的固定搭配和习惯用法。词法在文章中的运用,包括名词的单复数、形容词和副词的比较等级、动词的时态和语态、介词、数词、代词和连词的用法等。
小学要求
小学阅读理解记以叙文体、人物传记，逸闻趣事等为主。它以描写、叙述为主,主要描写人物、事件、地点或过程。
初中要求
阅读材料信息量大;文章有易有难,搭配适度;主题、语篇类型多样,有科普读物、说理小品、新闻报道、人物传记、短篇故事、史地文化、幽默小品、图形表格等;文章内容积极健康,兼具知识性、思想性和教育性。从近几年的试卷来看,题目主要有细节理解、推理判断、主旨大意、语义猜测等形式。试题加强对阅读理解的几种技能的综合考查,难度稍有上升,表现为:①答案需跨段搜集;②题目信息与原文信息表达方式不一样;③需将几个信息综合才能得出答案。因此,考生要在规定的时间内完成所有篇目的阅读理解,就需要在平时掌握一些阅读常识、阅读技巧及解题方法。
小学要求
小学任务型阅读主要对原文提到了某事物、现象或理论,题干针对原文具体叙述发问。在原文中可直接找到答案,即先读题,然后带着问题快速阅读短文,找出与问题有关的词语或句子,再对相关部分进行分析对比,找出答案。
初中要求
初中任务型阅读考查考生阅读理解和表达能力的综合性题型。它旨在考查考生用英语获取信息、处理信息、加工信息的能力。它要求考生在阅读理解的基础上,对阅读信息进行二次加工,归纳要点,整合零散信息,并用回答问题的形式把加工后的信息准确、有序地表达出来。因此,该题型是对考生综合能力的考查,尤其考查考生的语言理解能力、主观表达能力和逻辑推理能力,是一类区分度较大的题目。根据文章的体裁特点,相关考点主要分为以下三类:
1.记叙文类考点:主要围绕时间、地点、人物、起因、经过和结果来设题;
2.说明文类考点:主要围绕时间、地点、人物或事物、特征、用途、优缺点来设题;
3.议论文类考点:主要围绕时间、地点、人物、论点、论据、结论来设题。
Abut 35 minutes Walk fr 1. 2km
N. 62 Bus
5 statins·2 yuan
Get n the Tianqia West Statin
Wait fr 3 statins, 8 minutes
Abut 43 minutes Walk fr 500m
N. 66 Bus
8 statins·3 yuan
Get n the Tianqia East Statin
Wait fr 5 statins, 15 minutes
Abut 30 minutes Walk fr 1. 5km
Line 8 Railway
4 statins·5 yuan
Get n the Tianqia Statin
Wait fr 1 statin, 2 minutes
I’m Jack. Tday is June 4th. It is my birthday. I feel very excited. In the mrning, my grandparents give me a present. It’s a blue bike. They hpe I can ride the bike t schl. I like it very much. Because I like science, my parents give me a science bk abut the envirnment as my birthday present. But they say they want t send me anther special present. Then we g t Haibin Park. My parents tell me the secnd birthday present is ding the cleaning with the peple in the park. I feel very tired, but I’m glad t help t keep ur park clean and beautiful.
After ding sme cleaning, my parents and I g t the shp near the park. I buy sme beautiful flwers fr my mm because she lves flwers very much. She is very happy. We als bring sme green plants hme and plant them in the yard. Lking at the plants, my family are all very happy.
What a meaningful birthday I have!
Peter
Our Sprts Day is in Nvember. In this mnth, the weather is cl and dry. I lve this day s much because I am very gd at running. S I take part in the 100-meter and 400-meter races. I lve running while peple are cheering(喝彩) ludly fr me. This year Sprts Day is n Nvember 15th. D yu like sprts? Cme and cheer fr me!
Sarah
The Music Festival is my favrite. It is in May. We usually have a singing cmpetitin(比赛) in the afternn and a music shw in the evening. Many students take part in the cmpetitin. The music shw makes me really excited. We have a lt f fun in the music shw. We can bring ur friends t the music shw. The festival f this year is n May 4th. I feel very excited and can’t wait nw. Are yu free? Cme and jin me!
Steve
I am a fan f the schl trip. I even can’t sleep days befre ur schl trip. This year we will g t the dinsaur(恐龙) park. We will visit the dinsaur museum and get t knw the histry(历史) f dinsaurs. After that, we can watch a mvie abut dinsaurs. Are yu interested in dinsaurs? Please get ready!
Tips: 1. Bring enugh water and fd. 2. Wear a pair f sprts shes.
Bb
I like Schl Day because I like t talk with the parents. On this day, parents can cme t schl, talk t their children’s teachers and knw hw their children are ding at schl. Teachers frm ther schls are welcme t visit ur schl, t. This year’s Schl Day is n December 1st.
As a teacher, I’m lking frward t it!
小学要求
要求考生运用所学词汇、句型、语法等知识构建语篇,完成写作任务。主要是记叙文。
初中要求
书面表达题主要用于考查学生综合运用英语的能力,特别是通过“写”所表现出的书面运用英语知识的能力。同时,也能较好地考查考生的观察能力、理解能力、联想能力、灵活运用所学英语知识的能力和初步运用英语表达思想的能力。
书面表达的命题特点:
1.根据话题分为经历感受类、做法建议类、观点看法类和说明介绍类。
2.所选话题多样,多为贴近学生实际生活的内容。涉及学校生活、学习方法、节假日活动、难忘的经历等。
3.词数要求一般为80—100词。
姓名
性格
课程表
(n Fridays)
喜好及原因
家附近公园的景色
Peter
Funny
hard-wrking
Chinese
English
PE
hill
trees
flwers
delicius
river
ducks
Shpping fr the Chinese New Year
Reasn
When t g
节前一天，和母亲去
春节临近
Hw t g
乘坐公交车去购物中心
离家较远
What t buy
挑选自己喜欢的衣服
穿着神气
鸡蛋、肉、饮料
准备晚餐
What else t buy
……(自拟一点)
……(自拟一点)
Yur ideas
…… (自拟一点)
Name
Li Hua
Lifestyle
eat many hamburgers,...
ften sleep late
lve ftball
Plans
eat mre vegetables and fruit
...(自由发挥，至少两点)
项目
计划
锻炼与娱乐
1.每日早起锻炼半小时
2.不打电脑游戏，因为...
学习与交友
1.上午按时完成家庭作业
2.午后读书两小时，计划读...
3.晚上和朋友聊天，谈论...
庆祝与出行
1.和家人庆祝春节，通常...
2.去探望……
其他方面
Prjects
A Schl Trip Day
A Sprts Day
Activities
·fly kites
·have a picnic
·…
·have ball games
·play tug-f-war(拔河)
·…
Benefits
(益处)
·develp friendship
·feel relaxed
·…
·develp friendship
·keep fit
·…
小学要求
1.不定冠词a与an
2.定冠词the
初中要求
1.不定冠词a与an的用法；
2.定冠词the的用法；
3.“零”冠词的用法。
用法
示例
在叙述时用于第一次提到的人或物前
This is a bk.
指人或事物的某一类别,以区别于其他种类
A plane is a machine that can fly.
泛指某人或某物
A yung man is waiting fr yu.
用在某些物质名词或抽象名词前,表示“一阵、一份、一类、一场”等
There’ll be a strng wind in Suth China.
用于可视为一个整体的两个名词前
a knife and frk
“a+序数词”表示“又一,再一”
The cake is delicius and I wuld like a secnd ne.
用于表示时间、速度、价格等意义的名词之前,有“每一”的意思,相当于every
five lessns a week
a用在以辅音音素开头的单词前
a teacher,a gd student
an用在以元音音素开头的单词前
an apple tree,an interesting stry
① an hur
② a Eurpean cuntry
③ a “b”
④ an “s”
⑤ an range
⑥ an unusual stry
⑦ an island
⑧ a new bike
⑨ an e-mail
⑩ an imprtant inventin
a useful bk
an NBA player
an eight-year-ld girl
an hnest persn
二．选择填空
1.As teacher, it?s imprtant t be gd rle mdel fr their students.
A.the;a B.a;the C.a;a D.the;the
答案 C 句意:作为一名教师,成为学生的一个好的榜样是很重要的。本题考查冠词。根据句意和语境可知这两处都表泛指,用不定冠词。故答案为C。
2.Kitty smetimes eats range r sme grapes after lunch.
A.an B.a C.the D./
答案 A 句意:基蒂有时候在午饭后吃一个橘子或一些葡萄。本题考查冠词。根据空格前的eats可知,此处的range是指“橘子”,是可数名词。空格处应填不定冠词表示泛指,range以元音音素开头,所以填an,故选A。
知识拓展 range有三种含义:1.可数名词,“柑橘,橙子”;2.不可数名词,“橘汁饮料,橙汁”;3.形容词,“橘黄色的,橙红色的”。
3.Paper is useful inventin. It was invented arund 2,000 years ag by Cai Lun.
A.a B.an C./ D.the
答案 A 本题考查冠词。空后的inventin(发明物)为单数可数名词,在本句中表泛指,前面用不定冠词。useful的发音以辅音音素开头,所以冠词用a, 故选A。
4.—Yuan Lngping was great scientist.
—S he was. He made great cntributins t human beings.
A.a B.an C.the
答案 A 本题考查冠词。scientist为可数名词,此处表泛指,且great以辅音音素开头,应用不定冠词a。故答案为A。
5.Leap is film n the Chinese wmen?s natinal vlleyball team. film is directed by Peter H-sun Chan.
A.a;A B.a;The C.the;The D.the;A
答案 B 句意:《夺冠》是一部关于中国女排的电影,这部电影由陈可辛执导。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空泛指一部电影,用不定冠词a;第二空特指前面提到的这部电影,用定冠词the。故选B项。
6.It’s pity that many wild animals are nw in danger. Please have pity n them since they are part f ur big family.
A.a;/ B.a;a C./;a D./;/
答案 A 句意:很遗憾,许多野生动物现在正处于危险之中。请同情它们,因为它们是我们大家庭中的一部分。本题考查冠词的用法。It?s a pity表示“遗憾;可惜”;have pity n...表示“同情;怜悯……”。
知识拓展 pity可作不可数名词,常表示“同情、怜悯”。如:have/take pity n...(同情;怜悯……);ut f pity(出于同情)。pity还可作可数名词,常表示“遗憾、可惜”,通常是单数形式。如:What a pity!(多么可惜);It’s a (……真遗憾)。
7.If yu want t take shrt ride in the city, chse shared bike.
A.a;/ B.the;the C.a;a D./;a
答案 C 句意:如果你想在城市里短途骑行,选择一辆共享单车吧。本题考查冠词的用法。take a ride为固定短语;根据句意可知,第二空泛指任何一辆共享单车,用不定冠词a。故选C项。
8.—I’m thirsty,Mm.
—Here is bttle f water fr yu.
A.a B.an C.the D./
答案 A 句意:——我渴了,妈妈。——这是给你的一瓶水。本题考查冠词的用法。设空处指数量“一”,需用不定冠词表示,bttle以辅音音素开头,用a。故选A项。
9.They stpped in beautiful place fr camping, near farmhuse f the Smiths.
A.a;a B.the;a C.a;the D.the;the
答案 C 句意:他们在一个美丽的地方停下野营,就在Smith家的农舍附近。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空泛指一个美丽的地方,用不定冠词a;第二空特指Smith一家的农舍,用定冠词the。故选C项。
考点二 定冠词the的用法
1.定冠词the的基本用法
口诀助记:特指双熟悉,上文已提及,世上独无二,序数最高级,普通专有名,习语及乐器。
2.定冠词可用于某些固定短语中,
用法
示例
表示双方都知道的人或事物
Give me the bk,please.
特指的或上文已提到过的人或事物
D yu knw the girl in red?
表示世界上独一无二的事物
The mn mves arund the earth.
用在序数词、形容词最高级前面以及对两个人或事物进行比较时的比较级前
The first lessn is very easy.
He is the yunger f the tw bys.
用在姓氏复数前表示一家人或夫妻俩
The Greens are watching TV nw.
用在单数可数名词前表一类人或事物
The range is range.
与某些形容词连用表一类人
We shuld help the ld.
用于江河、海洋、山脉、群岛、沙漠等专有名词前,或由普通名词构成的专有名词之前
the Great Wall,the Summer Palace
用在表示方位或西洋乐器名称的名词之前
I like playing the pian.
in the mrning/afternn/evening在早晨/下午/晚上;
in the daytime在白天;
in the end最后;
all the time一直;
at the same time同时;
by the way顺便说一下;
in the pen air在户外;
at the age f在……岁时;
at the beginning f在……开始时;
n the ther side f在……的另一边;
in the middle f在……中间;
at the mment现在
3.定冠词的位置
当定冠词与all,half,bth,duble等词连用修饰名词时,定冠词放在这些词之后。
Lk!All the bks are here.瞧!所有的书都在这儿。
Bth the bys are frm Class 1,Grade 2.这两个男孩都是二年级一班的。
They walked half the jurney.他们走了旅程的一半。
4.定冠词和不定冠词易混点
①单数名词前加定冠词、不定冠词,复数名词前不加冠词都可以表示“一类”
马是一种有用的动物。
A hrse is a useful animal.=The hrse is a useful animal.=Hrses are useful animals.
②序数词前用定冠词与不定冠词的区别
“the+序数词”表示“第几……”;“a+序数词(first除外)”表示“又一,再一”。
Give me a secnd chance,OK?再给我一次机会,好吗?
③a number f,the number f
a number f意思是“一些”;the number f意思是“……的数目,……的数量”,作主语时谓语动词用单数形式。
A number f students like playing cmputer games.一些学生喜欢玩电脑游戏。
The number f the students is abut 1,500 in ur schl.我们学校学生数目大约是1,500。
选择填空
1.As an ld saying ges, “He wh has never been t Great Wall is nt a true man.”
A.a B.an C.the D./
答案 C 句意:正如谚语所说:“不到长城非好汉。”本题考查冠词。the Great Wall是固定表达,指“长城”。故选C。
2.Everyne needs t knw imprtance f rubbish srting(分类).
A.an B.不填 C.the
答案 C 本题考查冠词。the imprtance f...表示“……的重要性”,故选C。
3.This is stry f friendship. Let’s read stry tgether.
A.a;an B.an;theC.an;a D.a;the
答案 D 本题考查冠词的用法。第一个空后第一次提到stry,且stry以辅音音素开头,故用a。第二个空特指上文已经提过的stry,故用the。故选D。
4.—Amy, d yu knw Lang Lang and his wife?
—Of curse. They play pian well.
A.a B.an C./ D.the
答案 D 句意:——Amy,你知道郎朗和他的妻子吗?——当然。他们钢琴弹得很好。本题考查冠词的用法。一般情况下,英语中表示演奏乐器时,乐器前要加定冠词the。故选D项。
5.In 2016, China set April 24 as cuntry’s Space Day.
A.a;the B.the;the C.the;/ D./;the
答案 D 句意:在2016年,中国把4月24日设为中国航天日。本题考查冠词的用法。China为专有名词,不用加冠词;cuntry特指中国,需加定冠词,故选D项。
6.—Lk at by ver there. He lks excited.
—Yeah, he has wn first prize in the schl English Reading & Writing Cmpetitin.
A.a;the B.the;a C.the;the D.a;a
答案 C 句意:——看那边的那个男孩。他看起来很激动。——是的,他在学校英语读写比赛中获得了一等奖。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空用定冠词the特指那个男孩,排除A、D两项;第二空是指获得了一等奖,序数词前通常用定冠词the,故选C项。
7.Hawking, ne f mst famus scientists, passed away in March.
A.a B.an C.the D./
答案 C 句意:霍金,最著名的科学家之一,在3月去世了。本题考查冠词的用法。此处为“ne f+the+形容词最高级+可数名词复数”结构。故选C项。
8.Christine is selling her huse, but n ther hand she desn’t want t mve.
A.a B.an C.the D./
答案 C 句意: Christine正在卖她的房子,但是另一方面她又不想搬走。本题考查冠词的用法。n the ther hand为固定短语,意为“另一方面”,常和n the ne hand连用。故选C项。
考点三 零冠词的用法
1.下列情况用零冠词
2.在某些固定词组和习惯用语中用零冠词。如:
不可数名词和复数名词表泛指时
Animals can’t live withut water.
Hrses are helpful animals.
某些专有名词(如人名、地名、国家名等)、物质名词和抽象名词表示泛指时
China is a great cuntry.
Mary lives in New Yrk.
Paper is made frm wd.
名词前已有指示代词、形容词性物主代词、不定代词或名词所有格等修饰时
Every student likes English in ur class.
在称呼语或表示头衔的名词前
This is Prfessr Li.
在三餐、球类运动及学科名词之前
I went t schl withut breakfast this mrning.
He ften plays ftball after schl.
由“专有名词+普通名词”构成的表示街名、路名、山名等的词前
Nanjing Rad
Hainan Island
与by连用的交通工具名称前
by car,by train
在节假日名称前
New Year’s Day,Wmen’s Day
day after day一天天地;
face t face面对面地;
side by side肩并肩地;
hand in hand手拉手;
frm beginning t end自始至终;
day and night日日夜夜;
sner r later迟早;
husband and wife夫妻;
at hme 在家;
by mistake 错误地;
at first起初;
at last最后;
at nce 立刻;
at nn 在中午;
at wrk在工作;
n time准时;
in surprise 惊奇地;
at night 在晚上;
n ft 步行;
n business因公出差;
n hliday 在度假;
in class 在课上;
g hme回家;
fr example 例如;
g shpping/swimming/bating/fishing 去买东西/游泳/划船/钓鱼
二．知识拓展
有定冠词和无定冠词的区别
(1)g t schl去上学(是学生)g t the schl到学校去(不一定是学生)
(2)at table在吃饭at the table在桌子旁
(3)at schl在上学at the schl在学校里
(4)in class在上课in the class在班级里
(5)in frnt f在(……外部的)前面in the frnt f在(……内部的)前面
(6)by sea乘船by the sea在海边
(7)in prisn在坐牢in the prisn在监狱(不一定是犯人)
(8)by day在白天by the day按天计算
选择填空
1.My family have breakfast tgether every day. This helps us start a day well.
A.不填 B.a C.an D.the
答案 A 本题考查冠词的用法。一日三餐前通常不加冠词,故本题选A。
知识拓展 表示一日三餐的名词前通常不加冠词。但如果这些名词前有形容词修饰,则要加上不定冠词a/an,如:a big breakfast(一顿丰盛的早餐);a quick lunch(一顿匆忙的午饭)。
2.Tm likes playing ftball very much.
A./ B.an C.the D.a
答案 A 句意:Tm非常喜欢踢足球。本题考查冠词的用法。英语中,表示球类运动的名词前不加冠词。故选A项。
知识拓展 常见的球类运动有:play ftball;play basketball;play vlleyball;play tennis;play table tennis。
3.T save time, many students have lunch at schl every day.
A.a B.an C./ D.the
答案 C 句意:为了节省时间,很多学生每天在学校吃午餐。本题考查冠词的用法。一日三餐之前用零冠词,故选C项。
易混易错 表示一日三餐的名词前如果有形容词来修饰,需要加不定冠词。如:a big lunch(一顿丰盛的午餐)。
4.Amng all traditinal Chinese arts, Nancy likes Beijing Opera best because it is great fun.
A./;a B./;/ C.the;a D.the;/
答案 B 句意:在所有中国传统艺术中,Nancy最爱京剧,因为它乐趣无穷。本题考查冠词的用法。Beijing Opera为专有名词,前面不加冠词;sth. be great fun某物极有趣。故选B项。
基础题组
1.—The Nbel Prize fr Literature 2012 was awarded t M Yan, famus Chinese writer. And he is first Chinese t win the prize.
—Oh, really? Hw great he is!
A.a;a B.a;theC.the;the D.the;a
答案 B 句意:——2012年诺贝尔文学奖颁发给了莫言——一位著名的中国作家。他是第一个获此殊荣的中国人。——哦,真的吗?他太伟大了。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空表示泛指,famus以辅音音素开头,所以用a;第二空和序数词连用,所以用定冠词the。故答案选B。
2. prize fr the winner f the cmpetitin is a tw-week hliday in Paris, Eurpean city with many great attractins.
A.A;a B.The;aC.A;an D.The;an
答案 B 本题考查冠词的用法。第一空后prize被fr the winner f the cmpetitin所修饰,是特指,所以用定冠词the。第二空泛指一个欧洲的城市,Eurpean以辅音音素开头,所以用不定冠词a。故选B。
3.There is ld pian in crner f the living rm.
A.an;the B.an;/C.a;a D.a;the
答案 A 句意:在客厅的角落里有一架旧钢琴。第一空表泛指,ld以元音音素开头,所以用an;第二空特指客厅的角落,用定冠词the。故选A。
4.—Ben, mnitr f yur class, is such hnest by.
—That’s true and we all trust him.
A./;a B./;anC.the;a D.a;an
答案 B 句意:——你们班的班长本是一个如此诚实的男孩。——确实,我们都很信任他。本题考查冠词的用法。mnitr是表示“头衔”的名词,作同位语时前面不加冠词;第二空用不定冠词表泛指,hnest以元音音素开头,所以填an。故选B。
5.It’s reprted that mre and mre children learn t play badmintn at an early age.
A.a B.anC.the D./
答案 D 句意:据报道越来越多的孩子在很小的时候就学习打羽毛球。本题考查冠词的用法。球类运动前不加冠词,故选D。
6.As vlunteer at the Yangzhu Exp 2021, Wei Hua understands idea f green life better than befre.
A.a;an B.a;theC.the;an D.the;the
答案 B 句意:作为2021扬州世界园艺博览会的一名志愿者,魏华对于绿色生活理念有了比以前更好的理解。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空用不定冠词a泛指“一个”;第二空是特指绿色生活理念,所以要用定冠词the。故选B。
7.—What des yur uncle d?
—He teaches physics at university.
A./;a B.the;theC.the;/ D./;an
答案 A 句意:——你叔叔是做什么工作的?——他在一所大学教物理。本题考查冠词。学科类名词前不加冠词,所以排除B、C两项;university是以辅音音素开头的,所以前面用不定冠词a,表示“一所大学”。故选A。
8.—T build a better cuntry, we shuld give helping hand t the disabled.
—Yes, we shuld have pity n them because they are part f ur big family.
A./;a B.a;aC./;/ D.a;/
答案 D 句意:——为了建设一个更美好的国家,我们应该向残疾人伸出援助之手。——是的,我们应该同情他们,因为他们也是我们大家庭的一分子。本题考查冠词。give a helping hand和have pity n是固定搭配,故选D。
9.The film is wrth seeing secnd time—it reminds me f happy ld days I spent in the cuntry.
A.the;/ B.a;theC.a;/ D.the;the
答案 B 句意:这部电影值得再看一遍。它让我想起了我在农村度过的那段快乐的旧时光。本题考查冠词。第一空用不定冠词和序数词连用,表示“又一,再一”;第二空特指“在农村度过的那段快乐的旧时光”,所以用定冠词the。故选B。
10.Huai’an is a beautiful place and place is wrth visit.
A.a;a B.a;theC.the;the D.the;a
答案 D 句意:淮安是一个漂亮的地方,并且是一个值得参观的地方。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空特指前面提到的那个地方,用定冠词the,排除A、B两项;第二空后的visit为可数名词的单数,且以辅音音素开头,应用不定冠词a表泛指。be wrth a visit=be wrth visiting。故选D项。
提升题组
1.There is “N” letter n my T-shirt because this is the Year f Ox.
A.a;/ B.an;/C.a;the D.an;the
答案 D 句意:我的T恤上有个字母“N”,因为今年是牛年。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空为泛指,N虽然是辅音字母,但它的发音以元音音素开头,所以填an;the Year f the Ox为固定表达,表示“牛年”,故选D。
2.—Dn’t yu think Huawei cmpany is success?
—Yes, I d. Huawei smartphnes are ppular amng public in China.
A.the;a B.a;the C.a;a D./;a
答案 B 句意:——难道你不认为华为公司是成功的吗?——不,我认为它是成功的。华为手机在中国深受大众欢迎。本题考查冠词的用法。success可以和不定冠词a连用,a success表示“一个成功的人或一件成功的事”;the public是固定短语,指“公众,民众”。故选B。
3.—Fishermen are nt allwed t fish in Changjiang River.
—Yes, we all want t create mre beautiful wrld.
A.a;a B.the;theC.the;a D.a;the
答案 C 句意:——渔民们不允许在长江捕鱼。——是的,我们都想创造一个更美丽的世界。本题考查冠词的用法。the Changjiang River是固定搭配;第二空前用不定冠词a表示“一个”。故选C。
4.—Anna, have yu watched film, Sister(《我的姐姐》)?
—Of curse I have. It tells a stry abut a 24-year-ld girl wh raises her little brther alne and it wins high praise.
A.a;a B.the;/C.a;/ D.the;a
答案 B 句意:——安娜,你看过《我的姐姐》这部电影吗?——当然看过。它讲述了一个独自抚养小弟弟的24岁女孩的故事,赢得了高度赞扬。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空特指《我的姐姐》这部电影,所以填the;第二空后的praise是不可数名词,所以用零冠词。故选B。
5.—D yu knw anything abut Tan Dun, famus Chinese musician?
—Yes. And I have number f CDs f his wrks.
A.a;a B.a;theC.the;a D.the;the
答案 A 句意:——你知道谭盾这位著名的中国音乐家吗?——知道。我还有一些他的作品的光盘。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空泛指“一位著名的中国音乐家”,所以填不定冠词a;第二空是固定搭配,a number f“一些”。故选A。
易错提醒 a number f一些;the number f ……的数量。
6.I still remember meeting him fr first time in winter f last year, maybe n Sunday.
A.the;/;/ B.a;/;/C.the;the;a D.the;a;/
答案 C 句意:我仍然记得在去年冬天,可能是在一个星期天第一次遇见他。本题考查冠词。fr the first time是固定的搭配,指“第一次”,所以排除B项;在季节前通常不加冠词,但特指某一年的“春、夏、秋、冬”,要加定冠词the,所以继续排除A、D;第三个空处表示“某一个周日”,用不定冠词a,故选C。
7.—What big surprise! Peter has passed final exam with all his effrts.
—Cngratulatins!
A.a;a B.a;theC./;a D./;the
答案 B 句意:——多么大的一个惊喜啊!皮特拼尽全力通过了期末考试。——可喜可贺!第一空是感叹句,感叹的中心词是可数名词单数“surprise”,因此应用不定冠词“a”;第二空特指这次期末考试,因此应用定冠词“the”。故选B。
8.Lk, fatter f the tw bys ver there is my new friend. He is university student.
A./;a B.the;anC./;an D.the;a
答案 D 句意:看,那边两个男孩当中较胖的那个是我的新朋友。他是一个大学生。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空是特定地表示两个男孩中较胖的那个男孩;第二空表泛指,且university以辅音音素开头,故用不定冠词a,故选D项。
9.Linda, eleven-year-ld girl, is such hnest student that we all like her.
A.an;an B./;anC.a;an D.the;an
答案 A 句意:Linda, 一个11岁的女孩,是一个如此诚实的学生以至于我们都喜欢她。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空表泛指,eleven以元音音素开头,其前应用不定冠词an;第二空也表泛指,且hnest也以元音音素开头,其前也应用不定冠词an,故选A项。
10.The visitrs here are greatly impressed by the fact that peple frm all walks f life (各行各业) are wrking hard fr new Jiangsu.
A./;a B./;theC.the;a D.the;the
答案 A 句意:来自各行各业的人们正在为建设一个新的江苏而努力工作,这给参观者留下了深刻的印象。本题考查冠词的用法。第一空后的peple指“人们”,表泛指,前面不用冠词,排除C、D两项;第二空用不定冠词a,表示“一个全新的江苏”,故选A项。
Syria is a cuntry in the west f Asia. There is a small village with the name Jinwar in the nrtheast f this cuntry. What makes the village special? Only wmen and children can live there. It is a safe place fr them.
Wrkers built the village in 2018. It has 30 huses. It als has a schl. a hspital, and a bakery（面包店）.Nw there are 20 families. N men can live in Jinwar. but they can visit their families. Bys can live with their mthers until（直到）they get married.
Wmen in Jinwar live an easy life. They wrk during the day and sing and dance at night. They have their wn dreams. In the small village, wmen becme strnger and d nt just d husewrk at hme anymre.
1.Where is Syria?

2.Hw many huses are there in the village?

3.Hw is the life f the wmen in the village?

4. Is there man live in Jinwar?

5.What’s the best title f the passage?

译文：
叙利亚是亚洲西部的一个国家。在这个国家的东北部有一个叫Jinwar的小村庄。是什么让这个村庄与众不同？只有女人和孩子可以住在那里。这对他们来说是一个安全的地方。
2018年，工人们建造了这个村庄。它有30所房子，还有一所学校，一家医院和一家面包店。现在，这里有20户人家。男人不可以住在Jinwar，但是他们可以探望他们的家人。男孩可以和他们的母亲住在一起，直到他们结婚。
女人们在这个村子里过着安逸的生活。她们白天工作，晚上唱歌和跳舞。她们有自己的梦想。在这个小村庄里，女人们变得更加坚强，不再只是在家里做家务。
答案详析
1.It is in the west f Asia.根据第一段第一句Syria is a cuntry in the west f Asia.（叙利亚是亚洲西部的一个国家。）可知其位于亚州西部。
2. 30.根据第二段第二句“It has 30 huses.”可知，这个村子有30所房子。
3. It is easy.根据最后一段第一句“Wmen in Jinwar live an easy life.”可知，女人们在这个村子里过着安逸的生活。
4.N；there isn’t。根据第二段倒数第二句“N men can live in Jinwar, but they can visit their families.”可知，男人不可以住在Jinwar，但是他们可以探望他们的家人。
5. a special village in Syria。通读全文可知，本文主要介绍了叙利亚东北部的一个小村子。只有女人和孩子们才可以住在那里。她们白天工作，晚上唱歌、跳舞，过着安逸的生活。由此可推测，作者写这篇文章是为了向我们介绍叙利亚的一个特殊的村子。
衔接点02 名词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学名词考点聚焦】
一．将下列单词归类。
ink girl her cffee prk news city desk cup
sugar water z mney deer hair milk mnth
可数名词：
不可数名词：
可数名词: girl her city desk cup z deer mnth
不可数名词: ink cffee prk news sugar water mney hair milk beef
二．写出下列单词的复数形式。
(1)class (2)muse (3)huse
(4)child (5)leaf (6)ft
(7)sheep (8)watch (9)ptat
(10)baby (11)man (12)pht
(1)classes(2)mice(3)huses(4)children(5)leaves(6)feet(7)sheep(8)watches (9)ptates (10)babies (11)men(12)phts
三．用所给词的正确形式填空。
(1)We cme frm different (cuntry).
(2)These (visit)will cme t ur schl tmrrw.
(3)There are many (tree)in my schl.
(4)Beijing is ne f the mst beautiful (city)in China.
(5)I have sme (beef)fr dinner.
(6)September 10th is (teacher)Day.
(7)There are lts f (wman teacher)in the classrm.
(8)Mike has much (hmewrk )t d tday.
(9)Jack is ill. Dctr Wang tells him t take sme (medicine).
(10)Jane's father is a (ck). He can make lts f delicius fd.
(1)cuntries(2)visitrs(3)trees(4)cities(5)beef(6)Teachers'(7)wmen teachers(8)hmewrk(9)medicine(10)ck
四.看图补全短文。
Ww! What a big(1) ! There are s many animals. Lk! The(2) are drinking(3) ver there. Under the(4) , there is a(5) . It's s cute. It's eating(6) .Sme(7) are flying in the(8) . There is a(9) and tw(10) ,t.
(1)z(2)elephants(3)water(4)tree(5)panda(6)bambs(7)birds(8)sky (9)tiger(10)lins
【初中名词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 名词辨析
一、名词的分类
名词即表示人、事物、地点或抽象概念名称的词,它分为专有名词和普通名词两大类。具体情况见下表:
二．常用近义词辨析
1.family,huse与hme
2.jb与wrk
3.prblem与questin
4.vice,nise与sund
5.cause,reasn与excuse
6.jurney,trip与travel
一．选择适当的词填空
1.Tm regards Nanjing as his secnd hme (family;huse;hme)because he has been here fr ver ten years.
2.Li Ling wants t be a singer.She thinks it’s an interesting jb (wrk;jb).
3.The prblem was that he gave me n chance t answer his questin (questin;prblem).
4.At the ft f the hill,yu culd hear nthing but the sund (vice;nise;sund)f the running water.
二.单项选择
1.—We can always find smething gd in a bad if we lk fr it.
—It’s s true. Let’s make full use f what cmes.
A.situatin B.directinC.instructin D.cmpetitin
答案 A 本题考查名词词义辨析。 situatin情况,处境;directin方向;instructin命令;cmpetitin比赛。根据语境,能和“smething gd”对应的只有“bad situatin”,此处指在糟糕的处境中看到积极的一面。故选A。
2.Yuan Lngping was a wrld-famus scientist. Because f his achievements, rice has been increased greatly.
A.ppulatin B.cntributinC.prductin D.intrductin
答案 C 本题考查名词辨析。ppulatin人口;cntributin贡献;prductin生产,产量;intrductin引进,引言。根据常识可知,袁隆平是水稻专家,水稻产量因他的研究成果而大幅增加。故选C。
3.The landing f China’s rver(登陆车) Zhurng n Mars shws China has made great in space explratin.
A.prgress B.prjectC.prduct D.prtectin
答案 A 句意:中国登陆车“祝融号”登陆火星表明了中国在太空探索中已经取得了巨大的进步。本题考查名词辨析。prgress进步;prject工程,方案,项目;prduct产品;prtectin保护。make prgress in...指“在……方面取得进步”,故选A。
4.Mr. Huang was brn in Nanjing, but Suqian has becme his secnd .
A.family B.huseC.village D.hmetwn
答案 D 句意:黄先生出生在南京,但宿迁已成为他的第二家乡。本题考查名词辨析。family家庭,家人;huse房屋;village村庄;hmetwn家乡。根据brn in Nanjing可知,hmetwn符合语境,故选D。
5.The by has been missing fr five days and his parents are wrried abut his .
A.attentin B.safetyC.actin D.grwth
答案 B 句意:男孩已经失踪5天了,他的父母很担心他的安全。本题考查名词的词义辨析。attentin注意;safety安全;actin行动,措施;grwth成长。男孩已经失踪5天,父母担心的肯定是他的安全。所以选B。
三．词汇运用
1.S far, China has built nearly 600,000 cultural centers in . (村庄)
答案 villages village为可数名词,空前没有表单数意义的修饰词和限定词,所以用复数形式villages。
2.We need t increase ur (知识) f the histry f the Cmmunist Party f China.
答案 knwledge 句意:我们需要增长关于中国共产党党史的知识。“知识”是knwledge,是不可数名词,故填knwledge。
3.Lulu’s best friend never gives up her (梦想)f being a teacher.
答案 dream “梦想”是dream,根据f being a teacher可知,此空用名词单数形式,故填dream。
4.My daughter’s sweet (嗓音) always makes me relaxed.
答案 vice 指人说话的嗓音用vice来表示。
易错提醒 sund泛指自然界的任何声音,如人或动物发出的声音,物体碰撞的声音等。nise意为“噪音”、“喧闹声”,常指不悦耳、不和谐的嘈杂声。vice一般指人的声音,说话、唱歌的声音都可用vice表示。
5.I have made much mre (进步) in Physics this term.
答案 prgress “进步”是prgress,prgress是不可数名词,make prgress in...指“在……方面取得进步”。
考点二 名词的数和格
一、名词的数
(一)可数名词的复数形式
1.名词按其所表示的事物的性质分为可数名词(Cuntable Nuns)与不可数名词(Uncuntable Nuns),可数名词有单数和复数两种形式,名词复数形式构成的部分规则如下:
2.某国人变复数
(1)中国人Chinese→Chinese
(2)英国人Englishman→Englishmen
(3)阿拉伯人Arab→Arabs
可用口诀记忆这一点,即中日不变英法变,其余s加后面。
3.以-结尾的名词,有些在词尾加-es,它们是“黑人英雄爱吃西红柿土豆”。
Negr→Negres her→heres
tmat→tmatesptat→ptates
而其他一般在词尾加-s。如:z→zs radi→radis
4.复合名词前面的名词是man或wman,变复数时,构成复合名词的两个名词全都要变成复数形式;如果是其他词,变复数时,只需把后面的名词变成复数形式。
man teacher→men teachersby student→by students
5.字母、数字、引语或缩略词语的复数形式是在其后加-’s或-s。
There are tw fs in the wrd“ffice”.单词ffice里有两个f。
Many VIPs are cming t ur city.许多重要人物将到我们市来。
6.有些以-f结尾的词直接加-s变成复数。
rf→rfs 屋顶 belief→beliefs 信仰prf→prfs 证据chief→chiefs 首领
一．用所给单词的正确形式填空
1.The dctr tld me t eat mre fish (fish)because it’s gd fr health.
2.Thse yu admire very much are called heres (her).
3.Hw many wmen dctrs (wman dctr)are there in the hspital?
4.Mst f the turists n the cach are Germans (German),and nly tw f them are Japanese (Japanese).
(二)不可数名词的数量表达
1.概述:不可数名词所表示的事物一般不能用数来计算,没有词形变化,这类词主要为抽象名词和物质名词。值得我们注意的是,英语名词的可数与不可数是一个语法概念,与实际生活中某件事物的可数与不可数并不完全一致。
2.表示方法:不可数名词需要计量时,用“数词或冠词+计量名词+f+不可数名词”这样的结构来表示,计量名词可以是单数也可以是复数,但f后的名词只用原形。如:
a piece f paper一张纸
a drp f water一滴水
tw cups f tea两杯茶
(三)注意
1.有些名词既是可数名词,又是不可数名词,但意义有所不同。
长难句分析
原句：(第二段最后一句)Bys can live with their mthers until they get married
译文：男孩们可以和他们的母亲住在一起，直到他们结婚。
分析：本句是一个复合句。until they get married是until引导的时间状语从句。
小学要求
1.名词的数
2.名词所有格
初中要求
可数名词的单复数；
不可数名词；
专有名词；
名词所有格；
5、名词的句法作用；
6、名词词义辧析。
类别
意义
例词
专有名词
表示人、地方、事物、机构、组织等名称的词
Lucy,China,the Great Wall,the Great Hall f the Peple
普
通
名
词
个体
名词
表示个体的人或事物的词
dictinary,pencil,chair,windw,table,bk,bike,ball,dg
集体
名词
表示一群人或一类事物的词
family,plice,class,grup,team
物质
名词
表示物质或不具备确定形状和大小个体的物质的词
rice,water,prridge,air,wl,wheat,steel
抽象
名词
表示状态、品质、行为、感情等抽象概念的词
knwledge,danger,health,life,interest,lve
单词
意义
例句
family
指“家,家庭”,可强调家庭中的全体成员,不指住房
My family are very friendly.
我的家人都很友好。
huse
huse有“住宅,家”之意,强调房屋和居住点
They lived in a small huse.
他们住在一个小房子里。
hme
作“家”讲时,指人们生活、居住的地方,强调居住的范围和环境
He left hme fr Beijing.
他离开家去北京了。
单词
意义
例句
jb
可数名词,指一项具体的工作,多指“零工”或“短工”
Selling newspapers is his part-time jb.卖报纸是他的兼职。
wrk
不可数名词,指“工作,劳动”
He has been ut f wrk.
他失业了。
单词
意义
例句
prblem
一般来说,prblem总是与“困难”相联系,它可以指社会问题、教学问题,这种“问题”是“有待解决的”,常与之搭配的动词是slve
They still have sme serius prblems t slve.他们仍有一些严重的问题需要解决。
questin
总是与“疑问,质问,询问”相联系,这种“问题”是“有待回答的”,常与动词ask,answer等连用
He asked me sme questins.
他问了我一些问题。
单词
意义
例句
vice
指人的嗓音
I recgnized her vice at nce.
我立刻听出了她的声音。
nise
吵闹声,不悦耳、不和谐的嘈杂声
Dn’t make s much nise.
别这么大声嚷嚷。
sund
指人所听到的自然界的任何声音
I heard a strange sund frm the empty rm.我听到空房间里传来奇怪的声音。
单词
意义
例句
cause
造成一种事实或现象的“原因、起因”,后接介词f
The plice are lking int the cause f the accident.
警方正在调查事故的原因。
reasn
说明一种看法或行为的“理由”,后接介词fr
Yu must tell him the reasn fr wanting t change yur jb.
你必须告诉他你想换工作的原因。
excuse
(尤指不完全真实的)借口,托词
Late again!What’s yur excuse fr it this time?
又迟到了!这次你的借口是什么?
单词
意义
例句
jurney
适用范围很广,可指海、陆、空的旅行,常指距离较远的旅行,强调往返性
It’s a lng jurney frm here t Hng Kng.从这儿到香港的旅程很远。
trip
指短时间、短距离的旅行,强调往返性,与jurney可互换使用
Hw was yur schl trip t the z last weekend?你们上周末去动物园的学校旅行玩得怎么样?
travel
泛指旅游,不侧重往返性,可以是单程旅行
Many peple are fnd f travel.
很多人喜欢旅游。
情况
构成方法
读音
例词
一般情况
加-s
在清辅音后读/s/
在浊辅音和元音后读/z/
在t后读/ts/
在d后读/dz/
cake—cakes
bag—bags
student—students
bed—beds
以-s,-x,-sh,-ch等结尾的词
加-es
读/ɪz/
bus—buses bx—bxes watch—watches
以辅音字母加-y结尾的词
变y为i,再加-es
读/z/
baby—babies
city—cities cuntry—cuntries
lady—ladies
以元音字母加-y结尾的词
加-s
读/z/
ty—tys mnkey—mnkeys
以f(fe)结尾的词
变f(fe)为ves
读/vz/
leaf—leaves wlf—wlves life—lives
以-ce,-se,-ze,-(d)ge等结尾的词
加-s
读/ɪz/
face—faces range—ranges
不规则变化
改变单数名词中的元音字母
读音改变
man—men wman—wmen ft—feet tth—teeth
单复数形式相同
读音不变
fish—fish sheep—sheep deer—deer
Chinese—Chinese Japanese—Japanese
其他形式
/maʊs/—/maɪs/
muse—mice
wrk(工作)—a wrk(一部著作)
glass(玻璃)—a glass(一个玻璃杯)
paper(纸)—a paper(一份报纸/文件/试卷)
tea(茶)—a tea(一杯茶)
wd(木头)—a wd(一片树林)
rm(空间)—a rm(一个房间)
2.有些名词虽以-s结尾,但它们不是复数。
physics物理,maths数学,plitics政治,news新闻
3.“数词+名词(+形容词)”构成的复合形容词,中间的名词不能用复数形式,必须用单数形式。
She is a five-year-ld girl.她是一个五岁的女孩。
(five-year-ld不能说成five-years-ld)
a five-pund nte 一张五英镑的纸币
a six-ft-deep hle 一个六英尺深的洞
a tw-inch-thick dictinary 一本两英寸厚的字典
a 100-meter race一场百米赛跑
二、名词所有格
1.名词所有格表示名词之间的所有关系。有两种表示形式:一种是?s所有格,另一种是f所有格。
Beijing is China’s capital.
Beijing is the capital f China.北京是中国的首都。
2.用and连接两个并列的单数名词表示共有关系,这时只在最后一个名词后加-’s。
This is Mary and her sister’s bedrm.这是玛丽和她姐姐的卧室。
Lily and Lucy’s mther is a nurse.莉莉和露西的妈妈是位护士。
用and连接两个并列名词,表示分别拥有各自的物品时,两个名词都在词尾加-’s表示所有关系。
These are Tm’s and Mary’s bags.这些是汤姆和玛丽的包。
Wei Hua’s and Jhn’s licenses are missing.魏华和约翰的许可证都丢了。
3.以-s结尾的名词,在s后加-’;不以-s结尾的词在词尾加-’s。
教师节 Teachers’ Day 儿童节Children’s Day
4.f所有格常用来表示无生命的东西。
the dr f the rm房间的门
5.双重所有格有两种形式:①f+名词所有格;②f+名词性物主代词。
He is a friend f my brther’s.他是我哥哥的一个朋友。
Is she a daughter f yurs?她是你的女儿吗?
注意 双重所有格和一般所有格的区别:a pht f Jhn’s(照片属于Jhn,但照片上的人不一定是Jhn);a pht f Jhn(照片上的人是Jhn本人)。
6.表示店铺、医院、诊所、住宅等名称时,常在名词后加上-’s代表全称。
at the dctr’s 在诊所
7.一些具有名词性质的复合不定代词,如smene,everybdy等和else连用时,-’s应加在else后。
smebdy else’s pencil别人的铅笔
8.表示时间、距离、国家、城市等无生命的东西的名词,也可以在词尾加-?s或-?来构成所有格。
(1)用于时间tw weeks’ time 两个星期的时间
(2)用于度量thirteen tns’ weight 13吨的重量 five hundred metres’ distance 五百米的距离
(3)用于价值a hundred yuan’s rder一百元的订货单 a millin punds’ nte一百万英镑的钞票
(4)用于天体the earth’s satellite地球卫星
(5)用于国家Belgium’s capital 比利时的首都
(6)用于城市Changchun’s agriculture 长春的农业
一．用所给单词的正确形式填空
①I’ve gt a tthache, s I need t g t the dentist’s (dentist).
②It’s nt far frm here. It’s nly five minutes’ (minute)walk.
③Yesterday I met a friend f my father’s (father).
④ Mther’s (mther)Day is n the secnd Sunday f May every year.
二.单项选择
1.There are many teachers in this primary schl.
A.wman B.wman’sC.wmen D.wmen’s
答案 C 本题考查名词的数。设空处指女老师,故不用名词所有格。man和wman作定语时,其本身的单复数形式要与被修饰词的单复数一致,故本题选C。
2.We see sme rising int the air at the pening f ur new library.
A.ballns B.balln C.ballnes
答案 A 本题考查名词的数。balln为可数名词,被sme“一些”修饰时须变复数,直接加“s”,故选A。
3.The pink hair band must belng t .
A.Linda’s B.Linda C.hers
答案 B 本题考查名词的格。belng t sb. 属于某人。故答案选择B。
易错警示 belng t sb.中sb.为宾格形式,注意不要和所有格混淆。
4.Mr. Liu is a wise man, and he ften gives us a few .
A.suggestins B.adviceC.hbbies D.knwledge
答案 A 句意:刘先生是一个睿智的人,他经常给我们一些建议。本题考查名词的用法。suggestin建议,可数名词;advice忠告,建议,不可数名词;hbby爱好,可数名词;knwledge知识,不可数名词。根据设空处前的a few可知,应用可数名词的复数形式,排除B、D两项。再结合语境可知选A。
5.On April 24, Xie Wenjun raced t gld in the 110-meter hurdles at the Asian Athletics Champinships in Qatar.
A.man B.menC.men’s D.mens’
答案 C 本题考查名词复数及所有格。此处应用名词所有格作定语,修饰110-meter hurdles,men为复数形式,后加-’s构成所有格形式。故选C项。
三.词汇运用
1.The wallpaper with cartn patterns is ideal fr my rm. (sn)
答案 sn’s 设空处与后面名词是所属关系,应用名词所有格形式。故答案为sn’s。
2.Over the years, Gng Ba Chicken has becme ne f the mst ppular (dish) in Chinese restaurants thrughut the wrld.
答案 dishes 此处为“ne f the+形容词最高级+可数名词复数”结构,表示“最……的……之一”,所以这里填dish的复数形式dishes。
3. (参观者) must shw their health QR cdes and check their temperature befre they g int the museum.
答案 Visitrs/Turists 根据下文的their可知,此处应填名词的复数形式,同时注意首字母大写。
4.Scientists have fund that talk t each ther all the time. Their language is a kind f chemical. (plant)
答案 plants 句意:科学家们发现植物一直在相互交流,他们的语言是一种化学物质。根据下文的their可知,此空格处填plant的复数形式plants。
5.Have yu read the reprt? Thse (英雄) stries really tuched me deeply.
答案 heres’ 根据设空处前后的Thse和stries可知填her的复数的所有格形式heres’。
6.Mther’s cking skills will nt nly satisfy ur (胃) but als ur spirit.
答案 stmachs 根据空格前的ur可知,此处应用名词的复数形式。故填stmachs。
易错警示 在英语中,以-ch结尾的名词变成复数,通常要加-es。如:watches, wishes, matches, beaches。但是stmach是例外,它的复数直接加 -s,即stmachs。
7.Thmas Edisn, ne f the greatest (invent) in the wrld, created ver 1,000 things.
答案 inventrs 此处为“ne f+the+形容词的最高级+名词复数”结构,且Thmas Edisn是发明家,故填inventrs。
易错警示 invent的名词形式有两种,inventin(发明)和inventr(发明家)。在答题时,要仔细审题,注意不同的含义。
8.—Is this yur umbrella?
—N, it’s anther (visit).
答案 visitr’s 本题考查名词的所有格。句中的it指“雨伞”,此处表示“游客的(雨伞)”,anther表示“另一个”,接单数名词,所以填visitr’s。
一．名词的构词法
1.—The Gvernment has taken actin t stp water and air (pllute).
—Yes. Clear waters and green hills are as gd as muntains f gld and silver.
答案 pllutin 此空填名词pllutin作动词stp的宾语,指“阻止水污染和空气污染”。
2.Hw many f yu ever dreamed f becming an (invent)?
答案 inventr 根据空前的an可知,应填名词inventr的单数形式,此处指“成为一名发明家”。
知识拓展 以-r结尾的、表示从事某种工作的人的名词有inventr, actr, directr, translatr等。
3.The little girl dreamt f becming a gd ballet (dance).
答案 dancer 句意:这个小女孩梦想成为一名好的芭蕾舞演员。故此处应填名词dancer。
4.Chinese New Year is a marking the end f winter and the beginning f spring.(celebrate)
答案 celebratin celebrate是动词,空后的现在分词短语作后置定语,由空前的冠词a可知,本空应用名词的单数形式,故答案为celebratin。
5.We are wh we are tday because f the (chse) we made yesterday.
答案 chice(s) because f后跟名词,所以此处填chse的名词形式chice(s)。
6.Surprisingly, my 12-year-ld daughter is wrried abut her (weigh).
答案 weight 句意:令人吃惊的是,我12岁的女儿在担忧她的体重。形容词性物主代词her后面接名词,故填weigh的名词形式weight。
知识拓展 与weight有类似构成的词还有height(高度)。
7.My neighbur is a famus (sing) and she ften des charity wrk.
答案 singer 句意:我的邻居是一位著名的歌手,她经常做慈善工作。此题应填sing的名词形式singer。
8.Wu Jing is a well-knwn (direct). He is ppular amng film lvers.
答案 directr 句意:吴京是一个著名的导演。他很受电影爱好者欢迎。well-knwn是形容词,空格处应填direct的名词形式,吴京是一个导演,所以填directr。
知识拓展 以-r结尾表示人的职业、身份的词有:directr(导演);actr(演员);visitr(参观者);inventr(发明家);survivr(幸存者)。
9.The mther said gdbye with a smile, but her eyes culdn?t hide her (sad).
答案 sadness 空格前是形容词性物主代词,其后应接名词,所以填sadness。
易错警示 sad相关的词形变化要注意sadness(n.),sadly(adv.)都是直接加后缀,但是比较级和最高级sadder, saddest都需要双写d再加er或est。
10.—I really hate myself fr what I said t Mm the ther day.
—I knw the (feel). It’s awful, isn’t it?
答案 feeling 句意:——因为几天前我对妈妈说的话,我真的很讨厌自己。——我懂得这种感觉。很糟糕,不是吗?由the和It可知,此处填名词feeling。
二、词汇运用
1.Five sldiers have devted themselves t prtecting ur mtherland and we will remember these (her) names.
答案 heres’ 此处用名词所有格修饰names。根据Five sldiers和these可知,此处应填her的复数形式的所有格,所以填heres’。
2.It is surprising that the rain didn’t make much (different) t the game.
答案 difference much后跟不可数名词,所以填difference。make much difference产生很大的影响。
知识拓展 很多以-t结尾的形容词变成名词时,将-t变成-ce。如:different→difference;imprtant→imprtance;patient→patience;silent→silence。
3.The girl’s sweet vice caught several well-knwn (音乐家) attentin.
答案 musicians’ 此处用名词所有格修饰attentin;several后接可数名词的复数形式,故填musicians’。
4.—Whse handbags are these?
—They are thse managers’ (wife).
答案 wives’ 根据thse managers’可知,此处应用名词的复数形式,主语They指handbags,所以此处应填名词复数的所有格形式,故填wives’。
5.I saw sme (德国人) and Englishmen dancing in the street the day befre yesterday.
答案 Germans sme后的可数名词要用复数形式。German的复数形式为Germans。
知识拓展 以man结尾的单词变为复数,通常变a为e,如pstman→pstmen, gentleman→gentlemen等;但是有些单词例外,如human→humans, German→Germans, Rman→Rmans。
6.All the (lead) names and numbers are n the list. Yu can call them ne by ne.
答案 leaders’ 此处应用名词所有格修饰名词names和numbers,根据句中的关键词All、names、numbers和are可知,此处应用名词复数形式的所有格,故填leaders’。
These days a vide frm the Beijing Wildlife Z has been ging viral（走红).It shws a dg playing with lins and tigers fur t five times its size! Is the dg in danger? Of curse nt. 1 Animals make friends with members f a different species(物种）.
A zkeeper said that they raised the dg tgether with the lins and tigers when they were very yung. 2 If yu think this is t amazing, just remember that peple have made friends with animals fr a lng time. 3 Maybe yu have a pet yurself.
There are sme ther stries f crss-species friends. At an animal center, a cat named Marina and a pig named Laura became friends after they came t the center. 4 They grew up in the wild(野外)withut their mthers' care. They were clse t each ther and played happily tgether when they first met.
Why can different species be friends? In the wild, animals are busy hunting fr their fd. They have t wrk hard t keep themselves safe and prtect their families. 5 When they needn't d these things, animals will nt have much t d. S it's pssible fr them t make friends with members f ther species.
译文
这些天，北京野生动物园的一段视频在网上走红。视频中，一只狗在和比它大4到5倍的狮子和老虎玩耍！这只狗有危险吗？当然没有。事实上，这只狗和这些大型动物是朋友。不同物种的动物们也能成为朋友。
一位动物园管理员说，这只狗从小就与狮子、老虎饲养在一起。他们是一个奇怪但又充满爱的家庭。如果你觉得这太不可思议了，请记住，人类与动物交朋友已经有很长时间了。有的人养猫狗之类的动物作宠物。也许你自己也有一只宠物。
还有一些关于跨物种朋友的故事。在一个动物中心，一只叫Marina的猫和一只叫Laura的猪在来到中心后成为了朋友。它们俩过去的生活都很艰难。它们都在野外长大，且没有母亲的关怀。他们第一次见面时，彼此就很亲近，还一起愉快地玩耍。
为什么不同的物种可以成为朋友?在野外，动物们都忙于捕食。它们不得不努力工作让自己安全并保护家人。这些活动都耗费时间和精力。当它们不需要做这些事情的时候，动物就没什么事可做了。因此，它们有可能与其他物种交朋友。
答案详析
1.D 根据上文可知，一只狗在和比它大4到5倍的狮子和老虎玩耍，然而狗并没有危险。再结合下一句“Animals make friends with members f a different species.”可知，不同物种的动物也可以交朋友。由此可知，D项“事实上，这只狗和这些大型动物是朋友”可承上启下，符合语境。
2.A 根据空前一句可知，这只狗从小就被与狮子、老虎饲养在一起：结合下一句中的“If yu think this is t amazing”可推知，空处应该描写了它们被养在一起的结果，故A项“它们是一个奇怪但又充满爱的家庭”可承上启下，符合语境。
3.E上一句提到人类与动物交朋友已经有很长时间了，结合下一句“Maybe yu have a pet yurself.”可推知，此处应该是讲述人类与动物之间的关系。故E项“有的人养猫狗之类的动物作宠物”可承上启下，符合语境。
4. C 根据下一句“They grew up in the wild withut their mthers' care.”可知这两只动物都在野外长大，且没有妈妈的关怀。再结合所给选项可知，C项“这两只动物在过去都过着很艰难的生活”可引出下文，符合语境。
5.B 根据上一句“They have t wrk hard t keep themselves safe and prtect their families.”可知，动物们不得不努力工作让自己安全并保护家人；再根据空后一句“When they needn't d these things, animals will nt have much t d.”可知，当它们不需要做这些事情的时候，动物就没有什么事可做了。由此可推知，空处内容应该与动物的活动花费时间有关，故B项“这些活动都耗费时间和精力”可承上启下，符合语境。
衔接点03 代词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学代词考点聚焦】
一.选出可代替画线部分的单词。
( )(1)We usually play ftball n Sundays.
A.Her B.Mr C.They D.His
( )(2)Help yurself t sme beef.
A.yur B.yu C.yurs D. yurselves
( )(3)Is that yur brther?
A.this B.thse C.these D.wh
( )(4)There are many students in the classrm.
much B.sme C.any D.little
(1)C(2)D(3)A(4)B
二.用适当的代词填空。
(1)My pen is brken. May brrw ?
(2)-Hw much is the green dress?-
- is 60 yuan.
(3)- is that by?
- is my new friend. name is Mike.
(4)- are thse?
- are sheep. Lk at that little sheep. is s cute.
(5)I wash clthes by . And my sister washes clthes by .
(1)I,yurs(2)It(3)Wh,He,His(4)What, They, It (5)my, myself, her, herself
【初中代词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 人称代词
1.人称代词主格、宾格列表如下:
2.人称代词的用法
(1)人称代词的主格在句中充当主语。如:She is a gd student.
(2)人称代词的宾格在句中充当动词、介词的宾语或表语。如:I dn’t knw her.
His mther is waiting fr him utside.
3.人称代词的顺序
几个人称代词并列充当主语时,它们的顺序是:
单数形式(二、三、一)yu,he/she and I
复数形式(一、二、三)we,yu and they
一．根据句意,用所给人称代词的正确形式填空
①My pencil is brken. Please pass me (I) a new ne.
②We all like Mr. Green because he (he)is really cl and fun.
③I like reading music magazines and I ften buy them (they)in the bkshp near my huse.
④Ms. Read will give us (we) a talk abut healthy life this afternn.
⑤ Lk at the girl ver there. She (she) is my cusin Sue.
二．选择填空
1.Miss Li, a humrus teacher, taught maths last term.
A.us B.ur C.urs D.urselves
答案 A 句意:李老师是一位幽默的老师,她上学期教我们数学。本题考查代词的用法。“teach sb.+学科”是固定用法,意为“教某人某学科”。动词teach后接名词或代词作宾语,所以此空填“我们”的宾格形式us。故选A。
知识拓展 teach的用法主要有teach sb.+学科“教某人某学科”;teach sb. t d sth.教某人做某事;teach neself自学。
2.Mary’s birthday is cming. We’ve decided t make a cake fr .
A.him B.her C.yu D.them
答案 B 句意:玛丽的生日快到了。我们决定为她做一个蛋糕。本题考查人称代词宾格。根据语境可知,设空处指代上文中的Mary,作介词fr的宾语,故选B。
3.—Where are Lily and Lucy frm?
— are frm the USA.
A.Ours B.We C.Theirs D.They
答案 D 句意:——Lily和Lucy来自哪里?——她们来自美国。本题考查代词的用法。urs我们的,名词性物主代词;we我们,主格;theirs他们的,名词性物主代词;they她们,他们,主格。设空处为句子的主语,用来指代上文提到的Lily和Lucy。故选D项。
4.—Hell, are yu Mr. Mrrisn?
—Yes. That’s .
A.him B.me C.yu D.us
答案 B 句意:——你好,你是Mrrisn先生吗?——是的。我就是。本题考查代词的用法。由Yes可知,说话人就是Mrrisn先生,me指代的是Mrrisn先生。故选B项。
5.—Wh is the lady in red?
—Miss Ga. She teaches English.
A.we B.us C.ur D.urs
答案 B 句意:——那个穿红衣服的女士是谁?——高小姐。她教我们英语。本题考查代词的用法。teach后缺少间接宾语,应用代词的宾格形式,故选B项。
6.Mum, this is my best friend Amy. are in the same class.
A.Yu B.Ours C.We D.They
答案 C 句意:妈妈,这是我最好的朋友Amy。我们在同一个班级。本题考查代词的用法。空格处为句子主语,用人称代词的主格形式,此处表示我和Amy在同一个班级,应用第一人称的复数。故选C项。
考点二 物主代词
1.物主代词分为形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词,列表如下:
2.形容词性物主代词在句中作定语修饰名词,一般不单独使用。如:His parents are bth ffice wrkers.
My name is Jack.
3.名词性物主代词相当于“形容词性物主代词+名词”。如:My idea is quite different frm hers.
4.名词性物主代词可与f连用作定语,相当于“f+名词所有格”,表示部分概念或带有一定的感情色彩。如:
He is a friend f mine.(我的一个朋友)
5.形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词的区别
形容词性物主代词之后要接名词,而名词性物主代词之后不需接名词。如:这张票是她的,不是我的。[误] This is hers ticket.It’s nt my. [正] This is her ticket.It’s nt mine.
一．用所给物主代词的正确形式填空
①He is a new student here. His (his) name is Tny.
② Our (ur) micr blg is a windw fr freigners t understand China.
③—Whse bk is this?
—It’s Lucy’s. And the red pen is hers (her), t.
④—Tmrrw is Lingling’s birthday.
—S is mine (my).
⑤Our schl is bigger than theirs (their).
二．选择填空
1.This isn’t my dictinary. is ver there, n the desk.
A.His B.Mine C.Hers D.Yurs
答案 B 本题考查代词。根据语境可知,设空处指的是“我的词典”,故答案为B。
2.Mike’s aunt is English teacher. We all like .
A.ur;she B.ur;her C.we;she D.we;her
答案 B 本题考查代词。第一个空修饰名词,故用形容词性物主代词;第二个空在动词like后面,所以用宾格,故选B。
3.Last mnth the students in Changjiang Rad Primary Schl held the “Ten Years f Grwth Ceremny” t celebrate 10th birthday tgether.
A.they B.their C.them D.theirs
答案 B 句意:上个月,长江路小学的学生举行了“十岁成长礼”,一起庆祝他们的第10个生日。本题考查代词的用法。they他们,主格,作主语;their他们的,形容词性物主代词,后跟名词;them他们,宾格,作宾语;theirs他们的,名词性物主代词,后不再跟名词。此处应用形容词性物主代词修饰10th birthday,故选B项。
4.—I’m srry I tk yur schl unifrm by mistake. But where is ?
—Dn’t wrry. Let me help yu find it.
A.he B.his C.mine D.yurs
答案 C 句意:——不好意思,我误拿了你的校服。但是我的在哪里呢?——别担心。我帮你找它。本题考查代词的用法。根据语境可知,我在找自己的校服,应用mine,相当于my unifrm,故选C项。
考点三 反身代词
1.反身代词的单复数形式,表格如下:
2.反身代词的用法
I hpe yu can enjy yurselves at the party.(作宾语)
The children made mdel planes themselves.(作同位语)
3.反身代词的常用词组
teach neself自学learn by neself自学
enjy neself过得愉快;玩得高兴help neself t随便吃/用
cme t neself苏醒hurt neself受伤
by neself独自
1.As parents, we must ask :Are we listening? Are we patient enugh?
A.us B.urselves C.me D.myself
答案 B 句意:作为父母,我们必须问问我们自己:我们在聆听吗?我们是否足够有耐心?本题考查反身代词。主语是we,所以此处填反身代词urselves,故选B。
2.Hw delicius! Did the students make the fruit salad all by ?
A.they B.themC.their D.themselves
答案 D 句意:多么美味啊!水果沙拉都是学生们自己做的吗?本题考查代词的用法。they他们,主格,作主语;them他们,宾格,作宾语;their他们的,形容词性物主代词,后跟名词;themselves他们自己,反身代词。d sth. by neself独自做某事。故选D项。
3.Mars Base 1 Camp was built in Jinchang, Gansu, t let yung peple experience fr .
A.it B.themC.itself D.themselves
答案 D 句意:为了让年轻人可以亲身体验,甘肃金昌建立了火星基地1号营地。本题考查代词的用法。it指代前文出现的同一物;them他们,宾格,作宾语;their他们的,形容词性物主代词,作定语修饰其后的名词;themselves他们自己,反身代词,与yung peple对应,fr neself亲身,固定短语。故选D项。
考点四 不定代词、指示代词、疑问代词和it的用法
一、不定代词
1.普通不定代词
(1)普通不定代词
初中阶段常用的普通不定代词,列表如下:
(2)普通不定代词的用法
①sme与any
sme和any 均表示“一些”,既可指代或修饰可数名词,也可指代或修饰不可数名词;sme 一般用于肯定句中,any多用于疑问句、否定句中或if,whether后。但在疑问句中,当表示说话人希望得到肯定回答或表达请求、建议时应用sme。如:
There aren’t any students in the classrm.
—Wuld yu like sme cffee?—Yes,please.
②many 与 much
many 指代或修饰可数名词复数,还可以与表示程度的副词 s,t,hw连用。much 指代或修饰不可数名词,也可以与表示程度的副词s,t,hw连用。如:Hw many bttles f water d yu need?
He never eats s much breakfast.
③either与neither
④bth与all
bth 表示“两者都”,常与and连用;all指“三者或三者以上都”,常与f连用。如:
Bth she and I are students.
Jim,Lucy and Lily all agree t stay here.
注意 bth;all;either;any;neither;nne的区别
⑤each与every(限定词)
each 和 every 都表示“每一”。each 强调个体,当它作主语时,谓语动词用单数形式,当它作同位语时,不影响谓语动词的数;every强调整体情况,修饰名词时谓语动词也要用单数形式。另外,each指两个或两个以上的人或事物,而every指三个或三个以上的人或事物。如:
There are trees n each side f the rad.
Every student in Class 5 has passed the exam.
⑥little;a little;few;a few
如:Wuld yu please buy sme salt fr me,Tny?There is little left.
I recgnized a few f ther peple.
⑦ther;the ther;thers;the thers;anther
一．选择填空
1.—Which clur d yu like, red r blue?
— . I like green.
A.Either B.Bth C.Neither D.Nne
答案 C 本题考查不定代词。either(两者中)任何一个;bth(两者)都;neither(两者)都不;nne(三者或三者以上)都不。由“I like green.”可知,回答者对红色和蓝色都不喜欢。故答案为C。
2.I dn’t like the style f this T-shirt. Please shw me ne.
A.either B.neitherC.anther D.ther
答案 C 句意:我不喜欢这件T恤的风格。请给我看一件别的。本题考查不定代词。either(两者中的)任何一个;neither两者都不;anther(三者或三者以上中的)另一个;ther另外的,其他的,其后常跟复数名词。此处用anther指另外一件。故选C项。
3.Sme peple are t shy t say a wrd in public. Hwever, aren’t.
A.anther B.the therC.thers D.the thers
答案 C 句意:有一些人太害羞了,以至于不能在公共场合说话。然而,另一些人不是这样。本题考查代词的用法。anther(三者或三者以上的)另一;the ther(两者中的)另一个;thers其他的,后不加名词;the thers 特定范围中的其他的。本句并没有说明是特定范围里的人,不加定冠词the。故选C项。一些……,另一些……。
4.—Which sprt d yu like better, skiing r skating?
—Bth. I think f them is interesting.
A.either B.nne C.neither D.all
答案 A 句意:——你更喜欢哪项运动,滑雪还是滑冰?——都喜欢。我认为它们之中任何一项都很有趣。本题考查不定代词的用法。either两者中任意一个;nne三者或三者以上都不;neither两者都不;all三者或三者以上都。根据答句中的Bth可知,两项运动都喜欢,说明他认为任何一项都是有趣的。故选A项。
解题关键 不定代词either,neither,all,nne,bth一直是中考的常考点,也是学生比较容易混淆的知识点。关键是能结合题干语境判断是两者还是三者及三者以上,是肯定还是否定。
5.—Hw are the tw cllege students getting n with their prject wrk?
—Pretty well. f them enjys wrking with the lcal students.
A.Bth B.AllC.Each D.Any
答案 C 句意:——两位大学生的专题研究进展得怎么样了?——相当不错。他们每个人都很喜欢和当地学生一起工作。本题考查代词的用法。bth两者都,作主语时谓语动词用复数;all三者或三者以上都;each两个中每一个,作主语时谓语动词用单数;any三者或三者以上任何一个。根据tw可知是两者,排除B、D。结合谓语动词enjys可知,选C项。
二.词汇运用
1.These tw sweaters are s expensive that I can affrd n f them.
答案 neither 句意:这两件毛衣如此贵,以至于我都买不起。上文提到tw sweaters,所以应填neither,表示“两者都不”。
2.Thirdly, check yur ntes after class. Yu can add sme details(细节)yurself first. If there is still smething missing, cmpare yur ntes with .
答案 thers’ 本题考查代词和所有格。由语境可知,如果笔记的内容缺失,可以和其他人的做对比。此处应指“其他人的笔记”,故填thers’。
3.After that, we (两个都)went back t reading and enjying the beauty utside.
答案 bth 本题考查代词。bth两者都,在本句中bth作we的同位语。
4.—Tickets fr tday?
—Srry, we’ve gt left, but we have a few fr tmrrw.
答案 nne 此处应用nne,相当于n ticket。
5.My grandma always tells me (没有什么) is mre imprtant than health.
答案 nthing 表示否定的不定代词和比较级连用表示最高级含义,即health is the mst imprtant。
2.复合不定代词
(1)初中阶段常用的复合不定代词列表如下:
如:D yu have anything special t tell me tday?
Listen t me,bys and girls.I have smething t tell yu.
(2)当形容词或 else修饰复合不定代词 smething,everything,everyne 等时,形容词或 else 必须放在这些词的后面。如:
Xiaming,he has smething imprtant t tell yu.
Can yu find anyne else?
(3)everyne的意思等同于everybdy,只能指人;every ne 既可指人也可指物,还可以和 f 连用。如:
I’d like everyne t be happy.
I have kept every ne f her letters.
一．根据句意,选择方框中恰当的不定代词填空
anything nbdy smething smebdy everything
①—Yur tea, please.
—There must be smething sweet in it. It tastes gd.
②—Is there anything new in tday’s newspaper?
—Yes. A famus singer will give a cncert in ur city.
③There is nbdy in the classrm. All the students are in the playgrund.
④ Everything is ready. Please cme t have dinner.
⑤Mary, smebdy is waiting fr yu utside.
二．选择填空
1. is better wrth my respect than Yuan Lngping. He is the pride f China.
A.Smebdy B.AnybdyC.Nbdy D.Everybdy
答案 C 句意:没有人比袁隆平更值得我尊敬了。他是中国的骄傲。本题考查不定代词。表示否定的不定代词nbdy和比较级连用,表示最高级的含义,即袁隆平最值得我尊敬。故选C。
2.—Why are yu laughing, Daniel?
—There is funny in the newspaper. Cme and see.
A.anything B.smething C.everything D.nthing
答案 B 本题考查复合不定代词。anything某事(物),用于否定句或疑问句中,也可用于肯定句,指任何事(物);smething某事(物),用于肯定句或提建议的句型中;everything每件事(物);nthing没有事(物)。根据上文Daniel在笑,可知报纸上有滑稽好笑的内容,故选B。
3. hpes fr a sweet hme as it prvides us with warmth and trust.
A.Nne B.EveryneC.Nbdy D.Smebdy
答案 B 句意:每个人都希望有一个甜蜜的家,因为它为我们提供温暖和信任。本题考查不定代词。因为甜蜜的家能给我们提供温暖和信任,所以每个人都希望有这样一个家。故选B项。
二、指示代词
1.指示代词,表格如下:
2.指示代词的用法
(1)this/these
①近指。如:This is my pen.These are my bks.
②指下文要提到的事。如:Please remember this:N pain,n gain.
that/thse
①远指。如:That’s her bike.
②指前面刚刚提到过的事。如:He was ill.That was why he didn’t g t schl.
(3)打电话时用this介绍自己,that询问对方。This is Mike speaking. Wh’s that speaking?
三、疑问代词
一．根据句意,用恰当的疑问代词填空
①— What d yu usually d at the weekend? —I ften stay at hme and help with the husewrk.
②— Wh is the by under the tree? —He is my brther Jhn.
③— Which d yu like better, running r swimming? —I like swimming better.
④— Whse glves are these? —They’re Miss Li’s.
四、it的用法
1.指代前面提到过的事物。如:The bk n the desk is nt mine.It is Jim’s.
2.代替指示代词this或that。如:—What’s that?—It is a pencil.
3.指代婴儿或不明身份的人。如:Smene is kncking at the dr.Please g and see wh it is.
4.指代时间或季节。如:—What’s the time nw?—It’s ten ’clck.
5.指代天气。如:—What’s the weather like tday?—It’s sunny.
6.指代距离。如:Hw far is it frm yur schl t yur hme?
7.it的常用句型:
(1)It is+adj.+(fr sb.)t d sth. 如:It is imprtant fr us t wrk hard.
(2)It’s time t d/fr/that... 如:It’s time t get up/fr lunch/that we went hme.
(3)It seems that...好像…… 如:It seems that yu are right.
(4)It’s ne’s turn t d...轮到某人做…… 如:It’s yur turn t sing.
(5)It’s+adj.+that 从句 如:It’s natural that they shuld have different views.
8.作形式宾语。如:D yu think it necessary t learn t wait in line?
9.构成强调句型“It is/was+被强调部分+that/wh+其他成分”。如:It is he wh ges t schl by bike every day.
10. it,ne,that作代词时的区别
(1)it特指上文提到的同一对象,是同一事物。如:The bk is mine.It’s very interesting.
(2)ne 泛指上文提及的同类事物中的一个,同类而不同物。如:—Wh has a pen?—I have ne.
(3)that 常用于比较结构中,代替前面提到的名词,以避免重复。如:The weather in Beijing is clder than that in Guangzhu in winter.
一．选择填空
1.The gravity n Mars is nly abut three eighths f n the Earth.
A.that B.thse C.ne D.nes
答案 A 句意:火星上的重力只有地球上重力的八分之三。本题考查指示代词。在含有比较结构的句子中,通常用that或thse替代前面的名词,that替代可数名词单数或不可数名词,thse替代可数名词的复数形式。此句中gravity是不可数名词,所以用that来替代,故选A。
2.—Excuse me, where is Xingguang Theatre?
—G alng this rad t the end, and yu’ll find n yur left.
A.it B.any C.ne
答案 A 本题考查代词。此处指代上文出现过的 Xingguang Theatre,应用it。故答案为A。
归纳总结 英语中,为了避免重复,常用一些代词指代上文出现过的名词。这些代词有it,ne,that,thse,它们的用法如下:it特指上文提到的事物(同类同物);ne泛指上文提及的同类事物中的一个(同类异物);that常用于比较结构中,代替前面提到的可数名词单数或不可数名词;thse常用于比较结构中,代替前面提到的可数名词复数。
3.After the new high-speed railway line began peratins, the time n the trip frm Lianyungang t Qingda nw is much less than in the past.
A.ne B.this C.that D.it
答案 C 句意:新高速铁路线投入运营以后,现在从连云港到青岛旅途花费的时间比过去少多了。本题考查代词的用法。设空处替代the time,time是不可数名词,在含有比较级的句子中,用that替代不可数名词。故选C项。
4.By taking an nline spken English curse, I find much simpler t speak English.
A.this B.that C.it D.ne
答案 C 句意:通过参加网上英语口语课程,我发现说英语简单多了。本题考查代词的用法。此处为“find+it (形式宾语)+形容词(宾语补足语)+t d (真正的宾语)”句型。故选C项。
5.—Excuse me,I want sme bks, but I can’t find a bkshp here.
—I knw n my way hme.Cme with me, please.
A.this B.ne C.it D.that
答案 B 句意:——打扰了,我想要买一些书,但是我在这儿找不到书店。——我知道在我回家的路上有一家。请跟我走吧。本题考查代词的用法。this指代上文提到的东西;it指代同类同物;that替代单数可数名词或不可数名词。此处应用ne来指代上文提及的同类事物中的一个,表示泛指,相当于a bkshp。故选B项。
A组 基础题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.Believe in yurself. D this and n matter where yu are, yu will have t fear.
A.nthing B.smethingC.anything D.everything
答案 A 句意:相信自己。这样,无论你在哪里,都会无所畏惧。本题考查代词的用法。nthing t fear表示“无所畏惧”,符合此处语境。故选A。
2.—Hw many nminatins(提名) did the new film win?
— . It is nt wrth seeing.
A.N ne B.NbdyC.Nthing D.Nne
答案 D 句意:——这部新电影获得了多少提名?——一个也没有。它不值得观看。本题考查代词的用法。n ne/nbdy 没有人;nthing没有什么;nne一个也没有。hw many询问数量的多少,用nne来回答,表示“一个也没有”。故选D。
3.—Are yur parents angry with yu abut yur English?
—Oh, f them is angry. They just tld me t get better grades next time.
A.nne B.bthC.neither D.all
答案 C nne(三者或以上)都不;bth(两者)都;neither(两者)都不;all(三者或以上)都。上文提到yur parents,是两个人,根据下文They just tld me t get better grades next time.可知,他们两人都没有生气,所以填neither。故选C。
4.I knew Mavis wanted a blue scarf, s I bught fr her.
A.nes B.it C.ne D.that
答案 C 句意:我知道Mavis想要一条蓝色的围巾,所以我买了一条送给她。本题考查代词的用法。nes用来替代前面出现的表泛指的可数名词复数;it指代上文提到的事物;ne用来替代前面出现的表泛指的单数名词;that那个。设空处应用ne泛指一条蓝色围巾。故选C。
5.BFSU is nt far frm Peking University, s yu can easily visit in a day.
A.bth B.allC.either D.neither
答案 A bth(两者)都;all(三者或三者以上)都;either(两者)任何一个;neither(两者)都不。文中提到的是两所大学,排除B。既然两所大学离得不远,那么一天内可以轻松地参观这两所大学,故选A。
6.Alice is always full f ideas, but is useful t my knwledge.
A.nne B.nthingC.n ne D.neither
答案 A 句意:艾丽斯总是有各种各样的想法,但据我所知没有一个有用。本题考查不定代词的用法。nne一个也没有;neither两者都不;nthing没有什么;n ne没有人。根据but可知,此处指艾丽斯的主意都没有用,根据full f ideas可知,此处的主意数量超过三个,故用nne。故选A项。
7.—Oh, I came in such a hurry that I left my textbk at hme.
—Dn’t wrry. I’ll share with yu.
A.my B.me C.myself D.mine
答案 D 句意:——哦,我来得太匆忙了,以至于把课本忘在家里了。——别担心。我和你共用我的课本。本题考查代词。my我的(形容词性物主代词);me我(宾格);myself我自己;mine我的(名词性物主代词)。设空处指我的课本,故选D。
8.If smething is wrng, fix it if yu can. D nt wrry. Wrry never fixes .
A.smething B.everythingC.anything D.nthing
答案 C 句意:如果出错了,你能处理就处理。不要担心。担心从来解决不了任何问题。本题考查代词的用法。肯定句中用smething,否定句中用anything。故选C项。
9.Miss Su gt hme and fund flat lked as gd as new.
A.her B.his C.ur D.yur
答案 A 设空处需用形容词性物主代词作定语,修饰flat,且Miss Su为女性,故选A项。
10.When times are difficult, tell that pain is part f grwing.
A.yu B.yurselfC.yur D.yurs
答案 B 句意:当有困难的时候,告诉你自己疼痛是成长的一部分。本题考查反身代词的用法。空格处应填反身代词作宾语。故选B项。
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.T have nline classes, I need yur QQ numbers and Lucy has given me (she) already.
答案 hers 根据上文I need yur QQ numbers可知,露西已经把她的QQ号码给了我,此处填名词性物主代词替代her QQ number。
2.The bys decided t keep the secret t (they) and wuldn?t tell anyne else.
答案 themselves keep the secret t neself是固定搭配,指“保守秘密”,此题主语是the bys,故填themselves。
3.Nw few peple take much mney with (they) because f electrnic payment.
答案 them take sth. with sb.指“随身携带某物”,介词with后面跟人称代词的宾格形式。故填them。
4.Our schl is different frm (他们的) in style.
答案 theirs 根据ur schl可知,此处填theirs代指“他们的学校”。
5.I enjy cking s much that I always make fd by (我自己).
答案 myself by neself独自地。主语是I,故填myself。
6.Smetimes reading bks can make thers? experience becme (us).
答案 urs 此处应用名词性物主代词urs指代ur experience。
B组 提升题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.—Amy, which f these hats d yu like best?
—I’ll take . They are either ut f fashin r t expensive.
A.bth B.either C.neither D.nne
答案 D 本题考查代词的用法。bth(两者)都;either(两者中的)任何一个;neither(两者)都不;nne(三者或三者以上)都不。根据上文which f these hats d yu like best可知,有三个或三个以上的帽子;由空后句可知,答话者不会买这些帽子。故选D。
2.—Ww! Jim plays the pian s well.
—Nt can play it like this. He wrks hard at it.
A.everybdy B.smebdyC.nbdy D.anybdy
答案 A 句意:——哇!吉姆钢琴弹得很棒。——并非每个人都能弹得这么好。他很努力。本题考查代词。everybdy和nt连用,表示部分否定,“并非每个人都……”。故选A。
3.—Have yu prepared fr the picnic tmrrw?
—N, except the drinks.
A.nthing B.anythingC.everything D.smething
答案 C 句意:——你为明天的野餐准备好所有东西了吗?——没有呢,还差饮料。本题考查不定代词。由答语中except the drinks可知,此处是问是否把所有的东西都准备好了,故选C。
4.—Tday’s Yangtze Evening, please.
—There is nly ne cpy left. Wuld yu like ?
A.they B.themC.ne D.it
答案 D 句意:——请给我一份今天的《扬子晚报》。——只剩下一份了,你想要它吗?本题考查代词。ne用来替代前面出现的表泛指的可数名词单数;it它,指代上文提到的事物。因为只剩下一份报纸,所以用it来替代。故选D。
5.The shp assistant in Xinhua Bkstre recmmended me the fur great classical Chinese nvels, but was t my taste.
A.all B.neitherC.nthing D.nne
答案 D 句意:新华书店的店员向我推荐了四大中国古典小说,但没有一本合我的口味。本题考查代词辨析。all三者或三者以上都;neither两者都不;nthing没有什么,没有一件东西;nne三者或三者以上全都不。根据but可知,此处表否定,表达“都不合我的口味”,前面“fur great classical Chinese nvels”是三者以上,所以此处应该用nne。故选D。
6.Jeff dreams f becming a detective like Sherlck Hlmes. He thinks there is mre exciting than slving a mystery.
A.everything B.smethingC.anything D.nthing
答案 D 句意:杰夫梦想成为像夏洛克·福尔摩斯那样的侦探。他认为没有什么比揭开谜团更令人兴奋的事了。everything一切;smething某事;anything任何事;nthing没有什么。此处是否定词和比较级连用,表示最高级的含义。故选D。
7.—What kind f huse wuld yu like?
—I’d like with a garden in frnt f .
A.it;ne B.ne;neC.ne;it D.it;it
答案 C 句意:——你想要什么样的房子?——我想要前面带花园的房子。本题考查代词的用法。第一空表泛指,相当于a huse,故用ne替代;第二空第一空所指的huse,故用it替代。故选C项。
8.Recycling is ne way t prtect the envirnment; reusing is .
A.anther B.the therC.ne anther D.ne
答案 A 句意:回收利用是保护环境的一种方法,重复使用是保护环境的另一种方法。本题考查不定代词的用法。anther三者或三者以上的另一个人或物;the ther两者中的另一个人或物;ne anther(三者或三者以上)彼此,相互;ne用来替代前面出现的表泛指的可数名词单数。题干提到了保护环境的两种方法,但并不是只有两种。故选A项。
9.—Father’s Day is cming. What will yu buy fr yur father, a shirt r a watch?
— . I will make a card fr him instead.
A.Either B.BthC.Neither D.Tw
答案 C 句意:——父亲节要到了。你要给你爸爸买什么,衬衫还是手表?——都不买,我要给他做一张卡片。本题考查不定代词的用法。根据答语中的I will make a card fr him instead.可知,此处表示两者都不,故选C项。
10.Shanghai is a great city in China. It is larger than in Japan.
A.any ther city B.any ther citiesC.any city D.any cities
答案 C 句意:上海是中国的一个大城市。它比日本的任何一个城市都大。本题考查any的用法。上海不是日本的一个城市,故此处用“any city”表示“日本的任何一个城市”。故选C项。
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.hang Guimei has devted t imprving pr girls’ educatin.
答案 herself devte neself t...致力于……。故填反身代词herself。
2.Lk, the little cats are enjying (they) milk. Hw relaxed they are!
答案 their 在名词milk前用形容词性物主代词来修饰,所以填their,指“小猫咪们正在享用它们的牛奶”。
4.Many peple learned t ck by instead f eating utside.
答案 themselves d sth. by neself自己做某事。主语是many peple,故答案是themselves。
5.Many yung peple like psting phts f (they) n Facebk. It helps them get t knw each ther.
答案 themselves 根据语境及结构可知,此处应填反身代词themselves。
6.—Which curse wuld yu like t chse this term, DIY r STEM?
— . I prefer paper-cutting.
答案 Neither 根据答语中的I prefer paper-cutting.可知,第二个人没在DIY和STEM两者中选择,而是选了paper-cutting。故填Neither。
The “pupils are excited abut their cming lunch. Will they get a big bne(骨头)?Oh, this is a 1 schl. Sme dgs g t this schl when their wners(主人) are busy wrking.
The cute dgs" teacher” is Arat Mntya, a man frm Mexic. At first. his father wanted him t becme a baker(烘焙师)，but Arat had n 2 in baking. He tld his father, “Dad, I lve dgs.”
When Arat grew up, he 3 a jb at the Dg Club f West Linn, a dg care center. In2016, 4 the center clsed, Arat had an idea. He started his wn dg care center and 5 it Dggie Schl Bus Inc.
Every mrning, Arat drives the yellw“ Dggie Schl Bus" t peple's hmes t 6 dgs. The dgs lve Arat s much that they get 7 every time they see him. Many f them even run ut f their hmes 8 and straight nt the bus when they hear the bus cme. The dgs 9 mst f the day at the dg care center, playing and having fun with Arat and ther dgs. The schl day cmes t a(n) 10 at 2 pm. And Arat drives the dgs back t their hmes. Arat lves what he des. He calls himself the happiest man in the wrld.
译文
快到午餐时间了，“同学们”都很兴奋。它们会得到一根大骨头吗?啊！这是一个特别的学校。当主人工作很忙的时候，一些狗狗会被送来这个学校。
Arat Mntya来自墨西哥，他是可爱的狗狗们的“老师”。一开始，Arat的父亲希望他成为一名烘焙师，但是他对烘焙不感兴趣。他告诉父亲：“爸，我喜欢狗狗。”
长大之后，Arat在狗狗服务中心——Dg Club f West Linn找到了一份工作。2016年，这个中心停业之后，Arat有了一个想法。他开办了自己的狗狗服务中心，并给它取名为Dggie Schl Bus Inc。
每天早上，Arat都会开着黄色的“狗狗校车”去主人家里接狗狗。狗狗们非常喜欢Arat，因此它们每次看到他都会很开心。有些狗狗甚至听到校车来了就会迅速跑出家门，径直跑上校车。狗狗们在服务中心度过一天中的大部分时间，它们和Arat以及其他狗玩耍。下午2点，狗狗们就放学了。Arat 载着这些狗狗送它们回家。
Arat热爱他的事业，他称自己为世界上最幸福的人。
答案详析
1.special 根据第一段前两句“The pupils’ are excited abut their cming lunch. Will they get a big bne?”可知，在这所学校的“小学生”午饭可能是一根大骨头，故此处指这个学校很特别。
2.interested根据空前的“his father wanted him t becme a baker"和but可知，Arat的父亲希望Arat成为一名烘焙师，但是Arat对烘焙不感兴趣。have n interest in“对……不感兴趣”，符合语境。
3.fund根据语境并结合选项可知，此处指Arat长大后，在Dg Club f West Linn 找到了一份工作,此处应用过去时。
4.after 根据下一句中的“He started his wn dg care center”可知，Arat开办了自己的狗狗服务中心，由此可推知这件事应该是发生在Dg Club f West Linn停业之后。
5.named 根据空前的“He started his wn dg care center”可知，Arat开办了自己的狗狗服务中心；根据空后的Dggie Schl Bus Inc 可推知，此处指Arat 给它取名为 Dggie Schl Bus Inc。
6.pick up根据下文可知，那些狗会来到服务中心，和 Arat 以及其他狗度过一天中的大部分时间，故此处指每天早上Arat开着黄色校车去主人家接狗。
7.happy根据空前的“The dgs lve Arat s much”可知，那些狗非常喜欢 Arat,因此那些狗每次看到Arat都很开心。
8.quickly 根据空前的“run ut f their hmes”以及空后的 straight nt the bus 可知，此处指那些狗听到校车来了，它们就迅速跑出家门，径直跑上校车。
9.spend根据下文并结合选项可知，此处指那些狗在狗狗服务中心度过一天中的大部分时间，它们和Arat以及其他狗玩耍。
10.end根据空后的“And Arat drives the dgs back t their hmes.”可知，此处指那些狗下午两点放学。cme t an end“结束”，符合语境。
衔接点04 数词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学数词考点聚焦】
1.按要求写词。
(1)three(序数词) (2)nine(序数词)
(3)eight(序数词) (4)103房间（汉译英）
(5)七十八元（汉译英）
(6)九点三十五分（汉译英）
(1)third(2)ninth (3)eighth(4)Rm 103(5)seventy-eight yuan (6)twenty-five t ten/nine thirty-five
2.单项选择。
( )(1)We can take the bus t the museum.
B.N.1 C. 1st N. D.1 N.
( )(2)Mike's sister is .
A. fur year ld B. furth years ld
C. fur years ld D. fur-years-ld
( )(3)There are peple in the park.
A. fur hundreds B. hundreds f
C. hundred f D. fur hundreds f
( )(4)There are mnths in a year. December is the mnth f a year.
A. twelve; twelve B. twelfth; twelve
C. twelfth; twelfth D. twelve; twelfth
( )(5) f students in ur class have lunch at schl.
A. Tw five B. Tw fifth C. Secnd fifths D. Tw fifths
(1)B(2)C(3)B(4)D(5)D
2.翻译下列句子。(10分)
(1)现在是七点半。
It's .
(2)植树节在三月十二日。
Tree Planting Day is n .
(3)十六减五等于十一。
minus is .
(4)杰克是第一个到校的。
Jack is t get t schl.
(5)在第三个十字路口右转。
Turn right at crssing.
(1)half past seven(2)March 12th(3)Sixteen, five, eleven (4)the first (5)the third
【初中数词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 基数词和序数词
一、基数词
表示数目的词称为基数词。其形式如下:
1.1—10
ne,tw,three,fur,five,six,seven,eight,nine,ten
2.11—19
eleven,twelve,thirteen,furteen,fifteen,sixteen,seventeen,eighteen,nineteen
这里除 eleven,twelve,thirteen,fifteen,eighteen为特殊形式外,furteen,sixteen,seventeen,nineteen都是由其个位数形式后添加后缀-teen构成。
3.20—99
整数几十中除twenty,thirty,frty,fifty,eighty为特殊形式外,sixty,seventy,ninety都是由其个位数形式后添加后缀-ty构成。表示几十几时,在十位和个位之间添加连字符“-”。如:
21 twenty-ne
76 seventy-six
4.百位数
1—9基数词形式加“hundred”,表示几百,不是整百时再在后面数字与hundred间加上and。如:
101 a hundred and ne
320 three hundred and twenty
648 six hundred and frty-eight
5.千位数以上
从数字的右端向左端数起,每三位数加一个逗号“,”。从右开始,第一个“,”前的数字后添加 thusand,第二个“,”前的数字后添加 millin,第三个“,”前的数字后添加 billin。然后一节一节分别表示,两个逗号之间最大的数为百位数形式。如:
2,648 tw thusand and six hundred and frty-eight
16,250,064 sixteen millin tw hundred and fifty thusand and sixty-fur
6.基数词的句法功能
基数词在句中可作主语、宾语、定语、表语、同位语。如:
The tw happily pened the bx.两个人高兴地打开了盒子。(作主语)
I need three altgether.我总共需要三个。(作宾语)
Fur students are playing vlleyball utside.四个学生在外面打排球。(作定语)
I’m sixteen.我十六岁了。(作表语)
They three tried t finish the task befre sunset.他们三个人尽力在日落前完成任务。(作同位语)
1.There are many ld peple wh are ver a h years ld in Hainan.
答案 hundred 考查数词。句意:在海南,有许多超过一百岁的老人。
2.Wendy nce spent a year in Ls Angeles fr further study in her .(frty)
答案 frties “in ne’s+几十的复数”,表示“在某人几十多岁时”。此空填frty的复数形式frties,指“在她四十多岁时”。
3.Karl Marx began t learn anther freign language in his (fifty).
答案 fifties 句意:卡尔·马克思在他五十多岁时开始学另外一门外语。本题考查数词的用法。“在某人几十多岁时”的表达方法是:in ne’s+整十基数词的复数形式。fifty的复数形式为fifties。
4.Recently, there are abut 12 (千) pet hspitals in China, and many peple chse small animal treatment as a career.
答案 thusand 句意:近来,在中国有大约一万两千家宠物医院,很多人选择把治疗小动物作为一种职业。本题考查数词的用法。在hundred, thusand, millin, billin等词前如有具体的数字,这些词末尾不加-s,故填thusand。
5.—Hw much time d yu need t carry n with the prject?
—Anther (四) days.
答案 fur 句意:——你需要多少时间来继续这个课题?——还需要四天。本题考查数词的用法。anther+基数词+复数名词,表示“还要……,仍需……”,此处意为“还需4天”。故填fur。
6.If yu dn’t have a dream, yu’ve been ld, even at (二十).
答案 twenty 句意:如果你没有梦想,即使你才20岁,你也已经老了。本题考查数词的用法。at+基数词,表示某人的年龄。故填twenty。
7.Every year, bks are dnated t the children in pr areas.
A.millin B.millinsC.millins f D.millin f
答案 C 句意:每年成千上万本书被捐赠给贫困地区的孩子们。本题考查数词的用法。hundred,thusand,millin等词前如没有表示具体数字的词,末尾要加-s,并与f连用。故选C项。
二、序数词
表示顺序的词称为序数词。其形式如下:
1.从第一至第十九
2.从第二十至第九十九
整数第几十的形式由其对应的基数词改变结尾字母y为i,再加“-eth”构成。如:
twenty—twentieth,thirty—thirtieth
表示第几十几时,用几十的基数词形式加上连字符“-”和个位序数词形式一起表示。如:
thirty-first 第三十一 fifty-sixth 第五十六 seventy-third 第七十三 ninety-ninth 第九十九
3.第一百以上的多位序数词
由基数词的形式变结尾部分为序数词形式来表示。如:
ne hundred and twenty-first 第一百二十一
ne thusand,three hundred and twentieth 第一千三百二十
4.序数词的缩写形式
有时,序数词可以用缩写形式来表示。主要缩写形式有:
first—1st secnd—2nd third—3rdfurth—4th sixth—6th twentieth—20th twenty-third—23rd
5.序数词的句法功能
序数词在句中可作主语、宾语、定语和表语。如:
The secnd is what I really need.第二个是我真正需要的。(作主语)
He chse the secnd.他选了第二个。(作宾语)
We are t carry ut the first plan.我们将实施第一个计划。(作定语)
She is the secnd in ur class.在我们班她是第二名。(作表语)
另外,基数词也可以表示顺序。只需将基数词放在它所修饰的名词之后即可,不需要添加定冠词。如:
the first lessn—Lessn 1the fifth page—Page 5the twenty-first rm—Rm 21
1.Sme lanterns have riddles(谜语)n them, which encurage peple t try t be the f t find the answer.
答案 first 本题考查固定结构“be the+序数词+t d sth.”,表示“第几个做某事”。根据常识可知,灯谜是鼓励人们努力成为第一个发现答案的人。故填序数词first。
2.I’m nt sure hw I feel abut that, with my birthday cming. (第十八)
答案 eighteenth 生日前的数词一般要用序数词,表示第几个生日。故答案为 eighteenth。
3.The manager’s rm is right abve mine. It’s n the (three) flr.
答案 third 句意:经理的房间正好在我楼上,它在三楼(第三层楼)。本题考查数词的用法。此处表示“在三楼”,应用序数词。故填third。
4.He seems t have a (第六) sense fr knwing that his brther will win.
答案 sixth 句意:他似乎有第六感,知道他弟弟会赢。本题考查数词的用法。序数词和不定冠词连用,表示“又一,再一”。故填sixth。
5.All the family members are busy getting ready fr my father’s (frty) birthday party.
答案 frtieth 句意:所有的家庭成员都在忙着准备父亲的40岁生日派对。本题考查数词的用法。父亲的40岁生日,即第40个生日,用序数词表示顺序。注意以ty结尾的整十基数词变序数词时,要变y为ie,再加-th。故填frtieth。
6.Yancheng has the (tw) largest ppulatin f mre than 8 millin in Jiangsu Prvince.
答案 secnd 句意:在江苏省,盐城是第二大人口城市,有八百多万人口。本题考查数词的用法。序数词加最高级表示“第几最……的”,此处意为“第二大的”,故填secnd。
7.Our Party was funded in 1921.We’ll celebrate her birthday n July 1st this year.
A.ne hundredB.ne hundredthC.the ne hundredth
答案 B 本题考查序数词的用法。句意:我们的党成立于1921年。我们将在今年的7月1日庆祝她的100岁生日。表示“第……个生日”时,用序数词。her ne hundredth birthday她的第100个生日。序数词前已经有形容词性物主代词her修饰,故不再加定冠词the。故选B。
8.Peng Ming finally became the winner f seasn f CCTV’s Chinese Petry Cnference.
A.five B.fifth C.the fifth D.fifths
答案 C 句意:彭敏最终成为央视第五季中国诗词大会的获胜者。本题考查数词的用法。此处用序数词加单数名词,序数词前要加定冠词,表示“第几”,故选C。
三、数词和冠词的关系
1.一般情况下,序数词前要加定冠词the,但基数词前不加冠词。如:
Sunday is the first day f a week.星期天是一周的第一天。
2.“a/an+序数词”表示“又一、再一”。如:
Althugh I had failed twice,my father encuraged me t have a third try.虽然我失败了两次,但是爸爸还是鼓励我再试一次。
3.“f the+基数词”表示“范围”。如:
She is the mst beautiful girl f the three.她是这三个女孩中最漂亮的一个。
四、其他
1.基数词在表示确切的数字时,不能使用百、千、百万、十亿的复数形式;但是,当基数词表示不确切的数字,如成百、成千上万、三三两两时,基数词则以复数形式出现。如:
There are hundreds f peple in the hall.大厅里有数以百计的人。
Thusands and thusands f peple cme t visit the Museum f Qin Terra-Ctta Warrirs and Hrses every day.
每天有成千上万的人来参观秦陵兵马俑博物馆。
They went t the theatre in tws and threes.他们三三两两地去了剧院。
2.表示“人的不确切岁数或年代”用几十的复数形式。如:
He became a prfessr in his thirties.他三十多岁时成为教授。
She died f lung cancer in her frties.她四十多岁时死于肺癌。
It was in the 1960s.那是在20世纪60年代。
写出下列数字的序数词
①ne first ②five fifth ③seven seventh ④eight eighth
⑤furteen furteenth ⑥thirty thirtieth ⑦twenty twentieth
⑧ninety-nine ninety-ninth ⑨sixty-three sixty-third
⑩ne hundred and eighty-tw ne hundred and eighty-secnd
考点二 分数、百分数及其他用法
一、分数表示法
1.分数是由基数词和序数词一起来表示的。基数词作分子,序数词作分母,分子大于1时,序数词要用复数形式。如:
3/4 three furths或 three quarters
1/3 ne third或a third
24/25 twenty-fur twenty-fifths
314 three and ne furth或 three and ne quarter
1/2 a half
1/4 ne quarter或a quarter
112 ne and a half
2.当分数后面接名词时,如果分数表示的值大于1,名词用复数;小于1,名词用单数。如:
112 hurs 一个半小时(读作 ne and a half hurs)
234 meters 二又四分之三米(读作tw and three furths meters)
4/5 meter 五分之四米
5/6 inch 六分之五英寸
二、小数和百分数表示法
1.小数用基数词来表示,以小数点为界,小数点左边的数字为一个单位,表示整数,数字合起来读;小数点右边的数字为一个单位,表示小数,数字分开来读;小数点读作pint,0读作 zer或/əʊ/,整数部分为零时,可以省略不读。如:
0.4 zer pint fur或pint fur 零点四
10.23 ten pint tw three 十点二三
25.67 twenty-five pint six seven 二十五点六七
1.03 ne pint three 一点零三
2.当数字值大于1时,小数后面的名词用复数,数字值小于1时,小数后面的名词用单数。如:
1.03 meters 一点零三米 0.49 tn 零点四九吨
1.5 tns 一点五吨
3.百分数用“基数词+percent”表示。如:
50% fifty percent 百分之五十
3% three percent 百分之三
0.12% zer pint ne tw percent 百分之零点一二
这里的percent前半部分per表示“每一”,后半部分cent表示“百”,所以百分之几中percent不用复数形式。
三、时刻表示法
1.表示几点钟用基数词加’clck表示。如: 5:00 读作 five ’clck 或 five
2.表示几点过几分,在分钟后加past,再加小时。如:
five past seven 七点过五分
half past six 六点半
a quarter past eight 八点一刻
seven past eight 八点过七分
3.表示差几分几点,在分钟后面加t,再加小时。如:
ten t eight 差十分八点
a quarter t twelve 差一刻十二点
在日常生活中,常用下列简单方法表示时间。
以小时、分钟为单位分别读出数字。
6:31读作six thirty-ne
10:26读作ten twenty-six
注意:时刻表上的时间大多采用24小时表示法,这样就不需要用a.m.表示上午,p.m.表示下午。
1.The gravity n Mars is nly abut f that n the Earth.
A.three eights B.third eights
C.three eighths D.third eighths
答案 C 句意:火星上的重力只有地球重力的八分之三。本题考查分数。分数的表达为:先说分子,用基数词表示;再说分母,用序数词表示;当分子超过1时,分母要加-s。故本题选C。
2.—Mum, f my classmates glasses.
—Oh, my Gd. Yu need t prtect yur eyes well.
A.three-furths;wears B.three-furth;wear
C.three-furth;wears D.three-furths;wear
答案 D 句意:——妈妈,我的同学中四分之三都戴了眼镜。——哦,天哪。你需要好好保护眼睛。此题考查分数的用法及主谓一致。分数的表达方法:先说分子,再说分母;分子用基数词,分母用序数词;分子大于1时,分母用复数。四分之三写成:three furths或 three-furths。当“分数+f+名词”作主语时,谓语动词的形式根据名词的数来确定。本题决定谓语动词形式的是classmates,所以选D。
3.写作占据了我四分之三的假期,但我乐在其中。
Writing my hliday, but I enjyed myself.
答案 tk up three furths/three quarters f 此题考查词组take up和分数的用法。根据“I enjyed myself”可知,take用过去式tk,四分之三有两种表示方法,可用three furths,也可用three quarters。
四、世纪、年代和年月日表示法
1.世纪可以用定冠词加序数词加世纪century表示,也可以用定冠词加百位进数加’s表示。如:
the sixth/6th century公元6世纪 the eighteenth/18th century公元18世纪
the 1900s 20世纪 the 1600s 17世纪
2.年代由定冠词及基数词表示的世纪加十位整数的所有格或复数形式构成。如:
in the 1930s(in the thirties f the twentieth century或 in the nineteen thirties)在20世纪30年代
in the 1860s(in the sixties f the 19th century或 in the eighteen sixties)在19世纪60年代
In the 1870s when Marx was already in his fifties,he fund it imprtant t study the situatin in Russia,s he began t learn Russian.
在19世纪70年代,当时马克思已经50多岁,他发现研究俄国的形势很重要,于是便开始学习俄语。
3.表示某年代的早期、中期和晚期,可以在定冠词后、年代前添加 early,mid-,late。如:
in the early 1920s 在20世纪20年代早期
in the mid-1950s 在20世纪50年代中期
4.年月日表示法
(1)年份用基数词表示,一般写为阿拉伯数字,读时可以以hundred为单位,也可以以世纪、年代为单位分别来读。如:
1949 读作 nineteen hundred and frty-nine 或 nineteen frty-nine
1800 读作 eighteen hundred
253 读作 tw hundred and fifty-three或tw fifty-three
1902 读作 nineteen hundred and tw或 nineteen tw
表示在哪一年,一般在年份前加介词in,使用year时,year放在数词之前。如:
in the year tw fifty-three B.C.在公元前253年
但是,通常采用in加表示年份的阿拉伯数字。如:
in 300BC 在公元前300年
(2)在哪个月用介词in加月份词表示。如:in May在五月;in July在七月。为了简便起见,月份与日期连用时,月份常用缩写形式表示。如:
January—Jan.一月February—Feb.二月March—Mar.三月April—Apr.四月 June—Jun.六月
July—Jul.七月August—Aug.八月 September—Sept.九月Octber—Oct.十月Nvember—Nv.十一月
December—Dec.十二月
注:这里缩写形式后面加的点不能省略,因为它是表示缩写形式的符号。
(3)日期用定冠词the加序数词表示,the常被省略,但需读出来。在哪一天要添加介词n。如:
Natinal Day is n Oct.1st.国庆节是十月一日。(读作 Octber the first)
此句也可以表示为 Natinal Day is n the 1st f Octber.
May 5(th) 五月五日(读作May the fifth)
也可以表示为the fifth/5th f May
Mar.1(st)三月一日(读作March the first或 the first f March)
五、数量表示法
1.表示长、宽、高等,用“基数词+单位词(meter,ft,inch,kilgram等)+形容词(lng,wide,high等)”表示,或者用“基数词+单位词+in+名词(length,width,height,weight等)”表示。如:
tw meters lng或 tw meters in length 2米长
three feet high或 three feet in height 3英尺高
fur inches wide或 fur inches in width 4英寸宽
This bx is 2 kilgrams in weight.这个盒子有两千克重。
The city wall f Xi’an is 12 meters wide and 12 meters high.西安城墙有12米宽、12米高。
2.表示时间、距离时,使用数词加名词所有格形式作定语。如:
five minutes’ walk 步行五分钟(的路程)
It’s ne hur’s ride frm my hmetwn t ur university.从我的家乡到我们大学需要一个小时的车程。
It’s three kilmeters’ distance frm ur campus t the Bell Twer.从我们校园到钟楼有三千米远。
3.表示温度时,用belw zer表示零下温度,温度用“基数词+degree(s)+单位词(centigrade摄氏或Fahrenheit华氏)”表示。如:
thirty-six degrees centigrade或 36℃ 36摄氏度
fur degrees belw zer centigrade或-4℃ 零下4摄氏度
Water freezes at thirty-tw degrees Fahrenheit.水在32华氏度时结冰。这里的单位词在人们都很清楚是什么时,可以省略。如:
It’s seven degrees belw zer tday.今天是零下七度。(摄氏)
4.由数词和其他名词构成的复合形容词作定语时,其中的名词用单数形式,复合形容词中各部分间要用连字符“-”来连接。如:
It’s a five-minute walk frm the library t the playgrund.从图书馆到操场需要走五分钟。
She’s a sixteen-year-ld girl.她是个16岁的女孩。
5.表示“比……大几倍”的说法。如:
This rm is 3 times bigger than that ne.这个房间比那个(房间)大三倍。
The dictinary is fur times thicker than that bk.这本词典比那本书厚四倍。
二．知识拓展
anther,ther和mre修饰数词的用法
1.anther
anther表“另一个”时只跟可数名词单数,而表“另外的、额外的、附加的”之意时,可跟带有few或具体数字的复数名词,此时可把“数词+复数名词”看成一个整体。如:
—Have yu finished yur reprt yet?——你的报告完成了吗?
—N,I will finish it in anther 10 minutes.——没有,再过10分钟就会完成了。
There is rm fr anther few peple in the back f the bus.公共汽车后面还能容下几个人。
2.ther
ther表“另外的”时,后接复数名词,若与具体基数词连用,则置于基数词之后,但与定冠词the连用时,ther要放在基数词前。如:
Mr.Smith asked me t fetch three ther recrders.史密斯先生让我再去拿三台录音机来。
D yu knw where he fund the ther tw phts?你知道他是在哪里找到另外两张照片的吗?
3.mre
(1)mre一般位于数词之后名词之前,有时也可置于名词之后。如:
One mre step(或One step mre),and I’ll sht yu.再走一步,我就开枪打你了。
Where shall we be in ten mre years?
再过十年,我们会在什么地方呢?
(2)mre除跟数词外,还可与a little,a few,a lt,several等词或短语连用,而且名词也可以是不可数名词。如:
I’d like t buy a few mre cpies f China Daily.我想再买几份《中国日报》。
There are many mre dictinaries n the desk.课桌上有许多本词典。
A组 基础题组
一．汉译英
①十二 twelve ②二十 twenty ③十四 furteen ④四十 frty
⑤十五 fifteen ⑥五十 fifty ⑦百 hundred ⑧千 thusand
⑨百万 millin ⑩三百名学生 three hundred students
成百上千的 hundreds f 成千上万的 thusands f
她出生在1999年12月5日。She was brn n December 5th ,1999.
五分之二的书是我的。Tw fifths f the bks are mine.
二.单项选择
1.The best time t plant a tree was ten years ag, and the best time is nw.
A.first B.secndC.last D.next
答案 B 句意:种树的最佳时间是十年前,仅次于它的最佳时间就是现在。本题考查数词。此处是“the+序数词+形容词的最高级”的结构。故选B。
2. f the wrkers in the cmputer factry is abut tw thusand, and f them are wmen wrkers.
A.The number;secnd third B.A number;three quarters
C.A number;half secnd D.The number;tw thirds
答案 D 句意:这家电脑工厂的工人数量大约是两千人,其中三分之二是女工。本题考查数词。the number f...表示“……的数量”;a number f 表示“大量的,许多,一些”。所以先排除B、C两项。分数的表达,先说分子,用基数词表示,再说分母,用序数词表示;当分子大于1时,分母用复数。故选D。
3.Accrding t a survey, five ut f six wmen lk after their children at hme but nly f men wuld d it.
A.tw fifth B.tws fifthC.tw fifths D.tws fifths
答案 C 句意:根据一份调查,六位妇女中有五位在家照顾孩子,但是只有五分之二的男士愿意这样做。本题考查分数的表达法。分子用基数词,分母用序数词,当分子大于1时,分母用复数形式。故选C。
4.—Did yu watch the speech Yung Wave given by the famus actr He Bing during the May Day hliday?
—Of curse, I did. It is reprted that peple watched this vide n bilibili.
A.millin B.millins fC.a millin f D.millins
答案 B hundred,thusand,millin,billin等词表示不确定的模糊数字时,用复数形式+f来表示。millins f指“数百万的”,故选B。
三.词汇运用
1.The film is the (ne) wrk directed by cmedian-turned-filmmaker Jia Ling.
答案 first “the+序数词”表示“第几”,故填first。
2.Three (四分之一) f the peple there make a living by catching fish.
答案 furths/quarters a quarter和ne furth都可表示“四分之一”。分数表达中,分子大于1时,分母用复数,故填furths/quarters。
3.Tw (nine) f the students in ur schl suffer frm stress.
答案 ninths 表示分数时,分子用基数词,分母用序数词,当分子大于1时,分母要用复数。故填ninths。
4.Sandy’s mther still lks yung althugh she is already in her (sixty).
答案 sixties 表达“在某人几十多岁时”应用“in ne’s+整十基数词的复数”。故填sixties。注意词尾变化。
5.Tday is my mther’s (四十) birthday and we will have a party fr her.
答案 frtieth 此处用序数词表示顺序。my mther’s frtieth birthday我妈妈的四十岁生日,即我妈妈的第四十个生日。
B组 提升题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1. f his wrks were written in his .
A.One-thirds;fifties B.One-third;fifty
C.Three quarters;fifties D.Three quarters, fiftieth
答案 C 句意:他的作品中有四分之三是在他五十几岁时写的。本题考查数词。当分子大于1时,分母才要用复数,排除A选项。表示在某人几十多岁用“in ne’s+整十基数词的复数(如twenties, thirties等)”来表达。in ne’s fifties在某人五十多岁时,故选C。
2. , when Marx was already , he began t learn Russian.
A.In 1870s;in his fiftiesB.In 1870s;in fifties
C.In the 1870s;in his fiftiesD.In the 1870s;in fifties
答案 C 句意:在19世纪70年代,马克思已经50多岁时才开始学俄语。本题考查数词。在年代前要加定冠词the,故排除A、B两项。表示“在某人几十多岁时”用“in+ne’s+整十基数词的复数形式”,故选C。
3.Althugh yu failed fur times, I still hpe yu can have try.
A.the fifth B.a fifthC.the furth D.a furth
答案 B 句意:虽然你已经失败了四次,但我仍然希望你再试一次。本题考查序数词的用法。根据 yu failed fur times可知,后面应该是第五次,所以排除C、D两项。再试一次用“have+a/an+序数词+try”表示,故选B。
4.—Culd yu tell me when Max began t d business?
—Sure. He began t d business when he was and has earned 2.56 yuan s far.
A.in his thirties;billin B.in the thirties;billins f
C.ver thirty;billins f D.at the age f thirty;billin f
答案 A 表达年龄可以用 “when sb. is+基数词”、“at the age f+基数词”、 “in ne’s+整十基数词的复数形式”。hundred, thusand, millin, billin和具体数字连用时,不用复数,不和f连用,故选A。
5.—Dad, f the apples gne bad.
—Well, we’d better eat up the rest as sn as pssible.
A.tw-third;have B.tw-thirds;have
C.tw-thirds;has D.tw-third;has
答案 B 句意:——爸爸,三分之二的苹果已经坏了。——唉,我们最好尽快把剩余的吃完。本题结合主谓一致考查数词的用法。第一空考查分数的表达。分子用基数词,分母用序数词,当分子大于1时,分母用复数形式,故排除A、D两项;第二空考查主谓一致,分数名词短语作主语时,谓语动词的单复数取决于具体名词,本题决定谓语形式的是the apples,故选B项。
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.July 1st f this year is the ne (hundred) birthday f the Cmmunist Party f China.
答案 hundredth 句意:今年7月1日是中国共产党诞辰100周年。the ne hundredth birthday表示“第100个生日”。
2.Pay attentin t what I am saying because I wn’t explain it a (tw) time.
答案 secnd 句意:请注意我正在说的话,因为我不会再解释第二遍。a/an+序数词,表示“又一,再一”。故填secnd。
3.Surprisingly, the player withut arms finished (三) in the 1,500-metre race at last.
答案 third 序数词表示名次结果时,其前不用冠词。如cme first, finish furth等。
4.Thugh my grandpa is in his (nine), he is still in high spirit.
答案 nineties in his nineties在他90多岁时。
Hainan meterlgical department(气象局）predicts(预测）that typhn“ Olu” may enter the Suth China Sea frm the afternn t the night f September 25,2022. 1 But what did peple d in the past?
My grandfather was a farmer in the cuntryside. He died many years ag. 2 Fr example, in summer, he wuld ften take me t lk at anthills(蚁丘).He said, “ If the anthills are high in July, yu will knw there will be a snwy winter." 3 S I always believe him. 4 He wuld tell me: “If the caterpillar's belly(腹部) is thin, the weather in autumn will be bad.”
5 The lder peple can teach us many things t help us have a better life. s we shuld remember them all the time!
译文
海南省气象局预测，台风“Olu”将于2022年9月25日下午至夜间登陆南海。现如今我们可以提前知道天气状况，但在过去人们是怎么做到的呢？
我的爷爷是乡下的一位农民。他多年前就过世了。但我仍然记得他讲的关于如何预测天气的故事。比如，在夏天，他经常带我去看蚁丘。他说：“如果七月份的蚁丘很高，那么就说明今年冬天白雪皑皑。”爷爷的方法总是有效的，所以我总是相信爷爷的话。
九月，他会在阳光明媚的日子里观察毛毛虫。他告诉我：“如果毛毛虫的腹部很瘪，那么今年秋天的天气会很糟糕。”
现在我长大了，但我仍然做着同样的事情。老一辈的人教给了我们很多东西，帮助我们过上更好的生活，所以我们应该一直记得他们！
答案详析
随着科学技术的发展,现如今我们可以预测天气的转变，从而避免了很多自然灾害的威胁。但在过去我们是如何预测天气状况呢？
1.G 根据文章开头可知，海南省气象局预测台风将于2022年9月25日下午至晚上登陆南海；再根据空后一句“But what did peple d in the past?”可知，这里问的是在过去人们怎么做。空处内容应与下一句构成转折关系，故应与现在的情况有关。再结合所给选项可知，G项“我们现在可以提前了解天气”可承上启下，符合语境。
2.E 根据空前一句“He died many years ag.”可知，爷爷几年前就过世了；空后举例说明，夏季,爷爷通过观察蚁丘的状况来预测天气情况。故空处内容应与爷爷有很多预测天气的做法有关。E项“但‘我’仍然记得他讲的关于如何预测天气的故事”可承上启下，符合语境。
3.A 根据空后一句“S I always believe him.”可知，“我”总是相信爷爷的话。故空处内容应与爷爷的方法是有效的有关。A项“按照他的方法总是对的”可引出下文，符合语境。
4.C根据空后爷爷告诉“我”的话可知，如果毛毛虫的腹部很薄，那么秋天的天气会很糟糕。故空处内容应与爷爷去观察毛毛虫的情况有关。C项“九月，他会在阳光明媚的日子里看着毛毛虫”可引出下文，符合语境。
5.D 根据空后一句可知，老年人可以教我们很多东西来帮助我们过上更好的生活，所以我们应该时刻记住这些经验！再结合所给选项可知，D项“现在‘我’长大了，但‘我’仍然做一样的事情”可引出下文，符合语境。
衔接点05 介词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学介词考点聚焦】
1.选择正确的介词填空。
(1)Mike was brn (n/in)2005. His birthday is (n/in)April 2nd.
(2)I usually get up (at/in)6: 40. Then I g t schl (with/by)bike.
(3)Lucy is wrried (with/abut) her English.
(4)We will play ftball (in/n)Sunday.
(5)My brther will sing an English sng (in/n)Children's Day.
1.(1)in,n(2)at, by (3)abut(4)n(5)n
2.选择正确的介词填空。（每词限用一次）
frm with f in after abve n behind at fr
(1) my way t schl, I met Jack.
(2)We always brrw bks the library.
(3)The by sme bks is cming.
(4)Mike's ftball is the dr.
(5)D yu see the kite the building?
(6)My cusin is gd playing ftball.
(7)There are three birds the tree.
(8)This lessn is t hard me.
(9)My mum is ill. I shuld lk her well.
(10)Ann is afraid that big dg.
(1)On(2)frm(3)with (4)behind (5)abve(6)at(7)in(8)fr(9)after(10)f
3.用正确的介词填空。(10分)
Andy is (1) England. She lives(2) Lndn. She likes listening(3) music. She is gd (4) English. She is helpful(5) hme. She ften cleans the rm(6) the weekend.(7) dinner,she usually watches TV(8) her grandma.(9) the evening, she ges t bed(10) nine.
(1)frm(2)in(3)t (4)at(5)at(6)n/at(7)After(8)with(9)In(10)at
【初中介词考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 表示时间的介词
1.at多用于具体钟点前,如:at seven,at a quarter t ne;也可用于固定搭配中,如:at nn,at night。
2.in表示一段时间,用于年、月、世纪、四季或泛指的一天的上午、下午、晚上等前。如:in the twenty-first century在21世纪,in autumn在秋天,in the mrning在早上;还可用于表示“从现在起,多长时间以后或多久之后”的短语中。
3.n主要用在星期几、具体某一天或具体某一天的早、中、晚或节日前。如:
n the Mid-Autumn Festival在中秋节
n June 1st 在6月1日
4.since,frm和fr
5.“by+时间点”表示“到……时为止”,如果by后跟一个过去的时间点,句子应用过去完成时。如:
We had learned 1,000 English wrds by the end f last term.到上个学期末,我们已经学了1,000个英语单词。
6.“during+时间段”与延续性动词连用表示某期间的动作。如:
He lives with us during these years.这些年他跟我们一起住。
7.until与否定词连用,意为“直到……才”,其前的谓语动词多用瞬间性动词;until用在肯定句中,意为“直到……为止”,其前的谓语动词需用延续性动词。如:
I didn’t leave until my mther came hme.直到我妈妈回家我才离开。
一．用适当的介词填空
①Mther’s Day is n the secnd Sunday in May.
②We usually get t schl at 7:40 in the mrning.
③Her birthday is in winter, the mst beautiful seasn in a year.
④Uncle Wang has wrked in the factry fr twenty years.
⑤—Hw sn will he cme back?
— In a mnth.
二．选择填空
1.China’s first Mars rver, Zhurng, tuched dwn n the Red Planet May 15, 2021.
A.n B.in C.at D.t
答案 A 句意:中国的第一辆火星车“祝融号”于2021年5月15日降落在火星上。本题考查介词辨析。设空处后的“May 15,2021”为具体的某一天,其前应用介词n。故答案为A。
归纳总结 表时间的介词是中考的一个常考点,一定要牢记它们的用法:n接具体的某一天或具体某一天的上午、下午、晚上;in接年、月、季节等或泛指的上午、下午、晚上;at接具体的时刻。
2.China successfully landed a spacecraft Mars in May, 2021.
A.in B.n C.at D.fr
答案 B 句意:2021年5月,中国航天器成功在火星上着陆。本题考查介词。land n...指“降落在……,在……着陆”。故本题选B。
3.—I hear yur brther will enter Tsinghua University this summer.
—Exactly, he was a brn genius. He was able t read and write the age f 4.
A.in B.n C.at D.f
答案 C 句意:——我听说你哥哥今年夏天将进入清华大学学习。——的确如此,他是一个天才。在四岁时,他就会读书写字了。at the age f...指“在……岁时”。故选C。
4.Nanjing Zijinshan Insect Museum, which will be pen t the public sn, was frmed at the ft f Zhngshan April 2nd.
A.in B.n C.at D.frm
答案 B 句意:不久将向公众开放的南京紫金山昆虫博物馆,于4月2日在钟山山脚下建成。本题考查介词的用法。in后跟月份、年份或季节;n后跟日期或星期几;at后跟钟点或中午、午夜;frm后跟时间点,表示从某时起。April 2nd是博物馆建成的日期,故选B项。
考点二 表示方位的介词
1.表示方位的in,n和t
in表示在某一地区之内(属于该范围);n表示与某地的毗邻关系;t表示在某一地区之外(不属于该范围)。如:
Fujian Prvince is in the suth-east f China.福建省位于中国的东南部。
China is t the west f Japan.中国在日本的西边。
2.ver,abve和 n的用法
(1)ver 有“正上方”“越过”“覆盖在上面”之意。
There is a bridge ver the river.这条河上有一座桥。
(2)abve 指在上方,不一定表示正上方。如:
Raise yur hands abve yur head.把你的手举过你的头。
(3)n 指在上面,表示两物体接触。如:
There is a cup n the table.桌子上有一个杯子。
图示记忆
3.at,in和n的用法
(1)at 与较小的地点连用。如:at the bus stp,at hme
(2)in 与较大的地点连用。如:in China,in the wrld
(3)n 表示在一个平面上。如:n the farm
4.in frnt f,in the frnt f和befre
(1)in frnt f 表示“在……的前面”(范围外)。如:There are sme trees in frnt f the classrm.教室前面有一些树。
(2)in the frnt f 表示“在……的前部”(范围内)。如:
Put the shrtest flwers in the frnt f the bunch.把最短的花放在花束的靠前位置。
(3)befre 所表示的位置关系和in frnt f相同,表示“在……前面”。如:He sits befre me.他坐在我前面。
5.belw,under
belw表示“在……下方或位置低于……”,不一定有垂直在下之意;under 表示“在……正下方”。如:
The cat reaches belw the knees.这件外套到了膝盖下面。
He hid under the bed.他藏在床底下。
一．用适当的介词填空
①Li Ming ges t schl in his father‘’s car every day.
②Mr. Green is writing n the blackbard.
③They held a large umbrella ver her.
④—Can a plane fly thrugh the Atlantic Ocean?
—Yes,but it needs t g acrss the cluds fr hurs.
⑤Yu must be careful when yu swim acrss the lake.
二．选择填空
1.The sun shne the windw and left a tiny rainbw n the wall.
A.beynd B.alng C.thrugh D.acrss
答案 C 句意:阳光透过窗户照射进来,在墙上留下一道小小的彩虹。本题考查介词辨析。beynd超越;alng沿着;thrugh穿过(从内部穿过);acrss穿过(从表面横穿)。根据空格后的the windw可知,此处是指阳光从外向内照射进来,所以填thrugh,故选C。
2.Yancheng is the nly city China t be named after salt.
A.at B.n C.in D.with
答案 C 句意:盐城是中国唯一以盐命名的城市。本题考查介词的用法。根据语境可知,此处需用地点介词,且中国是大范围的地点,用in。故选C项。
3.Let’s put the pian ver there, the wall.
A.abve B.against C.acrss D.arund
答案 B 句意:让我们把钢琴放在那里吧,紧靠着墙。本题考查介词的用法。abve在……之上;against倚,紧靠;acrss横过;arund围绕。against the wall紧靠着墙。故选B项。
考点三 介词的固定搭配
介词在实际运用中常常和名词、动词、形容词等词类构成固定搭配,这些固定搭配在句子中经常出现。
一．选择填空
1.—Why d yu chse t use Beidu Navigatin(导航)Satellite System, Mr. Li?
—Because I think it has many advantages GPS(全球卫星定位系统).
A.n B.in C.ver D.f
答案 C 句意:——李先生,你为什么选择用北斗卫星导航系统?——因为我觉得它有很多优于全球卫星定位系统的优势。本题考查介词辨析。have many advantages ver...“相比……有许多优势”。故选C。
2.Ftball fans are ften called the “12th man” because f their influence a team.
A.t B.frm C.n D.at
答案 C 句意:因为足球迷们对球队的影响,他们通常被称为“第十二个人”。本题考查介词。One’s influence n... 是固定搭配,意思是“某人对……的影响”。故选C。
3.Little Simba went hunting alne. The Lin King walked arund, his safety.
A.with the help f B.in fear f
C.at the speed f D.n tp f
答案 B 句意:小辛巴独自出去打猎,狮子王走来走去,担心着他的安全。本题考查介词短语辨析。with the help f在……的帮助下;in fear f担心……;at the speed f以……的速度;n tp f在……之上。根据下文his safety可知,狮子王担心小辛巴的安全。故选B。
4.Our cuntry has made great prgress in the fight blue skies and clear waters.
A.in B.fr C.against D.between
答案 B 句意:我们的国家在为了蓝天碧水的斗争中已经取得了很大进步。本题考查介词词义辨析。in在……里面;fr为了;against反对,靠,倚;between在两者之间。因为蓝天碧水是我们国家的奋斗目标,故用fr表示目的。
5.It’s reprted that, , peple with cllege educatin can make mre mney than thse withut.
A.in general B.in publicC.in time D.in all
答案 A 句意:据报道,一般来讲,接受过大学教育的人比那些没有接受过大学教育的人能赚更多的钱。本题考查介词短语。in general一般来讲,通常;in public公开地;in time及时地;in all总共,共计。本题选A。
6.—Did yu g n the Silk Rad trip by train?
—Yes. The train was great, just like a htel wheels—it had all that I needed.
A.in B.at C.n D.by
答案 C 句意:——你是坐火车去“丝绸之路”旅行的吗?——是的。这列火车棒极了,就像车轮上的旅馆——它有我需要的一切。本题考查介词短语。n wheels在车轮上。故选C项。
7.When yu have jys, yu can share them yur friends.
A.fr B.in C.with D.n
答案 C 句意:当你有高兴的事时,你可以把它们与你的朋友们分享。本题考查介词的搭配。share sth. with sb.和某人分享某物。故选C项。
8. the help f mdern technlgy, scientists gt a pht f a black hle.
A.At B.In C.On D.With
答案 D 句意:在现代科技的帮助下,科学家们拍到了一张黑洞的照片。本题考查介词短语。with the help f...在……的帮助下。故选D项。
9.Scared by the lud nise, the rabbits ran ff all directins.
A.n B.at C.in D.by
答案 C 句意:被那声巨响惊吓到,兔子们四处逃窜。本题考查介词短语。in all directins为固定搭配,意为“向四面八方”。故选C项。
10.—If smene is yur way, what will yu d?
—I will wait until he r she mves instead f pushing past.
A.in B.n C.by D.alng
答案 A 句意:——如果有人挡你的路,你会怎么做?——我会等着直到他/她动了,而不是挤过去。本题考查介词短语。in ne?s way挡某人的路。故选A项。
二．知识拓展
其他用法
1.表示运动方向的介词
(1)int, inside, in 从外到内。如:
He went quickly int/inside/in the rm.他很快进入到房间里。
(2)n在……表面,nt到……上。如:
A bat is n the river.一条小船在河上。
He jumped nt a tree.他跳上一棵树。
(3)acrss穿过一平面,thrugh穿过一空间。如:
The by kicked the ball hard and it mved acrss the grass.这个男孩用力踢球,球飞过草地。
The train mved fast thrugh the tunnel.火车飞驶隧道。
2.n与abut的区别
3.between和amng的区别
between常指“在……(两者)之间”;amng用于指“在……(三者或三者以上的人或物)之间”。如果把三者或三者以上的人或事物分别看待,指每两者之间,也可用between。如:
Maria sits between Lucy and Lily.玛丽亚坐在露西和莉莉之间。
Miss Wang stands amng her students.王老师站在她的学生中间。
4.acrss,thrugh,ver和past的区别
acrss和thrugh都用于表示“穿过”。acrss着重指从一条直线或一物体表面的一边到另一边,表示游渡、乘船过海或过河时用acrss;thrugh含有“从……中间穿过”之意。如:
He can swim acrss the river.他能游过这条河。
She had t push her way thrugh the crwd t get t her sn.她必须挤过人群才能到她的儿子跟前。
ver多指在空间范围上“穿越”,而past指“经过”。如:
The plane flew ver a line f muntains in the suth-east.飞机从东南方的一座座山上飞过。
They walked past a tall tree.他们从一棵大树旁走过。
5.fr,t和twards 的区别
fr常用在leave,start后,表示运动的方向或目的。如:
They’ll leave fr Beijing t attend a meeting next mnth.他们下个月将出发去北京参加一个会议。
t 接在g,cme,return,mve等词之后,表示目的地。如:
When did yu return t Guangzhu after the hliday?假期后你何时回广州的?
twards意为“朝、向”,只说明运动的方向,没有“到达”的意思。如:
They are running twards the sea.他们跑向大海。
6.after与behind的区别
两个词都有“在……后”之意,behind常表示位置方面的“后”,而after表示时间、次序上的“后”。如:
behind the schl,after 5 ’clck,after yu
7.in,with和by表示“用”时的区别
in主要表示“用语言、声音等”;with表示“用具体有形的东西”;by表示“用……手段或方式”,后常接动名词。如:
Can yu sing this sng in English?你能用英语唱这首歌吗?
I d my hmewrk with a pen.我用钢笔写作业。
The girl made mney by selling flwers.这个女孩通过卖花赚钱。
8.but,besides和except的区别
but表示“除……之外”,常与含否定意义的词连用,当but前有动词d或其相关形式时,but后接动词原形;except表示“除……之外(不再有)”,指从整体中排除except所接的人或物,前面常有all,every,any,n或一些复合词;besides表示“除……之外(还有)”,其前常有ther,anther,any ther,a few等词。如:
We can d nthing but wait.除了等,我们什么也做不了。
All the students went t the z except Jim.除了吉姆,所有的学生都去动物园了。
I have a few gd friends besides yu.除了你之外,我还有几个好朋友。
9.in和after表示时间的区别
(1)in表示以此时此刻为起点的将来的一个时间段之后,常与将来时态的谓语动词连用;对时间状语“in+时间段”(表将来)提问可以用hw sn。
注意:in the past意为“在过去”,与过去时连用;in the past/last+时间段,意为“在过去的……中”,表示从现在算起的过去的一段时间,包括此时此刻在内,常与现在完成时连用。如:
In the past few years,great changes have taken place in ur schl.在过去的几年中,我们学校的变化很大。
(2)“after+时间段”常与过去时连用,“after+时间点”可与将来时连用。
10.in 和n的区别
n the tree表示枝、叶、果实等长“在树上”in the tree表示人或其他东西“在树上”
n the wall表示东西粘贴或挂“在墙上”in the wall表示门、窗等嵌“在墙上”
11.t和at用于行为对象时的区别
at与某些动词连用,表攻击的目标,含有某种程度的恶意;t只表示方向,无恶意。如:
Dn’t laugh at thers.It’s implite.不要嘲笑别人,那是不礼貌的。
She came t me and shk my hand warmly.她走到我面前,热情地和我握手。
12.f和in用于最高级结构中的区别
f后一般接数词或可数名词复数;in后一般是可数名词的单数形式。如:
Tm is the tallest by f the fur.汤姆是这四个男孩里最高的那一个。
Tm is the tallest by in the class.汤姆是这个班级中最高的男孩。
13.by,in和n表旅行方式的区别
by:①不涉及表示交通工具的名词时用by。如:by sea,by air;②涉及表示交通工具的名词,且该名词为单数形式,前面没有冠词或任何修饰语时用by。如:by ship,by plane。
n或in:当旅行方式涉及确定的、特指的交通工具时用n或in,交通工具前应有冠词、物主代词、指示代词等修饰语。在开放型或半开放型工具前用n,在封闭型工具前用in。如:n my bike,in a car。
14.f sb.与fr sb.的区别
f sb.用于It is+adj.+f sb.t d sth.句型中,形容词为clever,kind,nice等描述人物性格特征的词,f后的人物与形容词有主表关系。
fr sb.用于It is+adj.+fr sb.t d sth.句型中,形容词为easy,imprtant等描述真正的主语不定式特征的词,形容词表示的是主语对于fr后的人物来说的性质。如:
It is kind f yu t help me.你能帮助我真好。
It is imprtant fr us t learn English well.对我们来说学好英语很重要。
15.t既是介词,又是动词不定式符号。作动词不定式符号时,后面跟动词原形;作介词时,后面跟名词、代词或动名词。
下列含有t的词组中t都是介词,在使用时应特别注意,如果它们后面跟的是动词,则用动名词形式。
pay attentin t,make a cntributin t,accrding t,get used t,,lk frward t
一.根据汉语提示,完成句子
①They will finish the wrk in an hur. 一小时后他们将完成这项工作。
② n a warm spring afternn 在一个温暖的春天的下午
③He has studied English since 2000. 自从2000年他就开始学英语了。
④Our teacher usually stands in the frnt f the classrm. 我们的老师通常站在教室前面。
⑤Wine is made frm grapes.葡萄酒是用葡萄酿造的。
⑥Clthes are used fr keeping us warm. 衣服是用来为我们保暖的。
A组 基础题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.Ben was helping his mther when the rain began t beat heavily the windws.
A.belw B.acrss C.behind D.against
答案 D 句意:当雨点开始重重地敲打窗户的时候,本正在帮助他的母亲。本题考查介词辨析。belw在……下面;acrss穿过;behind在……后面;against碰撞。beat against...是固定搭配,反复在……上拍打,击打……。故选D。
2.On sunny days, my grandma ften reads a nvel the windw.
A.fr B.by C.with D.frm
答案 B 句意:在天气晴朗的日子,我奶奶经常在窗边看小说。表示“在……旁边”用by,故选B。
3.Vlunteering is a gd way t experience life the campus (校园). Take an active part in it, and yu will learn mre abut the wrld.
A.ver B.beyndC.against D.abve
答案 B 本题考查介词的辨析。ver在……上方;beynd在……之外;against反对,违反,紧靠;abve在……上面。此句应指体验校园之外的生活,故选B。
4.Dn’t stay inside such a sunny day. Let’s g ut t enjy the sweet flwers.
A.in B.nC.by D.thrugh
答案 B 本题考查介词的用法。在具体某一天前用介词n,故选B。
5.I can hardly imagine what ur life will be like the Internet in the infrmatin age nwadays.
A.thrugh B.underC.withut D.against
答案 C 句意:我很难想象在信息时代的今天,没有互联网,我们的生活将是什么样。本题考查介词辨析。thrugh穿过;under在……下面;withut没有;against反对。故选C。
6.In rder t get the difficult times, it is f great imprtance fr cuntries all ver the wrld t wrk clsely tgether.
A.beynd B.acrssC.thrugh D.against
答案 C 句意:为渡过难关,世界各国密切合作至关重要。本题考查介词辨析。beynd超越;acrss横穿;thrugh穿过,从头到尾;against紧靠,反对。get thrugh the difficult times指“渡过难关”。故选C。
7.When are yu arriving? I’ll pick yu up the statin.
A.at B.t C.n D.ff
答案 A 句意:你什么时候到,我将在车站接你。本题考查地点介词。at在……,后接小地点;t朝,向;n在某物体表面上;ff离开。the statin车站,是小地点,其前用at。故选A。
8. Friday afternn, ur schl ends earlier than usual.
A.At B.OnC.T D.In
答案 B 句意:在周五下午,我们学校放学比平时早。本题考查介词的用法。在具体某一天的下午前,用介词n。故选B。
9.The blue planet is s far frm the earth that radi signals, traveling the speed f light, take 16 hurs t reach the spacecraft.
A.fr B.inC.n D.at
答案 D 本题考查介词。at the speed f为固定搭配,意为“以……的速度”,故选D。
10.Arthur Cnan Dyle is cnsidered a master at slving crimes.
A.fr B.asC.with D.by
答案 B 句意:阿瑟·柯南·道尔被认为是破案大师。本题考查介词。be cnsidered as被认为是……。故选B项。
11.—Hw lng have yu been here?— the end f last year.
A.By B.AtC.Since D.In
答案 C 句意:——你来这儿多久了?——自从去年年末。本题考查介词的用法。hw lng对时间段提问,可用“since+时间点”或“fr+时间段”来回答,去年年末是时间点,故选C项。
12.Peter is clever enugh t read and write the age f 4.
A.between B.atC.t D.during
答案 B at the age f在……岁时。故选B项。
13.The simplest everyday activities can make a difference the envirnment.
A.fr B.in C.f D.t
答案 D make a difference t...对……产生影响,固定搭配。故选D项。
14.T my pleasure, my family are always me, s I can fllw my dreams with great curage.
A.past B.abve C.upn D.behind
答案 D 句意:使我高兴的是,我的家人总是在我的身后(支持我),所以我能带着极大的勇气追逐我的梦想。本题考查介词的用法。past经过;abve高于;upn在……上;behind在……后面。故选D项。
15.If yu want t be a gd teacher, yu shuld be patient students.
A.abut B.t C.with D.f
答案 C 句意:如果你想成为一个好老师,你应该对学生有耐心。本题考查介词和形容词的搭配。be patient with对……有耐心,为固定搭配。故选C项。
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.—Where is the city library?
—It’s (在……对面)the frnt gate f the Grand Htel.
答案 ppsite 介词短语作表语,ppsite表示“在……对面”。
2.It’s s nice t take a walk n the path which leads (穿过)the trees t the river.
答案 thrugh 介词“穿过”主要有两种表达:一是acrss,指从表面横穿,如acrss the bridge, acrss the rad, acrss the field等;二是thrugh,指从空间内部穿过,如thrugh the frest, thrugh the dr, thrugh the tunnel等。此题是从树林中穿过,所以填thrugh。
3.The temperature in ur hmetwn usually drps (在……以下) zer in winter.
答案 belw 与zer搭配表示温度在零度以下用“belw”, drp belw zer指(气温)下降到零度以下。
4.—Jim, I want t jin the army.
—Are yu jking? Peple (在……下) eighteen aren’t allwed t jin the army.
答案 under “under+年龄”表示“在……岁以下”。
5.In spring, bees and butterflies play (在……中) the flwers.
答案 amng amng the flwers在花丛中。
B组 提升题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.When the accident happened the evening f last Saturday, it was blwing and raining.
A.at B.nC.in D./
答案 B 在“早、中、晚”前通常用介词in,但是如果指具体某一天的“早、中、晚”或被形容词修饰的“早、中、晚”前要用介词n。故选B。
2.—Hi, Mm directed by Jia Ling is a hit this year.
—It really is. It shws us the deep lve between a mther and a daughter.
A./ B.inC.n D.at
答案 A 句意:——贾玲执导的电影《你好,李焕英》在今年大受欢迎。——确实是这样。它向我们展示了母亲和女儿之间深深的爱。本题考查介词的用法。时间名词前有this, that, next, last, every修饰时,不需要加介词。故选A。
3.— the way, can yu ffer me sme advice n hw t imprve my English?
—Why nt buy an English dictinary? It can help yu many ways.
A.In;by B.On;inC.By;in D.By;with
答案 C 句意:——顺便问一下,你能就如何提高我的英语水平给我一些建议吗?——为什么不买一本英语词典呢?它可以在很多方面帮助你。 本题考查介词短语。by the way顺便问一下;in many ways在很多方面,故选C。
4.—Lk! Many vlunteers are recrding birds’ types and changes their numbers.
—I think it’s meaningful them t wrk here in their spare time.
A.in;f B.in;fr C.n;fr D.n;f
答案 B 句意:——看!许多志愿者正在记录鸟类的种类和数量的变化。——我认为他们在业余时间在这里工作是有意义的。本题考查介词的用法。the change(s) in...是固定搭配,指“……的变化”,所以排除C、D两项。It is+adj.+fr sb. t d sth.是固定句型,表示“做某事对某人来说是……的”。故选B。
5.Xinjiang cttn is praised the best cttn in ur cuntry its high quality.
A.fr;as B.fr;byC.as;fr D.by;fr
答案 C 句意:新疆棉因为它的高质量而被誉为我们国家最好的棉花。本题考查介词的用法。be praised as... 被誉为……;be praised fr... 因……而被表扬;be praised by...被……所称赞。故选C。
6.The Tm and Jerry series first appeared n screen 1940. And a new live-actin(真人版)Tm and Jerry came ut February 26 in the US this year.
A.in;in B.in;n C.n;n D.n;in
答案 B 在时间段(年、月、季节等)前用介词in,在某一个具体的日子前用介词n。故选B。
7.Since he had n tls, he had t put the picture the wall befre he culd put it up.
A.n B.inC.against D.ver
答案 C 句意:因为他没有工具,他不得不在能挂起这幅画之前先把它靠在墙上。本题考查介词的用法。n在……上面;in在……里面;against紧靠;ver在……上方。故选C项。
8.—I can’t think f any ther actress prettier than Audrey Hepburn.
—Exactly. Her beauty is wrds.
A.ver B.beyndC.abve D.withut
答案 B 句意:——我想不出任何一个比奥黛丽·赫本更漂亮的女演员了。——的确。她的美丽无法用语言描述。本题考查介词的用法。beynd wrds无法用语言表达。故选B项。
9.Mr. Black has gne t Shanghai n business. He will return three days.
A.in B.atC.fr D.n
答案 A 句意:布莱克先生去上海出差了。他将会在三天后回来。本题考查介词的用法。“in+时间段”表示“在(某段时间)之后”,in three days三天后,为表示将来的时间状语。故选A项。
10.—Hw did yu get the wnderful news?
— a Mr. Lrry, ne well-infrmed persn.
A.Acrss B.Including C.Thrugh D.By
答案 C 句意:——你怎么得到这个极好的消息的?——通过一个叫洛里的先生,一个消息灵通的人。本题考查介词词义辨析。acrss从表面上横穿;including包括……在内;thrugh通过;by通过,常用结构为by ding sth.“通过做某事”。故选C项。
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1. (在……期间) his stay in Yancheng, he made sme gd friends.
答案 During his stay in Yancheng是名词短语,所以用介词during与之搭配,表示“在他待在盐城期间”。
2. (没有) much wrk t deal with, David decided t have a drink t get relaxed.
答案 Withut “withut+宾语+不定式”作状语,表原因、伴随等情况。注意首字母要大写。
3.—What yu said ges far my understanding, Miss Lee.
—Srry, I will explain it again with simple wrds.
答案 beynd 根据答语I will explain it again with simple wrds(我将用简单的语言再解释一遍)可知,设空处表示“你所说的我无法理解”,所以填beynd。
4.As yu walk (穿过) a dr, lk t see if yu can hld it pen fr smene else.
答案 thrugh 从空间内部穿过用介词thrugh。acrss表示从表面穿过。
5.Everyne handed in their wrk (除了) Li Hua because f his illness.
答案 except except除了……以外(不再有)。注意:拼写时不要和expect混淆。
6.—Lk! The z is n the ther side f the river.
—Let’s g the bridge and see the giant pandas.
答案 acrss g acrss the bridge从桥上走过,相当于crss the bridge。
Jillian Magee, 30, is a third-grade teacher frm Washingtn D. C. She has becme very ppular fr her“ Tattle Bx(告状盒）”.
Jillian said she started t make the bx because she was getting tired f being interrupted（打断)during lessns." Kids tell yu every little thing that's ging n. I finally tld them t just write it dwn n paper and put it in the bx,” she said.
She reads the paper after schl. If there's anything that's very imprtant, she will talk t them abut it. “I think the bx is gd fr cmmunicatin(交流).It helps students slve cnflicts(矛盾）,”Jillian said.
The bx helps shy students find their vice. “If they have smething t tell me, but they're t afraid t say it themselves, they can write it dwn,” Jillian said. Students dn't have t write their names n it. Just put it in the bx, stp thinking abut it and they will feel better abut it.
1.What makes Jillian ppular?

2.Why did Jillian start t make the bx?

3.What will Jillian d if there is anything imprtant n the paper in the bx?

4.D students write their names n the paper?

5.Hw d yu like the “Tattle Bx”? Why?

译文
30岁的 Jillian Magee 是华盛顿的一名三年级教师，她因“告状盒”而变得受欢迎。
Jillian说，她开始制作这个盒子是因为她厌倦了上课时被打断。她说：“孩子们会告诉你发生的每一件小事情。我最后告诉他们，只要把它写在纸上，然后放到盒子里就行。”
她放学后会看纸条。如果有什么非常重要的事情，她会跟学生讨论它。Jillian说：“我认为“告状盒”对沟通有好处。它帮助学生解决冲突。”
“告状盒”帮助害羞的学生表达自己的想法。Jillian说：“如果他们有事情要告诉我，但他们自己不敢说，他们可以把它写下来。学生们不必在纸上面写上名字。”只要把它放在盒子里，不用再想它，他们会感觉好受一些。”
答案详析
Jillian Magee是一位来自华盛顿的三年级老师。为了避免学生打断课堂，她制作了一个“告状盒”。她认为这个盒子可以帮助学生解决矛盾，而且可以帮助害羞的学生表达自己的想法。
1.The“Tattle Bx”.根据第一段最后一句“She has becme very ppular fr her ‘Tattle Bx'.”可知，Jillian因为她的“告状盒”而变得受欢迎。
2. Because she was getting tired f being interrupted during lessns.根据第二段第一句“Jillian said she started t make the bx because she was getting tired f being interrupted during lessns.”可知，她开始做这个盒子是因为她厌倦了上课时被打断。
3. She will talk t students abut it.根据第三段第二句“If there's anything that's very imprtant, she will talk t them abut it.”可知，如果有什么重要的事情，她会跟学生讨论它。
4. N, they dn't.根据最后一段倒数第二句“Students dn't have t write their names n it.”可知，学生们不必在纸上面写名字。
5.I think the “Tattle Bx" is very the bx is gd fr cmmunicatin and it helps students slve cnflicts.(开放性题目，答案合理即可)
衔接点06 连词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学连词考点聚焦】
1.选词填空。
and but r because s
(1)I'd like t g t yur party, I will see the dctr tmrrw.
(2)I must wear my sweater, it is very cld nw.
(3)Miss White likes singing dancing.
(4)Which seasn d yu like best, summer winter?
(5)I had a cld, I didn't g t schl.
(1)but(2)because(3)and(4)r(5)s
2.单项选择。
( )(1)My little sister is shrt she can't pick apples.
A.t;t B.s;that C.as;as
( )(2)He can't ck Chinese fd, .
A.t B.either C.t
( )(3)Turn left at the bkstre then turn right at the cinema.
A.and B.but C.r
( )(4) my father mther are dctrs.
A. Either; r B. Neither; nr C. Bth; and
( )(5)I was very happy, my mther bught me a gift.
A.s B.and C.because
(1)B(2)B(3)A(4)C(5)C
3.用适当的连词合并句子。
(1)He can speak Chinese. He can speak English, t.
He can speak Chinese English.
(2)Yu may stay. Yu may g.
Yu may stay g.
(3)I can't answer the questin. He can't answer the questin, either.
he I can answer the questin.
(1)bth, and (2)either, r (3)Neither, nr
【初中连词考点聚焦】
考点清单
并列连词
1.常见的并列连词
2.不能同时出现在一个句子中的连词
(1)because(因为),s(所以)不能同时出现在一个句子里,只能用其一。如:
Because he was tired,he culdn’t walk there.
=He was tired,s he culdn’t walk there.因为他累了,所以他不能走到那儿。
(2)althugh/thugh(虽然),but(但是)不能同时出现在一个句子里,只能用其一。但althugh/thugh和yet/still可以同时出现在一个句子里。如:
Thugh he was tired,he still wrked hard.
=He was tired,but he still wrked hard.虽然他累了,但他仍然努力工作。
一．用and,but,r,s,while填空
①Many birds stay in the nature reserve f Zhalng all year rund while sme nly g there fr a shrt stay.
②Keep trying, and yu’ll succeed ne day.
③Which is easier t learn,Japanese r French?
④It snwed heavily last night, s the grund is cvered with snw nw.
⑤Tm is a very smart by, but he never shws ff.
二．选择填空
1.Read the bk Cute Pets, yu will knw hw t take care f yur cat.
A.r B.s C.and D.but
答案 C 句意:读一读《可爱的宠物》这本书,你就会知道该如何照顾你的猫了。本题考查连词。r或者,否则;s所以;and和,那么;but但是。空格处前后为顺承关系。故选C。
2.The dctrs wrked fr ten hurs, nbdy tk a break.
A.s B.fr C.but D.r
答案 C 句意:医生们工作了十个小时,但没有人休息一下。本题考查连词的用法。前面说“工作了十个小时”,后面说“没有人休息”,前后有明显的转折关系,故选C。
3.Life is like a ne-way race, treasure every mment as time cannt be wn again.
A.s B.and C.r D.but
答案 A 句意:生活像一场单向的赛跑,所以要珍惜每时每刻,因为时间一去不再来。本题考查并列连词。s因此,所以;and和;r或者,否则;but但是。根据语境可知,设空处前后是因果关系,故选A。
4.Lve frm parents is like the wind—yu can’t see it yu can feel it.
A.and B.rC.but D.s
答案 C 句意:父母的爱就像是风——你虽然看不见它,却能感受到它。本题考查并列连词。空格前的yu can’t see it和空格后的yu can feel it之间存在转折关系,应用but。故选C项。
5.I’ve wanted t read Peter Pan fr lng, tday I finally brrwed the bk frm the library.
A.r B.butC.and D.since
答案 C 句意:我早就想看《彼得·潘》了,今天我终于从图书馆借来了这本书。本题考查并列连词。r或者;but但是;and并且;since自从。故选C项。
6.—D yu think David and Lisa can be gd accuntants?
—Accuntants shuld be careful enugh. David Lisa is suitable, I?m afraid.
A.Either;r B.Neither;nrC.Bth;and D.Nt nly;but als
答案 B 句意:——你认为David和Lisa能成为好会计吗?——会计应该要足够细心。恐怕他们两人都不适合。本题考查并列连词。不是……就是……,指两个中的一个;既不……也不……,指两个都不;既……又……,指两个都;nt als...不仅……而且……,指两个都,且有递进关系。根据I’m afraid可知,第二个人婉转地表达了两个人都不合适。故选B项。
7.“Put n yur cat, yu will catch a cld!” This is what my mum ften says t me.
A.and B.butC.r D.s
答案 C 句意:“穿上大衣,否则你会感冒的!”这是我妈妈经常对我说的话。本题考查并列连词。and和,表示顺承;but但是,表示转折;r或者,否则,表示选择或不做某事的后果;s所以,因此,表示结果。故选C项。
8.Hawking is n lnger with us, he will cntinue t inspire the wrld.
A.s B.ifC.but D.as
答案 C 句意:霍金离我们而去了,但是他会继续激励这个世界。本题考查并列连词。设空前后之间存在明显的转折关系,but符合语境,故选C项。
9.Give me a chance, I’ll prve it t yu.
A.and B.tillC.thugh D.while
答案 A 句意:给我一次机会,我会向你证明的。本题考查并列连词。此句结构为“祈使句+and+陈述句”,相当于If yu give me a chance, I’ll prve it t yu.,故选A项。
从属连词
一．宾语从句属于名词性从句,其连接词及作用见下表:
一、填空题
1.Find ut thse things are, think hard abut wh yu want t be, and then shw yurself hnestly t the peple arund yu.
【答案】 what 考查宾语从句的连接词。此处表示“找出那些东西是什么……”。“ thse things are”为宾语从句,作find ut的宾语,该从句中缺少表语,且设空处意为“什么”,故填what。
2.—D yu knw the Smiths left Shanghai?
—I’m nt sure abut the date. I nly remember it was a Sunday.
【答案】when 句意:——你知道史密斯一家什么时候离开上海的吗?——我不确定日期。我只记得是个星期天。本题考查连接词。根据答句可知是时间,因此使用when。
3.—It’s said that the new highway has been cmpleted.
—Yes,but we dn’t knw it’s t be pened t traffic sn.
【答案】whether 句意:——据说新的公路已经竣工了。——是的,但是我们不知道是否很快就能通车。本题考查宾语从句的连接词。whether是否,符合句意。
二．状语从句由从属连词引导,与主句连接,位于句首时,常用逗号与主句分开,位于句末时,其前一般不用逗号。状语从句根据其用途可分为时间状语从句、条件状语从句、原因状语从句、目的状语从句、结果状语从句、让步状语从句、比较状语从句、地点状语从句等。
1.Check what yu have written yu hand in yur applicatin frm.
A.since B.befre C.after D.while
答案 B 句意:在你交申请表之前,检查一下你所写的内容。本题考查连词。since“自从”,befre“在……之前”,after“在……之后”,while“当……时候”。根据句意可知应选B。
2.Max gt lst and was trapped in the frest fr 10 hurs a farmer nearby fund him.
A.if B.since C.until D.after
答案 C 句意:马克斯迷路了,被困在森林里10个小时,直到附近的一个农民发现了他。本题考查连词。if“如果”,since“自从”,until“直到……为止”,after“在……之后”。马克斯一直被困在森林里直到被发现为止。故选C。
知识拓展 until在肯定句中,表示“直到……为止”,通常和延续性动词连用;如果until在否定句中,则表示“直到……才……”。
3.The manager f the htel was waiting at the gate the guests arrived.
A.while B.when C.unless D.after
答案 B 句意:当客人们到达时,宾馆经理正在门外等候。本题考查连词。while当……时候(通常和延续性动词连用),when当……时候(可以和短暂性动词连用,也可和延续性动词连用),unless除非,after在……之后。空格处应表示“当……时候”,arrive是短暂性动词,故选B。
4. he is my favrite singer, I didn’t buy his new CD.
A.If B.Ever sinceC.Even thugh D.Because
答案 C 本题考查连词词义辨析。if 如果;ever since从那时起;even thugh 虽然;because 因为。逗号前面说“他是我最喜欢的歌手”,逗号后面说“我没买他的新唱片”,前后构成让步关系,此处应用Even thugh引导让步状语从句。故答案为C。
5.Millie’s research paper isn’t up t standard she has wrked at it fr tw weeks.
A.since B.unless C.if D.althugh
答案 D 句意:虽然米莉的研究论文写了两周了,但它还是没有达到标准。本题考查连词。since“自从”,unless“除非”,if“如果”,althugh“虽然”。根据句意可知应选D。
6.—The lcal fd may taste a bit strange.
—Well, we are here, why nt give it a try?
A.thugh B.unlessC.since D.because
答案 C 句意:——当地的食物尝起来可能有点怪。——唉,既然我们在这里,为什么不尝试一下?本题考查连词。thugh虽然,尽管;unless除非;since既然,由于;because因为。此处用since引导原因状语从句,表示说话者和听话者双方都知道的原因。
1.He made a mistake, but then he tk actin t change the situatin it gt wrse.
A.until B.whenC.befre D.because
答案 C 句意:他犯了一个错误,但是之后他在情况变得更糟之前就采取措施修正了。本题考查连词的辨析。until直到……为止;when当……的时候;befre在……之前;because因为。根据语境可知是在情况变得更糟之前采取行动,故选C。
2. nicknames(绰号) are seen as a frm f shwing n respect fr thers, next time yu want t call smene by his nickname at schl, weigh it befre yu d.
A.Since B.AlthughC.Unless D.Befre
答案 A 句意:因为绰号被认为是不尊重他人的表现,下次你在学校想叫别人的绰号时请三思而后行。本题考查连词辨析。根据句意可知,设空处用“Since”表原因,故选A。
3.Yu will never grw yu try t d smething beynd yur abilities.
A.when B.sinceC.thugh D.unless
答案 D 句意:如果你不努力做超出你的能力的事情,你永远不会成长。本题考查连词辨析。when当……时候;since自从,由于;thugh虽然;unless除非,如果不。根据句意可知应用unless引导条件状语从句,相当于。故选D。
4.Lve yur parents they are alive. Dn’t wait until it is t late.
A.while B.thughC.because D.unless
答案 A 句意:趁父母健在,爱他们。不要等到来不及时。本题考查连词辨析。while当……时候;thugh尽管;because因为;unless除非,如果不。根据下一句Dn’t wait until it is t late.可知,此处表示“在父母还活着的时候”,故选A。
5.)Jenny, remember t speak ludly at nce yu click n this icn.
A.until B.afterC.befre D.since
答案 B 句意:珍妮,记得在你点击这个图标之后,要立刻大声说话。此题考查连词辨析。until直到……;after在……之后;befre在……之前;since自从,由于。结合句意,应用连词after,故选B。
6.We have t say gdbye nw, ur friendship will last frever.
A.and B.butC.r D.s
答案 B 句意:我们现在不得不说再见了,但我们的友谊将地久天长。本题考查连词辨析。前后分句之间是转折关系,因此用but连接,故选B。
7.—A sandstrm hit the nrth a few weeks ag. It was the strngest in ten years.
—The envirnment wn’t get better we take actin t prtect it.
A.if B.sinceC.thugh D.unless
答案 D 句意:——几个星期前一场沙尘暴袭击了北部地区,它是十年中最强的一次。——如果我们不采取措施来保护环境,它不会好转。本题考查连词辨析。if如果;since自从,由于;thugh虽然;unless除非,如果不。根据句意可知应用unless,故选D。
8. birds use their feathers fr flight, sme f their feathers are fr ther purpses.
A.Because B.IfC.Althugh D.Once
答案 C 句意:虽然鸟类用羽毛飞行,但是它们的一些羽毛有其他用途。本题考查连词辨析。because因为;if如果;althugh虽然;nce一旦。设空处表让步,故选C。
9.Tigers usually wait it is dark, and then g ut t find their fd.
A.since B.asC.until D.because
答案 C 句意:老虎通常要等到天黑,然后出去寻找食物。此题考查连词辨析。老虎要等到天黑才出去。故选C。
10.—Why dn’t yu get used t the life in the big city?
— the crwded traffic the high living cst. The nly reasn is the terrible pllutin.
A.Nt nly;but alsB.Either;r
C.Bth;andD.Neither;nr
答案 D 句意:——你为什么不能适应大城市的生活?——既不是拥挤的交通,也不是高昂的生活费用。唯一的原因是严重的污染。本题考查连词辨析。根据下文The nly reasn is the terrible pllutin.可知,不喜欢大城市的生活的原因既不是拥挤的交通,也不是高昂的生活费用。故选D。
11.—Oh, my Gd! I’ve already wrked fr several hurs withut a rest.
—I think yu must stp wrking yu might turn int a machine.
A.s B.andC.r D.but
答案 C 句意:——哦,我的天哪!我已经连续工作几个小时没有休息了。——我认为你必须停止工作,否则你可能会变成一台机器。本题考查连词。s因此,表示因果关系;and并且,表示顺承、并列或递进关系;r或者,否则;but但是,表示转折关系。故选C项。
12.I was walking alng the street it began t rain.
A.when B.sinceC.while D.fr
答案 A 句意:我正沿着大街走,这时开始下雨了。根据was/were ding... when...正在……这时……,故选A。
In 2000, scientists in China fund a special egg near Ganzhu. It was a fssil(化石).A fssil is a thing that lks 1 a rck. It can be very ld and this egg is millins f 2 ld. Later, the scientists left it in a museum and 3 abut it.
They did nt think f the egg until peple did sme building wrk in the museum in 2021.Scientists believed that 4 was inside. S they decided t study it 5 . They fund an embry(胚胎）f an viraptrsaur. The viraptrsaur is a kind f dinsaur(恐龙).It has n 6 but it has feathers(羽毛)like birds. It 7 in tday's Asia and Nrth America 100 t 66 millin years ag.
The egg is 17 cm lng, and the inside embry is 27 cm lng. 8 head is n the belly(腹部) and feet are n either side. That is usual fr birds but it is very 9 infrmatin fr scientists. They think it shws that there is a link(联系) 10 dinsaurs and birds.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
译文
2000年，中国科学家在赣州附近发现了一枚特殊的蛋。它是一枚化石。化石是看起来像岩石一样的东西。化石可能会非常古老，而这枚蛋有数百万年的历史。后来，科学家们把它留在了博物馆，并且没有再想起它。
直到2021年人们在博物馆进行建筑施工时，科学家们才想起这枚蛋。科学家们认为里面有东西。所以他们决定仔细研究它。他们发现了一个窃蛋龙的胚胎。窃蛋龙是一种恐龙。它没有牙齿，但它有像鸟一样的羽毛。它于1亿至6600万年前生活在今天的亚洲和北美洲。
这枚蛋有17厘米长，里面的胚胎有27厘米长。它的头在腹部的位置，脚在两边。这在鸟类中很平常，但这对科学家们来说是非常重要的信息。他们认为这表明恐龙和鸟类之间有联系。
答案详析
1.like此处指化石是看起来像岩石一样的东西。lk like“看起来像”，是固定短语，故填like。
2.years 根据空前的“It can be very ld”可知，化石很古老，故此处指这枚蛋有数百万年的历史了。再结合空前的millins f可知，此处应填year的复数形式years。
3.frgt 根据空前的“the scientists left it in a museum”和下一段中的“They did nt think f the egg”可知，此处指科学家们把它放在博物馆并没有想起它来。本句时态应用一般过去时，故填frget的过去式frgt。
4.smething 根据下一句中的“S they decided t study it"可知， 他们决定研究它，故此处指科学家们认为里面有某些东西，故填smething。
5.carefully 根据语境可知，此处指他们决定仔细研究它。空处缺少副词修饰动词study，故填careful的副词形式carefully。
6. teeth 此处指它没有牙齿，但是有像鸟一样的羽毛。此处泛指一类事物，故填tth的复数形式teeth。
7.lived 此处指它生活在距今1亿至6600万年前的亚洲和北美洲。根据空后的“100 t 66 millin years ag”可知，此处应填live 的过去式lived。
8.Its此处指它的头在腹部的位置。空处所填词作定语修饰名词 head，故填形容词性物主代词Its。单词位于句首，注意首字母大写。
9. imprtant根据语境可知,此处指这对科学家们来说是非常重要的信息，故填imprtant。
10. between此处指这表明恐龙和鸟类之间有联系。意为“在和之间”，为固定搭配，故填between。
衔接点07 形容词、副词（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学形容词、副词考点聚焦】
一.写出下列形容词或副词的比较级和最高级。。
1.shrter shrtest2.fatter fattest3.wet wetter4.heavier heaviest5.less least
6.mre imprtant mst imprtant7.mre mst8.happier happiest9.mre beautiful mst beautiful
10.mre interesting mst interesting11.bigger biggest12.mre mst
13.better best13.easier easiest15.strnger strngest16.wre wrst
二．写出下列单词的相应形式。
1.friendly8.healthy
12.interesting/interested13.Chinese14.sunny
三．用所给词的适当形式填空
1. The classrm is as__ ( clean ) as that ne, but it is_____ ( small ) than that ne.
2. This is the ___( gd ) idea fr yu t keep fit.
3. My brther’s hair is____ ( shrt ) than mine.
4. The watermeln is _____(heavy) than these bananas, but I like bananas.
5. Lessn 7 is _______( easy ) than lessn 9, but it is nt s ________( interesting ) as lessn 9.
6. D yu have anything ____( much ) t ask Chinese teacher?
7. That is the ______( fat ) cat that we have ever seen.
8. Which is the _______( high ) muntain in the wrld?
9. I think English is__________(difficult)than math.
1.clean； smaller 2.best 3.shrter 4.heavier 5.easier; interesting 6. mre 7. fattest 8. highest 9.mre difficult
【初中形容词、副词考点聚焦】
考点清单
一．形容词的句法作用：作句子中名词的定语、句子的表语以及宾语补足语。
2、形容词在句子中的位置：
⑴作定语时放在名词的前面,且音节少的词放在音节多的词之前。
如：a big yellw wden wheel(一个黄色的大木轮)
D yu want t g anywhere interesting?(定语后置)
多个形容词修饰名词的顺序
限定词--数词--描绘词--(大小,长短,形状,新旧,颜色) --出处--材料性质,类别--名词
a small rund table
a tall gray building
a dirty ld brwn shirt
a famus German medical schl
an expensive Japanese sprts car
一般与被修饰形容词关系密切的形容词靠近名词;如果几个形容词的重要性差不多,音节少的形容词在前,音节多的方在后,在不能确定时,可参照下表:
限定词+数量词(序数词在前,基数词在后)+性状形容词+大小、长短、高低等形体+
新旧+颜色+国籍+材料+名词
thse + three + beautiful + large + square+ld + brwn + wd + table
典型例题:
1) Tny is ging camping with ___ bys.
A. little tw ther B. tw little ther C. tw ther little D. little ther tw
答案:C。由"限定词--数词--描绘词--(大小,长短,形状,新旧,颜色) --性质--名词"的公式可知数词,描绘词,性质依次顺序,只有C符合答案。

⑵作表语时放在系动词（be,感官看见）之后。
如：The price sunds reasnable.(这个价格听起来算是合理)
⑶作宾语补足语时放在宾语之后。
如：We must try ur best t keep ur envirnment clean.(我们必须尽力保持我们的环境清洁)
⑷后置的情况：
①修饰复合不定代词时放在代词之后。
如：Smething serius has happened t him.(他发生了严重的事故)
②与表示“长、宽、高、重、老、远离”的词连用时形容词后置。
如：He’s 1.8 metres tall.(他身高1.8米。)
The mn is abut 380,000 kilmetres away frm the earth.(月球离地38万公里)
一.单项选择
1.The Lianyungang-Xuzhu High-speed Railway was pen t the public this year.
A.180 kilmeter lngB.180 kilmeters lng
C.180-kilmeter-lngD.180-kilmeters-lng
答案 C 句意:这条180千米长的连徐高铁今年对公众开放了。本题考查复合形容词。复合形容词中名词没有复数形式,词与词之间由连字符“-”连接。故选C。
知识拓展 180-kilmeter-lng与180 kilmeters lng 之间的区别:180-kilmeter-lng是复合形容词,在句中起修饰名词的作用,不能作表语;180 kilmeters lng位于系动词之后,作表语,不能作定语。
2.—Hw abut the fruit salad?
—Yummy! It tastes very . By the way, wh made it?
A.gd B.bad C.well D.badly
答案 A 句意:——这水果沙拉怎么样?——很美味!尝起来很好。顺便问一下,谁做的?本题考查形容词的用法。根据Yummy可知,这沙拉很美味;taste为连系动词,后接形容词作表语。故选A项。
思路分析 本题考查了两个知识点:(1)连系动词后用形容词作表语,据此首先可排除D项。C项well作形容词时,常表示身体好;(2)形容词词义辨析。根据语境可判断,沙拉的味道是好的。
3.Wu Dajing, a Chinese skater, set a new wrld recrd at the Shrt Track Wrld Cup last year.
A.25-years-ld B.25 year ldC.25-year-ld D.25 years ld
答案 C 句意:武大靖,一位25岁的中国滑冰运动员,去年在短道速滑世界杯比赛中创造了新的世界纪录。本题考查复合形容词。在这一结构中各词间用连字符隔开,并且名词用单数。故选C项。
4.“Reading Pavilin”, which entered Luhe Library this spring, has made it fr the citizens t experience the pleasure f reading than befre.
A.easy B.easierC.easily D.mre easily
答案 B 句意:“朗读亭”今年春天走进六合图书馆,使得市民比以前更容易体验朗读的快乐。本题考查形容词的用法和比较级。make it easy t d sth.意为“使做某事容易”,形容词easy充当宾语补足语,所以先排除C、D两项;根据句中的than befre可知,easy应用比较级,故选B。
知识拓展 形容词作宾补的还有以下类似结构:find it+adj.+t d sth., think it+adj.+t d sth.。
二.词汇运用
1.My parents and I had a jurney t Hainan. (wnder)
答案 wnderful 设空处后面是名词,应该用形容词修饰,wnder的形容词形式为wnderful,故答案为wnderful。
2.—Why is yur desk (tidy)?
—Because I painted a picture there just nw.
答案 untidy be动词后接形容词作表语,根据答语可知刚刚在桌子上画了一幅画,所以此处表示桌子不整洁,故填untidy。
3.The ld man is s (nt strng) that he can?t lk after himself well.
答案 weak be动词后接形容词作表语。老人不能照顾好自己是因为不够强壮,即虚弱。故填weak。
4.Please remember that nthing is (pssible) if we put ur heart int it.
答案 impssible 句意:请记住如果我们用心去做,没有什么是不可能的。be动词后接形容词作表语,此处表示“不可能的”。故填impssible。
5.I culdn’t fall asleep because the bed was t (不舒服的).
答案 uncmfrtable be动词后用形容词作表语,cmfrtable的反义词为uncmfrtable。
二 形容词的比较等级
一、形容词比较等级的构成
1.规则变化
2.不规则变化
二、形容词原级的用法
1.说明人或事物自身的特征、性质或状态时用形容词原级。如:
The flwers in the garden are beautiful.花园里的花很漂亮。
2.表示绝对概念的副词very,s,t,enugh,quite等修饰时用形容词原级。如:The by is t yung.这个男孩太小了。
3.表示A与B在某方面程度相同或不同时用形容词原级。
(1)肯定句中的结构:“A+as+形容词原级+as+B”。如:English is as interesting as Chinese.英文和中文一样有趣。
(2)否定句中的结构:“A...+nt+as/s+形容词原级+as+B”。如:This bk isn’t s new as that ne.这本书不如那本书新。
否定句的结构中部分双音节和多音节形容词除使用“+形容词原级+as”结构外,还可使用“less+形容词原级+than”结构。如:
He thinks Chinese is less interesting than English.他认为汉语没有英语有趣。
(3)表示“A是B的……倍”时,用“A...+倍数+as+形容词原级+as+B”结构(一倍:nce,两倍:twice,三倍及以上:基数词+times)。如:
Our schl is three times as big as theirs.我们学校是他们学校的三倍大。
(4)half as+形容词原级+as表示“……是……的一半”。如:Her rm is half as big as yurs.她的房间是你房间的一半大。
三、形容词比较级的用法
1.表示两者进行比较时用形容词比较级,其结构为“A+be+比较级+than+B”。如:Lily’s rm is bigger than mine.莉莉的房间比我的大。
注意:为了避免重复,在从句中常用the ne,that,thse等词来代替前面出现过的名词。其中the ne代替可数名词单数形式,the nes或thse代替可数名词复数形式,that代替单数名词或不可数名词。如:
The weather f Tianjin is clder than that f Guangzhu in winter.冬天,天津的天气比广州的冷。
2.有表示程度的副词a little,a bit,a great deal,a lt,much,even,still,far,any等修饰形容词时,该形容词可以用比较级。如:It is much clder tday than yesterday.今天比昨天冷得多。
3.表示两者之间进行选择,“哪一个更……”时,用句型“Which/Wh+be+形容词比较级,A r B?”表示。如:
Wh is taller,Li Ming r Wang Ta?谁比较高,李明还是王涛?
4.表示“几倍……”时,用“倍数+比较级+than”表示。如:Yur rm is three times bigger than mine.你的房间比我的大两倍。
5.表示“两者之间比较……的一个”时,常用“主语+be+the+比较级+f the tw...”结构。如:
Mary is the taller f the twins.玛丽是双胞胎中比较高的那个。
6.表示“越来越……”时用“比较级+and+比较级”,当形容词为多音节词或部分双音节词时,用“mre and mre+形容词原级”。如:It’s getting warmer and warmer in spring.春天天气变得越来越暖和了。
7.表示“越……,越……”时,用“the+比较级...,the+比较级...”结构。如:The mre,the better.越多越好。
四．知识拓展
8.farther和further
9.lder和elder
(1)ld的比较级是lder和elder。lder常用于比较的句型中,表示“较老的,较旧的,年纪较大的”。elder主要用来表示兄弟姐妹或子女的长幼关系,意为“年长的”。如:
Yur bike is lder than mine.你的自行车比我的旧。
He’s my elder brther.他是我哥哥。
(2)elder除指家庭成员外,也可以指其他人,意思是“资格老的”。如: He is an elder teacher.他是个资格较老的教师。
10.在同一范围内比较时,必须把主体排除在被比较的范围之外。如:
China is larger than any ther cuntry in Asia.中国比亚洲其他任何一个国家都大。(在同一范围内,只能和其他对象进行比较)
China is larger than any cuntry in Africa.中国比非洲的任何一个国家都大。(在不同范围内,可以和其中任意一个对象进行比较)
某些形容词说明事物间的关系,如方位、时间、用途等,没有比较级的变化,
如same,different,suthern,nrthern,Chinese,Japanese等。如:My answer is different frm yurs.我的答案和你的不一样。
四、形容词最高级的用法
1.表示三者或三者以上的人或物进行比较时,用最高级形式。形容词最高级前常加定冠词the,句末常跟一个in/f短语来表示范围。如:
Shanghai is the biggest city in China.上海是中国最大的城市。
例 Mlly is girl f the three.
A.mst utgingB.mre utging
C.the mst utgingD.utging
答案 C
思路点拨 首先由四个选项可知此题考查形容词的比较等级结构;然后根据标志词f+名词可确定此处应用形容词的最高级形式,最后根据utging这个多音节词的最高级形式及其前需加the的规定选出答案。
2.表示在三者或三者以上的人或物中进行选择时,用“Which/Wh is+the+最高级,A,B r C?”结构。如:
Which city is the mst beautiful,Beijing,Shanghai r Fuzhu?哪座城市最漂亮,北京、上海还是福州?
3.表示“最……的……之一”时,用“ne f the+形容词最高级+名词复数”结构,该形容词后面的名词要用复数形式。如:
Jay Chu is ne f the mst ppular singers.周杰伦是最受欢迎的歌手之一。
4.形容词最高级前面可以加序数词,表示“第几最……”。如:
The Yellw River is the secnd lngest river in China.黄河是中国第二长河。
5.形容词最高级前面可以有物主代词、指示代词、名词所有格等修饰,此时不能再用定冠词。如:
This is ur best lessn tday.这是我们今天最好的一节课。
6.形容词比较级结构可以表示最高级含义。如:
Li Lei is the tallest student in his class.李雷是他班上最高的学生。
=Li Lei is taller than any ther student in his class.李雷比他班上其他任何一个学生都高。
=Li Lei is taller than the ther students in his class.李雷比他班上其他所有的学生都高。
=Li Lei is taller than anyne else in his class.李雷比他班上其他任何人都高。
=N ne is taller than Li Lei in his class.在班里没有人比李雷高。
=Li Lei is taller than any f the ther students in his class.李雷比班里其他任何学生都高。
=Li Lei is taller than the rest f the students in his class.李雷比他班里其余的学生都高。
一．根据汉语提示完成句子
①There is nthing imprtant in tday’s newspaper.
今天的报纸上没有什么重要的内容。
②His idea sunds great .他的主意听起来很棒。
③He is as tall as his father.他和他的父亲一样高。
④The film is t bring .这部电影太无聊了。
⑤It is even clder tday.今天甚至更冷了。
⑥Suzhu is becming mre and mre beautiful .苏州变得越来越美丽。
⑦This picture is the best f all.这幅画是所有的画中最好的。
⑧She is the secnd tallest girl in ur class.她是我们班第二高的女生。
二.单项选择
1.Jgging is than many sprts—t start, just get sme cmfrtable sprts clthes and gd running shes.
A.cheap B.cheaperC.cheapest D.the cheapest
答案 B 本题考查形容词比较级。根据空格后的than many sprts可知,此空应填比较级,故选B。
2.—Yu want t lse weight? But why? Yu lk quite slim t me.
—That may be true. But I’m than last year.
A.much heavier B.heavy enughC.much lighter D.light enugh
答案 A 句意:——你想减肥?但是这是为什么呢?对我来说,你看起来非常苗条。——这可能是真的,但我比去年重多了。根据句中的than可知,此空应填比较级,故排除B、D两项。由语境可知,此处应该是比去年重,故选A。
3.—What is the wrld’s muntain?
—Munt Qmlangma.
A.lwer B.lwestC.higher D.highest
答案 D lwer更低的;lwest最低的;higher更高的;highest最高的。根据常识,珠穆朗玛峰是世界上最高的山峰。故答案为D。
解题关键 从答语Munt Qmlangma.及问句中的the wrld?s可以得知问句问的是世界上最高的山峰是什么。从而判断出设空处应该用最高级并且应该表示“最高的”。
4.He was advised t eat fewer hamburgers and drink cla t keep fit.
A.much B.mreC.fewer D.less
答案 D 句意:有人建议他少吃点汉堡包并且少喝点可乐来保持健康。本题考查形容词的比较等级。much许多,修饰不可数名词;mre更多,修饰可数名词和不可数名词;fewer更少,修饰可数名词;less更少,修饰不可数名词。cla为不可数名词,排除C项;根据句意和常识可知,此处表示少喝可乐。故选D项。
5.Daniel is his twin brther. They are bth 1.75 meters tall.
A.taller than B.shrter thanC.as tall as D.s tall as
答案 C 句意:丹尼尔和他的双胞胎兄弟一样高。他们都是1.75米。本题考查形容词的比较等级。根据后句They are bth 1.75 meters tall.可知,他们一样高。as tall as和……一样高,s tall as只能用在否定句中。故选C项。
三.词汇运用
1.—What d yu think f the film Hi, Mm?
—Wnderful. I have never seen a (interesting) film befre.
答案 mre interesting 此空填形容词的比较级和never连用,表示最高级的含义,指《你好,李焕英》是我看过的最有趣的一部电影。故填mre interesting。
2.Lucy is rganized and her rm always lks (tidy) than mine.
答案 tidier 本题考查形容词比较级。空格前的lk是系动词,后接形容词作表语,根据空格后的than可知,要用比较级,故填tidier。
3.The prgramme Drive less,cycle mre will reduce pllutin and make streets much (安全的).
答案 safer 此处是“make+宾语+adj.”结构,“安全的”是safe,空格前的much修饰比较级,所以填safer。
4.Yuan Lngping, ne f (最伟大的科学家),made imprtant cntributins t the wrld.
答案 the greatest scientists 本题考查形容词最高级。ne f后接名词的复数形式,此时名词通常用形容词最高级来修饰,故填the greatest scientists。
5.—Which dg d yu think is (lazy), Hb r Eddie?
—I think Eddie is.
答案 lazier 两者之间进行比较,应用形容词的比较级形式。lazy的比较级为lazier。
6.The Great Wall is ne f the (great) wnders in the wrld.
答案 greatest 根据in the wrld可知,此处应用形容词最高级形式,great的最高级为greatest。
知识拓展 “ne f the+形容词最高级+可数名词复数”结构,表示“……中最……的之一”。
7.My cusin will g t university fr (far) study.
答案 further further study为固定短语,意为“深造,进修”。注意:far的比较级有两个farther和further。表示“更进一步”时用further。
8.Cells are the (small) and mst basic units f living matter.
答案 smallest 根据空格前的the和后面的mst basic可知,此处应用最高级。
The ORBIS dctr advised the girl t have the peratin t prevent her eye prblem getting much
(bad).
答案 wrse much修饰形容词的比较级,bad的比较级为wrse,故填wrse。
五．形容词词义辨析
-ing形容词和-ed形容词
六．其他用法
一、常见名词变形容词的方法
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.Drinking tea is usually seen as a lifestyle in China.
A.strict B.bringC.clean D.healthy
答案 D 句意:在中国,喝茶通常被视为一种健康的生活方式。本题考查形容词词义辨析。strict严格的;bring无聊的;clean干净的;healthy健康的。根据常识可知,喝茶是健康的,故选D。
2.I can’t believe yu made the lifelike cat ut f paper. Hw yu are!
A.lyal B.creative C.helpful D.rganized
答案 B 本题考查形容词词义辨析。lyal忠诚的;creative有创造力的;helpful有帮助的;rganized有条理的。由“yu made the lifelike cat ut f paper”可知,设空处所在句子为说话人感叹对方有创造力。故答案为B。
解题关键 题干中的lifelike一词意为“逼真的”,说明做纸猫的人很有创造力。
3.N ne is . The key is t learn frm mistakes and never stp.
A.careful B.generusC.famus D.perfect
答案 D 本题考查形容词词义辨析。careful仔细的,认真的;generus慷慨的;famus著名的;perfect完美的。根据下文learn frm mistakes可知,人都会犯错,没有人是完美的。故选D。
4.When Henry first came t Nanjing in 2010, it was all t him, but he sn learnt his way arund.
A.smth B.slightC.strange D.successful
答案 C 句意:亨利2010年第一次来到南京时,对他来说一切都很陌生,但他很快就熟悉了周围的环境。本题考查形容词词义辨析。smth光滑的,顺利的;slight轻微的;strange奇怪的,陌生的;successful成功的。根据When Henry first came t Nanjing in 2010及but he sn可以推断,亨利刚来南京时对周围不熟悉,一切对他来说都应该很陌生。故选C项。
5.While watching the film yesterday, I culdn’t stp laughing at sme mments.
A.humrus B.challengingC.dangerus D.surprising
答案 A 句意:昨天在看电影的时候,在一些滑稽的时刻我忍不住大笑了起来。本题考查形容词词义辨析。humrus幽默的;challenging有挑战性的;dangerus危险的;surprising令人惊奇的。根据culdn’t stp laughing(忍不住大笑)可知选A。
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.After studying in a m schl fr 5 years, Tina can give prfessinal treatment t her patients.
答案 medical 句意:在医学院学习5年后,蒂娜可以为她的病人提供专业治疗。根据patients可知,蒂娜读的是医学院。故填medical。
2.Wuxi pera is part f the lcal culture and it has a (持久的) value.
答案 lasting 此处用形容词作定语修饰名词value,故填lasting。
3.I’ve had a lng (累人的) day. I need a gd rest.
答案 tiring 此处应用tiring表示使人劳累的一天。
3.Visitrs t Yangzhu can enjy a bite f (当地的) dishes at Yechun Tea Huse.
答案 lcal 此处为形容词作定语修饰名词dishes。
七、易混形容语辨析
1.gd,well,fine和nice
(1)gd是形容词,用作表语和定语,它表示电影、书籍等某种东西的内容好;表示人品好、善良等。如:
This is a gd bk.这是一本好书。
(2)well兼作形容词和副词,作形容词时,只作表语,指身体健康。如:
—Hw are yu?——你(身体)好吗?—I’m very well. ——我(身体)很好。
(3)fine通常指天气好、气质好等。如:It’s a fine day tday.今天天气晴朗。
(4)nice往往指“令人喜悦的,讨人喜爱的”人、味道、言语、天气等。如:Yu lk very nice.你很好看。
2.ill和sick
两个词都是“病的,生病的”之意,都可以作表语,但作定语时只能用sick 而不能用ill(ill作定语时表示“坏的”)。如:The sick man is his uncle.那位病人是他叔叔。He has been ill fr tw days.他已经病了两天了。
3.black和dark
都可作形容词,也可作名词,区别为:black的意思是“黑色(的)”,指颜色,其反义词是white;dark的意思“暗、天黑、黑暗”,指无光。如:
The drs are painted black.这些门被漆成黑色。It is a dark huse.这是间黑屋子。
副词
一．副词：用来说明事情发生的时间、地点、原因、方式等含义或说明其它形容词或副词程度的词叫做副词。
1、副词的分类：(见下表)
2、副词在句子中的位置以及作用：
⑴ \l "副词在句子中的位置以及作用" 作状语：
时间副词：一般放在句首或句尾,注意,early、late、befre、later、yet等一般放在句尾,already、just一般放在动词的前面。
如：We will visit the Great Wall tmrrw.(我们明天要去参观长城)
They have already been t the UK twice.(他们去过英王国两次)
Sn the lst by fund his way back hme.(不久迷路的孩子找到了回家的路)
频度副词：一般放在be动词之后或者助动词与主要动词之间,但smetimes、ften等还可以放在句首或句尾,usually可放在句首,nce可放在句尾,twice、three times等一般放在句尾。
如：Smetimes I get up early.(我有时起得早)
The wrkers usually have lunch at the factry.(工人们通常在厂里吃午饭)
Take this medicine twice a day.(这种药一天吃两次)
I always get up early, s I am never late fr schl.
方式副词：一般放在行为动之后,suddenly可以放在句首、句尾或动词之前。
如：Old peple can hardly walk as quickly as yung peple.(老年人几乎不可能走得和年轻人一样快)
Suddenly he saw a light in the dark cave(山洞).(突然,在黑黢黢的山洞里,他看见了一丝亮光)
地点副词：一般放在句尾,但here、there还可放在句首。
如：There yu can see thusands f bikes running in all directins(方向).(在那里,你可以看到成千上万的自行车朝各个方向流动)
The frightened wlf ran away.(受到惊吓的狼逃开了)
He walked ut quietly and turned back sn.(他悄悄地走了出去,很快又返回)
程度副词：修饰动词时,放在动词之前；修饰形容词或副词时,放在形容词或副词之前。但注意,enugh总是放在被修饰的形容词或动词的后面；nly位置比较灵活,总是放在被修饰的词的前面。
如：I nearly frgt all abut it if he did nt tell me again.(如果他不再次告诉我,我几乎把那事全忘了)
It was s strange that I culd hardly believe my ears.(它那么奇怪一直我都不能相信我的耳朵)
She gt t the statin early enugh t catch the first bus.(她早早地赶到车站赶上了首班车)
疑问副词：用于对句子的状语进行提问,位置总是在句首。
如：When and where were yu brn?(你何时何地出生？)
Why did little Edisn sit n sme eggs?(小爱迪生为什么要坐在鸡蛋上？)
Hw d yu d?(你好！)
连接副词：用来引导主语从句、宾语从句和表语从句,在从句中作状语。
Hw I am ging t kill the cat is still a questin.(我打算怎样杀死那只猫还是个问题)
That is why everyne is afraid f the tiger.(那就是人人都害怕老虎的原因)
He wndered hw he culd d it the next day.(他不知道第二天怎样做那事)
关系副词：用来引导定语从句,在从句中作状语。
如：This is the place where Mr Zhang nce lived.(这就是张先生曾经住过的地方)
Please tell me the way hw yu have learned English s well.(请告诉我你的英语是怎样学得这么好的方法)
其它副词：t“也”,用在句尾；als放在动词前；either “也不”,放在句尾；nr“也不”,放在句首；s“如此,这样”,放在形容词、副词前；n/ff“开/关”放在动词之后；nt放在be之后、助动词之后、不定式或动名词之前；maybe/perhaps放在句首；certainly放在句首或动词之前。
如：He went t the Palace Museum and I went there,t.(他去了故宫博物院,我也去了)
Maybe yur ticket is in yur inside pcket.(也许你的票就在你的里边衣袋里)
--Tm desn’t have a cmputer. –Nr d I.(汤姆没有计算机,我也没有。)
作表语：地点副词一般可以作表语,放在be等连系动词之后,说明人物所处的位置。
如：I’m very srry he isn’t in at the mment.(很抱歉,他此刻不在家)
I have been away frm my hmetwn fr nearly 20 years.(我离开家乡有将近20年了)
Jim is ver there.(吉姆就在那边)
作定语：时间副词(如nw、then)以及许多地点副词都可以作名词的定语,放在名词的后面。
如：Peple nw ften have their festival dinners at restaurants.(现在的人们经常在餐馆里吃节日晚宴)
Wmen there were living a terrible life in the 1920s.(在二十世纪20年代那儿的女人过着可怕的日子)
作宾语补足语：地点副词一般可以作宾语补足语。
如：Put yur dirty scks away, Jim! They are giving ut bad smell!(吉姆,把你的脏袜子拿开！它们在散发着臭气。) / Father kept him in and ding his lessns.(父亲把他关在家里做作业)
[注意] “动词+副词”的宾语如果是代词,则该副词应该放在代词之后。如：He wrte dwn the wrd.(他写下了那个词。)→He wrte it dwn.(他把它写了下来。)
1．— d yu usually g t schl, Mary?
—By bike.
A. When B. Hw C. Where D. Why
【答案】B
【解析】句意：——玛丽你通常如何去上学？——骑车。根据答句中By bike可知问句是在问交通方式，应使用hw，故选B。
2．Lucy likes staying at hme. She ______ges traveling during hlidays.
A. usually B. seldm C. always D. ften
【答案】 B
【解析】句意:露西喜欢呆在家里。假期里她很少去旅游。A.通常;B.很少;C.总是;D.经常。由她的性格“喜欢呆在家”可以推测出她假期宅在家里，不去旅游。故选B。
3．Miss Li speaks as ____ as she can t make her students understand her.
A. clearly B. mre clearly C. mst clearly D. the mst clearly
【答案】 A
【解析】句意：李老师尽可能地讲清楚以使得她的同学们听懂她。A.clearly清楚地；B.mre clearly更清楚地；C.mst clearly最清楚地；D.the mst clearly最清楚地。as …as …：和……一样……，表示同级比较，其中的形容词、副词要用原形形式。故选A。
4．Bys and girls, please listen t me _______. I have smething imprtant t tell yu.
A. carefully B. careless C. careful D. carelessly
【答案】 A
【解析】句意：同学们，请认真听我说，我有重要的事情告诉你们。A. carefully细心地，仔细地，副词；B. careless粗心的，形容词；C. careful细心的，形容词；D. carelessly粗心地，副词。我有重要的事情要讲，可以推测出要“仔细地听”，修饰行为动词listen用副词形式，故选A。
5．— are the students in yur class?
— Mst f them are nly furteen.
A. Hw lng B. Hw ld C. Hw many D. Hw ften
【答案】 B
【解析】考查疑问词辨析。句意：—你们班的学生多大了？—他们中的大多数只有十四岁。Hw lng多久，对一段时间提问；Hw ld多大，对年龄提问；Hw many多少，对可数名词数量提问；Hw ften多久一次，对动作的发生频率提问。结合答语，所以选B。
6．—Hw is Susan?
—Oh, I see her because she lives abrad.
A. always B. ften C. almst D. hardly
【答案】D
【解析】句意：----苏珊怎么样？-----奥！我几乎见不着她因为她在国外居住。A. always 一直；B. ften经常；C. almst几乎；D. hardly几乎不。根据答语because she lives abrad.（她住在国外）可知几乎见不到她，用hardly。故选D。
7．Betty felt s tired last night that she ____________ fell asleep in bed after lying dwn.
A. recently B. suddenly C. frequently D. immediately
【答案】 D
【解析】句意：昨天晚上贝蒂感到很累以致于躺下之后立刻睡着了。根据 Betty felt s tired last night that she 可知躺下后立刻睡着了。recently最近；suddenly突然；frequently经常地；immediately立刻，马上，故选D。
8．—The fish tastes _______, we have eaten it up.—It is certain that she cked it _________.
A. gd , well B. well, gd C. well, well D. gd, gd
【答案】 A
【解析】句意:一鱼尝起来不错。我们把它吃光了。一肯定她煮得好。taste尝起来，是连系动词，连系动词后用形容词作表语，ck是行为动词，修饰行为动词要用副词形式。gd只是形容词，well作为形容词仅指“身体好”，同时well还是副词。故选A。
9．I lst my ticket, but _________ the travel agent gave me anther ne.
A. actually B. firstly C. luckily D. Exactly
【答案】 C
【解析】句意：我把票弄丢了，但是幸运的是，旅行代办人又给了我一张。 本题考査副词的用法。actually实际上；firstly首先；luckily幸运地；exactly准确地。根据句意和关键词anther，选择C项。
10．— Tina, breakfast is ready. Dad cked it fr us.
— It can't be father. He ______ early n Sundays.
A. always gets up B. ften gt up C. had gt up D. never gets up
【答案】 D
【解析】always gets up总是起床；ften gt up经常起床；had gt up已经起床；never gets up从来不起床。句意：蒂娜，早饭已经准备好了。爸爸给我们做的。——不可能是父亲。他在周日从来不起床。故选D。
【点评】考查短语辨析
11．Dn't wrry, sir. I'm sure I can run _________ t catch up with them.
A. fast enugh B. enugh fast C. slwly enugh D. enugh slwly
【答案】 A
【解析】考查enugh修饰副词放在副词后。
句意：不要担心，先生。我相信我能够跑得足够快能够追上他们。此题考查enugh修饰形容词，副词放形容词副词之后，根据句意，故选A。
12．—David, culd yu tell me _________ the Olympics take place?
—Every fur years. The 32st Olympics will take place in Tky in 2020.
A. hw far B. hw lng C. hw much D. hw ften
【答案】D
【解析】句意：—大卫，你能告诉我奥运会多久举行一次吗？—每四年举行一次。地32届奥运会将于2020年在东京举行。hw far多远，对距离提问；hw lng多长时间，对时间段提问； hw much多少钱，对价格提问； hw ften多久一次，对频率提问。根据Every fur years可知此处对频率提问，故用疑问词hw ften，故选D。
13．—_______ d yu like the film?
—Very interesting.
A. Hw B. Wh C. What D. When
【答案】 A
【解析】句意：—你觉得这部电影怎么样？—非常有趣。Hw 怎样，如何；Wh谁；What 什么；When 什么时候。根据下面的回答可知，这里问的是对电影的看法，觉得电影怎么样，故选A。
14．—I didn't knw yu take a bus t schl.
—Oh, I take a bus, but it is snwing nw.
A. hardly B. never C. smetimes D. usually
【答案】A
【解析】此题考查频度副词。由下文but（表示转折）可知今天下雪，平时几乎是不搭公共汽车的，选A。 never从不，决不，与今天搭车就不符；smetimes有时；usually通常。
15．— ________ have yu been in Jinan?
— Since 2008.
A. Hw lng B. Hw ften C. Hw sn D. Hw far
【答案】 A
【解析】句意：—你来济南多久了？—自2008年以来。Hw lng多长时间，提问时间段； Hw ften多久一次，提问频率； Hw sn多久以后，提问将来的时间段；Hw far多远，提问距离。根据答语可知，回答的是时间段，故选A。
A组 基础题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.Zhazhu Bridge is ne f stne bridges in the wrld.
A.ld B.lderC.ldest D.the ldest
答案 D 句意:赵州桥是世界上最古老的石桥之一。考查形容词最高级。此处为“ne f the+形容词最高级+名词复数”结构。故选D。
2.When I first came t study chemistry, it was ttally t me, but I sn fund it interesting.
A.lnely B.curius C.strange D.pen
答案 C 本题考查形容词词义辨析。lnely孤独的;curius好奇的;strange奇怪的,陌生的;pen开放的。根据上文When I first came t study chemistry可知,空格处应填strange,指“陌生的”。故选C。
3.The wedding dress is inexpensive but well-made. In the wrd inexpensive, the in- means .
A.very B.mreC.nt D.less
答案 C 本题考查形容词的否定前缀。inexpensive不贵的,in-表示否定,故选C。
4.Students shuld be that saving water and lking after a tree can make a big difference t ur sciety.
A.alne B.awake C.aware D.afraid
答案 C 本题考查形容词词义辨析。alne单独的;awake醒着的;aware意识到的;afraid害怕的。be aware that...意识到……。故选C。
5.Millie used t be , but nw she can make friends with thers and rganize activities.
A.shy B.active C.hnest D.lively
答案 A 本题考查形容词词义辨析。shy害羞的;active积极的;hnest诚实的;lively生气勃勃的。根据下文but nw she can make friends with thers and rganize activities可知,米莉过去很害羞。故选A。
6.—D yu feel after climbing Munt Tai?
—Of curse. Climbing muntains is yu knw.
A.tired;tiring B.tiring;tiringC.tired;tired D.tiring;tired
答案 A 句意:——爬完泰山后,你感到累吗?——当然。你知道的,爬山很累人。本题考查形容词的用法。第一空指人“感到累”,所以用-ed结尾的tired;第二空是指爬山是“累人的”,所以用-ing结尾的tiring。故选A。
7.Zhang Wenhng?s sense f humr has made it fr the knwledge t reach public.
A.mre easily;/ B.mre easily;theC.easier;/ D.easier;the
答案 D 句意:张文宏的幽默感使得知识更容易传播给大众。本题考查形容词比较级和冠词。the public是固定搭配,指“公众、民众”,所以A、C两项错误。“make it+adj.(+fr sb.)+t d sth.”是固定句型。所以第一空填形容词easy的比较级easier。故选D。
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.Hw lucky yu are t see red squirrels! Yu knw they are (cmmn) here.
答案 uncmmn 根据Hw lucky yu are可知,红松鼠是不常见的。故填uncmmn。
2.As everything is dne, it desn’t seem (必要的)fr us t meet again.
答案 necessary seem为连系动词,意为“似乎,看来”,后接形容词。故填necessary。
3.He is even (care) than last time. S he makes fewer mistakes.
答案 mre careful 根据he makes fewer mistakes可知,他很认真、细心,be动词后用形容词作表语,由than可知要用比较级,故填mre careful。
4.It has been much (rain) in Taizhu since the plum rain seasn (梅雨季) started.
答案 rainier be动词后接形容词作表语,rain的形容词形式为rainy,much修饰比较级,故此空填rainier。
5.The English teacher was s (satisfy) with the by?s prgress that she praised him in public.
答案 satisfied be动词后用形容词作表语,be satisfied with...对……感到满意。
6.It’s (wise) f parents t have fixed ideas n what their children shuld becme in the future.
答案 unwise It;s+adj.+f sb.+t d sth.为固定用法。根据句意可知,父母对孩子将来应该成为什么样的人有固定想法是不明智的,应用wise的反义词unwise。
7.All f us like Mr Wu because he is an (极好的) gegraphy teacher in ur schl.
答案 excellent 根据空格前的不定冠词an可知,此处应用以元音音素开头的形容词作定语修饰名词teacher。结合提示词可知填excellent。
8.I like t walk in the fields n (snw) days and see my ftprints.
答案 snwy 此处用形容词作定语修饰名词days,snw后加-y构成形容词。
B组 提升题组
Ⅰ.单项选择
1.—Are yu happy with my suggestin?
—Yes. In fact, I culdn’t think f ne.
A.a wrse B.the wrstC.a better D.the better
答案 C 本题考查形容词比较级及冠词。根据“Are yu happy with my suggestin?”及“Yes.”可知,回答者认为对方的建议很好,排除A、B选项。此处表示“一个更好的建议”,用不定冠词a表泛指,故选C。
2.This is the chance he needs t make a start.
A.curius B.patientC.fresh D.natural
答案 C 句意:这是他需要重新开始的机会。本题考查形容词词义辨析。curius好奇的;patient耐心的;fresh新鲜的,新的;natural 自然的。“a fresh start”指“一个新的开始”。故选C。
3.He ften lied, s nbdy believed him. But I was t believe him.
A.t clever B.clever enugh
C.stupid enugh D.t stupid
答案 C 句意:他经常撒谎,所以没有人相信他。但是我却傻到相信他。本题考查形容词词义辨析及和 t...结构辨析。根据题意可知,他经常撒谎,而我却相信他,说明说话者觉得自己傻,所以排除A、B两项。指“太……而不能……”(表示否定), t...指“足够……而能……”(表示肯定), 根据题中的but可知,我相信了他。所以填stupid enugh。故选C。
5.—Lucy, d yu have any plans t spend yur ?
—Maybe I will g t Shenzhen. I have never visited city.
A.five-days hliday;the mst fantastic
B.five-day hliday;the mst fantastic
C.five-day hliday;a mre fantastic
D.five-days hliday;a mre fantastic
答案 C 本题考查复合形容词和形容词比较级。复合形容词中名词没有复数形式,所以排除A、D两项;第二空用比较级和否定词never连用,表示最高级的含义,即我从未去过比深圳更棒的城市(深圳是最棒的城市)。故选C。
6.—Did yu enjy yurself at the party?
—Yes, I’ve never been t ne befre.
A.a mre exciting B.the mst excited
C.a mre excited D.the mst exciting
答案 A 本题考查形容词比较级的用法。此处修饰ne party应该用exciting,排除B、C两项;根据I?ve never可知,此处应该用比较级表示最高级含义,故选A。
7.—Millie des well in her lessns, but she never shws ff.
—I can’t agree mre. She is quite .
A.mdest B.curius
C.gentle D.plite
答案 A 句意:——Millie功课很好,但她从不炫耀。——我非常赞同。她相当谦虚。本题考查形容词词义辨析。mdest 谦虚的;curius好奇的;gentle绅士的;plite礼貌的。不炫耀说明Millie谦虚,故选A项。
8.—Betty, are Lucy and Lily twin sisters?
—Yes. They are s similar that it’s almst t tell ne frm the ther.
A.pssible B.impssible
C.usual D.unusual
答案 B 本题考查形容词词义辨析。pssible可能的;impssible不可能的;usual寻常的;unusual不寻常的。根据句中关键词similar可知,Lucy和Lily这对双胞胎姐妹太像了,以至于把她们区分开来几乎是不可能的。故选B项。
Ⅱ.词汇运用
1.It’s amazing that the (small) sculpture in the Mga Grttes in Gansu Prvince is nly 2cm high.
答案 smallest 句意:令人惊奇的是,在甘肃省莫高窟里最小的雕像只有2厘米高。在莫高窟众多雕像里进行比较,要用形容词的最高级。故填smallest。
2.There’s nthing (sad) t see than a picture f children wh are all skin and bnes.
答案 sadder 形容词修饰复合不定代词要位于其后。根据句中的than可知,要用比较级。故填sadder。
3.Even thugh he is (plite), yu aren’t suppsed t be s rude.
答案 implite 根据句意可知对方是不礼貌的。plite的反义词为implite。
4.—It is (ugly) duckling(小鸭) I have ever seen.
—Dn’t judge a bk by its cver! It may becme a beautiful swan smeday.
答案 the ugliest 由I have ever seen可知,此处要用形容词的最高级来修饰duckling。ugly的最高级是ugliest, 前面要加定冠词the,故填 the ugliest。
5.Which d yu think is (taste), fish sup ndles(鱼汤面) r bean curd shreds(烫干丝)?
答案 tastier 根据fish sup ndles r bean curd shreds可知,是两者之间进行比较,所以用形容词的比较级作表语。故填tastier。
6.I keep writing in English abut my (day) life.
答案 daily 用形容词修饰名词,day的形容词形式为daily。注意拼写。
7.The mre mistakes he made, the (angry) he gt.
答案 angrier 此处考查了“the+比较级,the+比较级”结构,表示“越……,越……”。空格处应用形容词的比较级作get的表语。
8.—The magician is planning t hide the Oriental Pearl Twer befre a big audience.
—Really? I have never heard a (crazy) idea befre.
答案 crazier 否定词never和形容词比较级连用,表示最高级含义,故填crazier。注意词尾变化。
Sequia Natinal Park(红杉国家公园) is an ld park in Califrnia, the USA. It has a 1 f ver 130 years. The park is hme t sme f the wrld's GENE RAL SHUE RUAN tallest and ldest trees—sequias. Every year, quite a lt f peple g t the park t 2 them.
Nw, the number f sequias in the park is arund 2,400. Of all the 3 ，General Sherman is the tallest. It is ver 83.8 meters 4 .And it is between 2.300 and 2,700 years ld nw. When yu 5 it, yu will feel hw shrt yu are.
These giant trees are in 6 f being burnt(烧毁)frm time t time. A fire killed 7,500 t 10.600 sequias in 2020. And in September,2021, tw large fires—the Paradise Fire and the Clny Fire—were getting near the park. T save these 7 trees frm the large fires, firemen put aluminum(铝材) arund them. It culd keep 8 safe(安全的).
But there is smething interesting 9 sequias—they need fire t help them grw. That's 10 fire can help sequias make mre seeds(种子).
译文：
红杉国家公园是美国加利福尼亚州的一个古老的公园，拥有130多年的历史。这个公园是世界上一些最高大、最古老的树木——红杉的家园。每年都有很多人到公园去参观这些红杉。
现如今，公园里的红杉数量约为2400棵。在所有的树中，General Sherman是最高的，其高度超过了83.8米。它现在的年龄在2300岁到2700岁之间。当你见到它的时候，你将体会到自己有多么的矮小。
这些大树不时有被烧毁的危险。2020年的一场大火烧毁了 7 500 棵到 10 600棵红杉。2021年9月，“天堂”和“殖民地”两场大火蔓延至这个公园。为了使这些重要的树免遭大火，消防员用铝材将它们包裹起来。这样可以保证这些树的安全。
这有一件关于红杉的趣事：它们需要火来帮助它们生长，因为火可以帮助红杉产生更多的种子。
答案详析
1. histry 根据上一句中的“Sequia Natinal Park is an ld park"及空后的f ver 130 years 可知.此处指红杉国家公园有130多年的历史。
2.visit根据语境可知，每年都有很多人来公园参观红杉。
3.trees上一句提到公园里有大约2400棵红杉.故此处指在所有树中，General Sherman是最高的。
4.high根据上一句可知，在所有树中，General Sherman是最高的，故此处指它的高度超过83.8米。
5. lk at 根据空后的“yu will feel hw shrt yu are”可知，此处指当你看它的时候，你会感觉到自己有多么矮小。lk at“看”，符合语境。
6.danger 根据下一句中的“A fire killed 7,500 t 10,600 sequias”可知，大火会烧毁红杉，故此处指这些大树有被火烧毁的危险。
7.imprtant 根据第一段中的“the wrld's tallest and ldest trees—sequias”可知，红杉是世界上最高大且最古老的树木;再结合空后的“firemen put aluminum arund them”可知.消防员在红杉周围包裹了铝材。由此推测，红杉很重要。
8.them 根据上一句中的“firemen ut aluminum arund them”可知，此处指铝材可以保护红杉的安全。
9.abut 此处指有一件和红杉有关的趣事。
10. because空后的“火可以帮助红杉产生更多的种子”解释了上一句中的“它们需要火帮助它们生长”的原因，故填because。
衔接点08 动词时态1（一般现在时、现在进行时）
【小学动词时态考点聚焦】
一般现在时
1. 写出下列单词的第三人称单数形式
1.g 2.get 3.finish
4.stp 5.try 6.watch
1.ges 2.gets 3.finishes 4.stps 5.tries 6. watches
2. 用所给动词的适当形式填空
(1) yu (make) a mdel plane? Yes, I can.
(2) He (watch) TV every day.
(3) Let me (draw) a picture fr yu.
(4) Hwyur mther (g) t wrk every day?
(5) They like (listen) t the music.
(6) I (be) a by f Grade Fur.
(1) Can/make (2) watches (3) draw (4) des/g (5) listening (6) am
3.改错：(找一找下列句子中错误的地方，并改正)
(1) Peter and I am classmates.( )
(2) My father have a nice car. ( )
(3) Des Miss Jnes ges t wrk at 8 'clck?( )
(4) What des yu want t eat? Sme biscuits. ( )
(5) The butterflies likes flwers.( )
(6) Mr White ften play glf with his friends. ( )
(1) am——are(2) have——has(3) ges——g (4)des——d(5) likes——like(6) play——plays
现在进行时
一．写出现在分词形式
1.g- 2.fly- 3.pen- 4.wash-
5.ride- 6.write- 7.cme- 8.sit-
9.shut- 10.swim-
1.ging 2.flying 3.pening 4.washing 5.riding 6.writing 7.cming 8.sitting 9.shutting 10.swimming
二．用所给动词的现在进行时填空
(1)1 can see the by. He (eat) an apple.
(2) they(have) lunch at hme nw?
(3)Whythe girl(stand) at the dr?
(4)Dn't ask her fr help. She (ck).
(5)Wh (sit) at my desk? Peter is.
(6)Lk there, Mike (run) fast. Cme n, Mike!
(7)Whatthe Lis (d)?
(8)I can hear the bird. It (sing).
(1) is eating (2) Are/having (3) is/standing (4) is cking
(5) is sitting (6) is running (7) are/ding (8) is singing
【初中动词时态考点聚焦】
考点清单
考点一 动词的时态
一、动词的五种基本形式
英语中动词的五种基本形式为:动词原形、第三人称单数、现在分词、过去式和过去分词。如:wrk—wrks—wrking—wrked—wrked。
1.动词的五种基本形式变化表
二、动词各种时态的用法
英语中各种时态的使用频率不同,下面分别介绍初中阶段要求掌握的六种时态。
一般现在时
1.定义：表示现阶段经常或习惯发生的动作或存在的状态。
2.构成：d,des/be(am,is,are)——动词变三单 past nw future
基本句型:
3.一般现在时的基本用法
① 经常、反复或习惯性的动作，常与表示频度的时间状语连用。常见的时间状语有：always, usually, ften, smetimes, every day (week, mnth, year…), nce a week, n Sundays, nw and then等。如：
We have three meals every day.
He usually ges t wrk at 7 ’clck every mrning.
② 表述客观事实、普遍真理、自然现象、名言、警句或者谚语等。如：
Every dg has its day. 凡人皆有得意日。
Pride ges befre a fall. 骄者必败。
The earth ges arund the sun. 地球绕着太阳转。
Shanghai lies in the east f China. 上海位于中国的东部。
③ 现在时刻的状态、能力、性格、个性。如：
She likes watching TV. 她喜欢看电视。
We speak Chinese. 我们说汉语。
He is at table. 他在吃饭。
I am usually at hme at this time f day. 白天这个时候我通常在家。
④ 一些位移动词如：cme, g, mve, stp, leave, arrive, be, finish, cntinue, start, begin 等，在一般现在时态的句子中可用来表示按计划、规定将要发生的动作。如：
The train cmes at 3 ’clck.
The train fr Haiku leaves at 8:00 in the mrning.
⑤ 在由when, befre, after, as sn as, until等连接的时间状语从句、由if等引导的条件状语从句和让步状语从句中，一般现在时被用来表示将要发生的动作。如：
I will call yu as sn as I arrive there. 我一到达那儿就打电话给你。
If yu ask him, he will help yu. 如果你请他帮忙，他会帮你的。
⑥ 在由here或there引导的倒装句中，用一般现在时替代现在进行时，表示此刻正在发生的动作。如：
There ges the bell. 响铃了。// Here cmes the bus. 公交车来了。
一．写出下列单词的单数第三人称形式。
catch catches g ges buy buys cst csts carry carries
break breaks lie lies make makes miss misses rush rushes
二．按要求改写句子。
1.Mary des nt have any bks.(变为肯定句)
Mary has sme bks.
2.He ften has rice fr dinner.(变为一般疑问句)
Des he ften have rice fr dinner?
三．选择题
1．David's grandfather ________ his dg after supper every day.（2020朝阳一模）
A．walksB．walkedC．will walkD．has walked
【答案】A
【解析】句意：戴维的祖父每天晚饭后遛狗。
本题考查时态。walks是一般现在时，walked是一般过去时，will walk是一般将来时，has walked是现在完成时。根据every day可知，此处用一般现在时，故选A。
2．My father and I ________ the dg near the park every evening.（丰台一模）
A．walkB．walkedC．are walkingD．will walk
【答案】A
【解析】句意：我父亲和我每天晚上都在公园附近遛狗。
考查动词时态。walk一般现在时；walked一般过去时；are walking现在进行时；will walk一般将来时。根据“every evening”可知此句时态是一般现在时。故选A。
3．Mr. Green has tw dgs. He____________ them every mrning.（2020密云一模）
A．walkedB．will walkC．walksD．is walking
【答案】C
【解析】句意：格林先生有两条狗。他每天早上都会遛它们。
考查一般现在时的用法。根据题干中“every mrning”可知，动作经常有规律的发生，故用一般现在时，故选C。
4．Amy usually ________ sprts n Sunday mrnings.（2020大兴一模）
A．is havingB．hasC．has hadD．was having
【答案】B
【解析】句意：艾米通常在星期天早上运动。
考查时态。is having正在进行，现在进行时结构；has进行，动词三单；has had进行，现在完成时结构；was having正在进行，过去进行时结构；根据句意理解及句中的usually可知，这里应该用一般现在时，句子主语是Anny第三人称，所以动词要用三单形式，故选B。
5．Susan lives far frm schl. She usually ________ a bus t schl.（2020通州一模）
A．has takenB．tkC．takesD．will take
【答案】C
【解析】句意：苏珊住得离学校很远。她通常乘坐公共汽车上学。
考查一般现在时。has taken现在完成时；tk一般过去时；takes一般现在时；will take一般将来时。由“lives far frm schl”和“usually”可知是经常性的动作，用一般现在时，故选C。
四．填空题
1.When we eat r (喝)sweet fds, the sugar enters ur bld and influences ur brain.
答案 drink 考查动词的时态。空前面有连词r,因此要和前面的eat时态一致,故用动词原形。
2.My friend helps me create a Facebk page. On it, we usually (分享) ur kind activities with ur friends.
答案 share 考查动词的时态。share分享。由helps和usually可知,此处应用一般现在时,主语是we,故填share。
3.Mike ften (收集)stamps and plays basketball in his spare time.
答案 cllects 本题考查动词的时态。由and plays可知,此处为一般现在时,主语Mike为第三人称单数,故填cllects。
4.And then it just (grw) and makes the wrld a better place.
答案 grws 本题考查动词的时态。此处主语it为第三人称单数。由于and连接的前后两个动词为并列关系,根据makes可知时态为一般现在时,故填grws。
现在进行时
1.定义：现在进行时表示现在正在进行的动作或是现阶段正发生而此刻不一定在进行的动作。
2.构成：助动词be (am is are ) +ding——动词变现在分词
3.现在进行时的用法
① 表示现在正在发生或者进行的动作。常见的时间状语有：nw, at the mment或从上下文体现出来。或句首出现lk, listen, be careful等词，引起人的注意，说明某一动作正在进行。如：
---- What are yu ding nw? ---- I am lking fr my key.
Lk. Sme children are playing games ver there.
② 表示目前一段时间内正在进行的动作（但说话时这个动作不一定在进行）。常用的时间状语为these days。如：
I’m studying Japanese this mnth. 这个月我正在学日语。
Are yu teaching English in a schl? 你在学校教英语吗？
He’s watching an interesting TV play these days. 近来，他在看一部很有趣的电视剧。
③ 一些位移动词的现在进行时可以表示即将发生的动作，这些动词有g, cme, drive, fly, travel, arrive, leave, start, visit, run, return等。如：
They are ging t Hng Kng tmrrw.
He’s leaving fr Beijing tmrrw.
④ 现在进行时和always, usually, all the time等连用时，表示一种经常、反复的动作，且说话人往往带有某种感情色彩（如赞扬、欣赏、厌烦、批评、惊讶、不理解等）。如：
She’s always helping thers. 她总是乐于助人。（表示赞赏）
Yu are always talking in class. 你上课老是说话。（表示批评）
（4）不能用于进行时的动词
① 表示事实状态的动词：have, belng, pssess, cst, we, exist, include, cntain, matter, weigh, measure, cntinue等。如：
I have tw brthers. 我有两兄弟。// This huse belngs t my sister. 这房子是我姐的。
② 表示心理状态、态度情感的动词，如knw, realize, think, see, believe, suppse, imagine, agree, recgnize, remember, want, need, frget, prefer, mean, understand, lve, like, hate等。如：
I need yur help. 我需要你的帮助。/
He lves her very much. 他爱她很深。
③ 瞬间动词，如accept, receive, cmplete, finish, give, allw, decide, refuse等。如：
I accept yur advice. 我接受你的劝告。
④ 感官动词和系动词，如seem, remain, lie, see, hear, smell, feel, taste, get, becme, turn等。如：
Yu seem a little tired. 你看上去有点累。
一．现在进行时完成句子。
1.What are yu ding (d)?
2.I am singing (sing) an English sng.
3.What is he reading (read)?
4.He is fixing (fix)a car.
5. Are yu flying (fly)a kite?Yes, I am .
6.he child (cry)ver there. What’s wrng with him?
答案 is crying 此题考查动词的时态。根据第二句句意“他怎么了?”可知,男孩应该正在那边哭,故填is crying。
二．选择题
1．—Jasn, dn't make s much nise. Anna _____________ fr her math exam.
— Srry, Mum. I wn't.
studiesB．studiedC．has studiedD．is studying
【答案】D
【解析】句意：——杰森，不要制造噪音。安娜正在为她的考试学习。——抱歉，妈妈。我不会了。
考查时态。studies，学习，第三人称单数；studied一般过去时；has studied现在完成时；is studying现在进行时。根据“dn't make s much nise.”可知，你不要做这件事是因为另一个人正在做那件事，用现在进行时，故选D。
2．Lk! The little girl _________t the music. Hw beautiful!
A．dancesB．will danceC．is dancingD．danced
【答案】C
【解析】句意：看！这个小女孩正和着音乐跳舞，多么美丽啊！
考查现在进行时的用法。dances跳舞，一般现在时单三形式；will dance跳舞，一般将来时；is dancing跳舞，现在进行时；danced跳舞，一般过去式。题干中的看，说明小女孩正在跳舞，用现在进行时态。故选C。
3．Be quiet! Yur grandpa ________.
A．sleepsB．is sleepingC．has sleptD．will sleep
【答案】B
【解析】句意：安静点! 你爷爷在睡觉。
考查时态。根据“Be quiet!”，可知后一句应指“你爷爷正在睡觉。”，所以应用现在进行时，其结构为am/is/are+动词现在分词，故选B。
4．—Shall we g ut fr a walk, Betty?
—Srry, I ________ my clthes nw.
am washingB．washedC．have washedD．wash
【答案】A
【解析】句意：——贝蒂，我们出去散散步好吗？——对不起，我正在洗衣服。
考查时态。am washing正在洗，现在进行时结构；washed洗，过去式；have washed洗，现在完成时结构；wash洗，动词原形；根据句意理解可知，这里是两句对话，表达的是“正在洗”，是表达这个动作正在进行，所以应该用现在进行时，故选A。
一．选择题
1.—Linda, Dad has finished his wrk and we t the gym t pick yu up.
—Thank yu, Mum.
A.drive B.drveC.have driven D.are driving
答案 D 本题考查动词的时态。由has finished及t the gym t pick yu up推测是已完成工作去接你,本空应为现在进行时表将来的用法,故本题选择D。
2.—We very simply and d nt spend much mney n fd.
—That’s why yu’re called the Greens.
A.eat B.ate C.will eat D.had eaten
答案 A 本题考查动词时态。and连接并列成分,根据d nt spend可以判断设空处也用一般现在时。故选A。
3.—May I use yur dictinary?
—Srry, I it nw.
A.am using B.use C.used
答案 A 本题考查现在进行时。根据语境可知,我现在不能借给你的原因是我正在使用。故设空处应该用现在进行时,结构为am/is/are+ding,主语为I,应用am。故答案为A。
4.—What’s that terrible nise?
—It’s Jhn. He the vilin.
A.practiced B.is practicingC.was practicing D.has practiced
答案 B 本题考查时态。根据上句可知,此刻的噪音是Jhn正在练习演奏小提琴发出的,故答案选B。
5.—Where is Mum?
—In the living rm. She a bk at the mment.
A.was reading B.will readC.is reading D.has read
答案 C 本题考查动词时态。at the mment是现在进行时态的时间状语,现在进行时构成:is/am/are+动词-ing。故选C。
二．填空题
1.Mike ften (收集)stamps and plays basketball in his spare time.
答案 cllects 本题考查动词。由and plays可知,此空为一般现在时,主语Mike为第三人称单数,故谓语动词应变第三人称单数形式。
2.When a persn v a freign cuntry, it is imprtant t knw hw t ask fr help plitely.
答案 visits 根据句意可知设空处用visit,而it is imprtant表明此处应用一般现在时态,且设空处前的persn是可数名词单数,故答案应为visits。
3.Mary is crazy abut reading. She b a lt f bks frm the schl library every time.
答案 brrws 句意:Mary酷爱阅读。她每次都从学校图书馆借很多书。本题考查动词时态和主谓一致。根据frm the schl library可确定是“借书”;又由Mary is crazy abut...及every time可知本句时态是一般现在时,且主语She是第三人称单数,故答案是brrws。
4.Suzhu Museum (位于) t the nrth f the Lin Frest Garden.
答案 lies “位于”用lie来表示,主语为Suzhu Museum,故谓语动词用第三人称单数形式,故填lies。
5.Jack is a gd learner because he always (cnnect) what he needs t learn with smething interesting.
答案 cnnects 由is及needs可知本句为一般现在时,从句主语he为第三人称单数,故谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。意为“把……与……联系起来”。
6.The gvernment and car makers are w tgether t develp safe, cheap, and useful electric cars.
答案 wrking wrk tgether齐心协力。由are可知用现在进行时,所以填wrking。
7.Lk! The students (answer) the questins carefully.
答案 are answering 从Lk!可知,此处描述正在发生的动作,故用现在进行时。
8.—Why are they s busy?
—Because they (raise) mney fr hmeless peple.
答案 are raising 句意:——为什么他们那么忙?——因为他们正为无家可归的人募捐。此处表示正在发生的事,应用现在进行时。
9.Nw,I (sit) in frnt f Heather watching her write a letter.
答案 am sitting 句意:现在,我正坐在希瑟前面看她写信。根据Nw可知应用现在进行时。
三．语法填空
一
D yu think peple all ver the wrld can drink and use clean water? Well, it’s nt the truth. Let’s lk at Nya’s stry.
Nya is ___1___ eleven-year-ld girl and she lives in Suth Sudan. She walks t the pnd near her village ___2___ (tw) a day t get water fr her family. It’s a lng walk, s Nya desn’t have time t g t schl. Nya is wrried ___3___ her sister Akeer. Akeer is sick frm the pr water, ___4___ there is little Nya’s family can d abut it.
One day, tw men cme t Nya’s village. After ___5___ (talk) with the elders, they begin t wrk in the grund between tw big tee. Getting water frm a well (水井) in Suth Sudan is hard. S, when Nya learns they are ging t dig a well, she thinks they are ___6___ (able) t d it.
But after tw mnths f hard wrk, water ___7___ (final) cmes ut frm the well. Peple bring their bttles t taste the water. It is clear and fresh. Everyne is ___8___ (excite).
I feel happy fr Nya and ___9___ (she) village. Frm her stry, I knw it’s still difficult fr sme peple t get clean water. The stry pens my eyes and teaches me ____10____ (save) water as much as I can in my daily life.
【答案】1. an 2. twice 3. abut 4. but 5. talking 6. nt able##unable
7. finally 8. excited 9. her 10. t save
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了关于Nya所在的村子打井取水的故事。
1.句意：Nya是一个住在南苏丹的11岁女孩。此处泛指一个女孩，eleven首字母发元音音素，故填an。
2.句意：她每天两次走到村子附近的池塘为家人取水。根据“She walks t the pnd near her day”可知，此处描述频率，twice a day“一天两次”，故填twice。
3.句意：Nya很担心她的妹妹Akeer。根据“Nya is sister Akeer.”可知，此处是be wrried abut短语，意为“担心……”，故填abut。
4.句意：Akeer因为喝了劣质水而生病了，但Nya的家人对此无能为力。前后两句构成转折关系，用but连接，故填but。
5.句意：在和长辈们交谈之后，他们开始在两棵大树之间的地里干活。介词after后用动名词作宾语，故填talking。
6.句意：当Nya知道他们要挖一口井时，她认为他们做不到。根据“When Nya learns they are ging t dig a well(水井), she thinks it.”和“But after tw mnths f hard ut frm the well”可知，but表示转折，所以设空所在句是指她认为他们做不到，be able t的否定式为be nt able/unable t，故填nt able/unable。
7.句意：但是经过两个月的努力，井里终于出水了。此处在句中作状语，用副词形式，final的副词是finally，故填finally。
8.句意：每个人都很兴奋。此处在句中作表语，修饰人，用excite的形容词excited。故填excited。
9.句意：我为Nya和她的村庄感到高兴。此处作定语修饰“village”，用she对应的形容词性物主代词形式her，故填her。
10.句意：这个故事让我大开眼界，教会我在日常生活中尽量节约用水。teach sb t d sth“教某人做某事”，固定短语。故填t save。
二
Charlie Chaplin was a famus English actr, filmmaker, and cmpser. N dubt, he was very ____1____ (success) in the wrld. But his life was full f ups and dwns.
He was brn ____2____ the Suth f Lndn in 1889. Unluckily, his father died ____3____ he was 12. He and his brther wrked t help their sick mther frm an early age. They had t d all the things by ____4____ (they).
Althugh they led a hard life, Charlie grew interest in music and he didn’t give up. He kept practicing playing ____5____ vilin fr 4 t 6 hurs every day. In 1910, he decided ____6____ (travel) t America. There, he spent mst f his time ____7____ (wrk) n his acting. And finally, he made a big difference.
His ____8____ (mvie) are easy t understand and valuable. Everyne can ____9____ (enjy) his films, because n wrds are used. His gestures speak _____10_____(direct) t audiences.
【答案】1. successful 2. in 3. when 4. themselves 5. the 6. t travel
7. wrking 8. mvies 9. enjy 10. directly
【解析】本文主要介绍了卓别林的生平。
1.句意：毫无疑问，他在世界上非常成功。作be动词的表语用形容词successful“成功的”。故填successful。
2.句意：他于 1889 年出生在伦敦南部。根据“He was Suth f Lndn”可知是出生在伦敦南部，用介词in。故填in。
3.句意：不幸的是，他的父亲在他 12 岁时去世。根据“his father was 12”可知当他12岁时，他的父亲去世了，用when引导时间状语从句。故填when。
4.句意：他们必须自己做所有的事情。根据“They had t d all the things by...”可知他们要自己做所有事情，by neself“独自”，此处用反身代词themselves“他们自己”。故填themselves。
5.句意：他每天坚持练习拉小提琴4到6个小时。play the vilin“拉小提琴”。故填the。
6.句意：1910年，他决定前往美国。travel“旅行”，decide t d sth.“决定做某事”。故填t travel。
7.句意：在那里，他大部分时间都在演戏。wrk“工作”，spend time ding sth.“花费时间做某事”。故填wrking。
8.句意：他的电影通俗易懂，极具价值。根据“are”可知主语用名词复数mvies“电影”。故填mvies。
9.句意：每个人都可以欣赏他的电影，因为没有使用任何文字。enjy“欣赏”，情态动词can后加动词原形。故填enjy。
10.句意：他用动作直接和观众说话。此处修饰动词speak用副词directly“直接地”。故填directly。
一
Fd safety is imprtant and it desn’t end at ur dr. The fridge is a perfect chice fr keeping fd safe and fresh, but it is nt a magic bx t keep all kinds f fd. We shuld learn hw t stre fd crrectly in the fridge.
▲ Usually, the higher the shelf is, the higher the temperature will be. S make use f these different temperatures t get the best ut f yur fd by string it n the right shelf. Try t put vegetables and fruit n tp shelves. The middle shelves are fr fd like burgers, pizza r cream cakes and the bttm shelves are fr dairy prducts (乳制品) such as cheese, butter, yghurt and eggs. Belw is a freezer (冷冻室), it is the cldest part f the fridge, s it is perfect fr string raw (生的) meat and seafd.
Keeping fd in the fridge des nt kill bacteria (细菌) but it can stp the bacteria frm grwing fast. Bacteria can grw quickly in temperatures between 5℃ and 60℃. This is called the Temperature Danger Zne. If yu want t get the mst ut f yur fd, the temperature in yur fridge needs t be between 0℃ and 5℃. The freezer temperature shuld be belw -18℃.
Everyne shuld pay attentin t fd safety. Hpe these tips can help yu keep yur fd fresh fr as lng as pssible.
1. Which can be put in ▲ ?
A. There are three t fur shelves in the fridge.
B. Different fd shuld be put n different shelves.
C. The temperature in the fridge is much clder than utside.
D. The temperature in the fridge is different frm shelf t shelf.
2. What fd is put in the right place?
①Apples—the tp shelf
②Eggs—the middle shelf
③Seafd—the bttm shelf
④Raw meat—the freezer
A. ①②B. ②③C. ①④D. ③④
3. What d we knw abut the Temperature Danger Zne?
A. Bacteria grw fast there.B. Fd can’t be put in this zne.
C. It is harmful t vegetables and fruit.D. Its temperature is between 0℃ and 5℃.
4. Which f the fllwing is TRUE accrding t the passage?
A. Bacteria can’t live in the fridge.
B. The best temperature fr butter is clse t 0℃.
C. Fd safety is the mst imprtant thing at hme.
D. The fridge is like a magic bx keeping all kinds f fd.
5. What is the purpse f the passage?
A. T ask peple t put fd in the fridge.B. T intrduce a useful tl t keep fd.
C. T share sme advice n using the fridge.D. T shw the imprtance f fd safety at hme.
【答案】1. D 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C
【解析】本文主要讲述了食品安全的重要性以及如何正确地在冰箱中存放食物。
1.推理判断题。根据“Usually, the higher the shelf is, the higher the temperature will be. S make use f these different temperatures t get the best ut f yur fd by string it n the right shelf.”可知此处说的是冰箱里每个架子的温度都不一样。所以D项符合语境。故选D。
2.细节理解题。根据“Try t put vegetables and fruit n tp shelves. The middle shelves are fr fd like burgers, pizza r cream cakes and the bttm shelves are fr dairy prducts such as cheese, butter, yghurt and eggs. Belw is a freezer, it is the cldest part f the fridge, s it is perfect fr string raw (生的) meat and seafd.”可知水果要放在最上层的架子上，生肉要放在冷冻室。①④符合文意。故选C。
3.细节理解题。根据“Bacteria can grw quickly in temperatures between 5℃ and 60℃. This is called the Temperature Danger Zne.”可知细菌在温度危险区生长很快。故选A。
4.细节理解题。根据“If yu want t get the mst ut f yur fd, the temperature in yur fridge needs t be between 0℃ and 5℃.”可知黄油的保存最佳温度接近0℃。故选B。
5.主旨大意题。根据“The fridge is a perfect chice fr keeping fd safe and fresh, but it is nt a magic bx t keep all kinds f fd. We shuld learn hw t stre fd crrectly in the fridge.”及全文可知这篇短文主要讲述了食品安全的重要性以及如何正确地在冰箱中存放食物。所以文章的目的是分享一些使用冰箱的建议。故选C。
二
Harvey Suttn cmes frm America. 1 The five-year- ld by had a lt t tell his teachers and classmates. That was because he had just finished hiking(去……徒步旅行) the Appalachian Trail (the AT) with his parents.
Hiking the AT is difficult. 2 It runs thrugh（穿过）the frests f the Appalachian Muntains and thrugh 14 states f the United States. Secnd, hikers must carry(携带）everything they need like tents, sleeping bags, fd and water. Only ne in fur hikers can stand the difficult trip. 3
Harvey was just fur when he started, and he had his fifth birthday alng the way. Every day, the family wke up arund 5:30 am and hiked abut 16 kilmeters. During his days n the AT, Harvey liked t use his imaginatin(想象力）.This helped him walk mre quickly and have fun. 4 They all liked Harvey and called him“Little Man”.
It tk Harvey and his family 209 days—abut seven mnths—t finish the hike. 5 He Said," I want t hike the AT again in the future!”
译文
Harvey Suttn来自美国。2021年9月，他第一天上学。这个5岁的男孩有很多话要告诉他的老师和同学，因为他刚刚和父母完成了阿巴拉契亚步道的徒步旅行。
徒步走完阿巴拉契亚步道是很困难的。首先，这是一条长约3500 公里的徒步旅行路线，它穿过阿巴拉契亚山脉的森林和美国14个州。其次，徒步旅行者必须携带他们所需的一切，比如帐篷、睡袋、食物和水。只有四分之一的徒步旅行者能禁得住这艰难的旅程，但这并没能阻止Harvey Suttn和他的家人。
Harvey刚开始徒步旅行时只有4岁，他是在徒步的路上过的5岁生日。这家人每天早上5:30左右醒来，徒步约16公里。在阿巴拉契亚步道徒步的日子里，Harvey喜欢运用他的想象力，这帮助他走得更快、玩得更开心。在小径上，他与其他徒步旅行者交了朋友。他们都喜欢Harvey，并称他为“小男子汉”。
Harvey 和他的家人花了209天——约7个月——才完成这场徒步旅行。Harvey非常喜欢这场徒步旅行。他说：“我将来想再次徒步阿巴拉契亚步道！”
答案详析
1.F 根据下一句“The five-year-ld by had a lt t tell his teachers and classmates.”可知，这个五岁的男孩有很多事情要告诉他的老师和同学们。故推测空处与学校有关，F项“2021年9月他第一天上学”可引出下文，符合语境。
2.D 根据下一句“It runs thrugh the frests f the Appalachian Muntains and thrugh 14 states f the United States.”可知.它穿过阿巴拉契亚山脉的森林和美国14个州，故推测阿巴拉契亚步道是非常长的；再结合下文中的Secnd可知，D项“首先，阿巴拉契亚步道是一条约3500千米长的远足小径”可引出下文，符合语境。
3.E通读第二段可知，徒步走完阿巴拉契亚步道是非常困难的；再结合第三段可知.Harvey和家人并没有因为困难而放弃，故E项“但是那并没有阻止Harvey和他的家人”可承上启下，符合语境。
4.G根据下一句“They all liked Harvey and called him‘ Little Man’.”可知，他们都喜Harvey，并称他为“小男子汉”；根据语境推测They指其他徒步旅行者们，故G项“他和步道上的其他徒步旅行者交朋友”可引出下文，符合语境。
5.B 根据下一句中的“I want t hike the AT again in the future!”可知，Harvey将来想再去阿巴拉契亚步道徒步旅行。由此推测他是因为喜欢这次徒步旅行才会有此感慨，故B项“Harvey真的很喜欢这次徒步旅行”可引出下文，符合语境。
衔接点09 动词时态2（一般过去时、一般将来时）（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学动词时态考点聚焦】
一般过去时
一．写出下列单词的一般过去式
(1) is (2) are (3) have
(4) get (5) listen (6)swim
(7) ask (8) jump
(1) is--was(2) are--were(3) have--had(4) get--gt(5) listen--listened(6) swim--swam (7) ask--asked(8) jump--jumped
二．仿照例句，将下列一般现在时态的句子改为一般过去时
例: I g t schl every day. ---------I went t schl yesterday.
（1）The by gets up early every day.
Yesterday mrning.
（2）We g t the park nce a week.
last Sunday.
（3）My father plays ftball every day.
yesterday.
（4）Lily and Lucy wash their clthes by themselves.
this mrning.
（5）Mr White cleans his kitchen every day.
the day befre yesterday.
(1) The by gt up early yesterday mrning.
(2) We went t the park last Sunday.
(3) My father played ftball yesterday.
(4) Lily and Lucy washed their clthes by themselves this mrning.
(5)Mr White cleaned his kitchen the day befre yesterday.
三、选词填空
Last afternn, it t rain very hard n my way . I sn very because I bring my umbrella. I in the rain. At I was very . I a taxi hme.
Last Sunday afternn, it began t rain very hard n my way hme. I was sn very wet because I didn't bring my umbrella. I ran in the rain. At last I was very tired. I tk a taxi hme.
一般将来时
一．根据括号里的中文完成句子
(1) It sn. (就将会下雨的)
(2) Hewhen he grws up. (打算成为一名教师)
(3) The childrenafter schl. (打算打扫教室)
(4) Their sistertmrrw evening. (打算去购物)
(5) The bywhen he gets a gd mark. (将会开心)
(6) I ; if I am free. (将去奶奶家)
(1) is ging t rain (2) is ging t be a teacher
(3) are ging t clean the classrm (4) is ging t g shpping
(5) will be happy (6) will g t Grandma's hme
二．选词填空
Friday，will ，likes ，f，swim，friends，ging ，ftball，are ，at
We 1 have a sprts meeting next 2 . I am gd 3 running. I'm 4 t run. Mike 5 jumping very much. He will jump n the sprts meeting. Linda and Lily are gd 6 . They are ging t 7 . The bys f my class 8 ging t have a
9 match with the bys 10 Class Tw.
1-10.will ，Friday，at, ging ，likes ， friends， swim，are, ftball ，f
【初中动词时态考点聚焦】
考点清单
一.动词的基本形式变化表
2.巧记ABB型不规则动词(A代表原形,B代表过去式)
3.巧记ABC型不规则动词(A代表原形,B代表过去式)
4.巧记AAA型不规则动词(A代表原形、过去式)
一般过去时
1.定义： 表示过去某时发生的动作或状态,这种动作或状态可能是一次性,也可能经常发生。
2.构成：did/be(was,were)——动词变过去式
基本句型:
3.一般过去时的用法：
① 表示过去某一时刻或某一段时间内所发生的动作或存在的状态，一般带有确定的过去时间状语，如：yesterday, the day befre yesterday, last week (mnth, year…), tw days (weeks, mnths, years…) ag, in 2008, just nw, at that mment, nce upn a time等，但是当上下文清楚时可以不带时间状语。
如：I wrked in that factry last year.
It was very cld yesterday.
I used t g fishing n Sundays.
② 表示过去经常或反复发生的动作。
如：I played basketball every day when I was a by.
③ 表示过去经常性或习惯性的动作或状态，也可用“used t+动词原形”的结构。
如：My mther used t g t schl n ft.
④ 在时间、条件状语从句中，常用一般过去时表示过去将来时间。
如：He said he wuld nt stay n even thugh it rained the next mrning.
⑤ 有些情况发生的时间不是很清楚，但实际上是过去发生的，应当用一般过去时。
如：I was glad t get yur letter.
一．用所给单词的过去形式填空
1.I had(have) an exciting party last weekend.
2. Did she practice (practice) her guitar yesterday? N, she
3.They all went(g) t the muntains yesterday mrning.
4.She didn’t visit(nt visit) her aunt last weekend.
5.She stayed (stay) at hme and did (d) sme cleaning.
二．选择题
1．I ________ at hme yesterday afternn because f the heavy rain.
A．stayB．stayedC．will stayD．have stayed
【答案】B
【解析】句意：因为大雨，我昨天下午待在家里。
本题考查时态。stay是一般现在时，stayed是一般过去时，will stay是一般将来时，have stayed是现在完成时。根据yesterday afternn可知，此处用一般过去时，故选B。
2．When I was n my way hme, it _______________ t rain.
A．startsB．startedC．will startD．has started
【答案】B
【解析】句意：在我回家的路上，天开始下雨了。
考查时态。A项为一般现在时；B项为一般过去时；C项为一般将来时；D项现在完成时。根据从句When I was n my way hme可知，应该使用过去时态。故选B。
3．I ___________ t ride a bike when I was six years ld.
A．learnB．learnedC．will learnD．have learnt
【答案】B
【解析】句意：我6岁就学会了骑车了。
考查时态。A项为一般现在时；B为一般过去时；C一般将来时；D为现在完成时。根据从句when I was six years ld.可知应该使用一般过去时态，故选B。
President Xi Jinping _________ a cngratulatry message n Sunday t the Chinese wmen’s vlleyball team, after they wn the Wrld Cup title.（2020怀柔一模）
sendB．sentC．were sendingD．are sent
【答案】B
【解析】句意：习近平主席向中国女排致以贺词，在中国女排星期日夺得世界杯冠军后，。
考查动词。根据after they wn the Wrld Cup title，可知该句为一般过去时，且主语与谓语动词send是主动关系，所以应填 send的过去式sent，故选B。
5．The day befre yesterday, my grandma____________ the city where she was brn.
A．visitedB．visitsC．will visitD．is visiting
【答案】A
【解析】句意：前天，我的奶奶参观了她出生的那个城市。
考查一般过去时的用法。根据题干中“the day befre yesterday”前天，可知是过去的时间，故用一般过去时，故选A。
6．— What did yu d last Sunday, Mike?
— I table tennis with my friends.
playB．playedC．will playD．have played
【答案】B
【解析】句意：——上星期天你干什么了，迈克？——我和朋友们打乒乓球了。
考查动词时态。play一般现在时；played一般过去时；will play一般将来时；have played现在完成时。根据问句的时间状语“last Sunday”可知此句时态是一般过去时；故选B。
三．填空题
1.My wife, Geraldine, tld me that fr the three days I was in hspital, ur black dg, Charlie, (躺) at the dr waiting fr my return.
答案 lay 考查动词的时态。“躺”是lie,描述过去的动作,用一般过去时。故填lay。
2.In this way, we (节省)energy fr when there was n fd.
答案 saved 本题考查动词的时态。save节省。由后面的was可知,此处也应用一般过去时,因此用过去式saved。
3.Last week we (筹集) mney t prtect the animals in danger.
答案 raised 本题考查动词的时态。raise筹集。由Last week可知,此处应用一般过去时,故填raised。
4.I chse Spanish(西班牙语) and did a ne⁃mnth curse at a language schl and (find) that sme Spanish wrds are very similar t English nes.
答案 fund 考查动词的时态。主句的主语为I,设空处与chse、did并列作主句的谓语,因此设空处的时态是一般过去时,答案为fund。
5.One Saturday my cusin and I went t the Blue Muntains Scenic Wrld and I (meet)Allisn n the bus.
答案 met 本题考查动词的时态。由went可知,此处也应用一般过去时,故填met。
6.Lance was s excited that he gt everything ready when Nathan gt hme. “Wh’s that?” Nathan (ask),pinting ut the windw.
答案 asked 考查动词的时态。根据Lance was s excited可知事情发生在过去,因此使用一般过去时,故填asked。
一般将来时
1.定义：表示将来某一时刻或经常发生的动作或状态。
2.构成：will+d/be(am,is,are) ging t d
3.基本句型:
4.一般将来时的用法
① 表示将来发生的动作或存在的状态，谓语动词用“will＋动词原形”，常用的时间状语有：tmrrw, tmrrw mrning(afternn, evening), the day after tmrrw, next day(week, mnth, year), sn, sme day, in the future,“in+一段时间”等。
如：They will leave fr Beijing next week. 他们下周要去北京。
Mr. Wu will teach us English this term. 这学期吴老师将教我们英语。
②“be ging t+动词原形”表示计划、打算做某事，表示已经决定的、很可能发生的事，或有某种迹象表明要发生的事。如：I’m ging t buy a cmputer this year. 我打算今年买台电脑。
Lk at the black cluds! It’s ging t rain. 看看这乌云！快下雨了。
【注意】当be ging t后接g或cme时，通常直接用现在进行时来表示。如：
Where is he ging? 他去那里？ // She’s cming right away. 她马上就来。
5.以下几种情况只能用shall (will) 表示将来，而不能用be ging t结构来表达。
will可用于所有人称；但shall作为will的一种替代形式，表示单纯将来时，一般用于主语为第一人称I和we时。以Yu and I, sme f us, bth f us, neither f us作主语时通常用will。Will和shall都可以缩写成-’ll。
表示单纯的将来，与人的主观愿望和判断无关时。
如：The sun will rise at 6:00 tmrrw mrning. 明天早上太阳将在六点升起。
用于征求对方的意见或表示客气的邀请。
如：Shall we g t the z? 我们去动物园好吗？
Will yu play basketball with us? 你会和我们一起去打篮球吗？
用来预言将来发生的事。如说出我们设想会发生的事，或者请对方预言将要发生什么事。
如：It will be strmy tmrrw. 明天将有暴风雨。
④ 表示意愿。如：We will help her if she asks me. 我们将帮助她如果她叫我们。
6.will 与be ging t的区别
1）表示客观上某些事将来必然发生，与主观意愿无关，常用will。
如：I’ll be eighteen next week. 下周我将十八岁。
“be ging t+动词原形”结构，表示说话者明确的打算、安排、决定或确信会发生的事，多用于口语。
如：There is ging t be an English film this evening. 今晚将会有一场英语电影。
7.一般将来时的特殊表达形式
① be + 动词不定式。表示有职责，义务，可能，约定，意图等。如：
There is t be a meeting this afternn.
We are t meet the guests at the statin.
② be abut + 动词不定式，表示马上，很快，即将发生的动作。
如：They are abut t leave.
③ 一些位移动词cme, g, start, mve, leave等词常用进行时态表示按计划将要发生的事情。
如：Chen Hui is cming tnight.
They are leaving fr Shanghai tmrrw.
在由when, befre, after, as sn as, until/till引导的时间状语从句和由if, unless等引导的条件状语从句中，常用一般现在时表示将来。
如：We’ll start if it desn’t rain tmrrw. 如果天不下雨我们将开始。
I’ll give the bk t him as sn as he cmes back. 他一回来我就给那本书给他。
一．用 be ging t 或者 will 完成句子。
1.I am ging t swim(swim) with my parents.
2.There will be (be) a big sprts hall in ur schl next year.
3.Jack is ging t have(have) dinner with Mingming.
4.They are ging t watch(watch) a mvie this Sunday.
5.Next year she will be(be) twenty years ld.
二．单选题
1.Attentin, please. There a ftball game between China and Krea this evening.
A. is ging t be B. has been C. hasD. will have
2.— Mum, my friends and I ______ t the cinema tnight.
— Oh, lvely! I hpe yu enjy the film!
A. g B. will g C. went D. have gne
3. He ______ in his garden every mrning next year.
A. will wrk B. wrks C. wrked D. is wrking
【参考答案】ABA
三．填空题
1.Next year, they (make) a CD f their sngs and start a charity.
答案 will make/are ging t make 本题考查动词的时态。根据 Next year 可知是明年的计划,所以使用一般将来时。主语是they,故答案是will make/are ging t make。
2.Next year, they (make) a CD f their sngs and start a charity.
答案 will make/are ging t make 本题考查动词的时态。根据 Next year 可知是明年的计划,所以使用一般将来时。主语是they,故答案是will make/are ging t make。
一．选择题
1.—Lydia, have yu decided which city t travel t, Lndn r New Yrk?
—Nt yet. Maybe I Lndn t meet my friends this time.
A.visit B.visitedC.will visit D.was visiting
答案 C 考查动词时态。由语境可知,此处表达计划安排的行程,所以要用一般将来时。故选C。
2.My father me a funny jke and I can’t stp laughing every time I think f it.
A.tld B.tellsC.will tell D.is telling
答案 A 本题考查动词的时态。根据连词and后面的I can’t stp laughing every time I think f it可知,父亲已经给“我”讲过这个笑话了,要用一般过去时,故选A。
3.—Have scientists fund life n Mars?
—Nt yet, but I think they it smeday.
A.find B.fundC.have fund D.will find
答案 D 本题考查动词的时态。关键词sme day“某一天”常出现在使用一般将来时的句子中。根据语境指的是将来可知,此处应使用一般将来时。故选D。
4.—Tm,have yu tidied up yur rm?
—Srry, I’m ding my hmewrk. I it later.
A.did B.has dneC.will d D.d
答案 C 本题考查动词的时态。根据答语中Srry,I’m ding my hmewrk.可知Tm还没有整理房间,会在写完作业之后再整理。设空处描述未来会发生的事情,所以使用一般将来时。故答案选C。
5.—Have yu ever been t Disneyland, Sally?
—Oh, yes. My parents me there nce a year when I was in primary schl.
A.take B.tkC.will take D.have taken
答案 B 本题考查动词的时态。根据答语中nce a year when I was in primary schl可知,以前每年都去一次,是过去的事情,因此使用一般过去时。
6.—Have yu watched the film Gulliver’s Travels?
—Yes.I it during the Spring Festival. What abut yu?
A.watch B.watchedC.will watch D.have watched
答案 B 本题考查一般过去时。根据“during the Spring Festival”可知,动作发生在过去,应用一般过去时,谓语动词应用过去式。故答案为B。
7.—What did yu d this Dragn Bat Festival?
—I the bat races n TV and read bks.
A.watch B.watchedC.am watching D.will watch
答案 B 本题考查动词的时态。根据题目中的问句是一般过去时态可知,答语也应用一般过去时态,故选B。
审题技巧 解答动词时态的题目的关键在于寻找语境中的时间标志词或可以表示时态的助动词,如d/des/did,will/wuld,have/has/had等。
8.There an English shw this weekend. Shall we g and watch it?
A.are ging t be B.wasC.will be D.were
答案 C 本题考查there be 句型。this weekend 是表示将来的时间状语,所以排除B、D;an English shw是单数,所以排除A,故选C。
9.Yu can brrw this film—surely yu watching it.
A.enjy B.enjyedC.will enjy D.have enjyed
答案 C 本题考查一般将来时。由前面的Yu can brrw this film可知,还没看这部电影,借回去后看,故用一般将来时。故答案为C。
10.Mr. Green a new bike fr his daughter tmrrw.
A.buys B.bught C.will buy
答案 C 考查动词时态。根据时间状语tmrrw可知用一般将来时,故选C。
11.Thanks fr letting us brrw yur camera. We it t yu next Mnday.
A.return B.will returnC.have returned
答案 B 句意:谢谢你让我们借你的照相机。我们将在下周一还给你。本题考查一般将来时。由next Mnday可知应该用一般将来时。故选B。
12.My parents and I trees last Sunday.
A.plant B.will plant C.are planting D.planted
答案 D 本题考查动词的时态。由时间状语last Sunday可知,设空处要用一般过去时,故选D。
二．填空题
1.Luckily,he was discvered and picked up by a Lndn-bund ship. S he (land) in Lndn by accident.
答案 landed 本题考查时态。根据was可知用一般过去时,故填landed。
2.I just (hide) behind my textbk and never said anything.
答案 hid 根据后面的said可知,此处应该填写hide的过去式hid。
3.She the frnt dr and went utside.(lck)
答案 lcked 设空处是谓语动词,与and后的went并列,形式也应是过去式。故答案为lcked。
4.Ted (begin) reading at tw, and by fur, he had knwn a lt abut many subjects frm astrnmy t zlgy(动物学).
答案 began 句意:特德从两岁开始读书,到了四岁,他对从天文学到动物学的许多学科都很了解。本题考查一般过去时。特德两岁应该是过去时,谓语动词用过去式。故填began。
5.Gldilcks (注意到)a little huse, s she hurried twards it.
答案 nticed 句意:Gldilcks 注意到一个小房子,因此她匆匆朝它走了过去。根据hurried可知应用一般过去时。
6.A little effrt every day,and yu a big difference.
A.makes B.made C.have made D.will make
答案 D 句意:每天努力一点,你会有很大的改变。 本题考查动词的时态。A little effrt every day是If yu make a little effrt every day的省略形式,所以依据“主将从现”原则,此处应用一般将来时。故选D。
7.But surely, peple believe, his dream (cme) true in the near future.
答案 will cme 本题考查动词的时态。根据时间状语in the near future可知,用一般将来时。
8.Next year, they (make) a CD f their sngs and start a charity.
答案 will make/are ging t make 根据Next year可知用一般将来时。且主语是they,故答案是will make/are ging t make。
9.I believe that befre lng, I (be) a real Party member.
答案 will be 根据befre lng(很快)可知,用一般将来时,故填will be。
10.If an animal is in danger, I (d) whatever I can.
答案 will d 在含if引导的条件状语从句的主从复合句中,从句用一般现在时,主句用一般将来时。故答案为will d。
11.I never (d) it like befre.
答案 will;d 根据like befre可知用一般将来时,故填will;d。
12.Mr. Jnes hasn’t decided whether he (sell) his three-dllar map at that price r wait fr a higher ffer.
答案 will sell 还没有决定是否出售,说明出售是将来的事情,要用一般将来时。故填will sell。
13.He (leave) the hspital in tw days.
答案 will leave 句意:他将在两天后离开医院。本题考查一般将来时。时间状语in tw days意为“两天后”,表示将来。故填will leave。
14.English Day is cming, and we (rganize) an English party sn.
答案 will rganize 根据前面的“is cming”和时间状语sn可知,此处应用一般将来时。
三．短文填空
One day, a wise ld man was 1 (walk) in the yard when he saw his grandsn having an argument with his wife. He asked his grandsn, “Why d yu raise yur vice every time yu argue with yur wife?”
His grandsn answered, “I 2 my vice s that my vice is heard.”
“Yur wife is clse enugh fr her t hear yu when yu say the same sentence in a calm manner. Why d yu have t raise yur vice?” the grandfather 3 .
“Perhaps because I need t let ff sme steam (发泄一些怒火) by raising my vice,” his grandsn replied.
“The steam 4 (g) ut in the same way if yu whisper (小声说) t her. S why d that?”
“I've already 5 her what I think, but it seems that she desn't understand my pint f view,” the man said unwillingly (不情愿地).
“But yu are hurting yur wife's feeling while yu are shuting at her,” the ld man said angrily. “In fact, if yu whisper sftly, yu can bth hear each ther clearly. S stp raising yur vice when yu talk t her.” His grandsn ndded his head.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
语篇解读
本文讲述一位老人看到自己的孙子每次和妻子说话都会提高嗓门,于是对他进行了教育,希望孙子对自己所爱的人要温柔些。
1.walking 根据语境可知,孙子和妻子在争吵时老人正在散步,又因本文为故事题材,故此处用过去进行时。
2.raise 本句引用孙子说的原话,是孙子一贯的行为,故用一般现在时。此处表示“提高嗓门”,且上文已出现raise,故此空应填raise。
3.asked 本文属于故事题材,时态应用过去时。根据上文“Why d yu have t raise yur vice?”可知,爷爷是在质问孙子,且上文第一次发问时已出现asked,故此空应填asked。
4.will g 在本句中,if引导条件状语从句,从句用一般现在时,主句应用一般将来时。故答案应填will g。
5.tld 根据I've already可知,本句时态为现在完成时。根据语境可知,孙子说他已经告诉他妻子自己的想法了。这里不能用said,spken或talked,因为这三个词都不可以直接跟人称代词做宾语。
四、语法填空
Are yu lking fr ways t spend Earth Day n 22 April? Here ____1____ (be) sme fun things yu can d.
First, instead f taking a bus r car, walk mre ften. If yur hme is t far, ride a bike.
Secnd, spending time in nature is ____2____ easy and fun way t spend Earth Day! Yu can enjy the great utdr activities like ____3____ (have) a beach day with yur friends.
Third, pick up rubbish in the parks. Taking a mment t pick up any rubbish yu see as yu’re ut is ____4____ (real) useful.
Furth, yu can sell used things. Sme ld things f yurs can still be ____5____ (help) t ther peple. And if yu have ld clthes, ld bks, r ther ld things, why nt give ____6____ (they) t ther peple?
Last, plant a tree. Planting a tree nly needs a few ____7____ (minute), but it can be gd fr the envirnment（环境）fr many years. Trees are imprtant because they help fight pllutin. Besides, they prvide wildlife（野生动植物）____8____ hmes. See if there is a tree-planting activity and jin in. Find the best planting place t meet（满足）the trees’ needs, dig a hle ____9____ water the tree well t give it a gd start.
Earth Day can be every day! Just d ne small thing every day t supprt the envirnment. It desn’t have t be smething ____10____ (usual). Small changes f yurs will make a difference.
【答案】1. are 2. an 3. having 4. really 5. helpful 6. them 7. minutes
8. with 9. t 10. unusual
【解析】本文主要介绍了在4月22日度过地球日可以做的一些有趣的事情。
1.句意：这里有一些你可以做的有趣的事情。本文主要介绍了在4月22日度过地球日可以做的一些有趣的事情，时态是一般现在时。观察句子结构可知，本句是here be的完全倒装结构，be的形式取决于其后的名词，“sme fun things”是复数形式，故填are。
2.句意：第二，在大自然中消磨时间是度过地球日的一种简单而有趣的方式！观察句子结构可知，空格处所填词是不定冠词，表示“一种简单而又有趣的方式”，根据空格后的“easy”的读音是以元音音素开头的单词，应该用an。故填an。
3.句意：你可以享受很棒的户外活动，比如和朋友一起去海滩玩一天。根据句中的“like”是介词可知，其后要跟名词或动名词，所给词have是动词，故填having。
4.句意：出去的时候花点时间捡起你看到的垃圾真的很有用。观察句子结构可知，空格所填词修饰形容词，故填副词形式。所给词real的副词形式为really。故填really。
5.句意：你的一些旧东西仍然可以帮助其他人。根据句意可知，空格所填词在句中作表语，说明主语怎么样，故填形容词。所给词help的形容词形式为helpful。故填helpful。
6.句意：为什么不把它们给别人呢？观察句子结构可知，所填词位于动词“give”之后，作宾语。所给词they是代词，作宾语时用其宾格形式。they的宾格形式为them。故填them。
7.句意：种树只需要几分钟。根据空格前的“a few”，其后要跟可数名词的复数形式，故填minutes。
8.句意：此外，他们为野生动物提供家园。观察句子结构可知，本题考查prvide sb. with sth“为某人提供某物”。故填with。
9.句意：找到最适合树木生长的地方，挖一个洞给树好好浇水，让它有一个良好的开端。观察句子结构可知，空格所填词为动词不定式，表示挖洞的目的。故填t。
10.句意：这不一定非得是不寻常的事情。根据句子“Small changes f yurs will make a difference.”可知，不一定是不寻常的事情。故填unusual。
September 23rd,2021was the furth Chinese Farmers' Harvest Festival（中国农民丰收节）.The day befre the festival,91-year-ld Wu Mingzhu gave her best wishes t all farmers f China.
Many peple remember the famus scientist Yuan Lngping, but few knw anther scientist Wu Mingzhu. She is a meln expert(专家).She wrked in the meln field fr mre than 60 years, and she has cultivated(培育) mre than 30 kinds f melns in China.
Brn in Wuhan in 1930, Wu finished university in 1953. In 1955, she vlunteered t study meln in Xinjiang. She and her team spent three years visiting many places there, cllecting ver 100 pieces f infrmatin abut meln. In1984, they cultivated“8424",a high-quality(高品质的）watermeln in China. Thanks t her great wrk, the cultivatin f meln in China has greatly changed.
At the age f 81, she gt ill. But even when she was ill. she wuld care abut the study f meln. Fr her, the best thing in life is t bring the sweetness f meln t the peple.
1.When did Wu Mingzhu give her best wishes t all farmers f China?

2. Where did Wu vlunteer t wrk after she finished university?

3. Hw lng did it take Wu and her team frm cllecting infrmatin t cultivating“8424”？

4.What d yu think f Wu Mingzhu？

5.What is the main purpse f the passage?

译文
2021年9月23日是第四届中国农民丰收节。节日的前一天，91岁的吴明珠向所有中国农民致以最美好的祝福。
很多人记得著名科学家袁隆平，但很少有人知道另一位科学家吴明珠。她是一位瓜类家。她在瓜类领域工作了60多年，并且她已经在中国培育了30多种瓜。
吴明珠1930年于武汉出生，1953年完成大学学业。1955年，她志愿到新疆从事瓜类研究。她和她的团队花费三年时间，走访了那里的许多地方，收集了100 多条关于瓜的信息。1984年，他们培育出了“8424”——中国的一种高品质西瓜。多亏了她出色的工作，中国的瓜类培育发生了很大改变。
81岁时，她生病了。但即使身在病中，她也会关心瓜类研究。对她来说，生活中最美好的事情就是把瓜的甘甜带给人们。
答案详析
1. On September 22nd,2021.。根据第一段“September 23rd, day befre the festival.91-year-ld Wu Mingzhu gave her best wishes t all farmers f China.”可知，在2021年9月23日的前一天，即2021年9月22日，91岁的吴明珠向全国农民送上了祝福。
2. In Xinjiang。根据第三段中的“ finished university in 1953. In 1955, she vlunteered t study meln in Xinjiang.”可知，大学毕业后，吴明珠自愿去新疆研究瓜。
3. It tk 29 years。根据第三段中的“In 1955，she vlunteered t study meln in Xinjiang. She and her ver 100 pieces10f infrmatin abut meln. In 1984, they cultivated‘8424’...”可知，从1955年收集信息到1984年“8424”培育成功，吴明珠和她的团队花了大约29年的时间。
4 .hard-wrking/admirable/devted。根据最后一段At the age f 81, she gt ill. But even when she was ill. she wuld care abut the study f meln. Fr her, the best thing in life is t bring the sweetness f meln t the peple.（81岁时，她病倒了。但即使她生病了。她会关心甜瓜的研究。对她来说，人生最美好的事情，就是把瓜的甜味带给老百姓。）可知他是努力且值得敬佩的/具有奉献精神。
5. T tell us smething abut Wu Mingzhu and her wrk.通读全文可知，本文主要介绍了甜瓜专家吴明珠以及她为甜瓜培育做出的努力。故推知，本文的主要目的是告诉我们一些关于吴明珠和她的工作的事情。
衔接点10 特殊句式（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学特殊句式考点聚焦】
感叹句
1.选词填空
What Hw What a What an
(1) nice the skirt is!(2) ht it is tday !
(3) big hrses they are!(4) interesting bk it is!
(5) clever by he is!(6) clever the by is!
(7) hard Jack wrks!(8) fast Peter runs !
(9) fine day it is!(10) nice pictures they are!
1.(1)Hw(2)Hw (3)What(4)What an(5)What a (6)Hw(7)Hw (8)Hw (9)What a(10)What
疑问句
在下面的横线上填上恰当的疑问词。
hw lng where hw many when hw tall which why whse
hw much wh hw far what hw ld hw hw heavy
(1)- is the weather like tday?-It's sunny.
(2)- pen is it?-It's Mary's.
(3)- des Lucy cme t schl?-She cmes t schl by car.
(4)- is yur jacket?-It's 100 yuan.
(5)- is Lucy frm?-She's frm Australia.
(6)- are yu?-I'm eleven years ld.
(7)- are yu?-I'm 155 cm.
(8)- are yu?-I'm 60 kg.
(9)- bys are there in yur class?-There are twelve.
(10) by is yur brther?-The ne in a red cap.
(11)- is yur maths teacher?-Mr Chen is my maths teacher.
(12)- is it?-It's abut 50kilmetres.
(13) did yu stay in America?-Fr tw weeks.
(14) des yur father g t wrk?-At 8:30 a.m.
(15)- d yu like winter?-Because I can skate.
(1)What (2)Whse (3)Hw (4)Hw much (5)Where (6)Hw ld (7)Hw tall (8)Hw heavy (9)Hw many (10)Which (11)Wh (12)Hw far (13)Hw lng(14)When (15)Why
There be 句型
1.选择正确的词填空。(16分)
(1)There (is/are)seven days in a week.
(2)There (is/are)sme milk in the fridge.
(3)There (is/isn't)any mney in his pcket.
(4)There (is/was)a bridge three years ag.
(5) (Is/Are)there any apples n the table?
(6)There (is/are)a Chinese bk and three maths bks in my bag.
(7)There (are/aren't)any sheep at this farm.
(8)There (is/are)sme bread fr yu.
(1)are(2)is(3)isn't(4)was(5)Are(6)is(7)aren't(8)is
【初中特殊句式考点聚焦】
考点清单
简单句的特点：简单句通常只由一个主语(或并列主语)和一个谓语(或并列谓语)构成。一般分为陈述句、疑问句、感叹句和祈使句四种。
一、陈述句：
用来说明一个事实的句子叫陈述句。它有肯定式和否定式两种形式。
陈述句的肯定式：
He is a middle schl student.（他是个中学生）
I have a hammer in my hand.（我手上有把锤子）
She teaches us gegraphy.（她教我们地理）
The new play was gd enugh and everybdy enjyed it.（新的话剧非常好大家都喜欢）
陈述句的否定式：
1.谓语动词如果是be 、助动词、情态动词时,在它们的后面加“nt”。
如：My brther is nt a teacher.（我的弟弟不是教师）
He des nt have a cusin.（他没有堂兄弟）
I will nt g there tmrrw.（明天我不去那儿）
Yu must nt make such mistakes again.（你不该再犯类似错误了）
2.谓语动词如果没有上述词语而是其他动词时,须在它的前面加d nt(dn’t).
如：I dn’t knw anything abut it.(此事我一无所知)
Li Ming des nt feed pigs in the cuntryside.（李明不在农村养猪）
We didn’t expect t meet her right here.（我们没指望着在这里见到她）
We didn’t have a meeting yesterday afternn.(昨天下午我们没有开会)
[注意]
1.句子中如果有all、bth、very much/well等词时,用nt一般构成部分否定,如果要完全否定,则通常使用nne、neither、nt…at all等；
如：All f them went there.→Nne f them went there.（他们全都去了那里→他们全都没去那里）
2.句子中含有little、few、t(太)、hardly、never、neither、nr、seldm等词时, 则视为否定句。
如：Few peple live there because life there is very hard.（几乎没有人生活在那里因为那里的生活太艰难了）
二、疑问句
一般疑问句： 用“yes”或“n”来回答的疑问句叫做一般疑问句。
一般疑问句构成：句中谓语动词是 be、助动词、情态动词时,则将它们(提前)放到主语前面。
如：Is he an engineer?（他是工程师吗？）
Have yu gt tday’s newspaper? （你有今天的报纸吗？）
Shall we g t see a film this evening? （我们今晚去看电影好吗？）
Can yu explain it ?（你能解释它吗？）
Is there any fish fr supper?（晚饭有鱼吗？）
Wuld yu like t g ut fr a walk?（你想出去散步吗？）
谓语动词如果没有上述词语而是其他动词时,则在主语前面加助动词d / des / did, 原来的谓语动词改为原形。
如：D yu get up at six every mrning?（你天天早晨六点起身吗？）
Des she study hard?（她学习努力吗？）
Did yu g there yesterday?（昨天你去那儿了吗？）
2.一般疑问句的回答：
一般疑问句通常用简略形式来回答。如：
Will yu jin us in playing basketball?（你加入我们打篮球好吗？）
—Yes, we will.（是的我们会。）/ —N, we wn’t.（不我们不会。）
3.一般疑问句的否定结构(即否定形式的一般疑问句)表示惊奇、责怪、建议、看法等,只要将“nt”置于主语之后或者将“nt”放到主语之前与be, have等助动词或情态动词合并在一起就可以了。
如：Will he nt cme?（他难道不来吗？）
Isn’t yur sister a Party member?（你的姐姐不是党员吗？）
这种否定结构的疑问句的回答与汉语的习惯不同。如果回答是肯定的,就用“yes+肯定结构”；如果回答是否定的,就用“n+否定结构”。(情况与反意问句类似。)
如：Can’t he answer the questin? (他不能回答这个问题吗？)
—Yes,he can.(不,他能回答这个问题。) —N,he can’t. (是的,他不能回答这个问题。)
特殊疑问句
1.特殊疑问句结构是：
如：What d yu want?（你要什么？）
Wh(m) are yu lking fr ?（你在找谁？）
Which class are yu in?（你在哪班？）
When did yu get up this mrning?（你今早什么时候起身的？）
Where have yu been?（你到哪儿去了？）
Why did he g t bed s early?（他为什么这么早睡觉？）
Hw did yu g there?（你是怎么去的那儿？）
但是,“wh”引出的询问主语或主语部分相关词的特殊疑问句的结构与陈述句词序相同：
如：Wh is dancing ver there?（谁在那边跳舞？）
有时“what”,“which”,“whse”也可以引出与陈述句词序相同的特殊疑问句。
如：What is n the wall?（什么东西在墙上？/墙上有什么？）
Which is yurs?（哪个是你的？）
Whse bk is in yur bag?（谁的书在你的书包里？）
[注意]从陈述句改为特殊问句时,先将句子改为一般问句,再将(划线)提问部分更改为疑问词置于句首,特别
要注意助动词的使用！如果只对主语或主语的修饰词提问,那么只需要将疑问部分改为疑问词即可。
2)常用疑问代词和疑问副词
选择疑问句：提出两种或两种以上情况,需要对方作出选择回答的疑问句叫选择疑问句。
1) 构成：(1) 一般疑问句 + r + 第二选项？
(2) 特殊疑问句 + 第一选项(+ 第二选项)+ r+ 第三选项？
2)选择疑问句的结构与特殊疑问句相同,即要具体回答,不可以用yes / n回答。
如：Is yur friend a by r a girl? –A girl. (----你的朋友是男孩还是女孩？----是女孩。)
Which d yu prefer, cffee r tea? –Tea, please. (---你要哪一样咖啡还是茶？----请来茶吧。)
Which d yu like best, singing, dancing r skating?
--Dancing, f curse. (----唱歌、跳舞和溜冰你最喜欢哪样？----当然是跳舞啦！)
1. is yur hmetwn? I can’t find it anywhere n the map.
A.What B.WhichC.When D.Where
答案 D 考查特殊疑问词。由“I can’t find it anywhere n the map.”可知，此处应是问你的家乡在哪里，应用where提问。故选D。
2.— have yu been a member f the Yuth League?
—Fr three years.
A.Hw lng B.Hw manyC.Hw ften D.Hw far
答案 A 考查特殊疑问词组。答语“Fr three years.”为时间段，对时间段提问应用hw lng。故选A。
3.— d yu play vlleyball， Amy?
—Three days a week.
A.Hw lng B.Hw snC.Hw ften D.Hw much
答案 C 考查特殊疑问词组。hw lng对时间或长度提问;hw sn多久以后;hw ften多久一次;hw much多少。根据回答可知此句询问频率。故选C。
4.— did the nline cncert begin?
—Yu didn’t miss anything. It has just begun.
A.When B.Where C.What D.Why
答案 A 考查特殊疑问词。由答语“It has just begun.”可知，此处是问网上音乐会什么时候开始的，故选A。
5.— is China’s Tiangng space statin frm us?
—Abut 400 kilmeters abve the earth.
A.Hw much B.Hw ftenC.Hw far D.Hw lng
答案 C 考查特殊疑问词组。根据答语可知问句问的是“有多远”。hw far多远，故选C。
6.—I lve this T⁃shirt. des it cst?
—50 yuan. Why nt try it n?
A.Hw lng B.Hw ftenC.Hw ld D.Hw much
答案 D 考查特殊疑问词组。根据问句中的“cst”和答语中的“50 yuan.”可知，设空处询问价格，故选D。
7. — will yu leave fr camping?
—This weekend. Everything is ready fr the picnic.
A.When B.Where C.Hw D.Why
答案 A 考查特殊疑问词。根据答句中的“This weekend.”可知，此处是询问时间，应用when。故选A。
8.— can yu skip rpe， Linda?
—Over 200 times in a minute.
A.Hw sn B.Hw far C.Hw fast D.Hw lng
答案 C 考查特殊疑问词组。hw sn多久以后，提问将来的时间;hw far多远，提问距离;hw fast多快，提问速度;hw lng多长，多久，提问时间或长度。根据答语“Over 200 times in a minute.”可知，问的是跳绳能跳多快。故选C。
三、祈使句
祈使句用来表示请求、命令等。它的主语yu往往省略。
祈使句的肯定式： 动词(原形) + 其他
如：Please give me a hand. (请帮忙) / Shut up! (住嘴！)
祈使句的否定式： Dn’t +动词原形 + 其他
如：Please dn’t talk in lw vices. (请不要低声讲话。)
Dn’t lk back! (不要掉头看。)
[注意] 以“let’s”引出的祈使句的否定结构,“nt”应放在“let’s”后面。
如：Let’s nt truble him. (我们不要打扰他。)
肯定祈使句前可以用助动词来强调语气。如：Please d help me! (请千万帮帮我。)
1. fast t yur dreams， fr if dreams die， life is like a brken⁃winged bird that can never fly.
A.Hld B.T hld C.Held D.Hlding
答案 A 考查祈使句。此处用祈使句表达建议，祈使句以动词原形开头。故选A。
2.—Cindy， ut the rubbish when yu leave. And I’ll d the dishes.
—OK， Dad.
A.take B.takes C.tk D.t take
答案 A 考查祈使句。此处为祈使句，应以动词原形开头。故选A。
3.—Yur rm is in a terrible mess， Tm. yur bks here and there next time.
—OK， . I’ll put them away in five minutes， Mum.
A.Dn’t leave;I wn’t B.Wn’t leave;I will
C.Dn’t leave;I will D.Wn’t leave;I wn’t
答案 A 考查祈使句及其应答语。第一空后虽然有表示将来时间的next time，但这是妈妈向汤姆发出的命令、要求，是祈使句，所以用Dn’t+动词原形。排除B、D。肯定祈使句的应答语为I will;否定祈使句的应答语为I wn’t。故选A。
4.Mr Lee， (nt mix) yur life and wrk tgether.
答案 dn’t mix 句意:李先生，不要把你的生活和工作混在一起。此句是否定的祈使句，其构成是“dn’t+动词原形+其他成分”，故填dn’t mix。
5. (make) sure there are n mistakes in yur paper and yu can hand it in.
答案 Make 考查祈使句。祈使句以动词原形开头，make sure“确保”。故填Make。
四、感叹句
感叹句用来表示喜怒哀乐等强烈感情。句末常用“！”
对含有形容词的名词短语感叹的结构通常是：
What + (a /an) + (形容词) +名词+ 陈述句结构(主谓语) ,用来强调句子中的名词,
如：What a gd, kind girl (she is)! (她是多么善良的好女孩！) / What bad weather (it is)! (天气真糟糕！)
仅对形容词或副词进行感叹的结构通常是：Hw + 形容词/副词 + 陈述句结构(主谓语) ,用来强调句子中的形容词、副词或动词。
如：Hw carefully the ld man walks! (这老人走路真小心！)
Hw delicius the fd is! (这食品真好吃！) `
Hw beautiful! (真美呀！)
Hw beautiful the girl is!= What a beautiful girl she is!
1. clever girl Kitty is! She can cme up with sme creative ways t finish the prject.
A.What B.Hw aC.Hw D.What a
答案 D 考查感叹句。本句感叹的中心词是girl，应该用what引导感叹句， girl为可数名词单数，clever以辅音音素开头，应该使用不定冠词a，故选D。
2. great scientist Yuan Lngping is! He spent all his life n the research f rice.
A.What B.What aC.Hw D.Hw a
答案 B 考查感叹句。本句感叹的中心词是scientist，scientist是可数名词，此处应用What a来修饰名词短语great scientist。故选B。
3. nice it is t drink a cup f cffee after lng hurs’ wrk!
A.What B.What a C.Hw D.Hw a
答案 C 考查感叹句。本句是感叹句，其中心词为形容词nice，用Hw引导，故选C。
4.— great surprise t see yu here， Daniel!
—Yeah. We haven’t seen each ther fr quite a lng time.
A.What a B.What C.Hw a D.Hw
答案 A 考查感叹句。本句为感叹句，其中心词surprise为可数名词单数形式，且great以辅音音素开头，所以用“What+a+形容词+可数名词单数形式+主语+谓语!”，故选A。
6.— d yu admire Yuan Lngping fr?
—He devted all his life t the research and develpment f better rice plants.
A.Why B.What C.Hw D.Where
答案 B 考查特殊疑问词。“”是固定结构，表示“为什么……?”。故选B。
7.It is really a pleasant time t have a picnic n a warm sunny day.(改为感叹句)
pleasant time it is t have a picnic n a warm sunny day!
答案 What a 考查感叹句。time是名词，被形容词修饰时，要加不定冠词a/an，指“一段……的时光”。本句感叹的中心词为time，前面的形容词pleasant以辅音音素开头，所以用What加不定冠词a来填空。设空位于句首，需大写首字母。故填What a。
8.Dad usually makes bad plans but this time he gt it right, finally. a surprise!
答案 What 此处为感叹句,空后的surprise在这里为名词,表示“意想不到的事情”,应用what开头的感叹句,故填What。
9.I was red in the face. I wished I culd disappear!
答案 Hw 句意:我脸红了。我多么希望我能消失!此处为Hw开头的感叹句。故填Hw。
10. thankful I was t my friend Jhn!
答案 Hw 句意:我多么感谢我的朋友Jhn啊!根据空后的thankful I was和句尾的叹号可知,该句是“Hw+形容词+主语+谓语!”的感叹句句式,故填Hw。
一．情景对话
请通读下面的对话,根据对话内容,从方框内的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项,选项中有一项为多余选项。
A
(Jhn and his friend Kate are talking n the phne. J=Jhn, K=Kate)
J:Hell?
K:Hi, Jhn! 1 Yu weren't at the party last Sunday.
J:I'm n vacatin right nw.
K:Great! 2
J:I'm afraid nt. It's an unusual beach. In my pinin, the fewer peple, the better.
K: 3
J:That's true. The sun is shining brightly and the sea is s beautiful.
K: 4
J:Nthing much. I just read and rest every day. In fact, I was asleep befre yur call.
K:Oh, I'm srry. 5
J:Thanks. See yu next week.
A.Where are yu?
B.That sunds nice.
C.Is it a place I knw?
D.Have a great vacatin.
E.Many peple are at the party?
F.Did yu d anything special there?
答案
1.A 由下句“Yu weren't at the party last Sunday.”及回答“I'm n vacatin right nw.”可知本空询问Jhn去哪儿了。故选A。
2.C 由下文“恐怕不,这是个不寻常的海滩。”可知,此处是Kate在问那个地方她知不知道。故选C。
3.B 由上句“In my pinin, the fewer peple,the better.”可知,下句应是对此观点的评价。故选B。
4.F 由下文“Nthing much. I just read and rest every day.”可知,本空询问Jhn在那儿做了什么特别的事。故选F。
5.D 由下文“Thanks. See yu next week.”可知,对话要结束了,此处内容应该是祝Jhn度假愉快。故选D。
B
Man:Gd mrning, welcme t the Art Schl.
Wman:Thanks. I'd like t jin ne f yur evening art curses.
Man:OK. 1
Wman:Chinese painting curse. I like Chinese painting. 2
Man:Yes, it is. Very beautiful. Nw let's fill in this frm. 3
Wman:Lucy Green.
Man:Which cuntry are yu frm?
Wman:Well, 4 But actually I'm American.
Man:I see. Next questin. Can yu tell me where yu live?
Wman: 5
Man:Thanks. Nw, I'll give yu sme infrmatin.
A.It's s beautiful.
B.Which curse?
C.I wrk here in England.
D.What's yur name, please?
E.Yes, it's 58 Charnwd Rad.
F.Hw d yu knw abut Chinese painting?
答案
1.B 由下文的“Chinese painting curse.”可知,此处是问哪个课程,故选B。
2.A 由下文的“Yes, it is. Very beautiful.”可知,此处应是称赞中国绘画漂亮,故选A。
3.D 由下文的“Lucy Green.”可知,此处是问女士的名字。故选D。
4.C 由上文的“你来自哪个国家?”及下文的“但实际上我是美国人。”可知,设空处应提到一个国家,而且这个国家不是美国。C选项“我在英国工作。”符合语境。故选C。
5.E 由上文的“where yu live”可知,设空处应该涉及一个住址。故选E。
二.短文填空
One day, I wanted my father t get sme fruit fr me. S I said t my father, “Dad, 1. here!” When my dad heard me, he came ver right away. Hwever, my mm said t me, “2. say it that way. Say it mre plitely.”
“I didn't want t,” I replied. “If yu dn't say it plitely, then 3. watching TV frm nw n!” my mm said angrily.
4. sad I was when I heard this! Then my mm said, “5. yu want thers t be plite t yu? If s, yu shuld be plite t thers t.”
Indeed, we shuld be plite, r it might make thers feel uncmfrtable.
语篇解读 本文是一篇记叙文,讲述的是家庭成员之间的故事。故事告诉我们,即使是家庭成员之间也要有礼貌,否则会让别人不舒服。
1.cme 考查祈使句。肯定的祈使句以动词原形开头。根据下一句“When my dad heard me, he came ver right away.”可知,“我”是让父亲过来,故填cme。
2.Dn't 考查祈使句。根据后一句“Say it mre plitely.”可知,妈妈觉得“我”说话不礼貌,所以让“我”不要那样说。所以此句为否定的祈使句,置于句首首字母需大写,故填Dn't。
3.stp 考查祈使句。根据上下文可知,如果“我”说话不礼貌,妈妈会禁止“我”看电视。故填stp。
4.Hw 考查感叹句。根据感叹句的基本结构“Hw+形容词/副词+主语+谓语+其他!”可知,本空应填Hw。置于句首首字母需大写。
5.D 考查一般疑问句。根据本句句尾“?”和下句开头的If s可知,本句为一般疑问句,助动词应提前。根据语境可知,本句为一般现在时,且谓语部分有实义动词want,故助动词为d,置于句首首字母需大写。故填D。
三.方框选词填空
ask be dn’t help hw lng
make need wait
Pre⁃exam stress is ne f the biggest prblems in students’ lives. It makes yu feel bad and stps yu frm thinking clearly. S here 1 sme tips t help yu lwer the stress f exams.
Be rganized and start early
The best way t deal with exam stress is t have a gd study plan. Decide hw much time t spend n each subject. And dn’t 2 until the last minute t study everything.
Dn’t be afraid t ask
When we dn’t understand smething， we feel stressed. It’s nrmal. But dn’t wrry abut it， d smething abut it! 3 yur teacher fr help. All teachers want their students t d well in exams.
Healthy bdy， healthy brain
Yur bdy 4 exercise fr yur brain t wrk better. S dn’t study all the time. It can just 5 yu mre stressed. D sme sprt， g t the gym r just g fr a walk. Just get up and mve!
Eat and sleep well
It’s imprtant fr yur brain t rest. 6 d yu need t sleep every night? At least eight hurs. Eat a healthy diet and avid drinks with caffeine that can stp yu frm sleeping well.
7 keep yur stress t yurself
Finally， if yu have fllwed all this advice and yu still feel stressed， then dn’t keep it a secret. Talk t smene， yur mum r yur dad， a friend r a teacher and tell them hw yu feel. We all need 8 smetimes.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
1.are 本句为存现句的另外一种形式here is/are...，表示“这里有……”，be动词应与空后的名词tips保持数的一致。故填are。
2.wait 此处为否定的祈使句，结构为“dn’t+动词原形+其他”，根据上文可推测，此处句意为“不要等到最后一分钟才学习所有内容”。故填wait。
3.Ask 此处为祈使句。ask sb. fr help向某人求助。故填Ask。注意句首单词首字母大写。
4.needs 空处是谓语动词。根据下文可知要多运动，因此此处指你的身体需要运动”，主语为Yur bdy，谓语动词应用第三人称单数形式，故填needs。
5.make 此处指一直学习只会使你压力更大，结合方框中所给词可知选make，空前有情态动词can，故填make。
6.Hw lng 根据下一句“At least eight hurs.”可知问句问的是多长时间，故填Hw lng。注意句首单词首字母大写。
7.Dn’t 根据下面的语境可知此处为否定的祈使句，故填Dn’t。注意句首单词首字母大写。
8.help 此处need是及物动词，空处作宾语，故填名词。结合语境及方框中所给词可知选help，此处意为“有时候我们都需要帮助”。故填help。
一
Man first landed(着陆）n the mn in 1969.But did yu knw that man was nt the first t travel arund the mn?
On September 14,1968,the Sviet Space Prgram sent tw trtises(乌龟)int space fr a trip arund the mn. After a week-lng trip, the trtises landed in the Indian Ocean. They traveled back t Mscw(莫斯科）n Octber 7.
Bth the trtises still lived after the trip. They lst abut 10% f their bdy weight(体重），but they were still healthy. They were dissected(解剖) n Octber 11,1968. Scientists wanted t see hw their bdies changed after the space travel. They fund that" Eating n fd made the trtises thinner. but nt the space travel”.
It shwed that the animals culd live after traveling arund the mn. But this did nt mean that man culd d the same. The tw trtises were the first t travel arund the mn successfully. Befre 1968 ther animals were als sent t travel in space. but many f them culdn't live t travel back t the earth.
1.Hw lng did the tw trtises travel in space?

2.Why were the tw trtises dissected?

3.What made the tw trtises lse their bdy weight?

4.When did the tw trtises cme back ?

5.What is the best title fr this passage?

译文
人类于1969年首次登上月球，但是你知道吗?人类并不是第一个进行探月旅行的。
1968年9月14日，苏联太空计划将两只乌龟送入太空进行探月旅行。经过为期一周的太空旅行，这两只乌龟降落在印度洋上。它们在10月7日回到了莫斯科。
这两只乌龟在旅行后仍然活着。它们的体重减轻了大约 10%，但它们仍然健康。它们在1968年10月11日被解剖了。科学家们想观察太空旅行后它们身体的变化。他们发现，“让乌龟变瘦的原因是没有进食而不是太空旅行”。
这表明动物可以在探月旅行之后存活下去。但这并不意味着人类也能做到这一点。这两只乌龟是首批成功探月旅行的。在1968年之前，其他动物也被送往太空旅行，但它们中的许多无法活到返回地球。
答案详析
1. Seven days./a week。根据第二段中的“After a week-lng trip, the trtises landed in the Indian Ocean.”可知，经过为期一周的太空旅行，两只乌龟降落在印度洋上，即它们在太空中旅行了七天。
2. Because the scientists wanted t watch hw their bdies changed.根据第三段中的“They were hw their bdies changed after the space travel.”可知，两只乌龟被解剖是因为科学家们想观察太空旅行后它们身体的变化。
3. N fd。根据第三段中的“Eating n fd made the trtises thinner”可知，两只乌龟是因缺乏食物而体重下降的。
4. n Octber 7,1968.根据第二段中的“They traveled back t Mscw(莫斯科）n Octber 7..”可知他们10月7号返回了莫斯科。
5. Animals traveled in space。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了两只乌龟被送入太空，进行太空旅行的事情。故C项“动物在太空中旅行”最适合作本文标题。
二
A clrful balcny(阳台) with fresh vegetables and fruits has turned int a cmmn sight this year. Shanghai, Beijing, and Dngguan are amng the tp five cities fr vegetable grwers, wh are mainly in their 20s and 30s. Criander, chives, chili peppers and tmates are the mst ppular chices.
In the first three mnths this year, sales f vegetable seeds nline dubled. Lu Zhipeng, wh heads Tmall’s flwer department, said balcny gardening is nw wrth(值) tens f billins f yuan.
In fact, grwing vegetables in balcny gardens is mre than just an achievement. It is becming a lifestyle.
Zhang Min, a twenty-year-ld girl, nly spent a little mney n seed packages, sil and flwerpts t build a “farm” n her 6-square-meter balcny. “I feel like yung peple grwing vegetables n balcnies is as ppular as square dancing is fr ur parents.” Zhang said. She has harvested small tmates three times frm her balcny garden in Beijing. Red peppers and crianders are regulars in her garden, and she adds them t her dishes when cking.
Fr teenagers, balcny gardening is a way t enjy nature. Especially when they live far away frm real fields. And by taking care f vegetables, they learn t respect lives.
1. What d peple d n their balcny accrding t paragraph 1?
A. They grw vegetables and fruits.B. They sell vegetable seeds.
C. They d sme reading.D. They plant flwers.
2. What des Zhang Min think f balcny gardening?
A. Ppular.B. Expensive.C. Meaningless.D. Educatinal.
3. What des Zhang Min like t grw n her balcny?
A. Criander, chives and tmates.B. Chilli pepper, tmates and chives.
C. Chilli pepper, chives and criander.D. Tmates, red pepper and criander.
4. What des the underlined wrd “harvested” mean?
A. Sld.B. Bught.C. Cllected.D. Watered.
5. What is the best title fr this passage?
A. Ppular vegetable seeds.
B. Balcny gardening fr children.
C. Tp five cities fr vegetable grwers.
D. A new lifestyle—balcny gardening.
【答案】1. A 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. D
【解析】本文主要介绍了一种新的生活方式——阳台园艺。
1.细节理解题。根据“A clrful balcny(阳台) with fresh vegetables and fruits has turned int a cmmn sight this year.”可知，他们种植蔬菜和水果。故选A。
2.细节理解题。根据“I feel like yung peple grwing vegetables n balcnies is as ppular as square dancing is fr ur parents.”可知，她认为阳台园艺很受欢迎。故选A。
3.细节理解题。根据“She has harvested small tmates three times frm her balcny garden in Beijing. Red peppers and crianders are regulars in her garden”可知，她喜欢种西红柿、红辣椒和香菜。故选D。
4.词句猜测题。根据“She has harvested small tmates three times frm her balcny garden in Beijing. Red peppers and crianders are regulars in her garden, and she adds them t her dishes when cking.”可知，她在北京的阳台花园已经收获了三次小西红柿。红辣椒和香菜是她菜园里的常客，她做菜的时候会把它们加到菜里。此处harvested表示“收获”，与Cllected意思相近，故选C。
5.最佳标题题。根据全文可知，本文主要介绍了一种新的生活方式——阳台园艺。故选D。
三
①In December 2021, peple in Shenzhen fund that water ran mre slwly frm their taps. The gvernment (政府) said the city was facing its mst serius water shrtage ever.
②Sme ther cities in the suthern part f China, like Chengdu and Guangzhu, are als becming “thirsty”, the Paper reprted. Cmpared (相比) with nrthern areas, suthern areas have mre rain and are clse t mre rivers and lakes. S why are they still shrt n water?
③In big cities like Shenzhen and Guangzhu, ppulatins are grwing fast. As a result, peple and factries need mre and mre water. Each persn in Shenzhen has abut nly 200 cubic meters f water each year. It’s 1/12 f the cuntry’s average (平均水平). Accrding t the United Natins, it is an“abslute (绝对的) water shrtage" when the number is belw 500 cubic meters.
④Climate change is making the water prblem wrse. Fr example, mst cities in Guangdng depend n (依赖于) the Dngjiang River as their main surce (来源) f water. In 2021, the river was reprted t be drying up. Because f climate change, there’s als less snw in the muntains f Tibet. The snw has lng been the surce f water fr many areas in China. Thse muntains might prvide less water in the future.
⑤There are ther reasns fr water shrtages. Fr example, water pllutin makes it harder t get clean drinking water. Factries and farms dn’t use water efficiently (有效地). Sme cities have enugh rainfall, but dn’t have big lakes r reservirs t stre water. The water just ges int the sea.
1. What des the underlined wrd “shrtage” mean in the FIRST paragraph?
A. having t muchB. nt having enugh
C. being t smallD. being t dirty
2. Accrding t the passage, which f the fllwing is NOT the cause f water shrtage?
A. Grwing ppulatinsB. Cutting dwn frests
C. Climate changeD. Water pllutin
3 Which f the fllwing pictures best shws the structure (结构)f the passage?
A. B. C. D.
4. Which f the fllwing statement is TRUE accrding t the passage?
A. Dngjiang river was drying up because f grwing ppulatins in Guangdng prvince.
B. The average water resurces fr each persn every year in China is arund 2400 cubic meters.
C. Big suthern cities are shrt f water because it rains less there and they are far away frm rivers.
D. Water in big lakes and reservirs usually ges int the sea withut being stred and used.
5. What is the main purpse f the passage?
A. T talk abut terrible results f water shrtage.
B. T call n peple t prtect water resurces.
C. T blame (责怪) peple fr causing water shrtage in China.
D. T present sme causes f water shrtage in China.
【答案】1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. D
【解析】本文是一篇说明文。介绍了包括深圳在内，全国各地乃至全世界都面临着水资源短缺的问题，以及水资源短缺的原因。
1.词义猜测题。根据“peple in Shenzhen fund that water ran mre slwly frm their taps.”和“Sme ther cities in the suthern part f China, like Chengdu and Guangzhu, are als becming ‘thirsty’”可知，深圳的人们发现水龙头出水的速度变慢了，成都和广州等中国南部城市也开始“口渴”，由此可推断是水资源短缺的原因，所以划线单词表示“短缺、不足”，故选B。
2.细节理解题。根据“In big cities like Shenzhen and Guangzhu, ppulatins are grwing fast.”、“Climate change is making the water prblem wrse. Fr example, mst cities in Guangdng depend n (依赖于) the Dngjiang River as their main surce (来源) f water.”和“Fr example, water pllutin makes it harder t get clean drinking water. ”可知，不断增长的人口、气候变化和水污染都是造成水资源短缺的原因，不包括砍伐森林，故选B。
3.篇章结构图。第一段是引出“水资源短缺”该主题；第二段是例举出一些城市正面临这种问题；第三、四、五段是介绍造成水资源短缺的原因。A项符合文章结构。故选A。
4.推理判断题。根据“ Each persn in Shenzhen has abut nly 200 cubic meters f water each year. It’s 1/12 f the cuntry’s average (平均水平). ”可知，中国人均每年水资源约2400立方米。故选B。
5.写作意图题。本文介绍了包括深圳在内，全国各地乃至全世界都面临着水资源短缺的问题，以及水资源短缺的原因，所以本文的目的是介绍中国水资源短缺的一些原因。故选D。
衔接点11 句型转换（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学句型转换考点聚焦】
一．改写句子
1．Yu can see a hspital. (改为否定句)
__________________________________________
2．She is very friendly. (改为一般疑问句)
_________________________________________________________
3．She has big eyes and lng hair. (改为一般疑问句)
_________________________________________________________
4．It's a lt f fun. (改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________
5．They g hme and get tgether with their family. (改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________
1．Yu can't see a hspital.
【详解】句意：你可以看到一家医院。题干要求改为否定句，情态动词can后加nt即可，can nt 缩写为can't，其他的不变，故答案为Yu can't see a hspital.
2．Is she very friendly?
【详解】句意：她非常友好。原句中有be动词is，变成一般疑问句把is放在句式，其它内容不变化，句末加问号，故答案为Is she very friendly?
3.Des she have big eyes and lng hair?
【详解】原句句意：她有一双大眼睛和一头长发。句子含实意动词has，改为一般疑问句，需要借助助动词des，has还原为have，故答案为Des she have big eyes and lng hair?
4.Is it a lt f fun?
【详解】句意：这很有趣。含有系动词is的陈述句改为一般疑问句，把is提前，故答案为Is it a lt f fun?
5.D they g hme and get tgether with their family?
【详解】原句句意：他们回家和家人团聚。原句是一般现在时，主语they是第三人称复数，改为一般疑问句，助动词用d，故答案为D they g hme and get tgether with their family?
二、对划线部分提问
1．We must fllw the rules n the rad.
_______ _______ _______ d n the rad?
2．Yu must nt read n the rad.
_______ ________ I ________ ________ n the rad?
3．The bus stps because the light is red.
_______ _______ the bus _______?
4．She went t Turpan last year.
_______________________________
5．My dg is 15 kilgrams.
_______ _______ is yur dg?
6．We are ging t have a party at Mike’s huse.
_________ are yu ging t _________ a party?
7．I bught sme vegetables.
_____ _____ vegetables ______ yu _____?
8．She’d like sme juice and bread.
_____ _____ she _____?
9．She's 48 kilgrams.
______ ______ is she?
10．Peter’s father is a writer.
___________________________________________
1.What must yu
【详解】原句句意：我们必须遵守交通规则。画线部分是fllw the rules，故用what引导，后跟一般疑问句，即What must yu d n the rad?故答案为What；must；yu。
2.What must nt d
【详解】原句句意：你不能在路上看书。画线部分是做的事情，用what提问，后面跟must引导的一般疑问句，故答案为What，must，nt，d。
3.Why des stp
【详解】原句句意：公共汽车停了，因为是红灯。画线部分是because the light is red，故用why提问，问句结构为：Why+助动词+主语+动词原形+其他？主语The bus是第三人称单数，句子是一般现在时，助动词用des，stps变原形stp，故答案为Why；des；stp。
4.Where did she g last year?
【详解】原句句意：她去年去了吐鲁番。划线部分为地方，要用疑问副词Where哪里，因为句子是一般过去时，句中有实意动词，改成特殊疑问句要借助助动词did，句中动词went改用原形，t去掉，句尾用问号。故答案为Where did she g last year?
5.Hw heavy
【详解】句意：我的狗15公斤。画线部分是体重，用hw heavy提问，故答案为Hw，heavy。
6.Where have
【详解】原句句意：我们打算在迈克家举行一次聚会。划线部分是at Mike’s huse，故用where哪里提问，后跟一般疑问句，故答案为Where；have。
7.Hw many did buy
【详解】句意：我买了一些蔬菜。划线部分sme一些，是数量，vegetables是可数名词复数，用Hw many多少提问。句子结构为：Hw many+可数名词复数+助动词+主语+动词原形？句子为一般过去时态，助动词用过去式did，bught的动词原形为buy。故答案为Hw；many；did；buy。
8.What wuld like
【详解】句意：她想要一些果汁和面包。划线部分是食物，用疑问代词what提问，原句中的She’d like=She wuld like，本题特殊疑问句句子结构为：What+wuld+主语+like？故答案为What；wuld；like。
9.Hw heavy
【详解】原句句意：他48公斤。画线部分是体重，用hw heavy提问，故答案为Hw；heavy。
10.What des Peter’s father d?
【详解】句意：彼得的爸爸是一名作家。划线部分是职业，提问职业用What+助动词+主语+d? 主语Peter's father是第三人称单数，助动词用des，故答案为What des Peter’s father d?
三、同义句转换
1．We like watching cartns best.
Watching cartns is _____________ _____________.
2．Yu mustn't be late fr schl again.
________ ________ late fr schl nce mre.
3．Why dn't we see the mvie tgether?
________ ________ see the mvie tgether?
4．I wuld like t be a teacher.
_______________________________
1. ur favurite
【详解】原句句意：我们最喜欢看动画片。根据题目要求可知，应是改为同义句；like…best（最喜欢……）可以用favurite（最喜欢的）替换，ur我们的；故句意为：看动画片是我们的最爱。故答案为ur，favurite。
2. Dn’t be
【详解】句意：你不能再迟到了。主语是yu，同义句改为以Dn't引导的祈使句，将Yu mustn't改为Dn't，其余保持不变，句子变换为：Dn't be late fr schl nce mre.故答案为Dn't；be。
3.Shall we
【详解】句意：为什么我们不一起去看电影呢？Why dn'表示建议，为什么不…….呢？Shall 我们...怎么样？同义句：Shall we see the mvie tgether?故答案为Shall；we。
4.I want t be a teacher.
【详解】句意：我想成为一名教师。wuld like=want想要，故答案为I want t be a teacher.
【初中句型转换考点聚焦】
考点清单
一． 陈述句的否定式
① be动词的否定式：在be动词后面直接加nt
如：I am a student. → I am nt a student.
He is reading. → He isn't reading.
They are wrking. → They are nt(aren't) wrking.
② 情态动词的否定式：在情态动词后面直接加nt
如：He can dance. → He can nt (can't) dance.
Yu shuld g t bed early. → Yu shuld nt (shuldn't) g t bed early.
③ 实义动词的否定式：在实义动词前加dn't、desn't或者didn't
如：I like pp music. →I d nt (dn't) like pp music.
He likes running. →He des nt (desn't) like running.
He went t the z yesterday. →He did nt (didn't) g t the z yesterday.
如：Mr. Hu is having a rest in his bedrm.（改为否定句）
→Mr. Hu is nt having a rest in his bedrm.
如：Li Lin listens t English n the radi every day. （改为否定句）
→Li Lin desn’t listen t English n the radi every day.
She had a great time at the party yesterday. （改为否定句）
→She didn’t have a great time at the party yesterday.
一、按要求写句子。
1. There's sme rice in the bwl.(改为否定句)
_____________________________________________________________________
【答案】There isn't any rice in the bwl. (注意sme要变any)
That is a kite.(改为复数句)
_____________________________________________________________________
【答案】Thse are (sme) kites.
This is a bk. It's my sister's.(将两句话合并成一句话)
_____________________________________________________________________
【答案】This is my sister’s bk.
They did a lt f hmewrk at schl.(改为否定句)
_____________________________________________________________________
【答案】They didn’t d a lt f hmewrk at schl.(容易漏写didn't后面的原形d)
I have sme bks in my backpack.(改为否定句)
_____________________________________________________________________
【答案】I dn't have any bks in my backpack. (注意sme要变any; 这里容易把否定写成haven't，但have是实义动词“有”不是助动词have gt结构，不能变成haven't)
二、陈述句改为一般疑问句
一般疑问句
① 由be动词构成
如：I am a student. 我是一个学生。
—Are yu a student? 你是一个学生吗？
—Yes, I am. / N, I'm nt. 是的，我是。/ 不，我不是。
② 由实义动词构成的一般疑问句，在句首加助动词D，Des，Did(助动词的使用要与人称及时态一致)
如：I ften g t schl n ft. 我经常走路去上学。
—D yu ften g t schl n ft? 你经常走路去上学吗？
—Yes, I d. / N, I dn't. 是的，我经常走路上学。/ 不，我不走路去上学。
如：Mary likes playing the pian. 玛丽喜欢弹钢琴。
— Des Mary like playing the pian? 玛丽喜欢弹钢琴吗？
— Yes, she des. / N, she desn't. 是的，她喜欢。/ 不，她不喜欢。
如：She saw a beautiful picture yesterday. 她昨天看到了一张漂亮的图片。
— Did she see a beautiful picture yesterday? 她昨天看到了一张漂亮图片吗？
—Yes, she did. / N, she didn't. 是的，她看到了。/ 不，她没看到。
③ 含有情态动词的一般疑问句
如：I can play basketball. 我会打篮球。
— Can yu play basketball? 你会打篮球吗？
—Yes, I can. / N, I can't. 是的，我会。/ 不，我不会。
按要求写句子。
He is a teacher.(改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________________
【答案】Is he a teacher?
Jim can help his mther with husewrk.(改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________________
【答案】Can Jim help his mther with husewrk?
This is a nice watch.(改为一般疑问句)
__________________________________________________________________
【答案】Is this a nice watch?
4.The newly-pened supermarket had smething n sale last Sunday.(改为一般疑问句)
the newly-pened supermarket anything n sale last Sunday?
【答案】Did;have
【详解】had是谓语动词,改为一般疑问句时,需要在句首加Did,且将had还原为have。
三、对划线部分提问
特殊疑问句
特殊疑问句是由疑问词提问的句子。疑问词包括疑问代词(what，which，whse，wh) 和疑问副词(where， when， why， hw 等) 。其基本结构是：疑问词+一般疑问句。
常见的疑问词以及提问方式有：
(1)What (什么)
This is a map. 这是一张地图。 (对划线部分提问) — What is this?
(2)Wh(谁)
This is my mther. 这是我的妈妈。(对划线部分提问) — Wh is this？
(3)When(什么时候)
I g t wrk at 8:00 every mrning. 我每天早上八点去上班。(对划线部分提问) —When d yu g t wrk？
(4)Hw(怎样)
Jim ges t schl by bus. 吉姆坐公车去学校。(对划线部分提问) —Hw des Jim g t schl?
(5)Which(哪一个)
The by in black is my brther. 穿黑色衣服的男孩是我哥哥。(对划线部分提问) —Which by is yur brther?
(6)Where (哪里)
I am ging t g t Beijing. 我将要去北京。(对划线部分提问) —Where are yu ging t g?
温馨提示：除了上述的常考点外，还有几个常见的特殊疑问句的用法。如：
What clr (询问颜色)Hw much (询问价格)Hw many (询问多少)
Hw ld ( 询问年龄)Hw lng (询问长短)Hw ften ( 询问频率)等。
对划线部分提问步骤：
就画线部分选择一个疑问词，并放在句首
去掉划线部分
把其余部分变成一般疑问句
1. We d mrning exercises every day. (对画线部分提问)
_____________________________ yu __________ mrning exercises?
【答案】 ①. Hw ften d ②. d
【解析】句意：我们每天做早操。划线部分表示频率，疑问句用hw ften来提问，句首首字母h大写；原句是一般现在时，主语是复数形式，动词是实义动词，故疑问句的助动词应用d，谓语动词还要原形d。故填Hw ften d；d。
2. The hrse weighed 200g when it was brn. (对画线部分提问)
____________ was _________ ___________ f the hrse when it was brn?
【答案】 ①. What ②. the ③. weight
【解析】句意：这匹马出生时重200克。划线部分表示重量，应用句型“What is/was the weight f sth.?”来提问，意为：某物的重量是多少？weight“重量”，名词。故填What；the；weight。
3. Lucy is a quiet and shy girl.(对画线部分提问)
_________________________ is Lucy _____________________________?
【答案】 ①. What ②. like
【解析】句意：Lucy是一个安静而害羞的女孩。 对“a quiet and shy girl”提问，此处是询问她是什么样的人，故用句型What is sb. like?“某人怎么样？”故填What；like。
4. He des his hmewrk every day.(对画线部分提问)
___________________ he ______ every day?
【答案】 ①. What des ②. d
【解析】句意：他每天做作业。对“his hmewrk”提问，用特殊疑问词what 。主语he是第三人称单数形式，变成疑问句要借助助动词des，后面谓语用动词原形d。故填What des；d。
5. I live frm my schl abut 8 kilmeters. (对画线部分提问)
____________ ________________ yu __________ frm yur schl?
【答案】 ①. Hw far ②. d ③. live
【解析】句意：我住在离学校大约8千米的地方。画线部分是距离，对其提问用特殊疑问词hw far“多远”。疑问句中的主语是yu，助动词要用d，后面的谓语用动词用原形，故填Hw far；d；live。
四、同义句转换
这类题主要考查对同义短语或句型的掌握，多是动词短语、介词短语和句型的转换。
一、简单句与简单句之间的转换。
①运用同义词/词组或近义词/词组改写。
②运用反义词或反义词的否定式改写。
二、将两个句子或并列句改为简单句。
①用,,,nt als,等并列连词改写。
②用分词短语改写。
③用,(nt) enugh t等不定式结构改写。
三、将复合句改为简单句。
①用不定式改写。
②用介词短语改写。
③用分词短语改写。
④用名词短语改写。
⑤用最高级改写。
⑥用“疑问词+不定式”改写。
1. Cycling is exciting. Skiing is exciting, t. （合并成一句）
Cycling is ____________________________________ skiing.
【答案】as exciting as
【解析】句意：骑自行车是令人兴奋的。滑雪也是令人兴奋的。合并为一句后表示“骑自行车和滑雪一样令人兴奋。”，as…as…表示“……和……一样”；exciting令人兴奋的，形容词作表语；as exciting as“和……一样令人兴奋”，故填as exciting as 。
2. There are mre than 3000 students in ur schl. (同义句)
_______ _______ f the students in ur schl _______ _______ 3000.
【答案】 ①. The ②. number ③. is ④. ver
【解析】句意：我们学校有3000多名学生。根据题干可知，此句可以同义替换为“我学校的学生数量超过3000人”。学生的数量可以译为“the number f the students”，位于句首单词首字母要大写。“the number f the students”作主语，谓语动词用单数，所以be动词用其单数形式is。Mre than=ver，意为“超过”。故填The；number；is；ver。
3. There isn’t anything else in the fridge. (改为同义句)
There is ____________________ in the fridge
【答案】nthing else
【解析】句意：冰箱里没有别的东西了。nt anything“没有东西” ，还可以表达为：nthing，不定代词，else修饰不定代词后置。故填nthing else。
4. Amy is the best girl in her class. (同义句)
Amy is __________ than ____________________ girl in her class.
【答案】 ①. better ②. any ther
【解析】句意：艾米是班上最好的女孩。换句话意思为“艾米比班里的其他任何一个女生都好”。better“更好”；固定短语any ther“任何其他”。故填better；any ther。
5. Japanese isn’t as interesting as English. (同义句)
English is ____________________ than Japanese
【答案】mre interesting
【解析】句意：日语不如英语有趣。原句还可以表达为：英语比日语更有趣。interesting“有趣的”，其比较级形式为：mre interesting“更有趣的”。故填mre interesting。
选择适当的疑问词完成对话。
when, what, wh, where, hw
1.- ____________are yu, Helen? -I'm fine, thank yu.
2.- ____________is that, Gina? -It's a map f China.
3.- ____________ is Kate's histry teacher? -Mrs. Miller.
4.- ____________is my hat? -It's n the sfa.
5.- ____________ is yur birthday party, Jenny?
-It's n Friday evening.
1.Hw 2.What 3.Wh 4.Where 5.When
二、在横线上填入适当的单词完成对话，每空一词。
1.- ____________ ____________is Tim's ruler? -It's yellw.
2.- ____________ ____________is yur grandma, Cindy? -She is 88.
3.- ____________ ____________is the TV? -1,200 dllars. It's very nice.
4.- ____________ ____________playing sccer with us after class? －That sunds gd.
5.- ____________ ____________ have hamburgers fr lunch? -N, yu can't.
1.What clr 2.Hw ld 3.Hw much 4.What/Hw abut 5.Can I
三、根据要求改写句子，每空一词。
1.What's the price f these scks? (改为同义句）
____________ ____________ ____________these scks?
2.Jane's dg is n the chair. (改为一般疑问句）
____________ ____________ ____________ n the chair?
3.The sccer star likes fruit and vegetables. （改为一般疑问句）
____________ the sccer star ____________ fruit and vegetables?
4.Grace has chicken and rice fr lunch. (对画线部分提问）
____________ ____________ Grace ____________ fr lunch?
5. Dale likes basketball because it's relaxing. （对画线部分提问）
____________ ____________ Dale____________ basketball?
1.Hw much are 2.Is Jane's dg 3.Des;like 4.What des;have 5.Why des;like
三、句型转换
1. The children like games. (改为一般疑问句)
_______ the children _______ games?
【答案】D, like
2. My father is a dctr. (就画线部分提问)
_______ _______ yur father ?
【答案】What is
3. I am eleven years ld. (改为特殊疑问句)
_______ _______ are yu?
【答案】Hw ld
4. Jim ges t schl by bike. (改为特殊疑问句)
_______ _______ Jim _______ t schl?
【答案】Hw des, g
5. Mrs. White is watching TV.(对划线部分提问)
__________________________________________________
【答案】What is Mrs White ding?
6. I live in the bedrm with my sister. (同义句)
I ________ the bedrm _________ my sister.
【答案】 ①. share ②. with
【解析】句意：我和姐姐住在这个卧室里。原句还可以表达为：我和姐姐共用这个卧室。share sth. with sb.“与某人分享某物”；原句是一般现在时，故改写后的句子也应用一般现在时，主语是第一人称单数形式，故动词应用原形。故填share；with。
7. It takes me abut ne hur t d sme husewrk every day. (改为同义句)
I _______ abut ne hur ______ sme husewrk every day.
【答案】 ①spend ②. ding
【解析】句意：我每天花大约一个小时做家务。It takes sb. time t d sth.“做某事花费了某人时间”=sb. spend time ding sth.“某人花费时间做某事”。时态为一般现在时，主语为I，因此谓语用动词原形。故填spend；ding。
8. His rund glasses make him lk smart. （改同义句）
He ____________________ in his rund glasses.
【答案】lks smart
【解析】句意：他圆眼镜使他看起来很聪明。His rund glasses make him lk smart.表示“他的圆眼镜使他看起来聪明”，也就是“他戴着圆眼镜看起来聪明”，句中时态为一般现在时，主语he是第三人称单数，故谓语用第三人称单数。故填lks smart。
一
Many peple enjy wearing smart watches. There are many different kinds f smartwatches fr them t 1 .But nw they have ne mre new chice(选择).
On Octber 6. 2022. Ggle 2 its first smartwatch t the wrld. Its name is the Ggle Pixel Watch. It has lts f bands(表带).Peple can 3 find their favrite styles.
4 can peple d with the smartwatch? Well, they can make phne calls. read emails. 5 t music, and d sprts with it. When peple g 6 , they can pay in shps with the watch, t.
Many peple are wrried 7 what t d with it while washing hands. Dn't wrry. 8 wn't pass thrugh it.
The sale f Ggle Pixel Watch 9 n Octber 13. Each smartwatch is price may be a little high. If yu want t cnnect(使连接)it t yur phne, yu need t 10 50 dllars mre.
译文
许多人喜欢佩戴智能手表。市场上有许多不同种类的智能手表供他们选择。但现在他们又多了一个新选择。
2022年10月6日，谷歌向世界展示了它的第一款智能手表。这款手表的名字是谷歌Pixel Watch。它有很多种表带。人们能轻松地找到他们最喜欢的款式。
人们可以用这款智能手表做什么？他们可以用它打电话，读电子邮件，听音乐，做运动。当人们去购物时，他们也可以在商店里用这款手表付款。
许多人担心洗手时该怎么处理它。不用担心，水不会透过它。
谷歌Pixel Watch 的销售于10月13日开始。每块智能手表的售价为 349.99美元。这个价格可能有点高。如果你想把它连接到你的手机上，你需要多花50美元。
答案详析
1.chse此处指有许多不同种类的智能手表供他们选择。空前的t是不定式符号，其后应用动词原形，故填chse“选择”。
2. shwed 根据上文中的“But nw they have ne mre new chice.”可知，现在人们又多了一个新选择。结合提示可推知，此处指谷歌向世界展示了它的第一款智能手表。此处描述过去的事情，故填shwed。
3.easily 根据上一句可知，这款智能手表有很多种表带,故推断此处指人们能轻松地找到他们最喜欢的款式。空处所填词修饰动词，故填副词 easily。
4. What 根据下一句“Well,they can make phne calls, read d sprts with it.”可知，下文介绍了这款智能手表的用途；空处所在句是问句，再结合提示可知，此处指人们可以用这款智能手表做什么，故填What。
5.listen 结合语境和首字母提示可知，此处指听音乐。listen t music“听音乐”，为固定搭配，故填listen。
6.shpping 根据空后的“they can pay in shps with the watch”可知，人们可以在商店里用这款手表付款。结合提示可知，此处指人们去购物，故填shpping。
7. abut t此处指许多人担心洗手时该怎么处理它。be wrried abut sth.意为“担心某事”，为固定用法，故填abut。
8. Water 根据空前的 washing hands 和“Dn't wrry.”可知，人们在洗手时也不必担心，故此处指水透不过它，故填Water。
9. began 根据空前的 sale提示可知，此处指这款手表于10月13日开始销售。事情发生在过去，应用一般过去时，故填begin的过去式began。
10. spend 根据上文可知，这款智能手表的售价是349.99美元。结合提示可知，此处指如果你想把它连接到你的手机上，你需要多花50美元，故填 spend“花费”。
二
In the year 2070, mst f yu will be mre than 60 years ld. The gd news is that travel may becme smarter by that time. Eurpean airline easyJet made sme guesses and released(发布) easyJet 2070: The Future Travel Reprt. Let’s take a lk at sme exciting ideas.
Heartbeat passprt (心跳护照)
Paper passprts will be a thing f the past. Yu will use “heartbeat passprts” instead. Sme scientists say everyne’s heartbeat is different. S the data(数据) will be used t tell wh yu are.
Mre cmfrtable flight
The seats n the plane will n lnger be “ne size fits all”. Yu’ll be able t bk a seat accrding t yur bdy type. The seat may even be able t cl r warm yu t yur favurite temperature. There will als be n mre screens n the back f yur seats. A futuristic device(未来设备) culd shw films straight in frnt f yur eyes.
Printed clthes and fd
If yu hate packing(打包) clthes, yu may nt need t d it in the future. Befre yu fly, yu will have a bdy scan. When yu arrive, yu’ll find a wardrbe full f 3D-printed clthes in yur size. When yu leave, peple will use the clthes again t print(打印) fr the next persn. Yu can als 3D print what yu want t eat.
Bring histry back t life
If yu like t visit histric sites(历史古迹), AR(增强现实技术) will change the game. Wearing a headset, yu can see what happened at a histric site. Yu may even be able t sit amng the cheering peple at the first Olympic Games.
1. What d we knw abut easyJet 2070: The Future Travel Reprt?
A. It is abut hw ld peple will travel in the future.
B. It shws us what future planes will lk like.
C. It tells us what travel may be like in 2070.
D. It gives peple ideas abut where t travel.
2. Hw can we stay mre cmfrtable n planes in the future?
A. We can bring ur wn seats nt the plane.
B. We can read bks in a quieter envirnment.
C. We can have bigger screens t watch films.
D. We can change the temperature f ur seats.
3. Accrding t the passage, what can we use 3D-printing t d?
A. T print ur plane tickets.B. T scan ur bdies quickly.
C. T print clthes in ur sizes.D. T shw us the menu f a restaurant.
4. Which can be the best title fr this passage?
A. Cl Ideas fr Future TravelB. Different Dreams in 2070
C. New Ways f TravellingD. Histric Sites and Future Life
【答案】1. C 2. D 3. C 4. A
【解析】本文主要介绍了未来旅行的一些很酷的想法。
1.细节理解题。根据“Eurpean airline easyJet made sme guesses and released(发布) easyJet 2070: The Future Travel Reprt. Let’s take a lk at sme exciting ideas.”可知它告诉我们2070年的旅行会是什么样子。故选C。
2.细节理解题。根据“The seat may even be able t cl r warm yu t yur favurite temperature.”可知我们可以改变座位的温度使得座位更舒服，故选D。
3.细节理解题。根据“When yu arrive, yu’ll find a wardrbe full f 3D-printed clthes in yur size”可知使用3D打印按我们的尺码打印衣服。故选C。
4.最佳标题题。根据“The Future Travel Reprt. Let’s take a lk at sme exciting ideas.”可知本文主要介绍了未来旅行的一些很酷的想法。故选A。
三
If yu lk up PayPal, SpaceX, and Tesla, yu’ll find smething interesting. Yu can cnnect ne persn t all f these very successful cmpanies. That persn is inventr and businessman Eln Musk. He’s famus all ver the wrld, and he ften gives peple surprises.
As a child, Musk spent his days dreaming up things t invent. Often, he was s lst in his daydreams that he didn’t hear his parents calling him. They even had a dctr test his ears because they feared that he was deaf.
Musk’s first inventin was a vide game. He sld it t a cmputer magazine fr ＄500 when he was 12. That event（重要事情）really influenced his life, and s did his lve f reading.
Musk read a lt as a kid. He especially lved science fictins, fantasies and cmic bks（科幻小说、幻想作品和漫画书）. Frm them, he learned abut space, the universe, and different wrlds. He als saw hw the heres in the stries he read saved their wrlds.
The bks had a huge influence n what he thught abut the wrld. They gave him fantastic ideas, such as travelling in space and living n ther planets. They als taught him t be braver and mre willing（乐意的）t take risks.
Hwever, the mst imprtant thing he learned was t ask the right questins. Fr Musk, the right questin was clear—what things wuld change the wrld and its future? As yu can see frm Musk’s cmpanies, he’s already wrking n thse things.
1. Cmpanies like PayPal, SpaceX, and Tesla are mentined in Paragraph 1 t ________.
A. intrduce the persn behind themB. shw the develpment f technlgy
C. draw peple’s attentin t space prjectsD. explain the reasns why they are successful
2. Little Musk ften didn’t hear his parents calling him because ________.
A. he was lst in his thughtsB. his parents’ vice was t lw
C. he liked t stay in a nisy rmD. there was smething wrng with his ears
3. What des Paragraph 5 mainly tell us?
A. Why Musk lved reading.B. Hw bks influenced Musk.
C. What bks Musk lved reading.D. When Musk fell in lve with reading.
4. What des the underlined part “thse things” in the last paragraph refer t?
A. Musk’s cmpanies.B. Prblems that Musk discvered.
C. Musk’s wrries abut the wrld.D. Things that wuld change the wrld and its future.
【答案】1. A 2. A 3. B 4. D
【解析】本文主要介绍了发明家Musk的故事。
1.细节理解题。根据“That persn is inventr and businessman Eln Musk”可知第一段提到了一些公司，是为了引出它们背后的人Musk。故选A。
2.细节理解题。根据“Often, he was s lst in his daydreams that he didn’t hear his parents calling him”可知他经常沉浸在白日梦中，以至于没有听到父母叫他。故选A。
3.主旨大意题。根据“The bks had a huge influence n what he thught abut the wrld”可知本段主要介绍了书对他的影响。故选B。
4.词义猜测题。根据“Fr Musk, the right questin was clear—what things wuld change the wrld and its future? As yu can see frm Musk’s cmpanies, he’s already wrking n thse things.”可知对Musk来说，正确的问题很清楚——什么会改变世界及其未来？正如你从Musk的公司看到的那样，他已经在做这些事情了，故此处划线部分指代“将改变世界及其未来的事情”。故选D。
衔接点12 完形填空（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学完形填空考点聚焦】
一
There are fur seasns in a 1 : spring, summer, autumn and winter. In spring, it’s warm and windy. Peple can 2 kites in the park. The trees becme greener and greener. In summer, it’s ht. Peple ften wear T-shirts, shrts r skirts. They 3 in the sea. In autumn, it 4 cler and cler. And peple can pick apples. In winter, it becmes cld. It ften snws. Children like 5 a snwman utside. I like summer best because I can eat ice cream.
1．A．mnthB．weekC．year
2．A．flyingB．flyC．flies
3．A．sleepB．swimC．laugh
4．A．getB．gettingC．gets
5．A．t makeB．madeC．make
1．C 2．B 3．B 4．C 5．A
【导语】本文介绍了一年四季的天气情况及可以做的事情。
1．句意：一_____有四个季节：春天，夏天，秋天和冬天。A月，B星期，C年，根据句意及常识可知是年，故选C。
2．句意：人们可以在公园里_____风筝。A动词的ing形式，B动词原形，C动词的第三人称单数，can后跟动词原形。故选B。
3．句意：他们在海里______。A睡觉，B游泳，C大笑，B选项符合句意，故选B。
4．句意：在秋天，天气变得越来越凉爽。A动词原形，B动词的ing形式，C动词的第三人称单数，该句是一般现在时，主语It是单数第三人称，谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。故选C。
5．句意：孩子们喜欢在外面堆雪人。A动词不定式，B动词的过去式，C动词原形，like t d sth.喜欢做某事。故选A。
二
Dear Betty,
Hw are yu? It’s very nice f yu t write 1 me. 2 yur letter, I knw a lt 3 yu and yur schl nw. I will tell yu 4 abut me and my schl.
I am eleven 5 ld. I’m in 6 at Jinling Primary Schl. My mther is a 7 . She teaches Maths. My father is an 8 . He’s gd at his wrk.
There 9 1500 students and 100 teachers in ur schl. Our classrm is big and bright Please cme and have a lk 10 ur schl if yu have time.
Yurs,
Susan
1．A．frB．tC．frmD．in
2．A．FrB．TC．FrmD．Abut
3．A．inB．abutC．withD．at
4．A．smethingB．anythingC．smetimesD．smene
5．A．yearB．/C．yearsD．age
6．A．Grade five; Class ThreeB．Grade five; Class three
C．Class three; Grade fiveD．Class Three; Grade Five
7．A．studentB．teacherC．dctrD．wrker
8．A．farmerB．teacherC．dctrD．engineer
9．A．amB．isC．areD．be
10．A．atB．abutC．inD．n
1．B 2．C 3．B 4．A 5．C 6．D 7．B 8．D 9．C 10．A
【导语】本文介绍的是作者及其作者学校的一些情况。
1．句意：你给我写信你真是太好了。A为，B给，C从，D在……的里面，write t smebdy给某人写信，故选B。
2．句意：从你的信中，我了解到很多有关你和你学校的情况。A为，B给，C从，D关于，根据句意，故选C。
3．句意：从你的信中，我了解到很多有关你和你学校的情况。A在……的里面，B关于，C和，D在，故选B。
4．句意：我将要告诉你_____关于我和我的学校的情况。A一些事情，B任何事情，C有时候，D有人，故选A。
5．句意：我十一岁。A年，B不填，C岁，D年龄，eleven years ld十一岁大，故选C。
6．句意：我在金陵小学五年级三班。先说班级，后说年级，转悠名词，要大写首字母，故选D。
7．句意：我妈妈是一名_______。A农民，B老师，C医生，D工人，根据后面她教数学，可知是一名老师，故选B。
8．句意：我爸爸是一名________。A农民，B老师，C医生，D工程师，根据不定冠词用的an，可知是一名工程师，故选D。
9．句意：在我们学校有1500名学生和一百名老师。这是there be句型，因为后面的名词是可数名词复数，用系动词are，故选C。
10．句意：如果你有时间来我们学校看看吧。have a lk at看一看，故选A。
【初中完形填空考点聚焦】
考点清单
初中完形填空试题在着重考查学生阅读理解能力的情况下,兼顾对语言知识和逻辑推理的考查。重语境轻语法,所设的各个选项在形式上一般都符合语法规则,且词类基本相同,考生只有通过理解文章的情景及其需要表达的意义才能选出最佳答案。语法意义选择题极少,没有单纯考查语法知识的题。
解题小技巧
1.重视首尾句。“完形填空”所选短文一般无标题,首句通常不设空格,它很可能是文章开篇的重要交代,为了解短文体裁及全文大意提供重要信息。尾句往往是段落的灵魂,首句往往是段落的主题句。在主题句中,一般会出现文章的背景知识,故事性文章的时间、地点、人物、事件等。抓住并理解主题句对解题会有很大的帮助。
2.做题时应先易后难。通过对上下文的理解,简单的题目一般都可以较顺利地选出,绝对不要把大量的时间花在一两个难题上。
3.如果句子中有个别生词,要通过上下文或构词法知识来推断出其词义。有时,这些词对解题根本没有影响,所以碰到生词不要紧张。
4.“熟词新义”的情况有时也会碰到,要注意灵活处理,通过前后文的逻辑关系猜出其引申义等。
5.取长补短,灵活答题。做完形填空题时,对上下文或个别句子理解不准确,难以确定答案时,应跳过去继续做后面的题目。因为短文中的不少空,即使不考虑上下文,仅凭语法词汇知识也能顺利选出;然后通过做后面的题,对文章的理解会更透彻,跳过去的空也就迎刃而解了。
方法1 利用固定搭配、固定句式及习惯表达解题
例1 the age f nine,I asked fr jbs in small radi statins.
A.AtB.InC.WithD.Fr
答案 A
解析 这里考查固定搭配,at the age f在(某人)……岁的时候。
方法2 利用上下文语境和逻辑推理判断答案
例2 It’s very t catch a cld.When smene sneezes r cughs near yu,bacteria(细菌)travel thrugh the air and enter yur bdy and then make yu sick.
A.difficultB.necessaryC.easyD.helpful
答案 C
解析 由下一句“当别人在你旁边打喷嚏或咳嗽的时候,细菌通过空气进入你的身体里,然后使你生病”可知,“很容易患感冒”。
方法3 利用复现关系、语境共现推断
例3 At that mment,he made me think f .
A.himselfB.yurselfC.myselfD.herself
答案 C
解析 由句中的me及前后人称一致可知,答案是C。
方法4 利用生活常识(经验)推断
例4 ...,the water rse at a frightening speed and their huse fell dwn,sweeping...
A.wdenB.gldenC.hiddenD.mdern
答案 A
解析 随着洪水的上涨,他们的房子很快就被冲垮了。这一事实说明,他们的房子很可能是木制的。wden木制的;glden金色的;hidden隐藏的;mdern现代的。根据句意可知选A项。
基础题
一
Dear Linda,
Thank yu fr yur letter(信). I like my schl very much. And I have a lt f friends. I g t schl frm Mnday t Friday. We have fur ____1____ in the mrning. We have tw ____2____the afternn. We have a PE lessn ____3____ Mnday in the afternn. It is my favrite subject ____4____ it is very interesting. Mr Zha is ur maths teacher. He always ____5____ games with us. I like math, ____6____. It is difficult but ____7____. At schl, I ften play ping-png with my ____8____. We g hme at half past three. At hme, I d my hmewrk in the evening, I watch TV and have ____9____ with my family. ____10____yu?
1. A. lessnB. lessnsC. classD. day
2. A. inB. nC. atD. f
3. A. frB. afterC. nD. t
4. A. becauseB. thenC. sD. but
5. A. playB. playsC. thinkD. thinks
6. A. wellB. backC. alsD. t
7. A. interestingB. lvelyC. newD. hard
8. A. wrkersB. classmatesC. parentsD. managers
9. A. breakfastB. lunchC. dinnerD. drink
10. A. WhatB. HwC. WhenD. What abut
【答案】1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. D
【解析】本文是作者写给琳达的一封信，信中介绍了作者在学校的生活及放学后的生活。
1.句意：我们早上有课。
lessn课（单数形式）；lessns课（复数形式）；class课（单数形式）；day天（单数形式）。 “fur”后接可数名词复数。故选B。
2.句意：我们下午有两节课。
in后接年、月、星期或早、中、晚；n后接具体的某一天；at后接点钟；f……的。in the afternn在下午。故选A。
3.句意：星期一下午我们有体育课。
fr对于；after在……之后；n后接具体的某一天；t给、到。“Mnday”指具体的一天，故用“n”。故选C。
4.句意：这是我最喜欢的科目，因为它很有趣。
because因为；then然后；s所以；but但是。分析空格前后句可知，空格后表示原因。故选A。
5.句意：他总是和我们玩游戏。
play玩（动词原形）；plays玩（动词的三单形式）；think认为（动词原形）；thinks认为（动词的三单形式）。play games玩游戏。根据“always”可知，该句为一般现在时，主语“He”是第三人称单数，谓语用动词的第三人称单数。故选B。
6.句意：我也喜欢数学。
well好；back回来；als也（用于句中）；t也（用于句尾）。根据“We have a PE lessn… It is my favrite subject…”可知，上文提到了作者喜欢体育课，此处又介绍了作者喜欢数学，故此处用“也”，空格置于句尾。故选D。
7.句意：这很难，但很有趣。
interesting有趣的；lvely可爱的；new新的；hard困难的。根据“difficult but”可知，空格处与“difficult”意思相反，并且能形容数学这一科目的，故用“有趣的”。故选A。
8.句意：在学校，我经常和同学们打乒乓球。
wrkers工人们；classmates同学们；parents父母们；managers经理们。根据“At schl”可推断，作者应该是跟“同学们”打乒乓球。故选B。
9.句意：在家里，我做作业，晚上，我看电视，和家人一起吃晚饭。
breakfast早餐；lunch午餐；dinner晚餐；drink饮料。根据“in the evening”可知，作者跟家人一起吃“晚饭”，have dinner吃晚饭。故选C。
10.句意：你呢？
What什么；Hw怎么样；When何时；What abut（用于引出与之前内容相关的新的话题或观点）那么……怎么样。分析句子结构可知，空格后没有谓语，D选项可以直接跟名词、代词或动名词构成问句。故选D。
二
In America, parents want their children t d smething they can. Fr example, they tell them ___1___ t use mney and teach them t save up the mney.
If the children want t ___2___ smething, they can use their wn mney. Parents will tell them what they shuld buy and what they ___3___. Parents als tell their children t make a ___4___ fr using mney. When children use their mney, parents ften tell them t share (分享) with ___5___. In this way, the children can learn t be ___6___. In America, peple ___7___ sell sme f their ld things. S the children als ___8___ the ld tys in frnt f their huses. If ___9___ buy them, the children can get sme mney. Sme children help ther peple ____10____ cars r sell newspapers t get mney.
1. A. whatB. hwC. whyD. wh
2. A. makeB. dC. buyD. sell
3. A. can’tB. culdn’tC. needn’tD. shuldn’t
4. A. planB. planeC. cardD. tl
5. A. parentsB. grandparentC. teachersD. thers
6. A. helpfulB. smartC. prettyD. ppular
7. A. neverB. seldmC. ftenD. always
8. A. buyB. thrwC. pickD. put
9. A. parentsB. childC. pepleD. students
10. A. driveB. washC. makeD. mend
【答案】1. B 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. C 8. D 9. C 10. B
【解析】文章介绍了美国父母教会孩子如何使用钱。
1.句意：例如，他们告诉他们如何使用钱，教他们存钱。
what什么；hw如何；why为什么；wh谁；分析句子结构可知，此处使用特殊疑问词+动词不定式用法，tell sb. hw t d sth.告诉某人如何做某事。故选B。
2.句意：如果孩子们想买东西，他们可以用自己的钱。
make制造；d做；buy买；sell卖；want t d sth. 想要做某事；根据“…they can use their wn mney.”可知，他们可以用自己的钱，用钱买东西，符合逻辑。故选C。
3.句意：父母会告诉他们应该买什么，不应该买什么。
can’t不能；culdn’t不能，语气上比can’t要弱；needn’t不必；shuldn’t不应该；根据前面“what they shuld buy”可知，什么该买，这里是与之对应的什么不应该买，所以使用 shuldn’t，前面已经有buy，故后面省略了动词buy。故选D。
4.句意：父母也告诉他们的孩子要制定一个用钱的计划。
plan计划；plane飞机；card卡片；tl工具；make a plan fr ding sth.为做某事制定计划。故选A。
5.句意：当孩子们使用他们的钱时，父母经常告诉他们要与他人分享。
parents父母；grandparent祖父或祖母；teachers老师；thers其他人；share with thers与其他人分享；这里是对于孩子来说，除了自己都是其他人，所以使用thers。故选D。
6.句意：这样，孩子们就能学会乐于助人。
helpful有帮助的，乐于助人的；smart聪明的；pretty漂亮的；ppular受欢迎的；这里用在be后面应该填形容词，根据前面讲与其他人分享，所以，此处使用helpful乐于助人的，有帮助的，符合语境。故选A。
7.句意：在美国，人们经常出售他们的一些旧东西。
never从来不；seldm很少；ften经常；always总是；这里是人们经常卖他们的旧东西，因此才有后面的孩子卖旧玩具，因此推测大人经常这样干，孩子才跟着学。故选C。
8.句意：所以孩子们也把旧玩具放在房前。
buy买；thrw扔；pick挑选；put放；根据 “…in frnt f their huses.”可想到put…in…把……放在/放进……。故选D。
9.句意：如果人们买它们，孩子们可以得到一些钱。
parents父母；child小孩；peple人们；students学生；根据 “…the children can get sme mney.”可知，这里指有人买他们的玩具，孩子们就能够得到钱。故选C。
10.句意：一些孩子帮助别人洗车或卖报纸来赚钱。
drive开车；wash洗；make制造；mend修理；help sb d sth.帮某人做某事；根据“get mney”可知，这里是指挣钱的一种方法，又因搭配的是cars，就想到此处是孩子帮忙洗车，大人给钱。故选B。
三
Tny cmes t Mr. Black’s candy shp again. Mr. Black says, “By, yu cme t my shp every day, ___1___yu dn’t buy anything. Why?”
“, sir, ___2___ yu give me a bx f candies?” says Tny.
Mr. Black says, if (如果) yu give me mney, I can ___3___ yu.”
But Tny desn’t have mney, He plans t ___4___. Then Mr. Black says, “Hey, by, yu nly need t spend six yuan ___5___ that.”
“Sir, I knw, but I dn’t have any ___6___ .My parents are dead (去世). I nly have a sister. Tday is ___7___ birthday and she wants t eat sme candies.”
“Oh, I’m ___8___ t hear that, but n pain, n gain (不劳无获). If yu can help ut at my ___9___ fr an hur, I can give yu.”
“Really? ___10___, sir,” Tny says. He is very happy t help ut at the shp.
1. A. sB. butC. andD. because
2. A. dB. areC. canD. is
3. A. giveB. makeC. tellD. send
4. A. wrkB. leaveC. sleepD. wait
5. A. nB. frC. inD. with
6. A. luckB. ideaC. cakeD. mney
7. A. myB. herC. hisD. yur
8. A. happyB. luckyC. srryD. healthy
9. A. farmB. schlC. hspitalD. shp
10. A. SrryB. HellC. ThanksD. Gdbye
【答案】1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. C
【解析】短文大意：托尼经常来到布莱克先生的糖果店，但是从来就不买东西。一天托尼又来到糖果店，想问布莱克先生要一包糖果，因为托尼的妹妹过生日，父母双亡，家里没有钱购买糖果。布莱克先生知道实情后，答应托尼如果他能在商店里帮上一个小时的忙，就送给他一袋糖果。
1.句意：但你什么都不买。为什么？A. s所以；B. but但是；C. and而且；D. because因为。每天去商店，却不买东西，前后句表示转折关系，答案为B。
2.句意：你能给我一盒糖果吗？A. d当助动词讲，无词义；B. are是；C. can可以；D. is是。助动词或情态动词后跟动词原形，此句用情态动词can表示请求，答案为C。
3.句意：如果你给我钱，我可以给你。A. give给；B. make制作，使；C. tell告诉；D. send发送。从下文中的句子If yu can help ut at my _9__ fr an hur, I can give yu.”可以得到答案，答案为A。
4.句意：但是托尼没有钱，他打算离开。A. wrk工作；B. leave离开；C. sleep睡觉；D. wait等待。结合上下语境理解，托尼没有钱，得不到糖果，因此打算离开，答案为B。
5.句意：你只需要花六元钱就可以了。A. n在……上；B. fr为了；C. in在……里；D. with与……一起。spend…n在……方面花费金钱，故答案为A。
6.句意：但是我没有钱。A. luck幸运；B. idea想法；C. cake蛋糕；D. mney钱。根据上文中的句子But Tny desn’t have mney可知，托尼没有钱，因此当布莱克先生说只需要6元钱的时候，托尼说自己没有钱，答案为D。
7.句意：今天是她的生日，她想吃点糖果。A. my我的；B. her她的；C. his他的；D. yur你的。此处用her birthday指代托尼的妹妹过生日，答案为B。
8.句意：听到这个消息我很难过。A. happy高兴的；B. lucky幸运的；C. srry抱歉，难过；D. healthy健康的。当布莱克先生听到托尼谈到家庭的不幸后，说为此感到难过，答案为C。
9.句意：如果你能在我的店里帮忙一个小时，我可以给你。A. farm农场；B. schl学校；C. hspital医院；D. shp商店。前文介绍布莱克先生经营一家商店，故答案为D。
10.句意：“真的吗？谢谢，先生，”托尼说。A. Srry抱歉；B. Hell喂；C. Thanks谢谢；D. Gdbye再见。当托尼听到布莱克先生能给自己提供一袋糖果后，表示感谢，答案为C。
四
Philip is frm the UK. Nw he is staying in Beijing. He gets up at half past six ___1___ has breakfast at seven ’clck. After that he ___2___ gdbye t his parents, and ___3___ hme fr schl. His schl isn’t very far ___4___his hme. He usually ges t schl by bike. But ___5___ if it rains, he ges t schl by bus. It usually ___6___him twenty minutes by bike and ten minutes by bus t get t schl. He says he likes riding his bike. He ___7___ that is a lt mre interesting than taking a bus.
On Sunday mrning. Philip and his friend Li Qiang want t g t the Great Wall. At abut 7:00. they ___8___ a bus. There are a lt f peple n it. Philip and Li Qiang ___9___ their seats t tw ld wmen. They take many phts n the Great Wall. Philip says he ____10____ the Great Wall and likes living in Beijing.
1. A. andB. butC. rD. s
2. A. tellsB. saysC. speaksD. talks
3. A. gesB. leavesC. getsD. rides
4. A. tB. frC. withD. frm
5. A. usuallyB. alwaysC. smetimesD. never
6. A. needsB. spendsC. bringsD. takes
7. A. hpeB. thinksC. wantsD. tells
8. A. get upB. get nC. get dwnD. get ff
9. A. makeB. letC. giveD. see
10. A. visitsB. walkC. likesD. watches
【答案】1. A 2. B 3. B 4. D 5. C 6. D 7. B 8. B 9. C 0. C
【解析】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述飞利浦的日常生活。
1.句意“他6:30起床，7:00吃早餐”。本题考察连词辨析。A.和，表示并列和顺承；B.但是，表示转折；C.否则，和（用于疑问句和否定句中）；D.所以。根据句意可知，表示“起床和吃饭”，并列关系，且在肯定句中，故选A。
2.句意“然后他和他的父母说再见并且离开家去学校”。本题考察动词辨析。A.告诉，讲述；B.说（后加说话的内容）；C.说（后加语言）；D.谈论，后加t/with sb，表示“和……谈话”。根据句意可知，gdbye是说话的内容，故选B。
3.句意“然后他和他的父母说再见并且离开家去学校”。本题考察动词辨析。A.去；B.离开；C.得到；D.骑。根据句意可知，表示“离开家”。故选B。
4.句意“他的学校离家不远”。本题考察介词辨析。A.到；B.为了；C.和；D.从。根据far frm“远离”可知，故选D。
5.句意“但是，有时下雨，他坐公交车去学校”。本题考察频度副词辨析。A.通常；B.经常；C.有时；D.从不。根据He usually ges t schl by bike可知，他通常骑车去学校，但是有时下雨，他就乘车去学校，故选C。
6.句意“骑车去学校会花费他20分钟，坐公交车去学校会花费他10分钟”。本题考察动词辨析。A.需要；B.花费，用于“人+spend+时间/钱+（in）ding/n sth”结构；C.带来；D.花费，用于It takes sb+时间/钱+t d sth。根据句意可知，译为“花费”，且根据It以及t get t schl可知，用take，故选D。
7.句意“她认为骑自行车比坐车更有趣”。本题考察动词辨析。A.希望（后加从句表示可以实现的愿望）；B.认为；C.想要；D.告诉。根据句意可知，表示“他认为骑车更有趣”，故选B。
8.句意“大约7:00，他们上了车”。A本题考察动词词组辨析。A.起床；B.上车；C.下来；D.下车。根据There are a lt f peple n it可知，他们上了车，故选B。
9.句意“飞利浦和李强把作为让给了两个老女人”。本题考察动词辨析。A.使，让；B.让；C.给；D.看到。根据give sth t sb“把某物给某人”可知，表示“让座”，故选C。
10.句意“飞利浦说他喜欢长城喜欢住在北京”。本题考察动词辨析。A.拜访；B.走路；C.喜欢；D.看。根据句意可知，表示“喜欢长城”，故选C。
五
What is happiness? Sme peple say that happiness cmes frm making a lt f 1 .Sme peple say that happiness is ding things that they like r make them feel 2 .
T be hnest, I dn' t think happiness cmes frm mney r scial status(社会地位) . Instead, happiness cmes frm 3 things in life.
My mther says that she is very happy when the sun 4 the leaves n her face. Then there's my grandma. She always 5 her time n her flwers. Once I asked my grandma," Why d yu spend yur time n such 6 things? ". My grandma held my hand and said 7 , "Whenever I see the flwers 8 , I can’t help but feel happy." I still remember her 9 even back then.
When yu are sad, try t 10 happiness in the little things. Remember that happiness is everywhere.
1. A. articles B. friends C. mney D. blgs
2. A. free B interested C. unusual D. pwerful
3. A large B. little C. few D. usual
4. A shines B. rises C. flies D. burns
5. A uses B. takes C. spends D. fllws
6. A. interesting B. bright C. natural D. unimprtant
7. A quickly B. smilingly C. excitedly D. nervusly
8. A pening B. blwing C. disappearing D. ending
9. A dreams B. facts C. wrds D. phts
10. A. light up B. thrw away C. learn abut D. lk fr
1.【答案】 C 本题考查名词辨析. A.文章; B.朋友; C.钱; D博客.
根据I dn't think happiness cmes frm mney r scial status"我认为幸福不是来自于钱和社会地位"可知句意"一些人说:开心来自于赚许多钱，故选C
2.【答案】D 本题考查篇章理解，根据第一段第二句，一些人认为幸福金钱，做喜欢的事，可知第二空应该和前面的并列，再加上 I dn' t think happiness cmes frm mney r scial status(社会地位)，可知，前面应该填pwerful （有力量的）故选D
3.【答案】B 本题考查篇章理解，以及细节题的把握，从instead 可知，第二段前后两句句意相反，再根据文章的最后一段可以知道作者认为幸福来自于生活中的小事 故选B。
4.【答案】A 本题考查单词辨析，shines 照耀，rise 升起，fly 飞，burn 燃烧。这里描述的是：我妈妈说太阳透过树叶撒（照耀）在她脸上的时候，她感觉特别幸福。故选A。
5.【答案】C 本题考查固定搭配，通过这句Why d yu spend yur time n such 6 things?可知，此处也填spends。Spend time n sth.在某事上花时间。
6.【答案】D 本题考查篇章理解，从little things 可知，这些都是不重要的小事，所以填unimprtant。
7.【答案】B 本题考查语境理解，从前后文可知，奶奶（外婆）应该是笑着回答“我”的问题。
8.【答案】A 本题考查词汇搭配，开花 用的pen
9.【答案】C本题考查语境理解 wrds 单词，翻译成：我仍然记得奶奶（外婆） 的话
10.【答案】D 本题考查短语 light up 点亮 thrw away扔掉 learn abut 学习 lk fr寻找，此处应该是从小事中寻找幸福。故答案选D
六
I sld my huse and left my jb in May 2015. There was ne thing that I just culd nt leave behind, my cat Willw. S I went n a trip with my best ____1____ friend!
In the past three and a half ____2____, we have travelled ver 70,000 kilmetres arund Australia and met lts f things tghter. We ____3____ frests and beaches frm time t time. This year, we spent three mnths in the desert. Then I’m happy t g back t the beautiful ____4____ t swim with Willw.
Sme peple were ____5____ t find that I was travelling with a cat. Once a backpacker at a camp even shuted(大声喊叫）, “Lk, there’s is a cat trying t ____6____ yur van!”
I knw. The van, a small huse n wheels（车轮）, is ur ____7____. I built it by myself with a bed, cupbards, a kitchen and plenty f places fr a little cat t hide! Maybe it is ____8____ but the whle f Australia is ur backyard.
____9____, we always have each ther and the whle Australia t see. I will treasure the memry fr a lifetime. If Willw ____10____ me anything, it is that yu dn’t need a lt t be happy. A bit f fd, shelter and a lt f lve are enugh.
1. A. schlB. animalC. clubD. rbt
2. A. yearsB. weeksC. daysD. hurs
3. A. knewB. hadC. madeD. saw
4. A. frestB. beachC. desertD. huse
5. A. nervusB. tiredC. surprisedD. bred
6. A. get intB. get upC. get dwnD. get away
7. A. classB. wrldC. dreamD. hme
8. A. newB. smallC. tallD. great
9. A. LuckilyB. SlwlyC. AngrilyD. Suddenly
10. A. asksB. leavesC. teachesD. wants
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者卖掉了房子，和自己的一只猫去旅行，他们以轮子上的一个小房子为家，以整个澳大利亚为背景，过沙漠，去海边，真正做到了不需要太多就可以过快乐的日子。
1.【答案】B句意：我和我最好的动物朋友去旅行了。
schl学校；animal动物；club俱乐部；rbt机器人。根据“I just culd nt leave behind, my cat Willw”可知，跟我的猫朋友一起去旅行，故选B。
2.【答案】A句意：在过去的三年半里……。
years年；weeks周；days天；hurs小时。根据“This year, we spent three mnths in the desert”可推断，是花费了三年半的时间，故选A。
3.【答案】D句意：我们不时地看到森林和海滩。
knew知道；had有；made制造；saw看见。根据“frests and beaches”可知，在旅行过程中看见了森林和海滩，故选D。
4.【答案】B句意：然后我很高兴回到美丽的海滩和Willw一起游泳。
frest森林；beach海滩；desert沙漠；huse房子。根据“swim”可知，去海边游泳，故选B。
5.【答案】C句意：有些人惊讶地发现我带着一只猫旅行。
nervus紧张的；tired疲惫的；surprised惊讶的；bred无聊的。根据“I was travelling with a cat”可知，带着一只猫去旅行让人们感到惊讶，故选C。
6.【答案】A句意：看，有只猫想进你的车。
get int进入；get up起床；get dwn下来；get away离开。根据“there’s is a cat trying t…yur van”可知，这只猫想进入作者的车里，故选A。
7.【答案】D句意：这辆面包车，一个带轮子的小房子，就是我们的家。
class班级；wrld世界；dream梦想；hme家。根据“ a small huse n wheels”可知，这就是作者和猫的家，故选D。
8.【答案】B句意：也许它很小，但整个澳大利亚都是我们的后院。
new新的；small小的；tall高的；great极好的。根据“a small huse”可知，它很小，故选B。
9.【答案】A句意：幸运的是，我们有彼此，有整个澳大利亚可以看。
Luckily幸运地；Slwly慢慢地；Angrily生气地；Suddenly突然。根据“we always have each ther and the whle Australia t see”可知，有整个澳大利亚可以看是一件幸运的事，故选A。
10.【答案】C句意：如果说Willw 教会了我什么，那就是你不需要太多就能快乐。
asks询问；leaves离开；teaches教；wants想要。根据“it is that yu dn’t need a lt t be happy”可知，这是Willw教会作者的，故选C。
七
Everyne has an interesting childhd ( 童年). In ur childhds, we all have ne r tw gd ________1________. They usually g t schl and play________2________us. Hwever, it is________3________fr Emily Bland.
When she was tw years ld, her father tk_____4_____t his wrkplace. Her father takes phts f ( 拍照) the____5____in a z all day. In the z, Emily Bland met Rishi fr____6____ first time. Rishi is a chimpanzee (黑猩猩). At that time Emily Bland and Rishi were f the same____7____.
Emily Bland and her friend Rishi enjy picnics and they ften play games tgether. Rishi likes________8________and they ften play in the lake f the z. Nw Rishi grws very fast and becmes very strng. It is nt safe fr Emily Bland. The administratrs(管理员) in the z ______9______ them t part (分离) frm each ther. Rishi is gd at______10______cmputer and they can meet n line.
1. A. classmatesB. friendsC. petsD. bys
2. A. withB. inC. tD. fr
3. A. bringB. slwC. differentD. fast
4. A. heB. herC. himD. she
5. A. planesB. rmsC. fruitD. animals
6. A. theB. aC. /D. an
7. A. hbbyB. interestC. weightD. age
8. A. bridgeB. grassC. fishD. water
9. A. asksB. putsC. seesD. sells
10. A. useB. usesC. usingD. used
本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了艾米莉与大猩猩瑞希成为好朋友的故事。
1.【答案】B句意：在我们的童年，我们都有一两个好朋友。
classmates同学；friends朋友；pets宠物；bys男孩。由下文“They usually g t schl and play…us”可知，此处应为我们童年中都会有一两个好朋友。故选B。
2.【答案】A句意：他们通常和我们去学校并且和我们一起玩。
with和；in在……里；t到；fr为了。由“They usually g t schl and play…us”可知，此处应为朋友通常会和我们一起玩，故应用介词with。故选A。
3.【答案】C句意：然而，艾米莉·布兰德却不同。
bring无聊的；slw慢的；different不同的；fast快速的。上文“每个人在童年中都会有一两个好朋友”，句中Hwever表转折，再结合下文“Emily Bland and her friend Rishi…”可知，艾米莉与其他孩子不同，她与一只大猩猩作朋友。故选C。
4.【答案】B句意：当她两岁的时候，她的父亲把她带到他的工作场所。
he他，人称代词主格；her她，人称代词宾格或形容词性物主代词；him他，人称代词宾格；she她，人称代词主格。由“When she was tw years ld, her father tk…”可知，此处应为她父亲带她去工作场所，动词tk后应接人称代词宾格her作宾语。故选B。
5.【答案】D句意：她父亲整天给动物园里的动物拍照。
planes飞机；rms房间；fruit水果；animals动物。由“in a z”可知，此处应为她父亲给动物拍照。故选D。
6.【答案】A句意：在动物园里，艾米莉·布兰德第一次见到了瑞希。
the定冠词；a不定冠词，表泛指，用于辅音音素开头单词前；/零冠词；an不定冠词，表泛指，用于元音音素开头单词前。由“Emily Bland met Rishi fr…first time”可知，序数词first前应加定冠词the，表顺序。故选A。
7.【答案】D句意：那时艾米莉·布兰德和瑞希是同龄的。
hbby爱好；interest兴趣；weight重量；age年龄。由“At that time Emily Bland and Rishi were f the same…”可知，此处应为艾米莉·布兰德和瑞希是同龄的，be f the same age同龄，固定短语。故选D。
8.【答案】D句意：瑞希喜欢水，他们经常在动物园的湖里玩耍。
bridge桥；grass草；fish鱼；water水。由“they ften play in the lake…”可知，瑞希喜欢水。故选D。
9.【答案】A句意：动物园的管理员要求他们分开。
asks要求；puts放置；sees看见；sells售卖。由“…The administratrs in the z…them t part frm each ther”可知，瑞希变得非常强壮，对艾米莉来说不安全，所以管理员要求他们分开，ask sb t d sth要求某人做某事。故选A。
10.【答案】C句意：瑞希擅长使用电脑，他们可以在网上见面。
use动词原形；uses动词的第三人称单数形式；using动词的ing形式；used过去式。be gd at ding sth擅长做某事，其后应接动名词using。故选C。
提高题
一
Maud Lewis was a Canadian artist. As a child, Maud had n friends t play with, 1 she nly painted at hme in her free time. When she grew up, she was s pr that she had t 2 her paintings by the side f the rad fr$2 t $3.
Jhn Kinnear, an artist 3 Lndn, liked Ms. Lewis' paintings very much. He 4 Ms. Lewis by sending her bxes f painting supplies(绘画用品).T 5 Mr. Kinnear, Ms. Lewis sent him sme f her paintings.
At that time, Mr. Kinnear always went t his friends—Irene and Tny's 6 t have lunch every day. One day, he traded(交易)ne f Ms. Lewis' paintings—Black Truck(1967)fr sme sandwiches.
Over 50 years later, Irene and Tny had a(n) 7 f selling the painting. T 8 surprise, smebdy bught the painting fr$350,000 in May 2022. This was because Maud Lewis' paintings became 9 after she died.
Nw, ver 130 f Ms. Lewis' paintings are 10 at the museum called Art Gallery f Greater Victria. Nt lng ag. Black Truck jined them.
1.A. s B. but C. r D. yet
2.A. change B. clean C. cllect D. sell
3.A. behind B. with C. frm D. t
B. saved C. painted D. helped
5.A. learn B. thank C. find D. call
6.A. bank B. museum C. hspital D. restaurant
7.A. rder B. habit C. idea D. symbl
8.A. his B. their C. her D. my
9.A. cheap B. beautiful C. famus D. interesting
10.A. n time B. in danger C. n shw D. in stre
答案详析
五月份，Maud Lewis 的一幅画作以35万美元的价格被买走。现在，这幅画作正在大维多利亚美术馆展出。
1.A空前的“小时候，Maud没有一起玩耍的朋友”和空后的“在空闲时间，她只能在家画画”构成因果关系，故选s。
2.D 根据空前的she was s pr 以及空后的fr $2t $3可知，此处指她非常贫困，以至于不得不在路边以2 至3美元的价格售卖她的画。
3.C 根据语境可知，此处指Jhn Kinnear是一位来自伦敦的艺术家。frm“来自”，符合语境。
4.D 根据空后的“by sending her bxes f painting supplies”可知，此处指Kinnear先生通过寄给Lewis女士几箱绘画用品来帮助她。
5.B 根据上一句可知，Kinnear先生通过寄送绘画用品来帮助Lewis女士；再根据空后的“Ms. Lewis sent him sme f her paintings”可推知，Lewis女士想要答谢Kinnear先生的帮助。
6.D根据空后的have lunch 和选项可推知，那时，Kinnear先生每天去他朋友的饭店吃饭。
7.C 根据下文可知，这幅画卖出了35万美元，故此处指他们有了想卖掉这幅画的想法。
8.B 根据上文可知，Irene和Tny想出售这幅画；再结合空后的fr $350,000可知，这幅画卖出的价格出乎他们的意料。故选their。
9.C 根据上一句中的“smebdy bught the painting fr $350,000”可知，有人以35万美元的价格购买了这幅作品，故此处指这是因为Maud Lewis过世以后，她的画出名了。
10.C 根据空后的“at the museum called Art Gallery f Greater Victria”可知，Lewis女士的130多幅作品正在这个美术馆展出。n shw“在展出”，符合语境
二
Just like dgs, cats are sme f the mst ppular pets in the wrld. Mst huse cats are happy t 1 their days in their hmes. But Cathde, a pet cat, enjys her life in a 2 way.
Her wner Rémy ften ges n exciting 3 and Cathde jins him every time. They g n bike rides. They g parachuting(跳伞)and muntain-climbing. And they d s much mre tgether. Rémy will nt take part in an activity 4 he cannt take Cathde with him. T prepare fr their utdr activities. Rémy uses 3Dprinting t make the cat helmet(头盔）fr Cathde. The helmet keeps her 5 and als lwers her fear(恐惧)f sund frm the utside wrld.
Like mst cats, Cathde is very curius(好奇的).She lves 6 the wrld arund her. But at the same time, she gets scared 7 .“That's why I take her utside and why she stays with me," said Rémy. “She 8 me.”
Rémy has been psting phts f 9 utdr activities nline fr many years since2014. These phts shw Rémy and Cathde are having a great time tgether. This amazing friendship has mved a lt f peple. They are just happy t see such wnderful 10 !
1.A. take B. spend C. pay D. cst
2.A. amazing B. interestingC. difficult D. different
3.A. trips B. visits C. climbsD. rders
4 .A. becauseB. but C. if D. unless
5. A. dangerusB. happy C. safe D. healthy
6.A. lking at B. learning abut C. thinking ver D. talking abut
7.A. easily B. happilyC. luckily D. finally
8. A. teaches B. thinks C. invents D. believes
9.A. ur B. their C. yurD. her
10.A. help B. games C. lve D. ways
答案详析
1.B 根据空后的“their days in their hmes”可知，此处指大多数家猫都乐意在家度过它们的日子。
2.D 根据上文可知，大多数家猫都喜欢待在家里；再结合空前的But Cathde可知，此处指宠物猫 Cathde 与众不同。different“不同的”。
3.A根据下文中的“They g n bike rides. They g parachuting and muntain-climbing."可知，Cathde和主人Rémy一起骑车、跳伞和爬山。由此推知，Rémy经常和Cathde进行激动人心的旅行。trip“旅行”。
4.C分析句子结构可知，空后的“他不能带着Cathde一起”和空前的“Rémy将不参加活动”构成条件关系，故if“如果”符合语境。
5.C 根据上一句中的“make the cat helmet fr Cathde”可知，Rémy给Cathde做了猫咪用的头盔；再结合空后的“and als lwers her fear f "可知，头盔也可以减轻Cathde对外界声音的恐惧。故此处指头盔可以保护 Cathde的安全。
6.B 根据上一句中的 Cathde is very curius可知，Cathde是一只很有好奇心的猫，故此处指它喜欢了解它周围的世界。learn abut意为“了解；学习”，符合语境。l
7.A根据第二段最后一句中的“her fear f sund frm the utside wrld”可知，Cathde害怕外界的声音，故此处指 Cathde 很容易害怕。
8.D根据上一句中的“That's why I take her utside and why she stays with me”和语境可知，此处解释了Cathde和Rémy待在一起的原因，即 Cathde 相信 Rémy。believe“相信”，符合语境。
9.B 根据下一句“These phts shw Rémy and Cathde are having a great time tgether.”可知，这些照片展示了Rémy和Cathde在一起玩得很开心，故此处指他们俩的户外活动的照片。4空后的their utdr activities也是提示。
10.C 根据上一句“This amazing friendship has mved a lt f peple.”可知，许多人都被Cathde和主人之间的友情打动，故此处指他们很开心能看到这种美好的友爱之情。
三
A family in East Side, Detrit, is s thankful(感激的)fr their dg. The dg “Blue” 1 their 1-year-ld kid, Chantal, frm fire. When the fire started, he went inside the huse and ran tward the 2 . And because f him, the girl culd 3 safely.
Zey，the eldest(年龄最大的) daughter f the family, Chantal and their uncle were at hme when 4 huse caught fire. The uncle and Zey 5 ran ut but they frgt Chantal. At that time, the dg went running back int the huse 6 he knew Chantal was still there. The firefighters(消防队员）had t chase him up and 7 Chantal.
During this time f the year, the family is 8 f mney. S they have t live in a van(小型货车)with their dg. "Peple can't bring a dg int a shelter（收容所).And I dn't want t 9 Blue. It is because n ne knws where my family wuld be 10 him, "the mther said.
B. bught C. saved D. tk
2.A. girl B. student C. pliceman D. driver
3.A. get up B. get ut C. get ff D. get n
4.A. her B. its C. yur D. their
5. A. easily B. silentlyC. quickly D. difficultly
6.A. but B. thugh C. because D. when
7.A. thugh B. brught C. drew D. taught
8.A. afraid B. tired C. prud D. shrt
9.A. leave B. fllw C. frget D. buy
10.A. ver B. tward C. withut D. arund
答案详析
1.C 根据上文中的thankful以及第一段最后一句"And because f him, the girl culd 3 safely.”可知，此处指Blue 从火灾中救了他们一岁的孩子。save“救”，符合语境。
2. A 根据下文中的“the girl culd 3safely”可推知，此处指Blue进到房子里，向那个女孩跑去，故选girl。
3.B 根据上文可知，房子失火，一岁的孩子还在房子里面。由此可知，此处指因为这只狗，这个女孩才能安全逃出来。get ut“逃离；离开”，符合语境。
4.D根据语境可知，此处指当他们的房子着火时，Zey、Chantal和她们的叔叔在房子里面，故选their。
5.C根据语境可知，此处指叔叔和 Zey快速跑了出来，故选quickly。
6.C 空后的“它知道Chantal仍然在房子里”与空前的“那时，这只狗跑回了房子”构成因果关系，故选because。
7.B 根据第一段的内容可知，房子失火后，Blue进到房子里，向那个女孩跑去；结合6空后的“he knew Chantal was still there”可推知，此处指消防队员追逐它，发现了Chantal。find“发现”，符合语境。
8.D 根据空后的“S they have t live in a van with their dg.”可知，他们不得不和他们的狗一起住在小型货车里。由此可推知，今年这段时间，这家人缺钱。be shrt f“缺少”，为固定搭配。
9. A 根据空前的“Peple can't bring a dg int a shelter.”可知，人们不能携带狗进入收容所。结合语境可知，此处指这位母亲不想丢弃Blue。leave“丢弃”，符合语境。
10.C根据语境及备选词可知，此处指这是因为没人知道没有Blue 这家人会怎么样。withut“没有”，符合语境。
四
Fiji is a small island cuntry in the Pacific Ocean. Nw peple in Fiji face a big 1 . The sea level 2 and the sea water flws(流动)int peple's hmes and gardens because f the climate change(气候变化).S they can't grw anything and have t mve 3 .
Sme peple are 4 t leave their village, but sme lder peple dn't like it. They want t 5 because they hpe t live in the village all their lives.
In 2014 . ne village mved frm the seaside t a 6 place n the island. It was the first time that peple had left their hmes 7 sea levels rise. But sme f them still cme back t 8 ld village almst every day.
Nw mre and mre peple in Fiji have t leave their village and 9 new hmes in ther places. They hpe t get 10 frm the gvernment t adapt t(适应new envirnments.
B. prblem C. hpe D. result
2. A. ges up B. cmes dwn C. stands up D. breaks dwn
3.A. nt B. ff C. away D. int
4.A. happy B. srry C. dangerus D. beautiful
5.A. wrk B. play C. start D. stay
6.A. bigger B. higher C. smallerD. further
B. s C. but D. and
8.A. his B. yur C. their D. ur
9. A. change B. bring C. save D. buy
10.A. surprise B. infrmatin C. wish D. help
答案详析
1.B根据2空后的“the sea water flws int peple's hmes and gardens”可知，海水流入了人们的家里和花园里，由此可知此处指现在斐济人民面临一个大问题。
2.A根据空后的“the sea water flws int peple's hmes and gardens”可知，海水流入了人们的家里和花园里；再结合常识可知，这是海平面上升造成的，故此处指海平面上升。g up“上升”，符合语境。7空后的sea levels rise也为提示信息。
3.C 根据上一句及空前的 they can't grw anything可知，因为气候变化海水进入了人们的家里，他们不能种植任何东西，故此处指人们不得不搬走。mve away“搬走”，符合语境。
4. A 根据空后的“but sme lder peple dn' like it”可知，许多老人不喜欢这么做；but表示转折，故此处指有些人很乐意离开他们的村庄。
5. D根据空后的“because they hpe t live in the village all their lives”可知，因为他们希望一辈子都住在村子里，故可知他们想留下来。
6.B 根据上文可知，海平面上升导致海水进入了人们的家里，人们不得不搬离。再结合常识可知，人们会搬到地势更高的地方来预防海水进入家里。故此处指2014年，一个村庄搬到了岛上一个地势更高的地方。
7.A 空后的“海平面上升”和空前的“人们离开他们的家园”构成因果关系，故选连词because。
8.C结合语境可知，此处指他们中的许多人仍然几乎每天回到他们的旧村庄。句子主语为sme f them，故此处应选their。
9.B 根据空前的“have t leave their village”可知，他们不得不离开他们的村庄；再结合空后的“new hmes in ther places”可知，此处指他们在其他的地方建造新的房子。
10.D 根据空后的“frm the gvernment t adapt t new envirnments”并结合选项可知，此处指人们希望得到政府的帮助来适应新环境。
五
On March 3rd,2022,Jiang Mengnan gt the award(奖）f Persn Tuching China fr 2021.
Brn in 1992 in Hunan, Jiang lst her 1 at the age f 6 mnths. When she just learned t walk, her parents began teaching her t read peple's lips(唇语).They als taught her t make a 2 by putting her hands n her thrat(喉咙).This was nt an easy thing t d. But her parents 3 gave up and Jiang learned t speak.
Starting frm primary schl, Jiang tried t 4 what teachers said by reading their lips. But it was impssible t cver(包含)all. S she mstly taught 5 .Her hard wrk made her a tp student. In 2011, Jiang gt int Jilin University with a 6 f 615 in gaka. In2015，she 7 studying fr a master's degree(硕士学位）at the university. In 2018，she became a dctral student(博士生) at Tsinghua University.
"I think I am ne f the 8 nes, because my parents, teachers and friends have been helping me. The best 9 t pay them back is t d smething gd fr them," she said. “In the future, I hpe t 10 a part in slving prblems f life and health.”
1.A. eyesight B. hearing C. ft D. hand
2. A. familyB. friend C. nise D. sund
3.A. ever B. never C. still D. even
4.A. understand B. answer C. hpe D. thank
B. themselves C. himself D. urselves
6.A. histry B. stry C. message D. scre
B. rememberedC. kept D. frgt
8.A. interesting B. beautifulC. lucky D. quiet
9. A. way B. reasn C. prblem D. idea
10. A. try B. play C. spend D. learn
答案详析
1.B根据下一句可知.当江梦南刚学会走路时，她的父母就开始教她读唇语，故推断江梦南在半岁时就丧失了听力。Hearing听力，符合语境。
2.D 根据上文可知，江梦南丧失了听力；再结合3空后的Jiang learned t speak 可知，江梦南学会了说话。故此处指他们还教她把手放在喉咙上发出声音。
3.B 上文提到了江梦南父母为女儿做的事情，空后提到了江梦南学会了说话，由此可推断，他们从未放弃。never“从未；未曾”，符合语境。
4.A根据语境可知，此处指从小学开始，江固梦南就通过读唇语的方式来理解老师说的话。
5.A根据上一句可知，读唇语并不能涵盖老师讲的所有内容，故此处指她主要是自学。teach neself意为“自学”，本句的主语为she，故选herself。
6.D 根据空后的f 615 in gaka 可知，江梦南在高考中以615分的成绩考入吉林大学。scre“分数；成绩”，符合语境。
7.C 根据上一句可知，江梦南2011年考入吉林大学；再根据空后的“studying fr a master's degree at the university"可推断，她在这所大学继续攻读硕士学位。keep ding sth.“继续做某事”。
8.C 根据空后的“because my parents，teachers and friends have been helping me"可知，江梦南的父母、老师以及朋友一直在帮助她；再结合选项可知，lucky“幸运的”符合语境，指她认为自己是个幸运的人之一。
9.A 根据空后的“t d smething gd fr them”可知，此处指回报他们最好的方式就是做些对他们有好处的事情。
10.B此处指江梦南希望能在解决生命健康的难题上发挥作用。play a part in 意为“在中发挥作用”，是固定搭配。
六
Jack is a yung man frm a very pr family. He wrks in a small factry and makes _____1_____ mney every mnth. He always feels sad. One day he stands with an ld priest in a church. He says, “It is really _____2_____. D yu knw Jhn? He is my best classmate. He was a _____3_____ student at schl. He _____4_____ did his hmewrk after schl. But nw he is a successful writer.”
The priest answers, “Nw he is quite _____5_____. He always keeps n _____6_____ his nvels very late in the evening …”
Jack _____7_____ his wrds, “Justin is my classmate, t. His bdy was very _____8_____ at schl. He was usually in hspital because f his sick legs. He culdn’t have _____9_____ lessns at all. But nw he is a ppular _____10_____.”
“Oh, I hear in the past he always spent all his time _____11_____ and …”
“Nw,” Jack stps him again, “Paul has a big restaurant. At schl he had n mney t eat beef r chicken.” This time the priest desn’t answer _____12_____. But Jack is impatient (不耐烦的), “_____13_____ dn’t yu say a wrd? Is it fair (公平的) r unfair?”
“I think it is fair. Success is a ladder (梯子). If yu always put yur tw _____14_____ in the pckets and stp trying, yu can’t arrive at the _____15_____ f success frever.”
1. A. manyB. fewC. littleD. much
2. A. lazyB. sadC. unfairD. wrng
3. A. fastB. badC. gdD. slw
4. A. neverB. alwaysC. usuallyD. ften
5. A. gdB. lazyC. cleverD. hard-wrking
6. A. readingB. speakingC. writingD. hearing
7. A. stpsB. writesC. hearsD. knws
8. A. strngB. weakC. healthyD. well
9. A. MusicB. GegraphyC. PED. Art
10. A. singerB. wrkerC. dctrD. player
11. A. exercisingB. swimmingC. runningD. walking
12. A. happilyB. quicklyC. sadlyD. slwly
13. A. HwB. WhenC. WhichD. Why
14. A. feetB. handsC. armsD. legs
15. A. tpB. backC. ftD. frnt
【分析】本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述了杰克向牧师抱怨上帝不公平，列举了几个以前混的不好但现在很成功的人，牧师告诉他那几个人成功的原因。并告诉杰克自己不努力，可能永远不能到达成功的顶峰。
1.【答案】C句意：他在一家小公司工作，每个月赚很少的钱。
many许多，修饰可数名词；few几乎没有，修饰可数名词；little几乎没有，修饰不可数名词；much许多，修饰不可数名词。根据“He always feels sad.”可知他挣很少的钱，mney是不可数名词，因此little符合句意。故选C。
2.【答案】C句意：真不公平。
lazy懒惰的；sad难过的；unfair不公平的；wrng错误的。根据下文“Is it fair r unfair?”可知Jack在抱怨不公平，因此unfair符合句意。故选C。
3.【答案】B句意：他在学校是个坏学生。
fast快速的；bad坏的；gd好的；slw慢的。根据“But nw he is a successful writer.”可知But后句意出现转折，由此推出Jhn在学校时表现不好。故选B。
4.【答案】A句意：放学后他从不做作业。
never从不；always总是；usually通常；ften经常。根据“He was a bad student at schl.”可知放学后从不做作业，因此never符合句意。故选A。
5.【答案】D句意：现在他很勤奋。
gd好的；lazy懒惰的；clever聪明的；hard-wrking勤奋的。根据“He always keeps n ... his nvels very late in the evening …”可知他写小说到深夜，由此可见很勤奋，hard-wrking符合句意。故选D。
6.【答案】C句意：他总是写小说写到深夜……。
reading阅读；speaking讲话；writing写作；hearing听到。根据“But nw he is a successful writer.”可知，是写小说到深夜，因此writing符合句意。故选C。
7.【答案】A句意：Jack打断了他的话：……
stps（使）中断，停止；writes写；hears听；knws知道。根据“He always keeps n ... his nvels very late in the evening …”后的省略号可知牧师的话还未说完被Jack打断了。故选A。
8.【答案】B句意：他在学校时身体很虚弱。
strng强壮的；weak虚弱的；healthy健康的；well健康，身体好。根据“He was usually in hspital because f his sick legs.”可知Justin在校时身体虚弱。故选B。
9.【答案】C句意：他根本不能上体育课。
Music音乐；Gegraphy地理；PE体育；Art美术。根据“He was usually in hspital because f his sick legs.”可知，他不能上体育课，因此PE符合句意。故选C。
10.【答案】D句意：但现在他是一个受欢迎的运动员。
singer歌手；wrker工人；dctr医生；player运动员。根据“But nw”可知句意出现转折，之前不能上体育课，但现在是受欢迎的运动员。故选D。
11.【答案】A句意：哦，我听说过去他总是把所有的时间都花在锻炼和……。
exercising锻炼；swimming游泳；running跑步；walking散步。根据“But nw he is a ppular ...”可知，他应该把时间花在锻炼上了，因此exercising符合句意。故选A。
12.【答案】B句意：这次牧师没有马上回答。
happily开心地；quickly快速地；sadly伤心地；slwly慢慢地。根据“But Jack is impatient”可知，牧师没有很快回答，因此quickly符合句意。故选B。
13.【答案】D句意：你为什么一句话也不说？
Hw如何；When什么时候；Which哪个；Why为什么。根据“This time the priest desn’t answer quickly.”可知，因为牧师没有说话，所以杰克就问牧师为什么一句话也不说，因此why符合句意。故选D。
14.【答案】B句意：如果你总是把双手插在口袋里，停止奋斗，你可能永远不能到达成功的顶峰。
feet脚；hands手；arms手臂；legs腿。根据“in the pckets”可知，应该是双手插在口袋里，因此hands符合句意。故选B。
15.【答案】A句意：如果你总是把双手插在口袋里，停止奋斗，你可能永远不能到达成功的顶峰。
tp顶端；back背后；ft底部；frnt前面。根据“Success is a ladder.”可知奋斗是为了到达成功的顶峰。故选A。
七
The Read family cmes t a new big city. Mrs Read's sn, Bb, is nt ___1___. He desn't have anyne t play with. "Dn't wrry!" says his mther. "Yu will sn make ___2___here."
One mrning, there is a ___3___at the dr. Bb's mther, Mrs Read, pens it. There stands a wman with brwn hair. It is Mrs White. She cmes t ___4___sme eggs. She wants t ___5___ cakes. Mrs Read gives her tw. In the afternn, there is anther knck ___6___ the dr. Mrs Read pens it and sees a ___7___standing there. "My name is Jack White," he says. "My mther asks me t ___8___yu this cake and the ___9___eggs." "Well, thank yu, Jack," says Mrs Read. "Cme in and meet my sn Bb."
Lk! Bb and Jack are having the cake and milk. Later, they ___10___ftball. Nw they are friends! Jack says, "I'm glad yu live next dr." Bb says, "I must thank yur mther ___11___ cming fr eggs." Jack laughs and tells Bb, "She desn't want the tw eggs ___12___she wants t make friends with yur mther." Bb says, "That's a ___13___way t make friends. It's an easy way, t. It can ___14___!”
S if yu're willing(乐意的)t make friends, yu can always ___15___sme ways!
1. A. readyB. freeC. wellD. happy
2. A. friendsB. kitesC. friendD. cards
3. A. callB. cryC. shutD. knck
4. A. lendB. brrwC. giveD. buy
5. A. ckB. bringC. rderD. make
6. A. tB. upC. atD. ver
7. A. girlB. manC. byD. wman
8. A. sendB. takeC. putD. carry
9. A. twB. threeC. furD. five
10. A. play aB. playC. play withD. playing
11. A. tB. withC. frD. in
12. A. butB. andC. sD. r
13. A. ppularB. prC. funnyD. cheap
14. A. changeB. wrkC. practiceD. try
15. A. findB. knwC. learnD. see
【分析】本文讲述了里德的儿子交新朋友的故事。里德一家人搬到了新的城市，但是他的儿子鲍勃因为没有朋友而苦恼。后来邻居来他家来借鸡蛋做蛋糕，下午邻居的儿子杰克来送蛋糕和鸡蛋，鲍勃和他认识了并成了好朋友。文章最后告诉我们只要你想交朋友，方法是有很多的。
1.【答案】D句意：里德夫人的儿子鲍勃并不开心。
ready准备；free自由的；well 好地；happy开心的；由“He desn't have anyne t play 't wrry!”可知他是因为没有玩伴而不开心。故选D。
2.【答案】A句意：你很快就会在这里交到朋友。
friends朋友(复数)；kites风筝； friend朋友；cards卡片；根据“He desn't have anyne t play with.”及后文“Nw they are friends!”可知是用词组make friends。故选A。
3.【答案】D句意：一天早上，有敲门声。
call 打电话；cry 哭，叫喊； shut喊； knck敲；由“ the dr”可知是有人敲门。故选D。
4.【答案】B句意：她来借一些鸡蛋。
lend借出去；brrw借进来；give给；buy买；根据“Mrs. Read gives her tw.”“里德夫人给她两个”可知她是向里德夫人借鸡蛋，用brrw。故选B。
5.【答案】D句意：她想做蛋糕。
ck煮；bring带来；rder预定；make制作；根据“She cmes t brrw sme eggs.”及常识可知她借鸡蛋是为了做蛋糕准备材料。故选D。
6.【答案】C句意：下午，又传来了敲门声。
t去；up向上；at表时间和地点的介词；ver在……上面，结束；根据前面“there is a knck at the dr”和anther knck可知是又一次敲门，用词组knck at the dr。故选C。
7.【答案】C句意：里德夫人打开门，看见一个男孩站在那里。
girl女孩 ；man男人；by男孩； wman女人；根据“he says. ‘My mther asks me t…”可知这是一个男孩子。故选C。
8.【答案】A句意：我的妈妈叫我来送蛋糕和这两个鸡蛋。
send送；take带；put放；carry扛；根据里德夫人说“Well, thank yu, Jack,”可知杰克是来送蛋糕的，所以里德夫人说谢谢。故选A。
9.【答案】A句意：我的妈妈叫我来送蛋糕和这两个鸡蛋。
tw二；three三；fur四；five五；根据上文“Mrs. Read gives her tw.”可知他是来送还借的两个鸡蛋。故选A。
10.【答案】B句意：后来他们踢足球
play a玩一个； play玩； play with和……玩；playing现在分词；根据后面的ftball可知他们是踢足球play ftball，上下句是一般现在时。故选B。
11.【答案】C句意：我一定要感谢你的妈妈来借鸡蛋。
t去 ；with和； fr为了；in在……里面；由“thank yur mther... cming”可知是考查thank yu fr ding sth.的用法。故选C。
12.【答案】A句意：她并不是真的想要借两个鸡蛋，而是想和你妈妈交朋友。
but但是；and和；s因此；r或者；根据“She desn't want the tw eggs ”和“ want t make friends with yur mther.”可知这是转折关系。故选A。
13.【答案】C句意：那真是一个有趣的交朋友的方式。
ppular受欢迎的；pr贫穷的；funny有趣的；cheap 便宜的；根据Jack laughs可知这个交友方式很有趣。故选C。
14.【答案】B句意：它也是一种简单的方式，并且起作用了。
change改变；wrk工作，起作用；practice练习；try尝试；根据“Nw they are friends!”可知这种方法是起作用的，让他们成了朋友。故选B。
15.【答案】A句意：如果你乐意交朋友，你总是能找到一些方法。
find找到；knw知道；learn学会；see 明白；根据上文中鲍勃为没有朋友而烦恼，后来邻居以借鸡蛋还鸡蛋的方法和他们交朋友中明白，只要想交朋友，就可以找到交朋友的方式。故选A。
衔接点13 阅读理解 （小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学阅读理解考点聚焦】
一
读短文，选择正确的答案
It’s a warm and sunny Sunday afternn. I take a schl trip with my friends. I am very happy because I dn’t need t d my hmewrk. I jump and run. I am s excited that I fall int the river. Then I’m all wet（湿的） and I feel cld. My friends take me hme. My father is angry with me. He rders（命令） me t practice（练习） my pian fr 2 hurs（小时）. I have a cld and I am very sad. What a bad schl trip!
1.The weather is ________.
A．rainyB．cldC．warm
2.I am very happy because ________.
A．I fall int the river
B．I dn’t need t d my hmewrk
C．the weather is gd
3.I am ________ after I fall int the river.
A．wetB．excitedC．very happy
4.________ is angry with me.
A．My fatherB．My mtherC．My friend
5.My schl trip is ________.
A．niceB．gdC．bad
1．C 2．B 3．A 4．A 5．C
1.C.由文中It's a warm and sunny Sunday afternn.可知天气是温暖且阳光明媚的故选
2.B.由文中I am very happy because I dn't need t d my hmewrk.可知我开心是因为不需要做作业.故选：B.
3.A.由文中Then I'm all wet(湿的)and I feel cld.可知我掉进河里后浑身湿透了.故选：A.
4.A.由文中My father is angry with me .可知我爸爸对我很生气.故选：A.
5.C.由文中What a bad schl trip!可知这次学校旅行很糟糕.故选：.
二
Every year, malaria (疟疾) takes lts f lives in the wrld. A Chinese scientist named Tu Yuyu fund a plant in China. It is sweet wrmwd. She tried t make extracts (提取物) frm it t help peple. She tried many times. It was really nt easy, but she didn't give up. At last, she made it and helped lts f peple in the wrld. In 2015, Tu wn the Nbel Prize in Physilgy r Medicine (诺贝尔生理学或医学奖). She was the first Chinese wman scientist t win this prize.
1．Where is Tu Yuyu frm? _________.
A．NingbB．YunnanC．Wuhan
2．Tu Yuyu fund a plant in China. What is it? _________
A．Green beans.B．Sweet wrmwd.C．A kind f crn.
3．When did Tu Yuyu win the Nbel Prize? _________
A．In 2005.B．In 2015.C．In 2020.
4．The underline phrase "give up" means "_________" here.
A．放弃B．努力C．给予
5．Where can yu read this text? _________
A．In a dictinary.B．In a wrd bk.C．In a magazine.
1．A 2．B 3．B 4．A 5．C
【分析】该篇主要介绍了屠呦呦获得诺贝尔生理学或医学奖的事迹。
1.句意：屠呦呦是哪里人？A宁波，B云南，C武汉，根据图片显示，可知屠呦呦是宁波人，故选A。
2.句意：屠呦呦在中国发现了一株植物，是什么？A青豆，B甜苦艾，C一种玉米，根据A Chinese scientist named Tu Yuyu fund a plant in China. It is sweet wrmwd.可知屠呦呦发现了一种甜苦艾，故选B。
3.句意：屠呦呦什么时候得的诺贝尔奖？A2005年，B2015年，C2020年，根据In 2015, Tu wn the Nbel Prize in Physilgy r Medicine (诺贝尔生理学或医学奖).可知屠呦呦2015年获得了诺贝尔奖，故选B。
4.句意：划线部分"give up"在这里意思是________。根据She tried many times. It was really nt easy, but she didn't give up. At last, she made it and helped lts f peple in the wrld.可知give up意为放弃，故选A。
5.句意：你在哪里可以看到这篇文章？A在字典里，B在一本文字书里，C在杂志上，通读全文，可知这应该是一本杂志上的文章，故选C。
【初中阅读理解考点聚焦】
考点清单
方法1 细节理解题——细读法
分段细读,注意细节,注意语言结构,抓住主要事实、关键信息,揭示文章结构的内在联系,帮助深化理解。一篇文章是一个有机的整体,段与段之间存在着内在的紧密联系,而每段的内容都与主题有着很重要的联系,所以弄清文章结构上的问题,对于把握文章主题或文章大意非常重要。在通读短文后,带着问题,再到短文中详细地找到答案。
方法2 推理判断题——推理法
推理判断是细节理解的延伸,在阅读的时候要根据文章具体事实细节、句子关系去分析和推理,从而达到整体理解的目的。
方法3 主旨大意题——概读法
从每篇文章的标题到各个部分都进行概读,以归纳出要点,概括作者的意图、观点、态度,这样就能了解全文的概貌。概读还有助于考生把握上下文之间的意义联系,培养自己的综合概括能力。注意把握好主题句,首段和尾段中的中心句。
方法4 词义猜测题——猜测法
要学会根据上下文猜测遇到的新单词,这样既提高了阅读速度又培养了一种能力,这也是英语阅读的关键所在。培养自己的猜词能力是很有必要的,从构词法上,联系文章上下文看是否有释义以及将选项代入短文中理解等方面入手,猜测出新词的词义。
基础题
一
Tree Planting Day is an imprtant day in the wrld. Tday, many cuntries have such a hliday. In China, Tree Planting Day is n March 12th. It is a day t remember Sun Yat-sen (孙中山). Sun Yat-sen was a great persn in China. But many peple dn’t knw that Sun Yat-sen helped t save trees.
Tree Planting Day in China started in 1915. Frm 1916 t 1928, Tree Planting Day was celebrated (庆祝) n the Chinese Qingming Festival each year. Sun Yat-sea asked peple t stp cutting dwn trees in many f his bks. He even planted trees himself with many peple. Sun Yat-sen died n March 12th, 1925. In rder t remember Sun Yat-sen, Chinese peple decided t set Tree Planting Day n March 12th every year.
Planting trees is gd fr ur Earth. It can make the wrld beautiful. Trees give us frests, stp sil (土壤) frm lsing, and prtect farmland. They can make the Earth a gd place fr us t live in.
Withut trees, ur lives will be difficult. Fr example, we can’t get fruit r il frm trees. S it’s imprtant fr everyne t plant mre trees an Tree Planting Day.
1. When did Tree Planting Day start?
A. In 1915.B. In 1916.C. In 1925.D. In 1928.
2. Which f the fllwing is TRUE accrding t the passage?
A. Qingming Festival is a day t remember Sun Yat-sen.
B. Many peple knw Sun Yat-sen helped t save trees.
C. Frm 1916 t 1928,Tree Planting Day was n March 12th.
D. Sun Yat-sen tld peple nt t cut dwn trees in his bks.
3. What des the wrd “They” in Paragraph 3 refer t?
A. Frests.B. Sil.C. Trees.D. Farmland.
4. What des the last paragraph mainly talk abut?
A. The ways t prtect trees.
B. Stp sil frm lsing.
C. The histry f Tree Planting Day.
D. It's imprtant t plant trees.
5. Why des the writer write this passage?
A. T shw us sme helpful ways t save mre trees.
B. T tell us what peple usually d n Tree Planting Day.
C. T tell us smething abut Tree Planting Day in China.
D. T ask us t learn frm a great persn in China.
【答案】1. A 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. C
【解析】本文是一篇介绍中国植树节的文章。
1.细节理解题。根据“Tree Planting Day in China started in 1915.”可知植树节开始于1915年。故选A。
2.细节理解题。根据“Sun Yat-sea asked peple t stp cutting dwn trees in many f his bks.”可知孙中山在他的许多书中要求人们停止砍伐树木。故选D。
3.词义猜测题。根据“Trees give us frests, stp sil (土壤) frm lsing, and prtect farmland. Theycan make the Earth a gd place fr us t live in.”可知，树木长成森林，防止土壤流失，保护农田，由此可知they指代的是trees。故选C。
4.段落大意题。根据“Withut trees, ur lives will be difficult. Fr example, we can’t get fruit r il frm trees. S it’s imprtant fr everyne t plant mre trees an Tree Planting Day.”可知最后一段主要讲的是种植树木的重要性。故选D。
5.推理判断题。文章介绍了植树节的重要性，还介绍了中国把3月12日定为植树节是为了纪念孙中山先生。由此可知作者写这篇文章是介绍关于植树节的一些事情。故选C。
二
It’s nine ’clck at night. What are yu ding? Watching TV, ding yur hmewrk, r chatting n yur mbile phne? It is imprtant fr students t get a gd asleep every night. If yu dn’t sleep well at night, yu cannt d yur wrk well at schl the next day. We all knw that the best number f sleeping hurs fr students is eight. But mst students dn’t get enugh sleep. That is bad fr their schlwrk.
I read an interesting article in a newspaper. It says yung students are facing a new prblem. They may g t bed early, but a lt f them wake up(醒来)in the middle f the night. They wake up nt because f using the bathrm. They wake up because they are afraid f missing ut (错过)! The article says schlchildren wake up during the night t lk at their mbile phnes. They are afraid that they may miss smething imprtant n the mbile phne. They wake up at all times the night and g nline.
I’d like t ask yu t turn ff yur mbile phnes at night. And yu wn’t miss anything imprtant.
1. It’s best fr students t sleep ________ hurs every day.
A. sevenB. eightC. nineD. ten
2. The underlined wrd “That” refers t “________”.
A. Nt getting up earlyB. Nt getting enugh sleep
C. Nt having a mbile phneD. Nt ding hmewrk
3. Why d mst students wake up at night?
A. Because they want t g t the bathrm.
B. Because they frget t turn ff their mbile phnes.
C. Because they are afraid f missing smething imprtant.
D. Because they dn’t finish their hmewrk.
4. What des the passage mainly tell us?
A. Students dn’t have much time t finish their hmewrk.
B. It’s imprtant fr students t d their hmewrk at night.
C. Students have t read newspapers in their free time.
D. It’s imprtant fr students t sleep well at night.
【答案】1. B 2. B 3. C 4. D
【解析】本文主要介绍了足够睡眠对学生的重要性，并分享了一篇有趣的文章，讲述现在的学生半夜起床是为了担心错过手机上的一些重要东西。
1.细节理解题。根据“We all knw that the best number f sleeping hurs fr students is eight.”可知，学生的最佳睡眠时间是8小时，故选B。
2.词义猜测题。根据“But mst students dn’t get enugh sleep. That is bad fr their schlwrk”可知，没有得到足够的睡眠对功课是有害的，所以that指代Nt getting enugh sleep，故选B。
3.细节理解题。根据“They wake up because they are afraid f missing ut…They are afraid that they may miss smething imprtant n the mbile phne”可知，醒来是因为他们害怕错过一些重要的东西，故选C。
4.主旨大意题。根据“But mst students dn’t get enugh sleep. That is bad fr their schlwrk”及全文的内容可知，本文主要介绍了足够睡眠对学生的重要性，故选D。
三
There is gd and bad news abut the number f trees n ur planet. The gd news is that there are seven times as many trees fr everyne as we thught. A few years ag, scientists believed that the wrld had 400 billin (十亿) trees. Hwever, a new study frm Yale University shws that there are arund three trillin trees. That’s a three fllwed by 12 zeres. That means there are abut 420 trees fr everyne in the wrld tday.
The bad news is that thusands f years ag, the earth had six trillin trees. Humans cut in half the number f trees n the planet. Take Eurpe fr example, it was a large frest thusands f years ag. Nw much f it is cities and twns. And anther 15 billin trees are lst each year.
Dr. Thmas Crw is ne f the scientists frm Yale University. He said the new number f trees frm their study wuld change nthing. “The study nly shws there is much t d t prtect ur frests.” he said.
1. The passage is abut a study f ________ in the wrld.
A. the kind f treesB. the number f treesC. the change f treesD. the imprtance f trees
2. In the past, we thught everyne had abut ________ trees.
A. 400B. 12C. 60D. 420
3. Nwadays, ________ cver(s) (覆盖) Eurpe.
A. many muntainsB. a large seaC. a large frestD. many cities and twns
4. What can we learn frm Dr. Thmas Crw?
A. We still have enugh trees t cut dwn.B. We can find mre trees in the future.
C. We shuld d mre t prtect frests.D. We shuld stp cutting trees dwn nw.
【答案】1. B 2. C 3. D 4. C
【解析】本文主要讲述了关于世界上树木的数量研究，好消息是世界上有很多树，坏消息是人类正在破坏这些树。文章告诉我们需要做更多的事来保护森林。
1.细节理解题。根据“There is gd and bad news abut the number f trees n ur planet.”可知，这篇短文是关于世界上树木数量的研究。故选B。
2.细节理解题。根据“The gd news is that there are seven times as many trees fr everyne as we thught.”及“That means there are abut 420 trees fr everyne in the wrld tday.”可知，现在人均树木的数量是过去的7倍，因此过去人均数木的数目是420 /7=60。故选C。
3.细节理解题。根据“Take Eurpe fr example, it was a large frest thusands f years ag. Nw much f it is cities and twns.”可知，现在许多城市和城镇覆盖了欧洲，故选D。
4.细节理解题。根据“Dr. Thmas Crw is ne f the scientists frm Yale University. He said the new number f trees frm their study wuld change nthing. ‘The study nly shws there is much t d t prtect ur frests.’ he said.”可知，我们能从托马斯·克劳博士身上学到我们应该做更多的工作来保护森林，故选C。
四
Hrse racing is a ppular sprt and scial event in many cuntries, including Australia and the United States. Usually n a Saturday r Sunday, peple g t a big grassy field and watch jckeys(赛马骑师) ride hrses arund a track(跑道).
An annual event in England is different frm ther races, thanks t sme very special guests. The Ryal Asct(英国皇家赛马会) is held in June f each year. The British Ryal Family always attend this race.
Jckeys, hrse trainers and hrse wners can win lts f mney. In 2016, the ttal prize mney fr five days f racing at Ryal Asct was nearly 58 millin yuan. That means the races are very cmpetitive.
But while the races are imprtant, a lt f attentin is given t what peple are wearing. The dress cde(着装要求) is very strict. Ladies’ dresses must nt shw their stmachs r shulders, while men must wear gray r black suits and tp hats. Hwever, this desn’t stp peple getting very creative with their utfits and wearing strange and wnderful hats.
Nt every hrse race is as big and fancy as this ne, thugh. Mst big cities have hrse racing, but even peple frm small cuntry twns in Australia enjy ging t the races.
An Australian cuntry race day is much mre relaxed than the ne at Ryal Asct, but it is still amng the biggest scial events f the year. It is a fun place t meet friends, listen t live music, enjy sme fd and drink and watch sme races.
If yu ever visit a place with hrse racing, be sure t check it ut fr yurself.
1. Why is Ryal Asct different frm ther hrse racing?
A. Because it’s a ppular sprt and scial event.
B. Because it’s usually held n a weekend.
C. Because peple can watch it n a grassy field.
D. Because there are sme special guests wh cme t watch it.
2. Wh can win mney frm hrse racing?
a. Jckeys. b. Hrse trainers. c. Hrse wners. d. Organizers.
A. abcB. bcdC. acdD. abd
3. What des Paragraph 4 mainly talk abut?
A. The imprtance f hrse racing.B. What peple shuld wear at the Asct races.
C. Creative ways f dressing fr the races.D. The hats peple wear at races.
4. What des the writer think f a race day in Australia?
A. It’s bring.B. It’s expensive.C. It’s enjyable.D. It’s meaningless.
【答案】1. D 2. A 3. B 4. C
【解析】本文是一篇记叙文，主要介绍了英国皇家赛马会比赛的时间、奖金、着装要求，以及澳大利亚乡村赛马比赛的情况。
1.细节理解题。根据第二段“An annual event in England is different frm ther races, thanks t sme very special guests.”可知，英格兰的年度赛事与其他比赛不同，这要归功于一些非常特别的客人。所以英国皇家赛马会不同于其他赛马比赛是因为有一些特别的客人来观看。故选D。
2.细节理解题。根据第三段“Jckeys, hrse trainers and hrse wners can win lts f mney.”可知，骑师、驯马师和马主人可以赢得很多钱。故选A。
3.主旨大意题。根据第四段“a lt f attentin is given t what peple are wearing. The dress cde is very strict. Ladies’ dresses must nt... while men must wear... ”可知，本段主要讲着装要求，即人们在赛马会上应该穿什么。故选B。
4.推理判断题。根据第六段“An Australian cuntry race day is much mre relaxed than the ne at Ryal Asct, but it is still amng the biggest scial events f the year. It is a fun place t meet friends, listen t live music, enjy sme fd and drink and watch sme races.”可知，澳大利亚乡村比赛日更轻松，是今年最大的社交活动之一，这是一个有趣的地方，可以结识朋友，听现场音乐，享受一些食物和饮料，观看一些比赛。由此可推断澳大利亚比赛日更令人愉快。故选C。
五
After a relaxing weekend, children have t g back t schl n Mndays. Fr parents, they shuld d smething helpful t let their children get t schl n time.
Let children take a gd shwer. It’s gd fr children t take a shwer befre they g t bed. It can nt nly help them sleep well but als save time next mrning.
Ask children t g t bed early. Schl generally starts at 8: 00 a. m. S please let yur children g t bed befre 9: 30 p. m. Yur children shuld sleep fr abut nine hurs every day. This is quite imprtant as they have t get up early next day.
Make a gd breakfast fr children. Breakfast can help children study better in the day. It can help students listen t teachers carefully and think well in class. Als, it’s gd fr their health.
Getting t schl n time is very imprtant fr yur children. S please try yur best t help them. If yu can d the things abve, they will study and live happily.
1. What shuld children d befre they g t bed?
A. Take a walk.B. D sme reading.C. Watch TV.D. Take a shwer.
2. Hw many hurs d children need t sleep every day accrding t the passage?
A. Seven.B. Eight.C. Nine.D. Ten.
3. Wh des the writer want t write the passage fr?
A. Children.B. Parents.C. Mthers.D. Teachers.
4. What’s the main (主要的) idea f the passage?
A. Parents need t ask children t g t bed early.
B. Children have t take a shwer befre sleeping.
C. Children must have a gd breakfast befre ging t schl.
D. Parents shuld d smething t help children get t schl n time.
5. The structure (结构) f the passage is ________.
A. B. C. D.
【答案】1. D 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. A
【解析】本文主要介绍了几种父母帮助孩子周一准时到校的方法。
1.细节理解题。根据“It’s gd fr children t take a shwer befre they g t bed”可知，孩子睡觉前洗个澡对他们有好处。故选D。
2.细节理解题。根据“Yur children shuld sleep fr abut nine hurs every day.”可知，孩子每天应该睡大约九个小时。故选C。
3.细节理解题。根据“Fr parents, they shuld d smething helpful t let their children get t schl n time.”可知这些建议是写给父母看的。故选B。
4.主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了几种父母帮助孩子周一准时到校的方法。故选D。
5.篇章结构题。第一段引出话题；第二段到第四段是几种父母帮助孩子周一准时到校的方法；最后一段是总结。故选A。
六
Pandas have black and white fur. They live nly in China, s they are called the natinal treasure f China and prtected by the law (法律). Pandas are lucky animals. We Chinese like them. and peple f the wrld like them, t. We ften see China’s pandas in many ther cuntries, such as Japan and the USA. Because a panda isn’t a cmmn animal. It is a bridge f friendship between cuntries.
When a baby panda is brn, it usually weighs abut 120 grams (克) and lks like a white muse. It drinks the mther panda’s milk fr as lng as 14 hurs a day. When it is six mnths ld, it starts t eat bamb shts (嫩芽) and leaves. Eight mnths later, it grws int a healthy yung panda and weighed abut 35 kils. When it is twenty mnths ld, it has t lk after itself because the mther panda has anther baby.
Hwever, it is very difficult fr pandas t live in the wild (野外) alne. Here are sme f the prblems that pandas may have in the future.
If hunters catch a panda, they will kill it fr its fur. If farmers cut dwn eight trees and frests. pandas will have n place t live in.
When mthers leave baby pandas alne, peple will ften take them away. Peple think that the baby pandas need help.
Nw sme pandas in the wild are still in danger, we shuld try ur best t prtect them. If we d smething, sn there will be mre pandas in the wrld!
1. The underlined wrd “prtected” in Paragraph 1 means ________.
A. 练习B. 管理C. 保护D. 限制
2. When des a baby panda start t eat bamb?
A. When it is brn.B. When it is six mnths ld.
C. When it is eight mnths ld.D. When it is twelve mnths ld.
3. What shuld the baby panda d when the mther panda has anther baby?
A. It shuld lk after itself.
B. It shuld drink milk by itself.
C. It shuld live in the z.
D. It shuld be prtected by peple.
4. Why d hunters catch pandas?
A. Because they kill pandas fr their meat.
B. Because they want t help pandas.
C. Because the pandas are expensive.
D. Because they kill pandas fr their fur.
5. Which f the fllwing is TRUE accrding t the passage?
A. Pandas are safe (安全的) because they are prtected by the law.
B. Peple take away the baby pandas t sell them fr mney.
C. Freign (外国的) cuntries like Japan and the USA buy pandas frm China.
D. The baby panda drinks milk fr furteen hurs every day.
【答案】1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. D
【解析】本文主要介绍了中国的熊猫。
1.词义猜测题。根据第一段“They live nly in China, s they are called the natinal treasure f China”及“Pandas are lucky animals.”可知，它们受到了法律的保护。故推测“prtected”应该是“保护”的意思。故选C。
2.细节理解题。根据第二段“When it is six mnths ld, it starts t cat bamb shts (嫩芽) and leaves.”可知，熊猫宝宝六个月大时开始吃竹子。故选B。
3.细节理解题。根据第二段“When it is twenty mnths ld, it has t lk after itself because the mther panda has anther baby.”可知，当熊猫妈妈又生了一个孩子时，熊猫宝宝应该照顾自己。故选A。
4.细节理解题。根据第四段“If hunters catch a panda, they will kill it fr its fur.”可知，猎人捕捉熊猫是为了它的毛皮。故选D。
5.细节理解题。根据第二段“When a baby panda is brn, it usually weighs abut 120 grams (克) and lks like a white muse. It drinks the mther panda’s milk fr as lng as 14 hurs a day.”可知，熊猫宝宝每天喝14个小时的牛奶。故选D。
提高题
一
29-year-ld Francesca Till cmes frm the US. In August, she went t Nrth Beach with her husband.
When they were playing sccer, Till's ring fell ff(脱落)her finger. The ring is very imprtant t her because it was frm her great- grandmther. She and her husband spent hurs lking fr it, but they culdn't find the ring.
When they gt hme. Till shared the thing n Facebk and asked fr help frm anyne wh might g t the beach with a metal detectr（金属探测仪).A 60-vear-ld man named Le Asi saw her pst(帖子) and he went t lk fr it with his metal detectr. In the first tw days, he was nt s lucky. But still, he said, "I want t g back and give it ne last try.” Luckily, he fund the ring the next day.
Asi sent a picture t Till, writing in a message, "Please tell me this is the ring s I can finally leave this beach.” Till was sure that it was her ring, s Asi returned it t Till. Till was happy that her ring was back n her finger.
1.What was Till ding when her ring fell ff her finger?
A. She was kicking a ball with he husband.B. She was visiting her great-grandma.
C. She was swimming in the cean.D. She was lking fr a metal detectr.
2.What can we knw abut Till's ring?
A. She made it by hand.B. Her husband bught it fr her.
C. It’s a special gift frm a friendD. She gt the ring frm her great-grandma.
3.Hw lng did Asi spend t find the ring？
A. ne B. tw C. three D. fur
4.Which f the fllwing is the right rder?
① Asi returned the ring t Till. ②Till asked fr help n Facebk.
③Asi sent a picture f the ring t Till. ④ Till and her husband lked fr the ring.
A.①②③④ B.②①③④ C.④②③① D.③④②①
5.Which f the fllwing wrds can best describe Le Asi?
A. Kind. B. lvely C. friendly D. hard-wrking
答案详析
Francesca Till 和丈夫在沙滩玩足球时，戒指不慎从手指滑落。Till 在Facebk 上发起求助，希望有人帮助她。一名60岁的男子在看到帖子后，用金属探测仪找到了这枚戒指，并将其归还给她。
1. A 细节理解题。根据第二段第一句“When they were playing sccer, Till's ring fell ff her finger.”可知,Till 和她的丈夫在沙滩上踢足球时，戒指不慎滑落。
2. D 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句“The ring is very imprtant t her because it was frm her great-grandmther.”可知，Till的戒指是曾祖母给自己的礼物。
3.C细节理解题。根据第三段中的“In the first tw days, he was nt s lucky.”以及“he fund the ring the next day”可知，Asi在第三天找到了戒指。
4.C 细节理解题。通读全文可知，戒指丢失后，Till先和丈夫一起寻找戒指，然后Till Facebk上发起求助，Asi给 Till 发了戒指的照片，最后 Asi把戒指还给了Till，故C项④②③①为故事正确发展顺序。
5.A 推理判断题。通读全文可知，Asi 帮Till找到了戒指并将戒指归还给Till，由此可推知，Asi是个善良的人。
二
The water level f Pyang Lake ( China's largest fresh-water lake)was ging dwn because the temperature was high and there was little rain this summer. The lake entered the dry seasn earlier than befre. The fishermen culd n lnger make a living, and peple living nearby faced water shrtages(短缺).
Yu are wrng if yu think this will nt happen again. Tw-thirds f China's cities nw face water shrtages. And abut 300 millin peple living in the cuntryside drink unhealthy water. What's wrse. abut half f the wrld's ppulatin culd be shrt f water by 2030.
Think abut ur future life and ur children. We shuld try t make the wrld a better place. T deal with the prblem, peple shuld use water in a sustainable way. Farmers shuld learn t use gd irrigatin technlgies(灌溉技术).And als, gvernments shuld imprve water quality and better purify plluted water(净化污水).
Hw can we help? It's easy :d nt waste(浪费) even a drp f water! Fr example, clse the tap(水龙头)while yu are brushing yur teeth and dn't pur ut(倒掉) water right nw. If we can fllw this, we will have a better future.
1.Hw des the writer lead in the tpic（主题；话题）？
A. By listing numbers. B. By giving a definitin（定义）
C. By asking a questin. D. By giving an example.
2.What des Paragraph 2 mainly tell us?
A. Water shrtages will nt happen again.
B. Tw-thirds f China's cities have enugh water.
C. Water shrtages arund the wrld are terrible.
D. Abut half f the ppulatin f China drinks unhealthy water.
3.The underlined wrd “ sustainable” in Paragraph 3 means “____ ”。
A.可持续的 B.一劳永逸的 C.繁琐的 D. 便捷的
4.What can peple d t help deal with water shrtages?
A. Drink mre healthy water.
B. Pur ut the used water in time.
C. Use gd irrigatin technlgies.
D. Open the tap while brushing teeth.
5.The writer wrte this passage t
A. ask peple t save water
B. talk abut the damage （危害）air pllutin
C. tell us why water shrtages happen
D. shw the imprtance f prtecting Lake
答案详析
本文以鄱阳湖为例，介绍了目前中国三分之二的城市都面临水资源短缺的问题，全球形势看起来更为严峻。为了解决这个问题，我们所有人都应该尽我们最大的努力节约用水。
1.D推理判断题。结合全文可知，本文主要介绍了全球面临水资源短缺的问题以及人类应该作出努力来解决这个问题。开头以鄱阳湖为例，是为了引出下文对水资源短缺的介绍，故作者导入话题的方式为举例子。
2.C段落大意题。通读第二段可知，本段主要介绍了目前中国三分之二的城市面临缺水问题。大约有3亿生活在农村的人饮用不健康的水。到2030年，世界上大约一半的人口可能会缺水。由此可知，当前世界各地水资源缺乏的情况非常严重。
3.A词义猜测题。结合画线词所在句的后两句可知，农民们应该学习使用先进的灌溉技术；政府应该改善水质并更好地净化污水。因此可推知此处指为了解决水资源短缺问题，人们应该使用可持续的方式来使用水资源。sustainable意为“可持续的”，符合语境。
4.C细节理解题根据第三段第四句“Farmers shuld learn t use gd irrigatin technlgies.”可知，学习先进的灌溉技术是帮助解决水资源短缺的措施。故C项说法正确。
5.A推理判断题。结合全文可知，本文以鄱阳湖为例，介绍了目前水资源短缺的问题及解决问题的方法。故作者写这篇文章的目的是呼吁人们节约用水。
三
Ruby Labuschewsky is a 10-year-ld girl frm Michigan, US. She wears size 10.5 shes as a furth-grader and sets a Kids Wrld Recrd fr the biggest feet in her age grup.
Ruby was nce ridiculed(嘲笑) fr her large feet at schl. But she is prud f her physical characteristic(身体特征），which als makes her taller than her classmates. “All f my classmates' feet are small, "she said. “My feet are much bigger than theirs. S they think I am strange.”
“When I knew that I set the Kids Wrld Recrd, I was s thrilled, "said Ruby. “I culdn't help but jump up and dwn.”
She ften encurages(鼓励) thers t accept(接受)wh they are and celebrate themselves. " Accept yurself, "Ruby said, “because yu can't change yurself.”
1.What grade is Ruby in when she sets a Kids Wrld Recrd?
A. In Grade One. B. In Grade Five.
C. In Grade Fur. D. In Grade Ten.
2.Which f the fllwing is mentined in Paragraph 2?
A. Hw tall Ruby is.B. Why Ruby's feet are s large.
C. Hw Ruby gets n with her classmates.D. Why Ruby's classmates think her strange.
3.What des the underlined wrd “thrilled” prbably mean?
A. 尴尬的 B.兴奋的 . C. 无聊的 D.危险的
4.Where sentence can be put in the blank?
A. Ruby has n interest in Wrld Recrd
B. Ruby is very happy t earn the Recrd
C. Ruby is a clever girl
D. Ruby has a beautiful message fr peple.
5.What can we learn frm Ruby's stry?
A. It's OK t be different.
B. It's never t ld t learn.
C. One tree can't make a frest.
D. A gd beginning is half dne.
答案详析
1.C 细节理解题。根据第一段第二句“She wears size 10.5 shes as a furth- her age grup.”可知，当Ruby创下儿童世界纪录时，她在上四年级。
2.D推理判断题。通读第二段可知，Ruby曾经因为自己的大脚在学校里被嘲笑。但是她为自己的身体特征感到骄傲。她说她同学的脚都很小，她的脚比他们的大得多，所以他们认为她很奇怪。由此可知，本段提到了为什么Ruby的同学认为她奇怪。
3.B 词义猜测题。根据画线词前的“When I knew that I set the Kids Wrld Recrd”可知，Ruby 创下了儿童世界纪录;结合画线词所在句后的“I culdn’t help but jump up and dwn.”可知，她忍不住上蹿下跳。由此可推测，Ruby 很兴奋。故选B项。
4.D 句子还原题。根据最后一段可知，Ruby鼓励其他人接受自己，赞美自己。由此可知，这是Ruby在给人们传递积极向上的信息，故D中的句子“Ruby给人们传递了一个美好的信息备选。
5.A 推理判断题。通读全文可知，Ruby因为脚大而受到同学们的嘲笑，但是她为自己的身体特征感到骄傲。同时她鼓励其他人接受自己,赞美自己。由此可推知，从Ruby的故事中我们能学到：与众不同是没关系的。
四
Ice pps shaped(形状） like lcal landmarks（地标）Or histrical treasures（瑰宝） are getting ppular n Chinese scial media. Turist sites(景点) make them because they want t make visitrs learn mre abut their histry and culture.
Chinese turist sites are trying their best t attract visitrs. The idea f cultural prducts like ice pps is sure t be a great way. In the Sanxingdui Museum in Sichuan prvince, ice pps in the shape f“ Brnze mask" catch the eye f visitrs. They cme in tw flavrs(味道）：matcha and chclate. The Temple f Heaven in Beijing als made ice pps shaped like the ancient building last year, and lts f turists had fun taking pictures f the site tgether with the ice pps.
"A number f yung peple are interested in cultural prducts like the ice pps," Zhu Yunqing, a prfessr at Wuhan University tld Xinhua. “It is als a sign f China's grwing cultural cnfidence(自信).”We believe there will be a bm in Chinese cultural turism. As we can see, mre and mre peple are talking abut these special prducts and hping t visit these sites ne day.
1.Why d many turist sites make special ice pps?
A. T earn mney.
B. T invite visitrs.
C. T becme a hit n Chinese scial media.
D. T help visitrs knw mre abut the lcal histry and culture.
2.Hw many different shapes f ice pps des the passage mentin?
A. One. B. Tw. C. Three. D. Fur.
3.Which flavr f ice pps can yu find in the Sanxingdui Museum?
A. Lemn B. Strawberry. C. Chclate. D. Pear
4.What can yu learn frm the passage?
A. Ice pps shaped like lcal landmarks are the nly cultural prducts.
B. Ice pps that lk like the Temple f Heaven were ppular last year.
C. Visitrs like these special prducts because they like t take pictures.
D. Visitrs are glad t buy ice pps mainly because they are delicius.
5.What's the best title f this passage?
A. Interesting ice pps B. Great lcal landmarks
C. Special turist sites D. Cl cultural treasures
答案详析
形状像当地地标或历史瑰宝的冰棒越来越受欢迎，旅游景点希望通过制作文创冰棒让游客更多地了解当地历史和文化。
1.D细节理解题。根据第一段第二句“Turist sites make them because they want t make visitrs learn mre abut their histry and culture.”可知，旅游景点制作特别的冰棒是为了帮助游客更多地了解当地历史和文化。
2..B 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“ice pps in the shape f ‘Brnze mask'”和“The Temple f Heaven in Beijing als made ice pps shaped like the ancient building”可知，文中提到了青铜面具和天坛这两种形状的冰棒。
3.C 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“In the Sanxingdui cme in tw flavrs: matcha and chclate.”可知，三星堆博物馆的冰棒有两种口味：抹茶味和巧克力味。
4.B推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句“The Temple f Heaven in f turists had fun taking pictures f the site tgether with the ice pps.”可推知，去年天坛形状的冰棒很受欢迎。
5.A主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文围绕文创冰棒进行展开，并介绍了几种很受欢迎的冰棒。故A项“有趣的冰棒”最适合作文章标题。
五
B is a rster(公鸡). B He lves ging n rad trips, playing the pian, watching TV, and walking ut with ther huse pets: chickens and cats. ★ But mst f all, he lves t play with his human mm, Mary Bwman.
Befre he came t the Bwman family, B's life wasn't always this beautiful. He spent the first six mnths f his life n a farm with many ther chickens. There he was mre like a prduct. Mary adpted(收养)B after learning abut him frm a friend. She was very sad knwing his pr life. She then decided t help him leave the farm and finally live safely.
B, just like a dg, welcmes the family when they cme hme. He likes t spend time with his dad reading the cmics. He spends time with his grandma t. B even likes t lk at pictures in the bks because that's fun t!
1.Which can be the best fr“ ★ ”?
A. He likes playing the pian best.
B. He enjys many things in his life.
C. He is ppular with the Bwman family.
D. He lives a happier life than ther huse pets.
2.Mary learned abut B frm_____.
A. a farmer B. her dad C. a friend D. her grandma
3.What can we infer(推断) frm the passage?
A. B likes taking pictures very much.
B. B will g back t the farm six mnths later.
C. The Bwman family lives a busy life.
D. The Bwman family may be very kind t B.
4.What is the best title f the passage?
A. A terrible farm B. A happy family
C. A mm's lve D. A rster's new life
答案详析
1.B 句子还原题。根据第一段第二句可知，B喜欢公路旅行、弹钢琴、看电视以及和其他家养宠物一起出去散步。再根据第一段最后一句可知，但最重要的是.B喜欢和它的人类母亲——Mary Bwman一起玩耍。故B项“它喜欢生活中的许多事情”可承上启下，符合语境。
2.C 细节理解题。根据第二段中的“Mary adpted B after learning abut him frm a friend.”可知，Mary从一个朋友那里得知B的情况后收养了它。
3.D 推理判断题。通读第三段可知，B喜欢和它的人类父亲和人类奶奶共度时光。由此可推知，这家人可能对B很好。
4.D 主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了公鸡B 在新家的幸福生活.故D项“一只公鸡的新生活”最适合作本文标题。
六
In January this year, Lgs Hpe, the wrld's largest flating（(浮动的)library stayed in Prt Said fr 20 days. This was the secnd time it came t Egypt(埃及）.It left fr Jrdan n January 23,2023.
Lgs Hpe sells ver 5.000 different kinds f bks frm arund the wrld. Visitrs can nt nly read and buy the bks. but als watch a shw and taste delicius fd n the ship.
The flating library has abut 400 wrkers frm different cuntries, such as Germany, Switzerland and Australia. And it's pen t
visitrs every day frm 10 am t 10 pm except(除了）Sunday. On Fridays, it pens at 3 pm, and clses at 6 pm.
Visitrs lder than 13 need t buy a ticket, but thse under 13 can get n the ship fr free(免费地).Lgs Hpe welcmes millins f visitrs every year.
1.Where did Lgs Hpe g after leaving Prt Said?
A. Egypt. B. Jrdan. C. Germany. D. Australia.
2.What can visitrs d n Lgs Hpe?
① Read bks. ②Watch a shw. ③ Hear a cncert. ④ Eat delicius fd.
A.①②③ B.①③④ C.①②④ D.②③④
3.If Jack wants t g t the flating library, he can g there______.
A. at 9 am n Mnday B. at 10 am n Sunday
C. at 5 pm n Friday D. at 11 pm n Saturday
4.Accrding t the last paragraph, which wrd can best describe the flating library?
A. Ppular. B. Bring. C. Expensive. D. Beautiful.
5.Where can we find the passage?
A. In a science bk. B. In a travel magazine.
C. In a sprts reprt. D. In a picture bk.
答案详析
1.B 细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句“It left fr Jrdan n January 23，2023.”可知，“望道号”在离开埃及的塞得港后，去了约旦。
2.C 细节理解题。根据第二段第二句“Visitrs can nt nly read and buy the bks, but als watch a shw and taste delicius fd n the ship.”可知，游客们可以在“望道号”上读书、买书、看演出和品尝美食。故①②④正确。
3. C 推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中的“And it's pen t visitrs every day frm 10 am t 10 pm except Sunday. On Fridays, it pens at 3 pm, and clses at 6 pm.”可知，除了周日，浮动图书馆每天的营业时间为上午10点到晚上10点。周五则是下午3点到6点。由此可推知，Jack 可以在周五下午5点去那里。
4.A 推理判断题。根据最后一段中的“Lgs Hpe welcmes millins f visitrs every year.”可知，浮动图书馆每年会接待数百万游客。由此可推知，浮动图书馆非常受欢迎。
5.B推理判断题。通读全文可知，本文介绍了“望道号”在埃及停泊的事情,并详细介绍了其为游客提供的服务、员工的情况、营业时间以及门票等信息。由此可推知，我们可能在一本旅游杂志上看到这篇文章。
七
Seeing is believing, but if ur eyes dn’t wrk, hw can we see t believe？
Tday mre and mre kids wear glasses befre ging t middle schl. Because they spend t much time watching TV r playing cmputer games withut a rest. But we must d smething t prtect(保护) ur eyes because they are imprtant fr us t see the wrld.
Lve yur eyes. Every day, when we pen ur eyes, we can see the lvely friends and parents, beautiful flwers and green trees. Withut them, there is nly darkness. It is like a huse withut any light. Hw imprtant ur eyes are!
Remember t rest yur eyes. When yu use the cmputer fr an hur r tw, it is time t stp t have a 30-minute rest. At schl, yu need t d eye exercises. Clsing yur eyes fr resting is helpful, as well as lking at green trees r grass. In these ways, yu will feel mre cmfrtable.
Have gd habits. When ging hmewrk and reading, it is imprtant t keep a distance (距离) f 30 cm between yur eyes and bks. We shuld never rub (摩擦) ur eyes with dirty fingers. Befre and after swimming, use eye drps. Eat smething healthy fr eyes, such as carrts, fish and eggs.
1. Why must we prtect ur eyes?
A. Because seeing the wrld is imprtant.
B. Because wearing glasses isn’t easy.
C. Because eyes are imprtant fr us.
D. Because we use thee t play cmputer.
2. We can prbably read this passage in a(n) _________.
A. health magazineB. sprts news C. e-mail D. strybk
3. What is the best title f this text?
A. Seeing Is BelievingB. Resting Our EyesC. Having Gd HabitsD. Prtecting Our Eyes
【答案】1. C 2. A 3. D
【解析】本文主要讲述了如何保护眼睛的方法。
1.细节理解题。根据“But we must d smething t prtect(保护) ur eyes because they are imprtant fr us t see the wrld.”可知我们必须保护我们的眼睛，因为眼睛对我们很重要。故选C。
2.推理判断题。通读全文可知，本文介绍了保护眼睛的方法，属于健康类话题。故选A。
3.最佳标题题。根据“But we must d smething t prtect(保护) ur eyes because they are imprtant fr us t see the wrld.”以及全文可知本文主要讲述了如何保护眼睛的方法，所以D选项“保护我们的眼睛”符合本文标题。故选D。
八
D yu have a garden? D yu help yur parents r grandparents in the garden? S why nt grw yur wn vegetables? We shuld all eat lts f vegetables t be healthy and grwing vegetables is a lt f fun.
Yu shuld always plant vegetables in a sunny place and in gd sil. Yu shuldn’t plant vegetables utside when the weather is cld because they wn’t grw.
What is yur favrite vegetable? What vegetables des yur family like t eat? Chse the vegetables yu want t grw. Tmates, nins, and cabbages are all easy t grw. Fr tmates, yu can plant seeds r small plants. Fr nins, yu can plant bulbs. Plant lts f different nes, and then yu can see which yu and yur family like best! Sme f them will grw better than thers in yur garden. Yu shuld draw a picture f yur vegetable garden s yu can remember where yu planted yur different vegetables. Then yu will knw what they are when they start t grw.
Yu shuld rake (翻土) and water the sil and dig (挖) sme small hles (洞). Then plant yur seeds r vegetable plants in the hles. Yu shuld water yur vegetable plants every day. The best time t water them is in the mrning. Ask a friend r smene in yur family t water them when yu can’t d it.
Yu dn’t need a big garden t grw vegetables. Yu culd grw them in big bxes. And when yur vegetables are ready, yu can pick them, wash them, ck them and eat them! Als, yu dn’t need t spend a lt f time. S, why nt start yur vegetable garden tday?
1. Hw des the writer lead t the tpic (导入话题) in Paragraph 1?
A. By telling sme stries.B. By giving different ideas.
C. By asking sme questins.D. By using different numbers.
2. Which f the fllwing is the writer’s idea?
A. Tmates and nins are difficult t grw.
B. It’s best t water vegetables in the mrning.
C. Yu shuld plant vegetables when it is cld.
D. Yu must have a big garden t grw vegetables.
3. What des the writer think f grwing vegetables accrding t the passage?
A. It’s interesting but expensive.B. It’s easy but takes yu much time.
C. It’s great fun and yu must try.D. It’s bring but yu can learn a lt.
4. Which is the best title fr the passage?
A. Terrible Farm WrkB. Gd Eating Habits
C. Favrite VegetablesD. A Vegetable Garden
【答案】1. C 2. B 3. C 4. D
【解析】本文是一篇说明文。本文介绍了种植蔬菜是很有趣的事情，作者建议可以人们可以自己种植蔬菜，文章提供了一些种植蔬菜的一些注意事项。
1.细节理解题。根据“D yu have a garden? D yu help yur parents r grandparents in the garden? S why nt grw yur wn vegetables? We shuld all eat lts f vegetables t be healthy and grwing vegetables is a lt f fun.” 可知，作者开篇发问：你有菜园吗？你帮你的父母或祖父母打理菜园吗？所以为什么不自己种蔬菜呢？所以第一段作者是通过问问题导入话题的。故选C。
2.细节理解题。根据第四段“Yu shuld water yur vegetable plants every day. The best time t water them is in the mrning.”可知，你应该每天给你的蔬菜浇水。早上是给它们浇水的最佳时间。作者的想法是最好在早上给蔬菜浇水。故选B。
3.推理判断题。根据“We shuld all eat lts f vegetables t be healthy and grwing vegetables is a lt f fun.”可知，我们都应该吃大量的蔬菜来保持健康，种植蔬菜是很有趣的。根据“S, why nt start yur vegetable garden tday?”可知，为什么今天不开始你的菜园呢？作者认为种植蔬菜很有趣，一定要试试。故选C。
4.最佳标题题。根据“S, why nt start yur vegetable garden tday?”及全文可知，本文主要介绍了种植蔬菜的好处及注意事项等，目的是为了让人们开始自己种植蔬菜，故这篇文章的最佳标题是：菜园。故选D。
衔接点14 任务型阅读理解（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学任务型阅读理解考点聚焦】
一
Last Saturday was the first day f March. The weather was windy and cludy. I was busy. I did my hmewrk in the mrning. At nn, I went s_____ with my mther in the supermarket. We bught sme bread, cake, milk and Cke. My mther bught a ftball there, t. In the afternn, I t_____ a bus t visit my grandpa. He had a c_____. He tk sme medicine and stayed in bed. I did husewrk fr him. I cleaned his rm. I watered the flwers, washed his clthes and cked dinner. My grandpa said t me, “Xiaming, yu are a great by.” I was tired b_____ happy.
1.根据首字母提示写单词，补全短文。(在下面答题线上写出完整单词)
(1) _____ (2) _____ (3) _____ (4) _____
2.选择正确的选项。
(1) What did my mther buy? ( )
A． B． C．
(2) When did I d my hmewrk? ( )
A．In the mrning n March 1st. B．On Saturday afternn. C． Last Sunday n March 2nd.
3.按照在文中出现的先后顺序，用数字给句子排序。
( ) I bught sme fd and drinks.
( ) I did husewrk.
( ) I visited my grandpa.
( ) I did my hmewrk.
1.shpping tk cld but 2.． B A 3． 2 4 3 1
【解析】短文大意：文章主要讲述三月一日是星期六，我早晨做了作业，中午和妈妈去购物，之后去看望爷爷，这一天看似很累但是很开心。
1.（1）句意：我和妈妈去超市____。由短文We bught sme bread, cake, milk and Cke.可知我们买了面包，蛋糕，牛奶和可乐可知我们应是去购物，其动词短语为g shpping，故答案为shpping。
（2）句意：我_____公交车去看望我的爷爷。根据句意应是乘公交车去看望我的爷爷。整个文章为一般过去时，根据首字母提示应填动词take的过去式形式tk，故答案为tk。
（3）句意：他____。由短文He tk sme medicine and stayed in bed.可知应是他感冒了。根据首字母提示该空应填cld，故答案为cld。
（4）句意：我很累___开心。根据句中累的和开心的可知应为转折关系，根据首字母提示应填but，故答案为but。
故答案为shpping；tk；cld；but。
2.（1）句意：妈妈买什么了？由短文We bught sme bread, cake, milk and Cke. My mther bught a ftball there, t.可知妈妈买了足球。结合选项B符合题意，故选B。
（2）句意：我什么时候做的作业？由短文I did my hmewrk in the mrning.可知是早上做的作业。选项A三月一日早上。选项B周六下午。选项C三月二日上周日。故选A。
3.所给句子意思为：
我买了一些食物和饮料。
我做家务。
我看望我的爷爷。
我做作业。
由短文可知我先做作业，然后去购物，接着去看望爷爷，最后给爷爷做家务，故答案为①2②4③3④1。
二
1．根据以上信息判断下列句子正(T)误(F)。
(1). It's abut thirty­-five minutes t g t the science museum by N. 62 Bus. ( )
(2). Li Yan needs t walk fr five hundred metres t get t the Tianqia West Statin. ( )
(3). If Li Yan takes N. 66 Bus, she shuld get ff the bus n the fifth statin. ( )
(4.) Li Yan needs t wait fr tw minutes if she takes the Line 8 Railway. ( )
2．如果你是Li Yan. 你会选择哪种路线去自然博物馆呢？说说你的理由。
I will take ___________________ t get t the science museum. Because ___________________.
1.T F F T
2.N. 62 Bus / N. 66 Bus / the Line 8 Railway
it's cheap / I just need t walk fr 500 metres / it nly takes 30 minutes
【解析】短文大意：主要介绍了3条自然博物馆的路线。
1．（1）句意：乘坐62路公交车去自然博物馆大约花费35分钟。由表格可知乘坐62路公交车去自然博物馆需要花费35分钟，故答案为T。
（2）句意： 李艳需要步行500米到达天桥西站。由表格李艳从天桥西站上车，故答案为F。
（3）句意：如果李艳乘坐66路公交车，她应该在第五站下车。由表格8 statins·3 yuan可知她应该坐八站，故答案为F。
（4）句意：如果李艳乘8号线铁路，需要等两分钟。由表格Wait fr 1 statin, 2 minutes可知李艳乘8号线铁路，需要等两分钟，故答案为T。
2．如果我是李艳，我会选择N. 62 Bus / N. 66 Bus / the Line 8 Railway因为N. 62 Bus便宜，N. 66 Bus只需走500米，the Line 8 Railway只需花费30分钟，故答案为N. 62 Bus / N. 66 Bus / the Line 8 Railway②it's cheap / I just need t walk fr 500 metres / it nly takes 30 minutes。
【初中任务型阅读理解考点聚焦】
考点清单
1.基本步骤
⑴先看问题,再读文章:把握主题,确定方向,选取有用的材料,舍弃无关的信息,高效省时。
⑵细读全文,认真推敲:细心阅读与试题有关的词汇、句子或段落,要特别留心一些信息词。
⑶复读全文,验证答案:在确定答案后,应将答案代入问题中,检查是否符合设问要求。若不符合,则要重新考虑答案。
2.注意事项
⑴答题有据,避免主观臆断。
⑵符合原文的答案=正确答案≠最佳答案。
⑶解题有法,但无定法,贵在得法。要答好此类题,必须多读、巧读和善于思考。要不断扩大词汇量,拓宽阅读面,提高阅读速度,同时也要探索和总结适合自己的方法,实践出真知,多练出效果。
3.方法指导
⑴顺序原则,注意使用。
在确定前一道题的答案以后,在文中标注出来。做下一题的时候,继续往下找,能有效控制答题时间,并提高正确率。
⑵圈画关键词(Key Wrds)。
1)大写、数字、引号优先原则
2)6W1H疑问词必须圈画(which, wh, what, when, where, why, hw)
例如:
①Which subject des Mary like best?
②Wh invented the machine?
③What did Jake d t prtect himself frm the cld temperatures?
④What d yu think f Jake? Give at least ne reasn.
⑤When did his parents realize that Jake was missing?
⑥Where did Jhn g fr vacatin?
⑦Why did they start this prgram?
⑧Hw did Jake get dwn the muntain the next mrning?
⑨Hw lng did it take Jake t return t safety after he lst his ski?
⑶注意时态一致,代词指代一致。
例如:
①Jake lst ne f his skis after he fell ver when skiing, didn't he?(回答用一般过去时,代词用he)
②When did his parents realize that Jake was missing?(回答用一般过去时,代词用they)
③What d yu think f the Chinese Farmers' Harvest Festival in China?(回答用一般现在时,代词用it)
基础题
一
请阅读下面短文，根据所提供的信息，回答5个问题，要求所写答案语法正确，语义完整切题，并把答案写在答题卡对应题目的答题位置上。
1. When is Jack’s birthday?
________________________________________
2. What clr is Jack’s new bike?
________________________________________
3. Wh gives Jack a science bk?
________________________________________
4. Why des Jack buy sme flwers fr his mm?
________________________________________
5. Hw many peple are there in Jack’s family?
________________________________________
【答案】1. It’s n June 4th. 2. It’s blue. 3. His/Jack’s parents. 4. Because she/his mther likes flwers.
5. There are five.
【导语】本文是Jack介绍自己的生日是如何度过的。
1.根据“I’m Jack. Tday is June 4th. It is my birthday.”可知，杰克的生日是6月4日。故填It’s n June 4th.
2.根据“It’s a blue bike. They hpe I can ride the bike t schl. I like it very much.”可知，Jack的新自行车是蓝色的。故填It’s blue.
3.根据“Because I like science, my parents give me a science bk ...”可知，他的/杰克的父母给了杰克一本科学书。故填His/Jack’s parents.
4.根据“I buy sme beautiful flwers fr my mm because she lves flwers very much.”可知，他给妈妈买了一些漂亮的花，因为她/他妈妈非常喜欢花。故填Because she/his mther likes flwers.
5.根据“grandparents”和“parents”可知，Jack家有五口人。故填There are five.
二
请阅读下面短文，根据所提供的信息，回答五个问题，要求所写答案语法正确、意义完整。
My name is Li Yue. I am a girl. I am at the age f thirteen. My birthday is n Octber 3rd. I am a student at N.1 Middle Schl. My schl life is very clrful because there are many kinds f activities fr us this term. On September 21st, we have a sccer game. Our Schl Day is n Octber 15th. Our parents can cme t ur schl and see hw we study. We have mre activities in Nvember, such as the bk sale n Nvember 12th, the English Day n 23rd. Besides these, we have an exciting Sprts Day n December 16th. Amng all the activities, I like the English Day and the Sprts Day best, because English is my favrite subject and I like playing sprts.
This is a busy and interesting term. I really lve my schl life.
1. Hw ld is Li Yue?
___________________________________________
2. Is Li Yue’s birthday n Octber 3rd?
___________________________________________
3. When is the bk sale?
___________________________________________
4. What is Li Yue’s favrite subject?
___________________________________________
5. What des Li Yue think f this term?
___________________________________________
【答案】1. Thirteen/13. 2. Yes, it is. 3. On Nvember 12th. 4. Her favrite subject is English./English.
5. Busy and interesting.
【导语】本文作者向我们介绍了这学期学校举办各种活动。
1.根据“I am at the age f thirteen.”可知，李悦十三岁了。故填Thirteen/13.
2.根据“My birthday is n Octber 3rd.”可知，李悦生日在10月3日。故填Yes, it is.
3.根据“the bk sale n Nvember 12th”可知，图书销售在11月12日。故填On Nvember12th.
4.根据“English is my favrite subject”可知，她最喜欢的学科是英语。故填Her favrite subject is English./English.
5.根据“This is a busy and interesting term.”可知，她认为这是一个忙碌而有趣的学期。故填Busy and interesting.
三
请阅读下面短文，根据所提供的信息，回答5个问题，要求所写答案语法正确，语义完整切题。
Dear Jasn,
Thank yu fr yur e-mail. Let me tell(告诉) yu smething abut my schl life.
I’m in a big middle schl in Guangdng, China. There are 1,500 students and 100 teachers in ur schl. All the teachers are like(像) ur parents. All the students are like brthers and sisters in the same family. I really like my schl. I g t schl five days a week. At schl, I have Chinese, math, English, histry, music and science n Mnday. Science is my favrite subject. I think it’s fun and useful. But my deskmate Li Wei thinks it’s bring. On Tuesday, we have a sccer game. The bys in ur class are in it. We girls nly watch them play sccer. On Wednesday, we have an English class. Mr. Wang is ur English teacher. He is very funny. We all like him and his classes. I dn’t like Friday, because we have math n that day and math is really difficult fr me.
Hw abut yur schl life? Please e-mail me.
Yurs,
Wu Mei
1. Hw many teachers are there in Wu Mei’s schl?
___________________________________________
2. Why des Wu Mei like science?
___________________________________________
3. When d they have a sccer game?
___________________________________________
4. Wh is Wu Mei’s English teacher?
___________________________________________
5. What des Wu Mei think f math?
___________________________________________
【答案】1. There are 100 teachers in Wu Mei’s/her schl./100 (teachers).
2. Because (Wu Mei/she thinks) it’s fun and useful.
3. They have a sccer game n Tuesday./On Tuesday.
4. Mr. Wang is Wu Mei’s / her English teacher./Wu Mei’s English teacher is Mr. Wang./Mr. Wang.
5. Math/It is really difficult fr her./Really difficult.
【导语】本文主要介绍吴梅的校园生活。
1.根据“There are 1,500 students and 100 teachers in ur schl.”可知，吴梅学校里有100名教职工。故填There are 100 teachers in Wu Mei’s/her schl./100 (teachers).
2.根据“Science is my favrite subject. I think it’s fun and useful.”可知，吴梅喜欢科学课，因为她认为科学课有趣实用。故填Because (Wu Mei/she thinks) it’s fun and useful.
3.根据“On Tuesday, we have a sccer game.”可知，他们周二有一场足球比赛。故填They have a sccer game n Tuesday./On Tuesday.
4.根据“Mr. Wang is ur English teacher.”可知，王先生是吴梅的英语老师。故填Mr. Wang is Wu Mei’s/her English teacher./Wu Mei’s English teacher is Mr. Wang./Mr. Wang.
5.根据“ is really difficult fr me.”可知，吴梅认为数学对她而言很难。故填Math/It is really difficult fr her./Really difficult.
四
请阅读下面一篇关于阳光中学师生上课的短文，根据所提供的信息，回答下面的5个问题。要求所写答案语法正确、语义完整。
Simn is a student in Sunshine Middle Schl. He lves his schl very much.
The students in Sunshine Middle Schl dn’t need t g t schl every weekday. Frm Mnday t Thursday, students stay at hme and they have classes n the cmputers in the mrning. The teachers give lessns n the cmputers. In the afternn, students d sprts. And hw d their P.E. teachers knw abut that? The watches n the students’ hands can tell everything! It’s great, isn’t it?
Every Friday, all students g t schl t take part in (参加) the schl activities. They may g ut t clean the park. Or they may g t the ld peple’s hme t help the ld peple. They als g t schl fr the music festival in May, Reading Day in September and Sprts Day in Nvember.
1. What’s the name f the schl?
_____________________________________
2. Hw d the teachers give lessns?
_____________________________________
3. What can tell the P.E. teachers if (是否) the students d sprts?
_____________________________________
4. When d the students take part in the schl activities?
_____________________________________
5. Which mnth is Reading Day in?
_____________________________________
【答案】1. It’s Sunshine Middle Schl.
2. They give lessns n the cmputers.
3. The watches n the students’ hands can tell them.
4. They take part in the schl activities every Friday.
5. It’s in September.
【导语】本文介绍了Simn的学校和学习日常。
1.根据“Simn is a student in Sunshine Middle Schl.”可知，学校的名字是“阳光中学”。故填It’s Sunshine Middle Schl.
2.根据“The teachers give lessns n the cmputers.”可知，老师们在电脑上上课。故填They give lessns n the cmputers.
3.根据“In the afternn, students d sprts. And hw d their P.E. teachers knw abut that? The watches n the students’ hands can tell everything!”可知，学生们手上的手表会告诉体育老师他们是否有做运动。故填The watches n the students’ hands can tell them.
4.根据“Every Friday, all students g t schl t take part in (参加) the schl activities.”可知，所有学生会在每周五回学校参加学校活动。故填They take part in the schl activities every Friday.
5.根据“Reading Day in September”可知，“读书日”在九月份。故填It’s in September.
五
请阅读下面短文。
1. What des Peter d well in?
__________________________________________
2. When is the Music Festival f this year？
__________________________________________
3. Wh lves the schl trip?
__________________________________________
4. Why des Bb lve Schl Day?
__________________________________________
5. Hw many students talk abut their favrite day r activity?
__________________________________________
【答案】1. Peter des well in running.
2. The Music Festival f this year is n May 4th.
3. Steve lves the schl trip.
4. Because he likes t talk with the parents.
5.Three students talk abut their favrite day r activity.
【导语】本文分别是四位师生谈论他们最喜欢的节日和活动。
1.根据第一栏“I lve this day s much because I am very gd at running.”（我非常喜欢这一天，因为我擅长跑步。）可知皮特擅长跑步。故填Peter des well in running.
2.根据第二栏“The Music Festival is my favrite.”及“The festival f this year is n May 4th.”可知音乐节在5月4日。故填The Music Festival f this year is n May 4th.
3.根据第三段材料“I am a fan f the schl trip.”（我是学校旅行的爱好者。）可知史蒂夫喜欢学校旅行。故填Steve lves the schl trip.
4.根据第四栏“I like Schl Day because I like t talk with the parents. On this day, parents can cme t schl, talk t their children’s teachers and knw hw their children are ding at schl.”（我喜欢学校日，因为我喜欢和家长交谈。在这一天，父母可以来学校，和孩子的老师交谈，了解他们的孩子在学校的情况。）可知鲍勃喜欢学校日是因为在这一天家长可以来学校，和孩子的老师交谈，了解孩子在学校的情况。故填Because he likes t talk with the parents.
5.文章有四段材料，分别是四位师生谈论他们最喜欢的节日和活动，根据最后一栏“As a teacher, I’m lking frward t it!”（作为一名老师，我盼望着它！）可知鲍勃是老师，其他三位是学生，所以有三名学生谈论了他们喜欢的节日和活动。故填Three students talk abut their favrite day r activity.
提高题
一
Sir Hugh Beaver was the manager f the Guinness Brewery(吉尼斯啤酒厂）. On Nvember 10, 1951, he went t a hunting(打猎) party. When he tried t catch a bird, he missed. It flew away t fast.
This started a discussin(讨论)：Which was the fastest bird in Eurpe? In fact. peple ften had such discussins. S Hugh thught a bk f recrds(纪录) culd help peple with thse discussins.
With the help f tw reprters. Hugh fund many interesting facts. Fur years later, The Guinness Bk f Wrld Recrds came ut. Nw, it's ne f the wrld's bestselling bks.
Many Guinness recrds are fr things that are the biggest f their kind. Others are fr things that peple d. Everyne can set a wrld recrd fr smething he r she des.
Fr example, if yu can put n 12 sweaters in ne minute, yu'll break a recrd. Yu'll als break ne if yu can put 32 spns n yur face. Maybe these recrds lk easy t set, but in fact each needs a lt f wrk.
1.When did Hugh thught f the idea f writing a bk f recrds?

2.When did The Guinness Bk f Wrld Recrds prbably cme ut?

3.What is the main idea f Paragraph 4?

4.What des the writer may think f setting a recrd.

5.What is the best title fr the passage?

答案详析
本文介绍了《吉尼斯世界纪录大全》的诞生过程，以及书中包含的纪录种类等。
1. when he was having a discussin with thers。根据第二段的内容可知，Hugh是在和他人讨论欧洲飞得最快的鸟是什么鸟时，想到了写一本纪录书这个主意的。
2. In 1955.。根据第一段第二句“On Nvember 10, 1951, he went t a hunting party.”和第二段的内容可知，Hugh 是在1951年想到这个主意的；再根据第三段第二句“Fur years later, The Guinness Bk f Wrld Recrds came ut.”可知，四年后，该书问世。由此可知，这本书可能出版于1955年。
3. What kinds f recrds are in the bk.。通读第四段可知，本段主要介绍了吉尼斯世界纪录有两种:一是同种类中最大的东西；二是人们所做的事情。
4. difficult/hard/ nt easy。根据文章最后一句“Maybe these recrds lk easy t set,but in fact each needs a lt f wrk.”可知，作者认为或许这些纪录看起来很容易创造,但事实上每一项都需要很多努力。由此推测，作者认为创造一项吉尼斯世界纪录是很难的。
5. A bk that has the wrld's recrds。通读全文可知，本文主要介绍了《吉尼斯世界纪录大全》的诞生过程及书中包含的纪录种类等内容。故 “一本记载着世界纪录的书”最适合作本文的标题。
二
Last year,85-year-ld Jihad l Butt just gt her university degree(大学学位）.
Butt left schl in 1948 when she was nly 12 years ld. But she always lved learning and reading bks.
All f her friends knew hw much she lved learning new things. One day, they tld her abut sme classes at a university and asked her if she wanted t jin. After hearing abut the idea. Butt was very happy and decided t d it. She said that it was never t late t g back t schl. s she started her university life at the age f 81. She studied languages, math and s n. Fur years later. she gt her degree.
Sme peple thught that teachers and her classmates gave Butt mre help in her study, but it was nt true. On the cntrary(相反),she ften helped ther students in the schl, and teachers ften made her an example(榜样) t the thers.
1.When was Jihad Butt brn?

2. Wh tld Butt abut the classes at a university?

3.What subjects did Jihad Butt learn?

4. Butt did very well at the university，didn’t it?

5. What des Butt's stry mainly tell us?

答案详析
1. In 1936。根据第二段第一句“Butt left schl in 1948 when she was nly 12 years ld.”可知，Butt在1948年离开了学校，那时她12岁。故可知她出生于1936年。
2. Her friends.根据第三段中的“All f her friends knew hw much she lved learning new things. One day. they tld her abut sme classes at a university"可知，Butt 的朋友们告诉了她有关大学课程的事情。
3.DShe studied languages, math and s n。根据第二段最后一句“She studied languages, math and s n. Fur years later. she gt her degree.可知，她学习语言、数学等。四年后。她拿到了学位。
4.Yes；she did。根据最后一段最后一句可知，Butt在学校经常帮助其他学生，而且老师经常让别的学生向她学习，由此可推知，Butt在大学表现得很好。
5.It's never t late t learn.通读全文可知，JihadButt在81岁开始上大学，85岁取得大学学位。由此可推知，她的故事告诉我们：学习永远不嫌晚。
三
Cheng Feng is a 33-year-ld rural(乡村的）teacher. And many students als see her as their mther because f her lve and cncern (关心) fr them.
During the last summer vacatin, Cheng spent her free time visiting the rural students in the muntains. Mst students' parents have t g t wrk far away frm hme. These students stay at hme and their grandparents take care f them.
Getting n with these students, Cheng knew that they want t g ut f the muntains by studying. Over the past years. Cheng has taught in several pr rural schls t help rural students get a gd educatin. She als used her mney t buy cmputers and mre useful bks fr them.
After helping transfrm(改造）a rural schl, she mves n t the next place which needs her. Frm her different experiences(经历）in thse rural schls, she learned that rural students need help frm mre excellent and helpful teachers. “We shuld let the light in urselves shine n mre peple, and help them t see further and dream bigger," she said.
1.Hw ld is Cheng Feng?

2.Why d sme rural students live with their grandparents?

3.Accrding t Paragraph 3, what did Cheng Feng d besides(除了)teaching?

4.What did Cheng Feng learn frm her different experiences?

5. What d yu think f Cheng Feng? Why?

答案详析
1. She is thirty-three/33 years ld. 根据第一段第一句“Cheng Feng is a 33-year-ld rural teacher.”可知，程风是一位33岁的乡村教师。
2. Because mst students' parents have t g t wrk far away frm hme. 根据第二段最后两句可知，大多数学生的父母不得不去离家很远的地方工作。这些学生待在家里，他们的祖父母照顾他们。
3. She used her mney t buy cmputers and mre useful bks fr rural students.根据第三段最后一句“She als used her mney t buy cmputers and mre useful bks fr them.”可知，除了教学之外，程风为乡村学生买了电脑和更多有用的书籍。
4. She learned that rural students need help frm mre excellent and helpful teachers.根据最后一段第二句“Frm her different experiences in thse rural schls, she learned that rural students need help frm mre excellent and helpful teachers.”可知，程风从她不同的经历当中了解到农村的学生需要更多优秀且乐于助人的教师的帮助。
5. She is kind. Because she des a lt fr her students and gives them lve and care. (本题为开放题，答案不唯一。结合本文主旨回答即可。）
四
Jillian Magee, 30, is a third-grade teacher frm Washingtn D. C. She has becme very ppular fr her“ Tattle Bx(告状盒）”.
Jillian said she started t make the bx because she was getting tired f being interrupted（打断)during lessns." Kids tell yu every little thing that's ging n. I finally tld them t just write it dwn n paper and put it in the bx,” she said.
She reads the paper after schl. If there's anything that's very imprtant, she will talk t them abut it. “I think the bx is gd fr cmmunicatin(交流).It helps students slve cnflicts(矛盾）,”Jillian said.
The bx helps shy students find their vice. “If they have smething t tell me, but they're t afraid t say it themselves, they can write it dwn,” Jillian said. Students dn't have t write their names n it. Just put it in the bx, stp thinking abut it and they will feel better abut it.
1.What makes Jillian ppular?

2.Why did Jillian start t make the bx?

3.What will Jillian d if there is anything imprtant n the paper in the bx?

4.D students write their names n the paper?

5.Hw d yu like the “Tattle Bx”? Why?

答案详析
Jillian Magee是一位来自华盛顿的三年级老师。为了避免学生打断课堂，她制作了一个“告状盒”。她认为这个盒子可以帮助学生解决矛盾，而且可以帮助害羞的学生表达自己的想法。
1.The“Tattle Bx”.根据第一段最后一句“She has becme very ppular fr her ‘Tattle Bx'.”可知，Jillian因为她的“告状盒”而变得受欢迎。
2. Because she was getting tired f being interrupted during lessns.根据第二段第一句“Jillian said she started t make the bx because she was getting tired f being interrupted during lessns.”可知，她开始做这个盒子是因为她厌倦了上课时被打断。
3. She will talk t students abut it.根据第三段第二句“If there's anything that's very imprtant, she will talk t them abut it.”可知，如果有什么重要的事情，她会跟学生讨论它。
4. N, they dn't.根据最后一段倒数第二句“Students dn't have t write their names n it.”可知，学生们不必在纸上面写名字。
5.I think the “Tattle Bx" is very the bx is gd fr cmmunicatin and it helps students slve cnflicts.(开放性题目，答案合理即可)
五
There was a friendly neighburhd where every huse had beautiful gardens. Amng them lived a yung by wh lved nthing mre than staying at hme with his family. One day, while playing in his yard, he fund that his elderly neighbur’s garden was vergrwn and in need f sme care.
The yung by picked up his gardening tls at nce and headed next dr. He spent the whle afternn weeding（除草）and watering the garden with lve and care. When he was finished, he felt really happy abut the change he made.
The next mrning, he wke up t find that the elderly neighbur left a basket f fresh fruits and vegetables n their drstep as a way f thanking him fr his hard wrk. Frm that day n, the yung by learned that it was gd t help thers and d smething fr the cmmunity. The simple act brught everyne in the neighburhd clser tgether.
1. Why did the yung by want t d smething fr his neighbur’s garden?

2. Hw did the elderly neighbr thank the yung by the next day?

3. Give an example f hw yu helped thers.Write dwn what yu did and hw yu felt in n mre than 20 wrds.

【答案】1. Because ne day, while playing in his yard, he fund that his elderly neighbur’s garden was vergrwn and in need f sme care.
2. He left a basket f fresh fruits and vegetables n their drstep.
3. I am very glad t help the disabled crss the rad.
【解析】本文主要写了一个小男孩主动帮邻居清理花园并得到了回报，这一简单的举动也拉近了邻里之间的距离。
1.根据“One day, while playing in his yard, he fund that his elderly neighbur’s garden was vergrwn and in need f sme care.”可知，男孩是发现了这个邻居的花园需要照管，所以他就去了，故填Because ne day, while playing in his yard, he fund that his elderly neighbur’s garden was vergrwn and in need f sme care.
2.根据“The next mrning, he wke up t find that the elderly neighbur left a basket f fresh fruits and vegetables n their drstep as a way f thanking him fr his hard wrk.”可知，邻居感谢他的方式是送水果和蔬菜，故填He left a basket f fresh fruits and vegetables n their drstep.
3.开放性试题，言之有理即可。参考答案为：I am very glad t help the disabled crss the rad.
六
There was a big rse tree just inside the garden. The rses were white but three gardeners were painting them red. The gardeners were flat (扁平) and rectangular (矩形的). They lked like playing cards.
They had spades n them. One f them was the Tw f spades, anther the Five f spades and the third was the Seven f spades. Alice felt very curius and went clser. She asked them why they were painting thse rses red. “Well, Miss, we made a mistake, ” Tw said. “We put a white rse tree here and the Queen wanted red rse trees.” Just at that mment, Alice and the gardeners saw a lng prcessin. It was cming in her directin (方向).
When the Queen saw Alice, she stpped and asked her name. Alice answered plitely. Then the Queen asked wh the three gardeners were. Alice tld her that she didn’t knw and she wasn’t interested. The Queen didn’t like Alice’s answer. Her face turned red with anger. She was ready t cut Alice’s head ff. But Alice said ludly, “Nnsense (胡说)!” The Queen was very surprised. She didn’t knw what t say. “Dn’t wrry, dear!” the King said. “She’s nly a child.” The queen lked at the gardeners again.
1. Where did the stry happen?
________________________________
2. Why did the gardeners paint the rse tree red?
________________________________
3. What was the Queen ging t d when she disliked Alice’s answer?
________________________________
4. Hw did the Queen feel when she heard Alice said “nnsense”?
________________________________
5. What d yu think f the king?
________________________________
【答案】1. Inside the garden.
2. Because they put a white rse tree but the Queen wanted red rse tree.
3. She was ready t cut Alice’s head ff.
4. The Queen was very surprised.
5. He is kind.
【解析】本文讲述了爱丽丝在花园里遇到的一些奇特的事情。
1.根据“There was a big rse tree just inside the garden.”可知，故事发生在花园里，故填Inside the garden.
2.根据“We put a white rse tree here and the Queen wanted red rse trees.”可知，女王想要红玫瑰，但园丁们种成了白玫瑰，所以他们要把玫瑰树涂成红色，故填Because they put a white rse tree but the Queen wanted red rse tree.
3.根据“She was ready t cut Alice’s head ff.”可知，女王准备砍爱丽丝的头，故填She was ready t cut Alice’s head ff.。
4.根据“The Queen was very surprised.”可知，女王对于爱丽丝的话感到很惊讶，故填The Queen was very surprised.。
5.根据“‘Dn’t wrry, dear!’ the King said. ‘She’s nly a child.’”可知，当女王要砍爱丽丝的头时，国王劝说女王，所以推测他是一个善良的人。故填He is kind.
七
Kites and kite-flying have a lng histry in China. A carpenter named Gngshu Ban made a wden kite mre than 2,000 years ag. But kites are imprtant in the US as well.
US scientists have used kites fr science experiments(实验). Benjamin Franklin, a famus plitician and inventr, used a kite with a metal key during a thunderstrm t learn abut electricity(电) in 1752. The Wright brthers used kites t test their ideas befre they built the first airplane in 1903.
Peple in the US als like t fly kites fr fun. Kite festivals have been ppular at different times f the year. The wnderful clrs, shapes and kite designs are a feast(盛宴) fr the eyes.
The largest kite-flying festival in the US is the Washingtn State Internatinal Kite Festival. Accrding t the Wrld Kite Museum, this week-lng festival takes place every year during the third week f August at Lng Beach, Washingtn. It brings in famus kite fliers frm arund the wrld t shw ff their skills. They put n shws that are s impressive(精彩的), lts f peple cme t watch!
1. Wh made a wden kite mre than 2,000 years ag?
__________________________________
2. Why did Benjamin use a kite with a metal key during a thunderstrm in 1752?
__________________________________
3. When did the Wright brthers build the first airplane?
__________________________________
4. Hw lng des the Washingtn State Internatinal Kite Festival last every year?
__________________________________
5. What d yu think f kite flying?
__________________________________
【答案】1. A carpenter named Gngshu Ban./Gngshu Ban./Lu Ban.
2. T learn abut electricity. 3. In 1903. 4. A week/A whle week.
5. It is very brings peple great fun.
【解析】本文主要介绍了在美国风筝的重要性以及美国的风筝节。
1.根据“A carpenter named Gngshu Ban made a wden kite mre than 2,000 years ag”可知2000多年前，一位名叫公输班的木匠制作了一只木风筝。故填A carpenter named Gngshu Ban./Gngshu Ban./Lu Ban.
2.根据“Benjamin Franklin, a famus plitician and inventr, used a kite with a metal key during a thunderstrm t learn abut electricity(电) in 1752”可知他在雷雨中用一只带金属钥匙的风筝学习电学。故填T learn abut electricity.
3.根据“The Wright brthers used kites t test their ideas befre they built the first airplane in 1903.”可知莱特兄弟在1903年制造出第一架飞机。故填In 1903.
4.根据“this week-lng festival takes place every year”可知这个风筝节持续一个星期。故填A week/A whle week.
5.开放性试题，言之有理即可。例如：我认为放风筝很有趣/很好/很受欢迎/令人兴奋/它带给人们很大乐趣。故填It is very brings peple great fun.
八
Cl ideas fr future travel
What will travel be like in the year 2070?
In the year 2070, mst f yu will be mre than 60 years ld. The gd news is that travel might becme smarter by that time. Let’s take a lk at sme amazing ideas frm The Future Travel Reprt.
Heartbeat passprt
Paper passprts （PBE）will be a thing f the past. Yu will use “heartbeat（心跳）passprts” instead. Accrding t scientists, everyne’s heartbeat is different. S the data will be used t tell wh yu are.
Mre cmfrtable flight
The seats n the plane will n lnger be “ne size fits all”. Yu’ll be able t bk a seat accrding t yur bdy type. The seat might even be able t cl r warm yu t yur favurite temperature. There will als be n mre screens n the back f yur seats. A futuristic device（未来设备）culd shw mvies straight in frnt f yur eyes.
Printed clthes and fd
If yu hate packing（打包）clthes, yu may nt need t d it in the future. Befre yu fly, yu will have a bdy scan（扫描）. And when yu arrive, yu’ll find a rm filled with 3D printed clthes in yur size. When yu leave, the clthes can be recycled and reprinted fr the next persn. Yu can als 3D print whatever yu want t eat.
Bring histry back t life
If yu like t visit histric sites（历史古迹）, AR will change the game. Wearing a headset, yu can see what happened at a histric site, such as a famus war. Yu may even be able t sit amng the cheering peple at the first Olympic Games.
1. Accrding t the passage, what might travel be like in the year 2070?
______________________________________________________________
2. What will take the place f （取代）paper passprts?
______________________________________________________________
3. Why dn’t yu need t pack clthes befre flying?
______________________________________________________________
4. Hw can yu see what happened at a famus war?
______________________________________________________________
5. Which f the ideas d yu like best? Why?（请自拟一句话作答）
______________________________________________________________
【答案】1. Travel might becme smarter. 2. Heartbeat passprts.
3. Because I will have a bdy scan and receive 3D printed clthes when I arrive.
4. Wearing a headset. 5. I like “Printed clthes and fd” best because I can travel light.
【解析】本文介绍了在2070年，旅行会变得更加智能化。
1.根据“The gd news is that travel might becme smarter by that time.”可知2070年的旅行可能会变得更智能。故填Travel might becme smarter.
2.根据“Paper passprts （PBE）will be a thing f the past. Yu will use ‘heartbeat（心跳）passprts’ instead”可知心跳护照会代替纸质护照。故填Heartbeat passprts.
3.根据“If yu hate packing（打包）clthes, yu may nt need t d it in the future. Befre yu fly, yu will have a bdy scan（扫描）. And when yu arrive, yu’ll find a rm filled with 3D printed clthes in yur size. ”可知是因为旅行前不需要收拾行李是因为飞行前会进行身体扫描并在到达后收到3D打印衣服。故填Because I will have a bdy scan and receive 3D printed clthes when I arrive.
4.根据“Wearing a headset, yu can see what happened at a histric site, such as a famus war.”可知戴上耳机，你就可以看到历史遗迹发生了什么，比如一场著名的战争。故填Wearing a headset.
5.开放性作答，言之有理即可。参考答案为I like “Printed clthes and fd” best because I can travel light.
九
A child’s gift
I help t lk after sme ld ladies at the ld peple’s hme every week.
This afternn when I was ging t g there, the telephne rang. It was my husband (丈夫). “Srry, dear, but I have t wrk late in my shp tday. S yu have t take Taylr hme after schl.” I decided t take my sn with me t the ld peple’s hme fr the first time because I culdn’t find any friend t help me.
With my new partner, I started my wrk. I fund that just when we wanted t leave their rms, my sn kissed everyne n their faces and whispered (低声说) smething in their ears. Every lady lked happy.
Later in the evening, my husband asked hw my wrk went n.
“It’s lts f fun,” I said. “We are quite a pair. When Taylr kisses the ladies, it surely makes them happy, especially (尤其是) when he whispers in their ears.”
“What d yu whisper abut?” asked my husband.
Lking up at his dad and me with his brwn eyes, he tld us, “I whisper, ‘I lve yu, Grandma. And I just want yu t knw that yu lk s beautiful tday.’”
I asked, “Why d yu d that?”
He said, “I just knw it can make them feel gd.”
回答下面5个问题，每题答案不超过6个单词。
1. Where des the writer help the ladies?
__________________________________________
2. Did her husband have t wrk late in his shp that day?
__________________________________________
3. What did Taylr d after he kissed everyne n their faces?
__________________________________________
4. Why des the by whisper?
__________________________________________
5. What is Taylr’s gift?
__________________________________________
【答案】1. At the ld peple’s hme 2. Yes 3. He whispered smething in their ears
4. T make them feel gd 5. His kind wrds/Lve fr thers
【解析】本文主要讲述了作者带儿子去养老院帮忙，临走时儿子亲吻了每一个老人，并在她们耳边说了悄悄话，使这些女士们非常高兴。
1.根据“I help t lk after sme ld ladies at the ld peple’s hme every week.”可知，作者每周去养老院帮忙。故填At the ld peple’s hme。
2.根据“Srry, dear, but I have t wrk late in my shp tday.”可知，作者的丈夫在那一天要在店里工作到很晚。故填Yes。
3.根据“my sn kissed everyne n their faces and whispered (低声说) smething in their ears”可知，Taylr在女士们脸上亲吻了一下之后，又在她们的耳边低声说了一些话。故填He whispered smething in their ears。
4.根据“He said, ‘I just knw it can make them feel gd.’ ”可知，这位男孩之所以这么做，是想让这些老人们感觉好些。故填T make them feel gd。
5.根据“Lking up at his dad and me with his brwn eyes, he tld us, ‘I whisper, ‘I lve yu, Grandma. And I just want yu t knw that yu lk s beautiful tday.’ ”可推理出，Taylr的礼物是他友善的话语，或者是他对他人的爱。故填His kind wrds/Lve fr thers。
十
There was a friendly neighburhd where every huse had beautiful gardens.Amng them lived a yung by wh lved nthing mre than staying at hme with his family.One day，while playing in his yard，he fund that his elderly neighbur's garden was vergrwn and in need f sme care.
The yung by picked up his gardening tls at nce and headed next dr.He spent the whle afternn weeding（除草）and watering the garden with lve and care.When he was finished，he felt really happy abut the change he made.
The next mrning，he wke up t find that the elderly neighbur left a basket f fresh fruits and vegetables n their drstep as a way f thanking him fr his hard wrk.Frm that day n，the yung by learned that it was gd t help thers and d smething fr the cmmunity.The simple act brught everyne in the neighburhd clser tgether.
1.Why did the yung by want t d smething fr his neighbur's garden？

2.Hw did the elderly neighbr thank the yung by the next day？

Give an example f hw yu helped thers.Write dwn what yu did and hw yu felt in n mre than 20 wrds.

【解答】1.细节理解题。根据文中The yung by picked up his gardening tls at nce and headed next dr.He spent the whle afternn weeding（除草）and watering the garden with lve and care.（小男孩立刻拿起他的园艺工具，向隔壁走去。）可知，男孩是发现了这个邻居的花园需要照管，所以他就去了。故填Because ne day，while playing in his yard，he fund that his elderly neighbur's garden was vergrwn and in need f sme care。
2.细节理解题。根据The next mrning，he wke up t find that the elderly neighbur left a basket f fresh fruits and vegetables n their drstep as a way f thanking him fr his hard wrk.（第二天早上，他醒来时发现，这位上了年纪的邻居把一篮新鲜的水果和蔬菜放在家门口，以感谢他的辛勤工作。）可知，邻居感谢他的方式是送水果和蔬菜。故填He left a basket f fresh fruits and vegetables n their drstep。
3.主旨理解题。根据Frm that day n，the yung by learned that it was gd t help thers and d smething fr the cmmunity.The simple act brught everyne in the neighburhd clser tgether.（从那天起，这个小男孩学会了帮助他人和为社区做点什么是非常好的事。这一简单的举动也拉近了邻里之间的距离。）可知，乐于助人是本文倡导的主题。故填I am very glad t help the disabled crss the rad。
十一
Vernica Cabrera Mren cmes frm Hustn，USA.With the help f her family，she made an art classrm ut f an ld schl bus.
Vernica，a mther f fur，likes painting a lt.She always uses art t make her neighbrhd better.One day，she thught， "Why nt ask kids t paint n a schl bus？" She wanted t make an art bus and began t ask fr sme dnatins nline.
Sn，Vernica gt everything she needed.And her art bus lks very beautiful.There are sme desks and chairs in it.All the art supplies in it are free.Children can use clred pens，paper，etc.withut paying mney.Parents can get n the bus and paint with their children，t.They can have lts f fun there.
"I think art is very imprtant t children，" Vernica says. "It is a nice way t express （表达） themselves.And art can help children grw int great persns f tmrrw."
1.What did Vernica make with an ld bus？

2.What des Vernica like very much？

3.Hw des the Vernica's bus lk？

4.Wh can paint with children n the bus？

5.What d yu think f Vernica's wrk？

【分析】本文主要讲述了来自美国休斯顿的维罗妮卡在家人的帮助下，把一辆旧校车改装成了一间美术教室。
【解答】1.细节理解题。根据第一段With the help f her family，she made an art classrm ut f an ld schl bus.（在家人的帮助下，她把一辆旧校车改装成了一间美术教室。）可知，维罗妮卡把一辆旧校车改装成了一间美术教室。故填She made an art classrm ut f an ld schl bus.
2.细节理解题。根据第二段Vernica，a mther f fur，likes painting a lt.（维罗妮卡是四个孩子的母亲，她非常喜欢画画。）可知，她非常喜欢画画。故填She likes painting a lt.
3.细节理解题。根据第三段And her art bus lks very beautiful.（她的美术巴士看起来很漂亮。）可知，她的美术巴士看起来很漂亮。故填It lks very beautiful.
4.细节理解题。根据第三段Parents can get n the bus and paint with their children，t.（父母也可以上车和他们的孩子一起画画。）可知，父母也可以上车和他们的孩子一起画画。故填Children's parents.
5.主观表达题。我认为她的工作很有意义。故填I think it is meaningful.
衔接点15 书面表达（小初考点差异及衔接）
【小学书面表达考点聚焦】
一
假如你是Peter，请根据表格内容写一篇介绍自己的小作文。
要求：表格信息表达完整，可适当拓展；
条理清晰、意思连贯、语句通顺、标点正确；书写规范、工整。
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
参考范文
My name is Peter. I'm funny and hard-wrking. On Fridays, I have Chinese, English and PE. I like chicken very much. It's delicius. A park is near my huse. There is a river in the park. There is a bridge ver the river. There are sme ducks n the river. Behind the river, there is a hill. There are sme trees and flwers arund the hill.
二
我们的城市徐州是全国文明城市之一，我们要从身边的小事做起，从保持我们的学校干净开始做起，为文明城市贡献自己的一份力量！
要求：
请结合思维导图的提示，以“Hw t keep ur schl clean?”为主题谈谈自己的思考。(不少于5句话，不包括已给的开头) 。
语法准确、语句通顺、书写工整、注意标点。
可适当发挥。
Keep ur schl clean
T keep ur schl clean and beautiful, we
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
参考范文
Keep ur schl clean
T keep ur schl clean and beautiful, we shuld start frm urselves. First, we shuld clean ur classrm every day. Then we shuld thrw the litter int the dustbin. We shuldn’t litter everywhere. Thirdly, we shuld plant mre trees and flwers in ur schl. We shuldn’t destry the trees and flwers. I believe ur schl will be mre beautiful and cleaner.
【初中书面表达考点聚焦】
考点清单
写作要求
1、写好句子：
1) 熟悉并掌握形成完整句子的基本框架结构。我们知道，单词、语法是学习、掌握和运用语言的基础，然而只靠它们拼凑句子是远远不够的，耗时费力不说，拼凑出来的也多是汉语式的英语，很不地道。因此，平时必须牢记所学过的“固定搭配”及“词组句型”，并会活用。
写句子要注意以下几点：（1）主谓要一致；（2）正确使用动词的时态、语态、语气；（3）名词的格要与代词的格一致；（4)句子结构成分完整，特别注意不要漏掉或添加成分。
2)一个句子一个重心，句意清楚，合乎逻辑。
3)句子开头首字母要大字，句末要使用正确的英语标点符号。
2、组句成文：
一般说来，文章可以通过句子的进展和句子之间的各种结合来构成。
1)熟悉并掌握表示并列、递进、转折等关系的过渡词(transitinal wrds)。例如：
并列关系：and, as well as, als…
递进关系：besides, in additin, mrever, what’s mre…
转折关系：but, yet, hwever, althugh, therwise, r, in spite f, despite, instead f, in the end…
时间顺序：while, when, sn after, befre, afterward, finally, first, then, next, as sn as …
比较、对比：like, unlike, n the cntrary, n the ther hand…
总结： in a wrd, in general, in shrt, abve all, after all, generally speaking…
进一步阐述：in ther wrds, that is t say, fr example, fr instance, such as …
因果关系：as a result, s, thus, therefre…
2) 内容要点全面，不要节外生枝。
3) 要点安排得当，使之文通字顺，合乎逻辑,层次清晰。
4) 注意养成写完后自我检查的习惯，应重点检查：
写作步骤
一、认真审题
看到考题后，先不要急于动笔，要仔细看清题目要求。审题时要看清文字说明、图画、图表、提纲或短文提供的资料和信息，以及参考词汇，字数要求等等。如果是几幅图要将几幅图结合起来看，才能弄清人物关系和故事情节。还要审文体，确定格式，确定人称，确定主体时态。
二、列出要点
要点是给分的一个重要因素，为了防止写作过程中遗漏要点，同学们要在看清看懂所有文字、图画、参考词汇的基础上，在草稿纸上将各个要点逐条列出。
三、写出词句
用英语写出各个要点的关键词语或句型，并用地道的英语句子将各个要点逐一表达出来。
四、连句成文
根据各个要点之间的关系，使用恰当的关联词语(详见语篇基础)，将各个句子连接成通顺流畅的短文。并注意以下几点：避免使用汉语式英语，尽量使用自己熟悉的句型。注意长短句交错，几种句型可交替使用，以避免重复和呆板。
五、细心检查
短文写好后还要细心检一篇，看是否正确无误。你可主要检查：(1) 人称是否用错，并注意人称代词的主格和宾格形式是否有错；(2) 动词的时态形式是否准确无误，特别注意查看一般现在时主语是第三人称单数时谓语动词是否加了(e)s；(3) 名词的复数形式；(4) 单词拼写、标点符号和大小写是否有错；(5) 格式是否有错。
六、誊入试卷
经检查，准确无误后，才誊入试卷。要特别注意书写工整，卷面整洁。阅卷时正值天气炎热，老师工作量之大，时间紧迫，书写是否工整，卷面是否整洁与得分高低直接有关，同学们务必注意。
基础题
一
假如你是Wang Lin, 收到你美国朋友Jhn的电子邮件, 想了解每年春节前你的购物情况。请根据下表所提供的信息，用英语给他回复。
注意: 1. 表达中必须包含所给要点，可以适当发挥。
2. 词数：80词左右。开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
3. 文中不得出现真实的姓名、校名和地名等信息。
参考范文
Dear Jhn,
I'm happy t get yur email.Nw let me tell yu smthing abut the Chinese New Year.
The Chinese New Year is cming. It is an imprtant hliday in China. I’ll g shpping with my mther befre the festival.We will g t the shpping centre by bus because we live far away frm it.And there are always many peple n the bus because lts f Chinese peple are busy shpping t.
We have a lt f things t buy.First,we buy ur favurite clthes.In China,peple always wear new clthes and lk smart during the festival.Then,we will buy sme eggs,meat,vegetables and sme drinks, because all the family members will get tgether and have a big dinner t celebrate the Chinese New Year.Next,we will buy sme firewrks,We ften let ff firewrks after dinner. They are really wnderful.At last,we als buy sme presents.
We usually visit ur friends and say Gngaifacai t each ther,and we als give each ther presents. I like Chinese New Year very much because I can get red packets frm my parents,grandparents,aunts and uncles.
We always have fun at the Chinese New Year!
All the best.
Wang Lin
二
我校将举办校园健康小达人活动，要求参加者在表演节目前用英语介绍自己；7(1)班的李霞想要参加这次活动，请你为李霞写一篇演讲稿。可以参考以下的信息：
外貌:长头发，戴眼镜，个子不是很高，疲瘦的，但看起来健康:
生活:妈妈告诉她健康的生活方式很重要；早餐吃…午餐吃…；晚餐吃并且要求她每天锻炼半个小时，因此她通常步行上学；
最喜欢的节日:春节:原因:…….
要求:1.不要逐句翻译，可根据演讲的需要作适当的补充: 2.语法正确，书写认真，词数80左右(开头已给出，不计在其内)。
范文1:
Gd afternn, teachers and friends!Glad t be here with yu.
I am Lixia frm Class 1,Grade 7.I am nt very tall .I have lng hair and wear glasses.I am slim, but lk healthy. Because I have a healthy lifestyle. And my mther ften cks healthy meals fr me.She asks me t eat sme bread and milk fr breakfast.At lunch,I ften eat sme meat and vegetables.At dinner,I eat sme ndles and vegetables.She asks me t exercise fr half an hur every day,S I usually g t schl n ft.
My favurite festival is the Spring Festival because I can get lucky mney frm my grandparents,parents and uncles. I like visiting my friends during the Spring Festival,that’s very interesting.
That's all.Thank yu!
范文2：
Gd afternn, teachers and friends!Glad t be here with yu.
I am Lixia frm Class 1,Grade 7.I am nt very tall .I have lng hair and wear glasses.I am slim, but lk healthy because I have a healthy lifestyle. And my mther ften cks healthy meals fr me.She asks me t eat sme bread and milk fr breakfast.At lunch,I ften eat sme meat and vegetables.At dinner,I eat sme ndles and vegetables.She asks me t exercise fr half an hur every day,S I usually g t schl n ft.
I like clurful clthes.S I am wearing a white cttn bluse, a grey and red sweater.I am als wearing a grey skirt and a pair f lng red leather bts tday.I think the grey skirt and the red leather bts match this sweater very well.They lk nice n me.
That's all.Thank yu!
三
亲爱的同学们，进入初中，你们开启了一段新的旅程，现校英语报对全体学生征稿，投稿中需要向同学们描述平时你是如何在校内校外过精彩生活的。请结合图片和要点提示，以“Enjy a Wnderful Life”为题，完成一篇英语短文。
注意： 1.所写内容必须包括图示中所有信息，并作适当发挥；
2.词数70左右。开头及结尾已给出，不计入总词数；
3.文中不得出现真实的人名、校名等相关信息。
参考范文
Enjy a Wnderful Life
As a middle schl student, I try my best t learn hw t make my life wnderful every day.
In schl, firstly, there are s many interesting subjects.I like the gegraphy best, because it can make me learn mre things abut the wrld . Secndly, we all knw that a gd health is the key t a happy schl life.S I always eat healthily and d exercise mre,and I never eat t much junk fd.
After schl,if I have free time,I can g shpping with my friends r parents. I als enjy the fun f festivals, such as the Mid Autumn Festival and the Spring Festival. I really enjy letting firewrks.
I believe all f us can enjy a wnderful life!
四
为了践行健康生活方式，学校英语俱乐部开展题为"My lifestyle”的征文活动。假如你是李华，请根据以下表格中的信息提示，用英语写一篇文章参加活动。
注意: (1)词数80左右，文章开头已给出，不计入总词数；
(2)文中应包括所给内容要点，可适当发挥，使文章连贯；
(3)文中不得出现考生的真实姓名、校名等信息。
参考范文
My lifestyle
I'm Li Hua. I'm very happy t tell yu abut my lifestyle.As we all knw,health is very imprtant.We shuld eat healthily.
But,I have sme bad healthy diets.I like sweet fd.I always eat t many hamburgers and cla.I like play cmputer games,s I ften sleep late. That’s nt a gd thing.I need t change my lifestyle nw.I plan t eat mre fruit and vegetables everyday.I als need t eat sme meat,because it can give me energy.
Playing ftball is my favurite hbby.I am ging t play ftball every week.There is a swimming pl near my hme.I plan t learn hw t swim every Friday.
五
寒假马上就要到了，为倡导同学们过一个愉快而有意义的假期，你校英文报See The wrld举行了以"My Winter Hliday Plan"为题的征文活动。请根据以下表格提示内容及要，用英语写一篇文章，讲述你的寒假计划。
【要求】1.不少于100词，已给出部分不计人总词数。
2.语句通顺，意思连贯，条理清楚，字迹工整。
3.内容包括以上所有要点，可适当发挥。
4.文中不得出现真实姓名及学校名称。
参考范文
My Winter Hliday Plan
The winter hliday is cming. I am happy t share my winter hliday plan with yu.
During the hliday, a healthy lifestyle is imprtant.I plan t get up early and take sme exercise fr half an hur every mrning. Als,I wn't play cmputer games because it is bad fr my eyes.
It is als imprtant t study during the hliday.I will finish my hmewrk in the mrning first. In the afternn, I plan t read bks abut histry fr 2 hurs. After dinner,I will chat with my friends and talk abut ur hbbies.
The winter hliday is als a gd time t have fun. I will have a gd time with my family by celebrating the Spring Festival. We'll have a big dinner and watch the Spring Festival Gala n TV tgether.My parents and I plan t visit my grandparents and give them ur best wishes fr the new year.
I really hpe everyne can have a happy winter hliday.
提高题
一．人物介绍
孔子学院(Cnfucius Institute)夏令营在武汉招募志愿者。假如你是李华,请用英文写一封自荐信。
内容要点如下:
1.性格外向,喜欢交朋友;
2.能用英语讲中国故事和与人沟通;
3.了解中国历史和文化,会唱楚剧;
4.爱好广泛,擅长乒乓球;
5.补充一两点有关信息或想法。
注意:
1.文中不得透露个人姓名和学校名称;
2.词数:60—80;
3.内容连贯,不要逐条翻译;
4.开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数。
参考词汇:Chu pera楚剧 culture n.文化 ping-pang n.乒乓球
Dear sir/madam,
I am Li Hua frm Wuhan. May I have the hnr t wrk as a vlunteer at Cnfucius Institute?








Yurs truly,
Li Hua
答案
写作提示
1.体裁:应用文;
2.时态:主体时态为一般现在时;
3.人称:以第一人称为主;
4.要点:性格、能力、爱好等。
参考范文
Dear sir/madam,
I am Li Hua frm Wuhan. May I have the hnr t wrk as a vlunteer at Cnfucius Institute? I'm gd at Chinese and English. Chinese histry and culture are my favrites. It's easy fr me t cmmunicate and tell Chinese stries in bth languages. I've gt many hbbies, such as playing ping-png and singing Chu pera. I'm healthy, hard-wrking and like t try new things. I'm utging. I lve t meet different peple and make friends with them. In my eyes, vlunteer wrk is a gd pprtunity t learn smething new.
Lking frward t yur early reply.
Yurs truly,
Li Hua
精彩语句
1.精美词汇
be gd at擅长 hard-wrking勤奋的 make friends with与……交朋友
2.出彩结构
It's easy fr me t cmmunicate and tell Chinese stries in bth languages.(本句是一个简单句。在“It+be+adj.+fr sb.+t d sth.”句型中,It为形式主语,动词不定式是真正的主语)
二．叙事类
假如你是李华,学业考试后要参加“21世纪杯”中学生英语演讲大赛,题目为A/An Winter Hliday,请你根据所给信息完成一篇英文演讲稿,讲述刚过去的那段寒假经历,并谈谈它对你今后的影响。
注意:
(1)将演讲稿标题补充完整;
(2)演讲稿必须包含所有要点,并适当拓展;
(3)文中不得出现真实的人名和校名;
(4)词数100左右;首尾句已给出,不计入总词数。
A/An Winter Hliday
Ladies and gentlemen, it is my pleasure t present my speech here. My tpic tday is






That's all fr my speech. Thank yu fr yur time.
答案
写作提示
1.本文是一篇英语演讲稿。
2.本文可从描述寒假的总体感受开始,第二部分从Activities yu did、Smething yu learned和Influences n yur future三方面描述,最后总结。
参考范文
An Unfrgettable Winter Hliday
Ladies and gentlemen, it is my pleasure t present my speech here. My tpic tday is an unfrgettable winter hliday.
Persnally, this winter hliday was quite different. Because f COVID-19, I had t study at hme and take nline classes. As a result, I fund I was able t learn by myself. I als helped my parents with husewrk like cking. And I learned hw t ck well. Last but nt least, I had mre time t cmmunicate with my parents. Therefre, I learned t get n better with them.
What I learned during this hliday will surely influence my future life. I will be mre self-cntrlled and independent. And I'm sure I will face difficulties and challenges mre bravely.
That's all fr my speech. Thank yu fr yur time.
三．介绍说明类
在中国传统文化中,“家”是一个永恒的话题。家人相聚一堂,才是完整的家,温暖而有力量。请你结合下图,以“Hme”为题,写一篇约110词的英语短文,让外国朋友了解中国文化中的“家”。









答案
写作提示
1.体裁:说明文;
2.时态:主体时态为一般现在时;
3.人称:以第一人称和第三人称为主;
4.内容:应结合图片介绍中国文化中的“家”。
参考范文
Hme
Hme means a lt t every Chinese.
When ur family members cme back fr reunin, we sit arund the table, sharing ur achievements and happiness. Hme becmes the warmest place.
It's a place full f lve. Lve can be expressed by gifts, family dinner and phne calls. Hwever, nne is better than ging back hme and spending time with ur families.
It's als a place full f strength. Whenever we have difficulties, we can return hme. Thanks t the encuragement and help frm ur families, we can rebuild ur belief and cnfidence t keep mving frward.
S hw lng have yu been away frm hme? Cme back. Hme is always waiting fr yu.
精彩语句
1.精美词汇
reunin n.团聚;achievement n.成就;express v.表达;strength n.力量;encuragement n.鼓励;thanks t多亏
2.出彩结构
Thanks t the encuragement and help frm ur families, we can rebuild ur belief and cnfidence t keep mving frward.(Thanks t the encuragement and help frm ur families在本句中作原因状语)
四．做法建议类
校学生会为即将到来的“健康周”活动策划了两个项目。假设你是学生会成员,请写一篇英语短文,在校英语报上介绍其中一个项目的活动内容及其益处。要点提示如下:
注意:(1)短文必须包含表中你所选项目的所有信息,并适当发挥。
(2)文中不得出现与你身份相关的信息。
(3)词数:80~100。短文开头已给出,不计入总词数。
During the Health Week, we will have







答案
写作提示
1.体裁:说明文。
2.人称:主体人称为第一人称或第三人称。
3.时态:以一般将来时为主。
4.要点:
1)选择一个项目;
2)介绍活动内容,并适当发挥;
3)介绍活动的益处,并适当发挥。
参考范文
①During the Health Week, we will have a Schl Trip Day n Friday. Here is the plan fr the day. We will start ur trip by walking t the Lakeside Park. In the mrning, there is ging t be a kite-flying cmpetitin. At nn, we will have a picnic near the small lake there. After lunch, we will g bating n the lake. We can feel a sense f peace in mind while we are rwing n the blue water.
By being part f these activities, we will nt nly develp friendship with ur classmates, but als relax urselves and be free frm the pressure f study.
②During the Health Week, we will have a Sprts Day t make ur schl life mre clrful. On that day, there will be different sprts. In the mrning, we will play ball games. Everyne can g in fr their favrite nes. In the afternn, there will be a game that yu can never miss—playing tug-f-war. It is really a gd chance t make us better understand the meaning f teamwrk. After that, there will be a kung fu lessn, which can help us t keep fit.
All these sprts will d us gd. Nt nly can they make us feel relaxed but als develp friendship.
精彩语句
1.精美词汇
pressure n.压力;miss v.错过;relax neself放松自己;a sense f peace平静感;in mind在心中
2.出彩结构
We can feel a sense f peace in mind while we are rwing n the blue water.(本句为主从复合句,while引导时间状语从句)
After that, there will be a kung fu lessn, which can help us t keep fit.(本句为主从复合句,which 引导非限制性定语从句)
Nt nly can they make us feel relaxed but als develp friendship.(本句为倒装句,nt als...不仅……而且……)
五．观点表达类
学生喜欢在家还是在电影院看电影?就该话题你在班中做了调查(结果见下图)。请你据此写一篇短文在校英语社团主题活动中进行交流,并谈谈你的选择和理由。
注意:(1)短文必须包括图中所有内容,可适当增加细节;
(2)你的理由必须与图中所列理由不同;
(3)词数:80—100;
(4)短文首句仅供选择使用,不计入总词数。
Recently, I've dne a survey abut whether students like t watch mvies at hme r in the cinema.








答案
写作提示
1.本文是调查报告类的说明文。
2.本文可以按照三段式来写。第一段总述,第二段具体写调查情况,第三段写自己的选择和理由。
参考范文
Pssible versin 1:
Recently, I've dne a survey abut whether students like t watch mvies at hme r in the cinema. 64% f the students like t watch mvies at hme. Fr ne thing, they can spend less mney. Fr anther, they will have mre chices f what t watch.
Hwever, thers prefer ging t the cinema. Frm their pint f view, they will have the chance t enjy huge screens and feel excellent sund in the cinema, which can always give them a wnderful watching experience.
Fr me, it's a better idea t watch mvies at hme. I can be free t d what I want while watching mvies, like eating r talking abut the characters with my family.
Pssible versin 2:
Recently, I've dne a survey abut whether students like t watch mvies at hme r in the cinema. 64% f the students like t watch mvies at hme. Fr ne thing, they can spend less mney. Fr anther, they will have mre chices f what t watch.
Hwever, thers prefer ging t the cinema. Frm their pint f view, they will have the chance t enjy huge screens and feel excellent sund in the cinema, which can always give them a wnderful watching experience.
Persnally speaking, watching mvies in the cinema is a better chice. I can hang ut with my friends and it's really exciting. At the same time, it's a gd way t develp friendship.
精彩语句
1.精美词汇
prefer ding sth.偏爱做某事;frm ne's pint f view 在某人看来;persnally speaking就个人而言
2.出彩结构
Frm their pint f view, they will have the chance t enjy huge screens and feel excellent sund in the cinema, which can always give them a wnderful watching experience.(which引导非限制性定语从句)
一
Ding Husewrk Makes Me
提示:家务是生活中的一部分,我们作为一名家庭成员,应该学会分担家务。请以“Ding Husewrk Makes Me ”为题,用英语写一篇短文,叙述一次你做家务的经历,并谈谈你的体会。
要求:1.请先将题目补全后,再作答;
2.语言流畅、书写规范、卷面整洁,词数不少于60个;
3.文中不得使用真实姓名、校名,否则以零分计。








答案
写作提示
讲述经历要符合故事的基本特点:时间、地点、人物、事情经过、结果和感受等。
参考范文
Ding Husewrk Makes Me Happy
Ding husewrk is a part f ur life. It's necessary t share husewrk with ther family members. I'd like t tell yu ne f my experiences.
Last Mther's Day, I made a special dinner fr my mm. It didn't wrk as well as I thught. I hurt my fingers while cutting carrts, and I frgt t put salt int the dishes. When my mm came back hme, she was happy t taste them. Then she hugged me and said, “Gd girl!”
Frm this experience, I've learned ding husewrk can nt nly help me grw up but als bring happiness t my family.
精彩语句
1.精美词汇
a part f ur life我们生活的一部分 share sth. with sb. 和某人分享某物 把……放进…… nt als 不仅……而且 grw up成长
2.出彩结构
It's necessary t share husewrk with ther family members.(“It is+adj.+t d sth.”句型中,It为形式主语,动词不定式t d sth.是真正的主语)
二
勤俭节约是中华民族的传统美德。为了弘扬这种传统美德,杜绝浪费,学校开展以“勤俭节约从我做起”为主题的演讲比赛。假如你是李华,请你根据以下要点提示,写一篇英文演讲稿参赛。
要点:
(1)生活中常见的浪费现象;(至少3条)
(2)你的建议;(至少3条)
(3)发出号召。
参考词汇:thrift n.节约; virtue n.美德; waste n. & v. 浪费; save v.节省; tap n.水龙头
要求:
(1)短文须包含要点提示中的所有信息,可适当发挥;
(2)词数:80左右 (短文开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数);
(3)文中不得出现真实姓名、校名和地名。
Ladies and gentlemen,
Tday I'd like t talk abut thrift.







That's all. Thank yu!
答案
写作提示
1.本文是一篇演讲稿。
2.主体时态为一般现在时。人称以第一人称为主。
3.按题目要求呈现要点:(1)生活中常见的浪费现象; (2)你的建议; (3)发出号召。
参考范文
Ladies and gentlemen,
Tday I'd like t talk abut thrift. Thrift is ne f the traditinal virtues in China. Hwever, there exists much waste in ur daily life. Fr example, sme peple keep the taps n after cleaning hands. Sme peple ften frget t turn ff the lights befre leaving the rms. And many f us thrw away lts f fd and ther things.
I think we shuld develp a habit f saving things arund us. Firstly, remember t turn ff the taps and lights in time. Secnd, we shuld spend less mney n things that we dn't need. Lastly, dn't take mre fd and clear ur plates.
All such small things can help us becme a persn with gd virtues. Let's fight against waste frm nw n.
That's all. Thank yu!
精彩语句
1.精美词汇
traditinal adj.传统的 develp v.发展,养成 thrw away扔掉
2.出彩结构
Secnd, we shuld spend less mney n things that we dn't need. (本句使用了spend sth. n sth.短语,things作先行词,后面接了定语从句that we dn't need)
三
在日常生活中,人们会遇到交友、饮食、交通或防疫等安全问题。请以“Self Prtectin”为题,用英语写一篇短文。
内容包括:
1.结合生活实际,谈谈自我保护的重要性。
2.列举生活中的安全问题(至少两个方面),并分别提出合理化建议。
3.发出自我保护的号召。
写作要求:
1.语言流畅,层次清晰,可以适当发挥。
2.词数80—100词,开头结尾已给出,不计入总词数;书写规范,卷面整洁。
3.文中不能出现考生本人的学校名称和姓名。
Self Prtectin
These days, peple pay mre attentin t safety prblems.






In shrt, self prtectin is imprtant t us. Wish everyne a safe life!
答案
写作提示
1.体裁:说明文。
2.人称:以第一人称为主。
3.时态:一般现在时。
4.要点:
1)自我保护的重要性;
2)列举生活中的安全问题,并给出建议;
3)号召人们学会自我保护。
参考范文1
Self Prtectin
These days, peple pay mre attentin t safety prblems. Fr example, eating unhealthy fd makes us ill. Fire can be dangerus if we are nt careful abut it. Learning t prtect urselves is necessary fr us. But d we really knw hw t prtect urselves in ur daily lives?Here are my suggestins.
Firstly, we are suppsed t be careful when making friends. Never accept strangers' invitatins r gifts, because they may be harmful t us. Secndly, wearing masks is ne f the best ways t keep COVID-19 away. We shuld remember t wash hands as ften as pssible. Let's take actin t learn mre abut self prtectin and live in safety.
In shrt, self prtectin is very imprtant t us. Wish everyne a safe life!
四
中华文化源远流长,博大精深,展现出独特的魅力,让世界为之赞叹。假如你是李强,你的外国笔友Steven非常喜欢中国,想对中国文化有更进一步的了解。请你从以下几个方面,给他写一封email,向他简单介绍中国的文化特色。
注意:1.文中不得出现真实的校名、人名等个人信息;
2.根据上图,至少要写两个方面的内容(可适当发挥);
3.80词左右,开头结尾已给出,不计入总词数。照抄阅读语篇不得分。
Dear Steven,
Hw is it ging?







Yurs,
Li Qiang
答案
写作提示
1.体裁:应用文。
2.人称:主体人称为第三人称。
3.时态:以一般现在时为主。
4.要点:
1)风景名胜;
2)节日;
3)……
参考范文
Dear Steven,
Hw is it ging? As is well knwn, China has such a lng histry that many freigners are interested in ur Chinese culture. And I am glad t intrduce sme t yu.
On the ne hand, there are s many places f interest, such as Tian'anmen Square, the Palace Museum and the Great Wall. The Great Wall is ne f the mst ppular attractins. As a result, millins f peple frm all arund the wrld visit it. On the ther hand, there are sme traditinal festivals, such as the Spring Festival and the Mid-Autumn Festival, during which peple usually get tgether and have a great time.
Cme t China, and yu will have fun here.
Yurs,
Li Qiang
精彩语句
1.精美词汇
intrduce v.介绍 attractin n.向往的地方 a place f interest名胜古迹 millins f 数百万的
2.出彩结构
The Great Wall is ne f the mst ppular attractins.(ne f+the+形容词最高级+可数名词复数)
A. They are a strange but lving family.
B. It takes time and energy t take part in the activities.
C. Bth f them lived a hard life in the past.
D. Actually, the dg and the big animals are friends.
E. Sme peple keep animals like cats and dgs as pets.
F. Animals are ur friends.
G. They like playing balls and enjying the sunshine
长难句分析
原句：（第二段第三句)If yu think this is t amazing，just remember that peple have made friends with animals fr a lng time.
译文：如果你觉得这太不可思议了，请记住，人类与动物交朋友已经有很长时间了。
分析：这是一个复合句。if引导条件状语从句；主句中that引导宾语从句，作remember的宾语。
小学要求
1.人称代词2.物主代词3.反身代词4.疑问代词
初中要求
人称代词主格和宾格的用法；
形容词物主代词与名词性性物主代词的用法；
反身代词的用法；
常见不定代词的用法；
指示代词的用法；
相互代词的用法；
疑问代词的用法；
8、it的用法
人称数格
单数
复数
一
二
三
一
二
三
主格
I
yu
she;he;it
we
yu
they
宾格
me
yu
her;him;it
us
yu
them
数人称词义类型
单数
复数
一
二
三
一
二
三
我的
你的
他的
她的
它的
我们的
你们的
他/她/它们的
形容词性
my
yur
his
her
its
ur
yur
their
名词性
mine
yurs
his
hers
/
urs
yurs
theirs
数
人称
单数
复数
第一人称
myself 我自己
urselves 我们自己
第二人称
yurself 你自己
yurselves 你们自己
第三人称
himself 他自己
herself 她自己
itself 它自己
themselves他们自己她们自己它们自己
sme;any
few;little
nne;
ne;
ther
many;much
either;neither
each;every
bth;all
相同点
均用于两个人或物
不同点
either
指“两者中的任意一个”。作主语时,谓语动词通常用单数。 或者……或者……
neither
指“两者中没有一个”(全否定)。作主语时,谓语动词通常用单数。 两者都不……
不定代词
都
任何
都不
两者
bth
either
neither
三者或三者以上
all
any
nne
代替复数名词
代替不可数名词
肯定
a few(一些)
a little(少量)
否定
few(几乎没有)少
little(几乎没有)少
不定代词
意义
用法说明
ther
另外的
可作定语,常与复数名词连用;但如果前面有
the,sme,any,each,every,n,my,yur,his等,则可与单数名词连用
the ther
两者中的另一个
常与ne连用,构成“ne...,the ther...”;作定语修饰复数名词时,表示“其余的全部”
thers
另一些
泛指别的人或物(但不是全部),不能作定语,可以构成“sme...,thers...”结构
the thers
其余的
特指其余所有的人或物
anther
又一,另一
一般情况下,后面接可数名词单数,但后面可加few或带数字的复数名词
smebdy
(某人)
anybdy
(任何人)
nbdy
(没有人)
everybdy
(每个人)
smene
(某人)
anyne
(任何人)
n ne
(没有人)
everyne
(每个人)
smething
(某事)
anything
(任何事)
nthing
(没有东西)
everything
(每一件事)
单数
this
that
复数
these
thse
疑问代词
主要用法
例句
wh
作主语、表语、宾语
Wh wants t g with me?
whm
wh的宾格形式,作宾语
T whm are yu talking?
whse
wh的所有格形式,作表语、定语
Whse bk is this?
what/wh
what询问某人的职业
—What’s yur father?
—He is a wrker.
wh询问某人的身份、姓名
—Wh is the by under the tree?
—He is Li Ming.
what/
which
what指“什么”,没有范围的限定
What wuld yu like?
which“哪一个,哪一些”,有范围的限制
Which ne d yu like best?
special spend end name interest
pick up happy find after quickly
长难句分析
原句：（第四段第二句)The dgs lve Arat s much that they get happy every time they see him.
译文：那些狗非常喜欢Arat，每次看到他，它们都很开心。
分析：本句是一个复合句。引导结果状语从句；在该从句中，every time they see him是 every time引导的时间状语从句。
小学要求
1.基数词：表示数目的多少
2.序数词：表示顺序先后
初中要求
1.基数词的读写和应用；
2.序数词的读写和应用。
3.分数、小数、百分数及其他用法
ne—first
tw—secnd
three—third
fur—furth
five—fifth
six—sixth
seven—seventh
eight—eighth
nine—ninth
ten—tenth
eleven—
eleventh
twelve—
twelfth
thirteen—
thirteenth
furteen—
furteenth
fifteen—
fifteenth
sixteen—
sixteenth
seventeen—
seventeenth
eighteen—
eighteenth
nineteen—
nineteenth
A. It's always right in his way.
B. My grandfather lived a happy life.
C. In September, he wuld lk at caterpillars(毛毛虫) n a sunny day.
D. Nw I grw up but I still d the same things.
E. But I still remember his stries abut hw t predict the weather.
F. As usual, he wuld stp t lk at anthills in January.
G. We can knw the weather in advance（提前） nw.
长难句分析
原句：（第二段第五句)He said,“ If the anthills are high in July, yu will knw there will be a snwy winter.”
译文：他说：“如果七月的蚁丘很高，你就会知道冬天将会下雪。”
分析：直接引语部分是一个复合句。If the anthills are high in July是if引导的条件状语从句，主句为 yu will knw there will be a snwy winter。
小学要求
1.时间介词：2.方位介词：3.动向介词：4.方式介词：5.原因介词：
初中要求
1.介词的功能；
2.常用介词的用法辨析；
3.介词的固定搭配。
介词
含义及用法
例句
since
指从某时一直延续至今,后常接时间点,句子用完成时。
He has lived here since 1993.
从1993年开始他一直住在这里。
frm
说明开始时间,可用过去、现在、将来的某种时态。
Frm nw n,I will learn English every mrning.
从今以后,每天早晨我将学英语。
fr
指动作延续贯穿整个过程,后接时间段,句子用完成时。
I have studied English fr six years.
我已经学英语六年了。
n ne’ wn独自
careful abut 小心
laugh at 嘲笑
in a wrd总而言之
sure abut/f肯定
take part in 参加
in life 一生中
certain abut/f 确定
think f 想出;想起
in time 及时
gd at 擅长
g n with继续
at sea在海上
gd fr对……有好处
wrry abut 为……担心
n time准时,按时
surprised at 对……吃惊
lk after 照顾,照料
in twn在城里
famus/knwn fr因……而出名
lk like 看起来像
n ft 步行
ready fr为……做好了准备
lk fr 寻找
in English 用英语
late fr迟到
hear frm 收到……的来信
in a lw vice 小声地
different frm与……不同
listen t 听
in the distance 在远处
successful in 在……成功
arrive in 到达(大地方)
in public公开地
interested in对……感兴趣
arrive at 到达(小地方)
in the middle f...在……中间
disappinted in对……失望
get t 到达 wait fr 等候
in truble处于困境
prud f为……感到骄傲
agree with 同意,赞同
f curse当然(可以)
tired f厌倦
think abut 考虑到
in fact 事实上
afraid f害怕
catch up with赶上,追上
in surprise 惊奇地
shrt f短缺
cme frm 来自
in a hurry 匆忙,急忙
full f充满
pay fr 付钱买……
in the street在街上
similar t与……相似
shut at 对……叫嚷
by the way顺便说
familiar t为……所熟悉
talk abut 谈论
at the meeting 在会上
satisfied with对……满意
play with 与……玩耍
in the end 最后
busy with忙于
pint at 指向
介词
词义
用法
n
关于
侧重论述,多用于比较重大、涉及比较深广诸如国际形势、政治、理论、学术报告、专著等方面的问题
abut
关于
侧重于叙事,多用于个人事迹、故事内容、一般的书籍、文章等较浅显的问题
长难句分析
原句：（第二段第一句)Jillian said she started t make the bx because she was getting tired f being interrupted during lessns.
译文：Jillian说，她开始制作这个盒子是因为她厌倦了上课时被打断。
分析：本句是一个复合句。she started t make the lessns是省略了引导词that的宾语从句，作said的宾语；在该宾语从句中，because引导原因状语从句。
小学要求
1.and的用法2.but的用法3.r的用法4.s的用法5.because的用法
初中要求
1.并列连词and, but, r, s等的主要用法；
2、常用从属连词的基本用法。
关系
结构
例句
顺承、递进、并列
关系
常用and,,as well as,nt als...,等连接
I help him and he helps me.
我帮助他,他帮助我。
My sister nt nly sings well,but als dances well.
我妹妹不但唱得好,而且舞跳得也好。
转折关系
常用连词but,while,yet等连接
I bught my sister a present,but she didn’t like it.
我给我姐姐买了个礼物,但是她不喜欢。
选择关系
常用连词r,,等连接
Is it a by r a girl?
是个男孩还是女孩?
因果关系
常用连词 fr,s 等连接
They were making a lt f nise,s the teacher gt angry.他们很吵,所以老师生气了。
连接词
连接词的作用
例句
that
本身无意义,只起连接作用,在口语中可省略
He said(that)Kate was gd at swimming.他说凯特擅长游泳。
what,which,wh,whse,whm等连接代词
在从句中作一定的成分,如主语、宾语、定语等
I dn’t knw what they are ging t d.我不知道他们打算干什么。
when(表时间),where(表地点),why(表原因),hw(表方式)等连接副词
在从句中作状语
Culd yu tell me where yu are frm?你能告诉我你来自哪儿吗?
D yu knw hw they fund the place?你知道他们是怎么找到那个地方的吗?
if/whether
(是否)
不作句子成分,但不能省略
He asked me if Miss Ga was a teacher.他问我高小姐是否是一位老师。
类别
引导词
例句
时间状语从句
when/while/as当……时;befre在……之前;after在……之后;since自……以来;until/till直到……为止;as sn as一……就……
When I was ding my hmewrk,my mther came in.
当我正在写作业的时候,我妈妈进来了。
He did nt g t bed until his father came back.
直到爸爸回来他才去睡觉。
条件状语从句
if如果;as lng as只要;unless除非
If it desn’t rain tmrrw,I will g t the park.
如果明天不下雨,我将会去公园。
Unless bad weather stps me,I g fr a walk every day.
我每天都会去散步,除非遇上坏天气。
原因状语从句
because因为;since既然;as由于
I like t eat apples because they are gd fr my health.
我喜欢吃苹果,因为它们对我的健康有益。
目的状语从句
s that以便,为了;in rder that为了
He gets up early every mrning s that he can catch the bus.
他每天早上起得很早,以便能赶上公交车。
结果状语从句
s that结果是;如此……以至于
It’s s ht utside that nbdy wants t g ut.
外面太热以至于没人想出去。
让步状语从句
thugh/althugh尽管,虽然;even if/thugh即使;whatever无论什么;wherever无论哪里;whenever无论何时
Wherever yu g,I will g with yu.无论你去哪里,我都跟着你。
Whenever yu cme,I will wait fr yu.
无论你什么时候来,我都会等你。
比较状语从句
than比;和……一样;nt 不如
He is as clever as Tm.他和汤姆一样聪明。
地点状语从句
where……的地方;wherever无论哪里
Sit wherever yu like.随便坐。
live tth between it year careful Smething frget like imprtant
长难句分析
原句：（最后一段最后一句)They think it shws that there is a link between dinsaurs and birds.
译文：他们认为这表明恐龙和鸟类之间有联系。
分析：本句是一个复合句。it and birds是省略了that的宾语从句，作think的宾语；在该宾语从句中，that there is a link between dinsaurs and birds是that引导的宾语从句，作shws的宾语。
小学要求
1. 形容词、副词的用法
2. 形容词、副词比较级和最高级的构成规则
3. 形容词、副词比较级和最高级的用法
初中要求
1.形容词的功能和位置；
2.常见易混形容词用法辨析。
3.副词的功能和位置；
4.副词的构成和分类；
5.常见易混副词用法辨析；
6.形容词、副词比较等级的用法。
1.shrt________ _________
2.fat________ _________
3.wet________ _________
4.heavy________ _________
5.little________ _________
6.imprtant ________ _________
7.many________ _________
8.happy________ _________
9.beautiful________ _________
10.Interesting________ _________
11.big________ _________
12.much________ _________
13.gd________ _________
14.easy________ _________
15.strng________ _________
16.bad________ _________
1.friend(形容词形式)__________
2.sleep(形容词形式)__________
3.real(副词形式)__________
4.lud(副词形式)__________
5.careful(副词形式)__________
6.gd(副词形式)__________
7.busily(形容词形式)__________
8.health(形容词形式)__________
9.easy(副词形式)__________
10.happy (副词形式)__________
11.cmplete(副词)__________
12.interest(形容词形式)_________
13.China(形容词形式)__________
14.sun(形容词形式)__________
扩充：句子成分
I play basketball.（主谓宾） She is pretty.（主系表）
主语：I,表示动作的发出者。
谓语：play（实义动词）表示干什么,is（系动词）表示是什么。
I met my best friend Tm yesterday.
主语 谓语 定语 宾语 同位语 状语
宾语：动作的承受者。
表语：表示怎么样。
定语：修饰名词或者代词，表示...的
状语：说明何时，何地，何种方式。
宾语补足语：宾语的补充说明。
类别
构成方法
原级
比较级
最高级
单音节
词和少
数双音
节词
一般直接加-er,-est
lng
tall
lnger
taller
lngest
tallest
以不发音的e 结尾时加-r,-st
late
large
later
larger
latest
largest
以辅音字母加y结尾时把y变i,再加-er,-est
easy
happy
easier
happier
easiest
happiest
以重读闭音节结尾且末尾只有一个辅音字母时,双写最后的辅音字母,再加-er,-est
big
ht
bigger
htter
biggest
httest
多音节
词和部
分双音
节词
在原级前加mre,mst
careful
mre
careful
mst
careful
beautiful
mre
beautiful
mst
beautiful
原级
比较级
最高级
gd/well
better
best
many/much
mre
mst
bad/ill
wrse
wrst
little
less
least
far
farther(较远)
further(进一步)
farthest(最远)
furthest(最大限度)
ld
lder(年纪较大的)
elder(较年长的)
ldest(年纪最大的)
eldest(最年长的)
far的比较级
含义及用法
例句
farther
在谈论地点、方向或距离时,farther和further可以互换
A table std at the farther/further end f the kitchen.厨房的那一头放着一张桌子。
further
further还有“更多的,更进一步的,附加的”等含义,这时不能与farther互换使用
We must get further infrmatin.
我们必须获得更多信息。
-ing形容词
-ed形容词
例句
surprising
令人惊讶的
surprised
感到惊讶的
This is a surprising stry.
I am surprised at the news.
interesting
有趣的
interested
感兴趣的
I have an interesting bk.
He is interested in science.
exciting
令人兴奋的
excited
感到兴奋的
Have yu heard f the exciting news?
We are excited abut the traveling.
pleasing
令人愉快的
pleased
感到愉快/满意的
This is a pleasing trip.
The teacher is pleased with ur perfrmance.
frightening
令人恐惧的
frightened
感到恐惧的
This is a frightening stry.
We are frightened f the ghst.
mving
令人感动的
mved
受感动的
Titanic is a mving film.
We are mved by Hng Zhanhui deeply.
tiring
令人疲倦的
tired
感到疲倦的
It’s a lng tiring day.
I’m t tired.
fascinating
迷人的
fascinated
着迷的
What a fascinating vice!
Many bys are fascinated by cmputer games.
特点:表示主动意义,多指事物对人的影响,一般修饰事物
特点:表示被动意义,多指人对事物的感受,一般修饰人,常用于“sb.+be+-ed形容词+介词”结构
We are all interested in the interesting stry.
名词
构成方法
意义
举例
表示天气
的名词
-y
充满……的
多……的
clud—cludy
wind—windy
表示方位
的名词
-ern
……方位的
朝……方的
west—western
east—eastern
表示称谓
的名词
-ly
……般的
friend—friendly
mther—mtherly
表示时间
的名词
-ly
每……的
week—weekly
mnth—mnthly
表示物质
的名词
-en
……制成的
wd—wden
gld—glden
表抽象意义
的名词
-ful
-y
-less
……的
……的
无……的
care—careful
use—useful
luck—lucky
hpe—hpeless
care—careless
表示大洲与
国家的名词
-n
……的
……人的
Asia—Asian
America—American
时间副词
频度副词
地点/方位副词
程度副词
方式副词
疑问/连接副词
其他副词
tday, tmrrw,
nce,
here, there,
very, t,
well,
hw,
t, als,
yesterday, nw,
twice,
hme, belw,
enugh,
hard,
where,
nr, s,
then, early, late,
always,
anywhere,
rather, quite,
alne,
when,
as, n,ff,
nce, sn, just,
usually,
abve, utside,
hw, s,
fast,
why,
either,
tnight, lng,
ften,
in, inside, ut,
much, just,
tgether,
whether
yes, n,
already, yet, befre,
smetimes
back, up, dwn,
nearly, nly
suddenly,
hwever, etc.
nt, neither
ag, later, ever since
never,
away, ff, far,
almst, hardly,
形+-ly结尾的副词


关系副词
maybe,
after, whenever
(seldm),
near, nearby,
as lng as等,
where,
perhaps,
first, smeday,
ever,
wherever
even, all,
why, hw
certainly,
smetime, last,

everywhere,
a little, a bit
when,

histry tree because danger lk at abut visit high imprtant they
长难句分析
原句：（第三段第四句）T save these imprtant trees frm the large fires, firemen put aluminum arund them.
译文：为了使这些重要的树免遭大火，消防员在它们周围包裹了铝材。
分析：本句是一个简单句。T save these imprtant trees frm the large fires 是动词不定式短语作状语，表示目的。
小学要求
一般现在时、现在进行时定义和用法
初中要求
一般现在时、现在进行时定义和用法及在不同从句中的用法及在不同语境中的灵活运用
形式
构成
例词
动词原形
不带t的动词不定式形式,也就是词典中一般给出的形式
be,have
d,learn
第三人称
单数形式
一般在动词原形后加-s
runs,likes
以ch,sh,s,,x结尾的动词,在词尾加-es
teach—teaches
wash—washes
g—ges
pass—passes
以辅音字母加y结尾的动词,先将y变为i再加-es
study—studies
try—tries
以元音字母加y结尾的动词,在词尾加-s
stay—stays
play—plays
现在分词
一般在动词原形后加-ing
read—reading
以不发音的字母e结尾的动词,去掉e再加-ing
live—living
write—writing
以重读闭音节结尾且末尾只有一个辅音字母的动词,双写该辅音字母后再加-ing
sit—sitting
begin—beginning
少数几个以ie结尾的动词要变ie为y,再加-ing
die—dying
lie—lying
tie—tying
过去式与
过去分词
(规则变化)
一般在动词原形后加-ed
wrk—wrked
以辅音字母加y结尾的动词,先将y变为i再加-ed
carry—carried
study—studied
以不发音的字母e结尾的动词,直接加-d
live—lived
以重读闭音节结尾且末尾只有一个辅音字母的动词,双写该辅音字母后再加-ed
stp—stpped
plan—planned
句型：
d
des(三单)
am,is,are
陈述句
I drink water every mrning.
She drinks water every mrning.
She is late fr schl.
否定句
I dn’t drink water every mrning.
She desn’t drink water every mrning.
She is nt late fr schl.
疑问句
D yu drink water every mrning?
Yes, I d./N,I dn’t.
Des she drink water every mrning?
Yes,she des./N,she desn’t.
Is she late fr schl?
Yes,she is./N,she isn’t.
句型：
be (am is are ) +ding
陈述句
He is washing the dishes nw.
否定句
He is nt washing the dishes nw.
疑问句
Is he washing the dishes nw? Yes, he is./N,he isn’t.
A. He felt very tired.
B. He really enjyed the hike.
C. Many hikers nce finished the hike.
D. In the beginning, the AT is a hiking trail f abut 3,500 km.
E. But that didn't stp Harvey Suttn and his family.
F. he went t climb in his spare time
G. He made friends with ther hikers n the trail.
长难句分析
原句：（第一段最后一句)That was because he had just finished hiking the Appalachian Trail (the AT) with his parents.
译文：那是因为他刚和父母徒步走完阿巴拉契亚步道。
分析：这是一个复合句。Because he had just finished hiking the Appalachian Trail (the AT)with his parents是because引导的表语从句。
小学要求
一般过去时、一般将来时定语和用法
初中要求
一般过去时、一般将来时定义和用法及在不同从句中的用法及在不同语境中的灵活运用
began, wet, hme, didn't, Sunday, was, ran, tk, tired, last
过去式
(规则变化)
一般在动词原形后加-ed
wrk—wrked
以辅音字母加y结尾的动词,先将y变为i再加-ed
carry—carried
study—studied
以不发音的字母e结尾的动词,直接加-d
live—lived
以重读闭音节结尾且末尾只有一个辅音字母的动词,双写该辅音字母后再加-ed
stp—stpped
plan—planned
原形特征
过去式
例词
-eep
-ept
keep,sweep
-ell
-ld
sell,tell
-end
-ent
lend,spend,send
-ay
-aid
say,pay
-n
-nt
burn,learn,mean
原形特征
过去式
例词
-eak
-ke
break,speak
-eal
-le
steal
-ear
-re
wear,bear,tear
-w
-ew
grw,blw,knw,thrw
-i-
-a-
sink,swim,drink,ring,sing,begin
-i-
--
drive,rise
击中
受伤
让
吐痰
去掉
花费
读
放
切
hit
hurt
let
spit
rid
cst
read
put
cut
句型：
did
was,were
陈述句
I saw him yesterday.
She was a student.
否定句
I didn’t see him yesterday.
She wasn’t a student.
疑问句
Did yu see him yesterday?
Yes, I did./N,I didn’t.
Was she a student?
Yes,she was./N,she wasn’t.
句型：
will d
be(am,is,are) ging t d
陈述句
I’ll g t the z tmrrw.
I am ging t the z tmrrw.
否定句
I wn’t g t the z tmrrw.
I am nt ging t the z tmrrw.
疑问句
Will yu g t the z tmrrw?
Yes, I will./N,I wn’t.
Are yu ging t the z tmrrw?
Yes,I am./N,I am nt.
长难句分析
原句：（第三段第三句）She and her team spent three years visiting many places there, cllecting ver 100 pieces f infrmatin abut meln.
译文：她和她的团队花了三年的时间走访了那里的许多地方，收集了100多条有关甜瓜的信息。
分析：这是一个简单句。cllecting ver 100 pieces f infrmatin abut meln 为现在分词短语作状语。
小学要求
主要学习疑问句、感叹句、There be 句型
初中要求
陈述句的构成形式及基本用法；
疑问句的构成形式及基本用法；
祈使句的构成形式及基本用法；
5、由what, hw引导的感叹句的构成形式、用法及区别。
疑问代词
+一般疑问句+？
除wh以外的疑问代词短语
疑问副词
疑问代词
疑问副词
what,wh(whm,whse),which
when,where,why,hw(ften,far,lng,sn,ld,many,much)
疑问词
提问对象
What（什么）
对主语，谓语、表语、宾语提问
What makes yu s wrried?
What are yu ding?
What is this?
What can yu see?
The exam makes me s wrried.
I am watching TV.
This is a ruler.
I can see a dg.
Wh（谁）
对主语提问
Wh is ur mnitr?
Tm is ur mnitr.
Which（哪个）
对定语提问
Which skirt d yu prefer?
I prefer the red ne.
When（什么时候）
对时间提问
When d yu get up every day?
I get up at 6 ’clck.
Where（哪里）
对地点提问
Where are they?
They are at hme.
Why（为什么）
对原因提问
Why didn’t yu finish yur jb in time?
Why d yu study s hard?
Because I was very tired.
T pass the exam.
Hw（怎样）
对表示方式、程度的词提问
Hw d yu g t schl？
Hw is yur schl day?
I g t schl by car./by +ding.
It’s gd.
Hw ld（多大）
对年龄提问
Hw ld is yur sn?
He is tw years ld.
Hw many
（多少）
对数量提问，后接可数名词复数
Hw many teachers are there in yur schl?
There are three teachers in my schl.
Hw much
（多少）
对数量提问后接不可数名词/对钱提问
Hw much water in the bttle?
Hw much are the scks?
There is a little water in the bttle.
The scks are sever dllars.
Hw lng
（多长时间）
对时间段提问
Hw lng des it take t g t schl?
It takes me 2 hurs t g t schl.
Hw ften
（多久）
对频率提问
Hw ften d yu d exercise?
I d exercise nce a week.
Hw far(多远)
对距离提问
Hw far is it frm yur hme t schl?
It is 3 km frm my hme t schl.
Hw sn
(多久后)
对将来时间提问
Hw sn will yu finish yur wrk?
I will finish my wrk in an hur.
小学要求
主语学习改为否定句、改为一般疑问句、改为一般疑问句方法
初中要求
主语学习改为否定句、改为一般疑问句、改为一般疑问句方法及同义句（单句和复合句，时态和语态之间的变化）
spend listen shp begin what water easy chse abut shw
长难句分析
原句：（最后一段最后一句）If yu want t cnnect it t yur phne, yu need t spend 50 dllars mre.
译文：如果你想把它连接到你的手机上，你需要多花50美元。
分析：本句是一个复合句。If yu want t cnnect it t yur phne是if引导的条件状语从句。
小学要求
小学完形填空具有相对完整故事情节的记叙文为主,或写人或记事,兼有个别议论的句子。文章大都故事情节曲折、线索清晰、结构完整,有明确的主题,趣味性比较强,并兼有一定的教育意义。
初中要求
初中完形填空试题在着重考查学生阅读理解能力的情况下,兼顾对语言知识和逻辑推理的考查。重语境轻语法,所设的各个选项在形式上一般都符合语法规则,且词类基本相同,考生只有通过理解文章的情景及其需要表达的意义才能选出最佳答案。语法意义选择题极少,没有单纯考查语法知识的题。选项以实词为主,虚词为辅,填空以单词为主,短语为辅,词类分布广泛、科学,有利于从多方面考查学生综合运用语言知识的能力,词汇以词形与词法为主。词汇内容涉及近义词的辨析、词语的固定搭配和习惯用法。词法在文章中的运用,包括名词的单复数、形容词和副词的比较等级、动词的时态和语态、介词、数词、代词和连词的用法等。
小学要求
小学阅读理解记以叙文体、人物传记，逸闻趣事等为主。它以描写、叙述为主,主要描写人物、事件、地点或过程。
初中要求
阅读材料信息量大;文章有易有难,搭配适度;主题、语篇类型多样,有科普读物、说理小品、新闻报道、人物传记、短篇故事、史地文化、幽默小品、图形表格等;文章内容积极健康,兼具知识性、思想性和教育性。从近几年的试卷来看,题目主要有细节理解、推理判断、主旨大意、语义猜测等形式。试题加强对阅读理解的几种技能的综合考查,难度稍有上升,表现为:①答案需跨段搜集;②题目信息与原文信息表达方式不一样;③需将几个信息综合才能得出答案。因此,考生要在规定的时间内完成所有篇目的阅读理解,就需要在平时掌握一些阅读常识、阅读技巧及解题方法。
长难句分析
原句（第三段第一句)When they gt hme，Till shared the thing n Facebk and asked fr help frm anyne wh might g t the beach with a metal detectr.
译文：他们到家后，Till 在 Facebk上分享了这件事并向可能带金属探测仪去这个沙滩的人发起求助。
分析：本句是一个复合句。When they gt hme 是when引导的时间状语从句；在主句中，wh might g t the beach with a metal detectr是wh引导的定语从句，修饰先行词anyne。
长难句分析
原句：（第二段第一句)Yu are wrng if yu think this will nt happen again.
译文：如果你认为这种情况不会再次发生，那你就错了。
分析：这是一个复合句。if yu think this will nt happen again是if引导的条件状语从句，主句为Yu are wrng。
长难句分析
原句：（第二段第二句)But she is prud f her physical characteristic, which als makes her taller than her classmates.
译文：但她为自己的身体特征感到骄傲，这一特征也使她比她的同学高。
分析：本句是一个复合句。which als makes her taller than her classmates是which引导的非限制性定语从句，对先行词 her physical characteristic 进行补充说明。
长难句分析
原句：（第一段第二句)Turist sites make them because they want t make visitrs learn mre abut their histry and culture.
译文：旅游景点制作它们是因为他们想让游客更多地了解他们的历史和文化。
分析：本句是一个复合句。because they want t make visitrs learn mre abut their histry and culture是because引导的原因状语从句。
长难句分析
原句：（文章最后一句)B even likes t lk at pictures in the bks because that's fun t!
译文：B甚至喜欢看书里的图片，因为那也很有趣！
分析：本句是一个复合句。because that's fun t是because引导的原因状语从句。
小学要求
小学任务型阅读主要对原文提到了某事物、现象或理论,题干针对原文具体叙述发问。在原文中可直接找到答案,即先读题,然后带着问题快速阅读短文,找出与问题有关的词语或句子,再对相关部分进行分析对比,找出答案。
初中要求
初中任务型阅读考查考生阅读理解和表达能力的综合性题型。它旨在考查考生用英语获取信息、处理信息、加工信息的能力。它要求考生在阅读理解的基础上,对阅读信息进行二次加工,归纳要点,整合零散信息,并用回答问题的形式把加工后的信息准确、有序地表达出来。因此,该题型是对考生综合能力的考查,尤其考查考生的语言理解能力、主观表达能力和逻辑推理能力,是一类区分度较大的题目。根据文章的体裁特点,相关考点主要分为以下三类:
1.记叙文类考点:主要围绕时间、地点、人物、起因、经过和结果来设题;
2.说明文类考点:主要围绕时间、地点、人物或事物、特征、用途、优缺点来设题;
3.议论文类考点:主要围绕时间、地点、人物、论点、论据、结论来设题。
Abut 35 minutes Walk fr 1. 2km
N. 62 Bus
5 statins·2 yuan
Get n the Tianqia West Statin
Wait fr 3 statins, 8 minutes
Abut 43 minutes Walk fr 500m
N. 66 Bus
8 statins·3 yuan
Get n the Tianqia East Statin
Wait fr 5 statins, 15 minutes
Abut 30 minutes Walk fr 1. 5km
Line 8 Railway
4 statins·5 yuan
Get n the Tianqia Statin
Wait fr 1 statin, 2 minutes
I’m Jack. Tday is June 4th. It is my birthday. I feel very excited. In the mrning, my grandparents give me a present. It’s a blue bike. They hpe I can ride the bike t schl. I like it very much. Because I like science, my parents give me a science bk abut the envirnment as my birthday present. But they say they want t send me anther special present. Then we g t Haibin Park. My parents tell me the secnd birthday present is ding the cleaning with the peple in the park. I feel very tired, but I’m glad t help t keep ur park clean and beautiful.
After ding sme cleaning, my parents and I g t the shp near the park. I buy sme beautiful flwers fr my mm because she lves flwers very much. She is very happy. We als bring sme green plants hme and plant them in the yard. Lking at the plants, my family are all very happy.
What a meaningful birthday I have!
Peter
Our Sprts Day is in Nvember. In this mnth, the weather is cl and dry. I lve this day s much because I am very gd at running. S I take part in the 100-meter and 400-meter races. I lve running while peple are cheering(喝彩) ludly fr me. This year Sprts Day is n Nvember 15th. D yu like sprts? Cme and cheer fr me!
Sarah
The Music Festival is my favrite. It is in May. We usually have a singing cmpetitin(比赛) in the afternn and a music shw in the evening. Many students take part in the cmpetitin. The music shw makes me really excited. We have a lt f fun in the music shw. We can bring ur friends t the music shw. The festival f this year is n May 4th. I feel very excited and can’t wait nw. Are yu free? Cme and jin me!
Steve
I am a fan f the schl trip. I even can’t sleep days befre ur schl trip. This year we will g t the dinsaur(恐龙) park. We will visit the dinsaur museum and get t knw the histry(历史) f dinsaurs. After that, we can watch a mvie abut dinsaurs. Are yu interested in dinsaurs? Please get ready!
Tips: 1. Bring enugh water and fd. 2. Wear a pair f sprts shes.
Bb
I like Schl Day because I like t talk with the parents. On this day, parents can cme t schl, talk t their children’s teachers and knw hw their children are ding at schl. Teachers frm ther schls are welcme t visit ur schl, t. This year’s Schl Day is n December 1st.
As a teacher, I’m lking frward t it!
长难句分析
原句：（第二段第一句)Jillian said she started t make the bx because she was getting tired f being interrupted during lessns.
译文：Jillian说，她开始制作这个盒子是因为她厌倦了上课时被打断。
分析：本句是一个复合句。she started t make the lessns是省略了引导词that的宾语从句，作said的宾语；在该宾语从句中，because引导原因状语从句。
长难句分析
原句：（最后一段第一句)After helping transfrm a rural schl, she mves n t the next place which needs her.
译文：在帮助改造完一所乡村学校后，她又去往下一个需要她的地方。
分析：本句是一个复合句。After helping transfrm a rural schl 是时间状语：which needs her是which 引导的定语从句，修饰先行词the next place。
长难句分析
原句：（第二段第一句)Jillian said she started t make the bx because she was getting tired f being interrupted during lessns.
译文：Jillian说，她开始制作这个盒子是因为她厌倦了上课时被打断。
分析：本句是一个复合句。she started t make the lessns是省略了引导词that的宾语从句，作said的宾语；在该宾语从句中，because引导原因状语从句。
小学要求
要求考生运用所学词汇、句型、语法等知识构建语篇,完成写作任务。主要是记叙文。
初中要求
书面表达题主要用于考查学生综合运用英语的能力,特别是通过“写”所表现出的书面运用英语知识的能力。同时,也能较好地考查考生的观察能力、理解能力、联想能力、灵活运用所学英语知识的能力和初步运用英语表达思想的能力。
书面表达的命题特点:
1.根据话题分为经历感受类、做法建议类、观点看法类和说明介绍类。
2.所选话题多样,多为贴近学生实际生活的内容。涉及学校生活、学习方法、节假日活动、难忘的经历等。
3.词数要求一般为80—100词。
姓名
性格
课程表
(n Fridays)
喜好及原因
家附近公园的景色
Peter
Funny
hard-wrking
Chinese
English
PE
hill
trees
flwers
delicius
river
ducks
Shpping fr the Chinese New Year
Reasn
When t g
节前一天，和母亲去
春节临近
Hw t g
乘坐公交车去购物中心
离家较远
What t buy
挑选自己喜欢的衣服
穿着神气
鸡蛋、肉、饮料
准备晚餐
What else t buy
……(自拟一点)
……(自拟一点)
Yur ideas
…… (自拟一点)
Name
Li Hua
Lifestyle
eat many hamburgers,...
ften sleep late
lve ftball
Plans
eat mre vegetables and fruit
...(自由发挥，至少两点)
项目
计划
锻炼与娱乐
1.每日早起锻炼半小时
2.不打电脑游戏，因为...
学习与交友
1.上午按时完成家庭作业
2.午后读书两小时，计划读...
3.晚上和朋友聊天，谈论...
庆祝与出行
1.和家人庆祝春节，通常...
2.去探望……
其他方面
Prjects
A Schl Trip Day
A Sprts Day
Activities
·fly kites
·have a picnic
·…
·have ball games
·play tug-f-war(拔河)
·…
Benefits
(益处)
·develp friendship
·feel relaxed
·…
·develp friendship
·keep fit
·…